The Rehabilitation Evidence section of the website summarizes and critically reviews existing scientific literature on a broad range of topics in SCI rehabilitation. Acquiring and interpreting the evidence from the research literature can be daunting. Not only is there a wealth of ever changing information from multiple sources, but it is often difficult for those not intimately familiar with the research methods to interpret the results of a study. In addition, interpretations may be further complicated by the presence of multiple studies on an intervention, often with what appears to be conflicting messages.
SCIRE provides up-to-date, accurate information about the effect of rehabilitation health-care for people with SCI. Through a systematic and transparent procedure to synthesize the rehabilitation evidence (click here to see the methods of SCIRE), SCIRE makes available a wealth of accurate, un-biased information in areas relevant to SCI rehabilitation.
Numerous studies have found the life expectancy after spinal cord injury (SCI) has increased steadily in the past few decades, and is now comparable to that of the able-bodied population (Geisler et al. 1983; Whiteneck et al. 1992; Hartkopp et al. 1997; McColl et al. 1997; Frankel et al. 1998; DeVivo et al. 1999; Yeo et al. 2000; Krause et al. 2004). Due to advances in emergency, acute, and rehabilitation treatments, persons are now living many decades post-injury. Although still relatively small, there are increasing numbers of persons who have long-term SCI and who are over the age of 55 years of age (Adkins 2001), which has allowed for some appreciation and perspective on the types of changes that occur for an individual with SCI over time.
By definition, aging is a multi-dimensional process of physical, psychological, and social change, and gaining an understanding of aging is extremely complex (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). Even in the general population, the study of aging is still a relatively new area that has experienced an upsurge in research, but is in the process of gaining consensus on many theoretical and methodological issues (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). Initially, SCI was considered a relatively static condition, and that persons with SCI would be able to maintain their functional level for most of their lives (Trieschmann 1987). However, we now understand that the superimposition of impairment, such as SCI, further complicates the assessment of aging effects (Adkins 2004).
McColl and colleagues (2002) list five changes that persons with SCI undergo as they age: 1) the effects of living with SCI long-term (e.g., shoulder pain, chronic bladder infections); 2) secondary health conditions of the original lesion (e.g., post-traumatic syringomyelia); 3) pathological processes unrelated to the SCI (e.g., cardiovascular disease); 4) degenerative changes associated with aging (e.g., joint problems); and 5) environmental factors (e.g., societal, cultural) that may potentially complicate the experience of aging with a SCI. All of these factors have the potential to compromise a person with SCI’s ability to sustain independence and ability to participate in their communities at later stages in life.
Chronological Age, Years Post-Injury, and Age at Injury
A problem with aging research after SCI is that the relationship between age at injury, current chronological age, and years post-injury (YPI) are all linearly dependent, which limits the ability to assess the influence of all three factors at the same time statistically (Adkins 2001). Hence, investigators are limited to examine only three possible combinations of factors, which include: 1) current age and YPI; 2) current age and age at injury; and 3) age at injury and YPI. Despite this issue, the field continues to strive to attribute changes in health and well-being to these aging variables. Thompson and Yakura (2001) comment that “developing an understanding of the effect of advancing age versus longer durations of injury on the incidence and type of changes can help in the prediction of when people with SCI might be susceptible to changes in function” (p. 73). Doing so may lead to better health promotion strategies to avoid declines in health and well-being since even slight changes in functioning after SCI can adversely affect a person’s level of independence.
SCI: A Model of Premature Aging?
A growing body of evidence in the literature is suggesting that SCI represents a model for premature aging (Bauman and Spungen, 1994). The premature aging of certain body systems may occur because of additional stresses that extend some physical systems beyond their ability to repair themselves, which then become systematic (Charlifue and Lammertse 2002). Although the aging process occurs at varying rates and at different ages for each individual (Charlifue 1993), it is generally accepted that our bodily functions reach a maximum capacity prior to or during early adulthood, and then begin to experience a gradual decline. This decline is thought to commence at approximately 25 years of age when the developmental process plateaus and biological capacity has peaked (Capoor and Stein 2005). At this point, the reserve capacity of our organ systems begins to drop at a rate of 1% of their function per year in able-bodied persons. When the reserve capacity declines below 40% of original functioning, there is greater chance of becoming injured, and/or more susceptible to infection or disease (Kemp and Thompson 2002). With the occurrence of an SCI, there is disruption to the system. This disruption to physiological and functional changes potentially accelerates bodily declines for a period of time or capacity is reduced at approximately the time of injury, after which the effect of aging is said to proceed at a normal rate (Adkins 2004).
Age of injury may have important consequences on different aspects of health. Because there are increasing numbers of seniors incurring a SCI due to falls, a bi-modal age-of-onset distribution exists, with the prevalence of SCI peaking among individuals who are 30 and 60 years of age (Pickett et al. 2006). As a result, researchers have been able to investigate and compare age-related outcomes after SCI. For example, there are a number of studies showing that persons who incur a SCI at later ages have poorer functional outcomes than those injured at younger ages (DeVivo et al. 1990; Alander et al. 1997; Scivoletto et al. 2004), although in some instances, the impact of SCI may be minimized in older persons.
Within a reserve capacity model of biological aging that is disrupted by SCI, Adkins (2004) theorizes that the impact of injury “decreases the further out on the age continuum the injury occurs” (p. 5). However, if the injury occurs far enough along the continuum, then even a minimal change in rate will lower reserve capacity below 40% soon after injury since capacity is already low. Further, adults with older ages of SCI-onset may have other pre-existing or vulnerabilities to co-morbidities that affect outcomes compared to younger adults (Furlan et al. 2009).
Given the increasing mean age of SCI onset, along with increased life expectancy, we may be able to clarify which changes to systems are attributed to the SCI, those which are related to chronological age and the aging process, and those which result from their interaction. Adkins (2004), however, suggests that it may be prudent to establish age of onset exclusion criteria when studying biological aging with SCI. In addition, completeness and neurological level of SCI must also be taken into account since a person with a complete lesion may experience aging in a different manner than someone with an incomplete lesion (Charlifue 1993).
Aging and Quality of Life
In addition to issues of biological aging, the interaction of environmental and psychological factors with aging must be taken into account. Unlike physical aging, it may be that these aspects of a person’s life may actually improve, and may be more amenable to intervention to either delay, modify or eliminate their potential negative impact (Charlifue and Lammertse 2001). There are a multitude of individual factors that may affect, or be affected, by physiologic aging, which must be considered when evaluating how people age with SCI. This may include economic factors, environmental barriers and facilitators, cultural issues, and social networks (intimate and remote; Charlifue and Lammertse 2001). As a result of this complex phenomenon, there are issues that remain unclear with quality of life and aging with SCI, as some studies report contradictory findings, with life satisfaction and community integration decreasing with age, but increasing with years post-injury (YPI; i.e., Eisenberg and Saltz 1991; Krause and Crewe 1991; McColl and Rosenthal 1994; Pentland et al. 1995; Westgren and Levi 1998; Dowler et al. 2001; Tonack et al. 2008). Hence, it is imperative that we identify which factors lead to high levels of quality of life in order to ensure that people with SCI are not only living long, but that they are also living well.
Chapter Purpose
The chapter summarizes some key issues in the SCI aging literature, and evaluates the level of
evidence provided by selected studies on aging with SCI. The selected research for evaluation includes longitudinal studies, case-control and cross-sectional comparative studies. As longitudinal studies inherently include at least a baseline and follow-up evaluation, these studies were graded with a level of evidence of 4 (at least equivalent to pre-post studies). Prospective longitudinal studies that also included a control group (e.g., able-bodied group) were graded with a level of evidence of 2 as they are considered cohort studies where one group is exposed to a particular condition (in this case, a spinal cord injury). Longitudinal studies which included historical controls (from chart review or database) were graded with a level of evidence of 3. Cross-sectional studies (or comparative studies) utilizing both individuals with SCI and able-bodied controls at one point in time were graded with a level of evidence of 5. Studies involving mixed populations in which < 50% of the subjects had a SCI were excluded as were articles not in English. Longitudinal studies that only reported cross-sectional analysis were also excluded from evaluation. The results presented from each study primarily focus on the analyses relevant to aging, and the p-values reported are those reported in the original articles.
Although the use of longitudinal designs are preferred, comparison studies with age-matched able-bodied (AB) controls is a useful approach for studying aging after SCI because it provides some awareness of the factors associated with the typical aging process (Charlifue 1993), while helping to illuminate whether changes are due to YPI rather than current age per se. After sustaining a SCI, age and YPI increase at the same pace, and so using age-matched AB controls allows us to determine the effects that might have occurred without SCI and those that occurred with SCI (Adkins 2004). This approach may offer some insight on whether changes after SCI are unique and/or accelerated in persons with SCI or if they are typical of the aging process.
The issues related to aging are described as mortality and life expectancy (see Table 1), physiological aging, which include the cardiovascular and endocrine systems (see Table 2), immune system (see Table 3), musculoskeletal system (see Table 4), respiratory system (see Table 5), nervous system (see Table 6), skin and subcutaneous tissues (see Table 7), and the genitourinary and gastrointestinal systems (see Table 8), and community reintegration and quality of life (see Table 9).
Survival rates for individuals with SCI have made steady improvements over the past five decades. Prior to World War II, however, life expectancy for individuals with SCI was quite poor (Geisler et al. 1983). Leading causes of death were those resulting from renal failure and infection (Lammertse 2001). Since the introduction of antibiotics, improved emergency transportation, advances in long-term health interventions, and the availability of preventative care at specialized treatment centers, mortality rates have been steadily decreasing, and the causes of death have begun to mirror those of the general population (Whiteneck et al. 1992; DeVivo et al. 1999). However, the life expectancy is still diminished compared to the general population (Geisler et al. 1983; Whiteneck et al. 1992; Hartkopp et al. 1997; McColl et al. 1997; Frankel et al. 1998; DeVivo et al. 1999; Yeo et al. 2000; Krause et al. 2004).
In 2002, the leading causes of death in high- and middle-income countries for the general population included coronary heart disease, stroke and other cerebrovascular diseases, cancer, and lower respiratory infections (WHO 2007). Similarly, two leading causes of death in the SCI population are respiratory complications and heart disease (Hartkopp et al.1997; Frankel et al.1998; DeVivo et al. 1999; Soden et al. 2000; Zeilig et al. 2000; Garshick et al. 2005; NSCISC 2006). The latest report from the National Spinal Cord Injury Database (NSCIDB), which has yielded information on the aging SCI population in the United States, indicates the main causes of death are pneumonia, pulmonary emboli, and septicemia (NSCISC 2008). The cases of septicemia were typically associated with decubitus ulcers, urinary tract or respiratory infections (NSCIS 2006). The high rates of cardiovascular disease in the SCI population may be partly due to physiological and functional changes following injury (Bauman et al. 1992a; Dearwater et al. 1986; Gupta 2006; Yekutiel et al. 1989; Bauman et al. 1992b). Interestingly, cancer is a growing cause of death in persons with SCI (DeVivo et al. 1999; Zeilig et al. 2000; Imai et al. 2004; NSCISC 2006). It is unclear if there is an increased risk for all types of cancer, but there is some evidence that individuals with SCI may be at an increased risk for the development of bladder cancer (El-Masri and Fellows 1981; Stonehill et al.1996; West et al. 1999). In general, it appears that as individuals with SCI age, the causes of death become more closely associated with the typical age-related causes of death rather than those associated with the SCI itself (Capoor and Stein 2005). However, some causes may be occurring prematurely (e.g., cardiovascular disease; Yekutiel et al. 1995), and there are some notable differences in mortality patterns between the SCI and the general populations.
A report from the NSCIDB on data between 1993 and 1998 indicated that external causes (i.e., unintentional injuries, homicide, suicide, etc.) were the third leading causes of death. In particular, suicide was the second leading cause of death in persons younger than 30 years of age, and in persons with paraplegia (DeVivo et al. 1999). These findings were consistent with other studies examining suicide as a cause of death after SCI (e.g., Charlifue and Gerhart 1991; DeVivo and Stover 1995; Hartkopp et al. 1997). The prevalence of these types of death highlight the need to focus energies on improving both treatment procedures and preventative measures since causes of death such as coronary heart disease might be prevented or minimized by promoting healthy lifestyle habits. Similarly, clinical interventions geared at improving coping skills after SCI may help to minimize the risk of suicide (Hartkopp et al. 1997; Imai et al. 2004; Krause et al. 2004). Overall, important prognostic factors influencing length of survival include age and impairment, which includes neurological level, degree of injury completeness, and ventilator dependency (Kraus et al. 1979; Kiwerski et al. 1981; Le and Price 1982; Sneddon and Bedbrook 1982; Geisler et al. 1983; Whiteneck et al. 1992; Daverat et al. 1989; DeVivo et al. 1992; Alander et al. 1994; DeVivo and Ivie, 1995; DeVivo et al. 1999; Alander et al. 1997; McColl et al. 1997; Coll 1998; Frankel et al. 1998;Yeo et al. 1998; DeVivo et al. 1999; Strauss et al. 2000; Strauss et al. 2006).
In this section, the evidence reviewed (see Table 1) is consistent with the general findings on mortality and life expectancy in the SCI literature.
Table 1: Mortality and Life-Expectancy
In summary, causes of death in persons with SCI appear to be similar to those of the able-bodied population, but mortality may be occurring earlier due to higher rates of disease possibly attributed to metabolic changes. Samsa et al. (1993) found that the life expectancy of male veterans with traumatic SCI who survived at least 3 months (N = 5545) was significantly lower (p < .01) than those of a non-disabled veteran control group (N = 6967). The mean life expectancy of the SCI group was 39 years after injury, 85% that of similarly aged American males. Hence, life expectancy in persons with SCI is lower than the general population. These findings are consistent with studies not meeting the chapter inclusion criteria examining life-expectancy post- SCI (i.e. Whiteneck et al. 1992; Hartkopp et al. 1997; McColl et al. 1997; Yeo et al. 2000; Imai et al. 2004).
Although Samsa et al. (1993) found that neurologic impairment was not a significant predictor for mortality, they noted a moderate effect (p < .06) for persons with cervical injuries that were complete. A few studies have shown a lack of association between impairment and mortality (e.g., Liang et al. 2001; Imai et al. 2004; Garshick et al. 2005), whereas several studies have highlighted the importance of impairment as a prognostic factor (Whiteneck et al. 1992; McColl et al. 1997; Coll et al. 1998; DeVivo et al. 1998; Soden et al. 2000; Yeo et al. 2000; Strauss et al. 2006). Consistent with previous findings of studies not meeting the chapter inclusion criteria (i.e., Whiteneck et al. 1992; Frankel et al. 1998), Samsa and colleagues (1993) found age of onset to be a significant predictor of long-term survival.
With regards to causes of mortality, Samsa et al. (1993) found that diseases of the genitourinary system (i.e., renal failure, septicemia) disproportionately accounted for death in their SCI sample and the patterns of death began to approach that of the general population by 20 years post-injury. For instance, the rates of circulatory disease and neoplasms steadily increased across time points. Interestingly, the causes of death due to injury and poisoning, and external conditions were the highest at 3-months to 5 years post-SCI, and steadily decreased across time points. Although not discussed, their findings on these causes of death may have included suicides. Regardless, the findings of lower levels of evidence highlighting the high rates of suicide as a cause of death (i.e., Imai et al. 2004) reinforces the need to provide psycho-social services to help minimize the occurrence of suicide in persons with SCI. An acknowledged limitation of the study by Samsa et al. (1993) is the reliance on secondary data sources for case identification, control selection, and mortality assessment. The study was also only on male veterans that did not include women or persons who did not survive acute SCI (i.e., less than 3 months post-SCI).
Even at the biological level, aging is a highly complex phenomenon that can be examined at the genetic, cellular, organ-system, and even the psycho-social level(Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). To address physiological aging after SCI, the identified studies were separated into different body systems, which include the cardiovascular and endocrine systems (see Table 2), immune system (see Table 3), musculoskeletal system (see Table 4), respiratory system (see Table 5), nervous system (see Table 6), skin and subcutaneous tissues (see Table 7), and the genitourinary and gastrointestinal systems (see Table 8).
Similar to the general population, cardiovascular disease has become one of the leading causes of death in the SCI population (DeVivo et al. 1989; DeVivo et al. 1993; Frankel et al. 1998). There are multiple risk factors for its premature development due to physiological and functional changes following SCI (Bauman et al. 1994; Bauman and Spungen 2001a; Bauman and Spungen, 2001b). For instance, many age-associated disorders such as carbohydrate intolerance, insulin resistance (Duckworth et al. 1980; Duckworth et al. 1983; Bauman et al. 1992; Karlsson et al. 1991) and lipid abnormalities (LaPorte et al. 1983; Brenes et al. 1986; Bauman et al. 1992; Bauman and Spungen 2001) are known to occur prematurely in persons with SCI. Some have hypothesized that a marked decreased in physical activity (Myers et al. 2007), along with injury-related changes in metabolic function, lead to an increased risk and premature development of cardiovascular disease (Bravo et al. 2004) and diabetes mellitus (Bauman 1993).
Related to the metabolic changes noted above, there is a high prevalence of muscle weakness in persons with SCI attributed to a loss of lean body mass (Thompson and Yakura 2006), that is possibly linked to reduced activity, and abnormally low levels of endogenous anabolic hormones (i.e., human growth hormone and testosterone; Bauman et al. 1994). In the general population, age-related declines in the endocrine systems also lead to decreases in lean muscle mass and an increase in fat (Tenover 1999). However, these declines have been shown to be greater in persons with SCI (Bauman and Spungen 2001b). Similarly, the noted changes in insulin resistance are thought to account for the high rates of diabetes mellitus in persons with SCI (Yekutiel et al. 1989) This in turn leads to an increased risk for cardiovascular disease since the development of diabetes impairs the circulatory system (Halter 1999). As such, it may be that alterations in body composition, which occur early following SCI, contribute to premature development of these disorders as compared to the AB population (Bauman et al. 1994).
Table 2: Cardiovascular and Endocrine Systems
Cardiovascular System
In this section, the evidence reviewedappears to support the notion that the cardiovascular system is prematurely aging. With regard to risk factors for cardiovascular disease, Bauman and colleagues (2001) found that regardless of age or sex, persons with SCI had significantly higher levels of plasma homocysteine than able bodied (AB) controls, and that older persons with SCI (>50 years) had higher levels than younger persons with SCI. Plasma homocysteine is thought to promote coagulation and to decrease the resistance of the endothelium to thrombosis (Malinow, 1994), and is a clear independent mark for the prediction of vascular disease (Clarke et al. 1991; Stampfer et al. 1992). The findings regarding lipid profiles also support an increased risk for the development of cardiovascular disease. Several studies (Demirel et al. 1991; Zlotolow et al. 1992; Bauman and Spungen, 1994; Bauman et al. 1995; Bauman et al. 1999; Liang et al. 2007; Wang et al. 2007) found that serum high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-c) are depressed in persons with SCI compared to AB controls, which is associated with an increased risk for developing coronary heart disease (Goldbour and Medalie 1979; Castelli 1984).
An important factor influencing these variables is lifestyle, which includes a sedentary lifestyle that is more common in persons with SCI (Maki et al. 1995). However, one longitudinal study (Apstein and George 1998) provides evidence that these changes can not be fully explained by diet or physical activity alone, at least at the acute phase of SCI. Apstein and George (1998) found that total cholesterol (TC), total glycerides (TG), and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) increased while LDL/HDL ratios decreased for males with tetraplegia (n = 65) and paraplegia (n = 35) from the acute phase until 1 YPI. As well, all lipid profiles were found to be significantly depressed compared to AB controls (n = 80), and persons with tetraplegia had low HDL and elevated LDL/HDL ratios.
Another risk factor for vascular disease in both symptomatic (Budoff 2005) and asymptomatic (Raggi 2000) populations is coronary artery calcification (CAC), which is a component of artherosclerotic plaque. Orakzai and colleagues (2007) found higher (p < .05) levels of CAC in persons with SCI (N = 82) compared to AB controls (N = 273), and that this risk is higher for males, and for persons with tetraplegia.
Sustaining a SCI also affects blood pressure by altering the sympathetic activity to blood vessels. There is evidence that men with tetraplegia (Yamamoto et al. 1999) and paraplegia (Petrofsky and Laymon 2002) have increased blood pressure responses during exercise compared to AB controls. As well, Petrofsky and Laymon (2002) found that their group with paraplegia had a larger change in blood pressure both at rest and during exercise and was more associated with aging than for the controls. Disturbingly, static exercise has been found to cause tachycardia in AB controls, but not in persons with SCI (Petrofsky and Laymon 2002; Orakzai et al. 2007) when paralyzed muscles were engaged. Despite these adverse changes in the cardiovascular system, one study with a longitudinal component (Leaf et al. 1993) found that cardiac dysrhythmias occurring in acute SCI do not contribute to their occurrence in the chronic stage. Overall, these findings are indicative of altered autonomic control, but not of aging per se. Further work is needed to determine the long-term implications for cardiovascular health.
Decreases in physical activity may contribute to the development of cardiovascular disease, which may be reflected in body composition changes following SCI. Assessing body composition, however, should not solely rely on body mass index (BMI). One study (Spungen et al. 2000) found greater BMI levels in persons with SCI compared to AB controls, whereas others found the opposite (Bauman et al. 1999; Bauman et al. 2004) or no differences at all (Zlotolow et al. 1992; Bauman and Spungen 1994; Bauman et al. 1994; Tsitouras et al. 1995; Bauman et al. 1996; Liang et al. 2007). Given these contradictory findings, BMI may not be an appropriate measure for SCI since studies (Bauman et al. 1996; Bauman et al. 1999; Spungen et al. 2000; Bauman et al. 2004; Jones et al. 2004)that also examined lean and fat mass tissue found that persons with SCI had significantly higher levels of fat mass tissue and lower levels of lean tissue than AB controls. These differences in lean and fat mass tissue appear to be attributable to YPI, and not age. For instance, Spungen et al. (2000) found lower lean mass and higher fat mass in persons with SCI who were matched with their AB monozygotic twin, which was directly related to YPI. As well, Bauman and colleagues (2004) concluded from their monozygotic SCI twin study that reductions in lean muscle tissue lead to reduced energy expenditure, which appear to be related, albeit not significantly, to YPI. These findings are congruent with SCI-only cross-sectional studies examining body composition (Cardus and McTaggart 1985; Shizgal et al. 1986; Rossier et al. 1991).
Endocrine System
Metabolic changes after SCI may also be associated with changes in body composition, and may increase the risk of developing diabetes mellitus. Tsitouras and colleagues (1995) posited that impaired hGH secretion may be partially responsible for SCI- and aging-associated lean body and muscle mass depletion. Several identified studies (Shetty et al. 1993; Bauman et al. 1994; Tsitouras et al. 1995) provide evidence that serum IGF-I levels are lower in persons with SCI compared to age-matched controls, and that this depletion is associated with impaired hGH. Bauman et al. (1994) found that the average IGF-I was significantly lower (p < .05) in younger individuals with SCI than that in younger AB controls, but not in those greater than 45 years of age. As such, this pattern of IGF-I levels in younger males with SCI appears to be similar to those of elderly AB individuals (Bauman et al. 1994).
Related to this, Bauman and Spungen (1994) found that persons with SCI (N = 100) had an abnormality in carbohydrate tolerance, with the SCI group having higher mean glucose and insulin levels (P < .05), and lower mean fasting plasma glucose levels than the AB control group (N = 50). This intolerance was found to be present in two-thirds of their group with tetraplegia, and in half their group with paraplegia. Further, 22% of the persons with SCI met the diagnostic criteria for having diabetes mellitus, whereas only 6% of the AB controls were found to be diabtetic. Since these adverse clinical features occurred at younger ages in their SCI sample, Bauman and Spungen (1994) interpreted their findings as being a model of premature aging. The findings of Jones and colleagues (2004), and LaVela and colleagues (2006) appear to confirm this hypothesis as they both found higher rates of metabolic syndrome and diabetes in their SCI samples compared to the AB population. Conversely, Liang et al. (2007) found that males with SCI (N = 185) were not a higher risk for metabolic syndrome compared to AB controls (N = 185). This discrepancy may be due to some of the study’s limitations (i.e., reliance on self-report height and weight to calculate BMI), and because they used a standard, rather than a modified, criteria for the syndrome which is not appropriate for persons with SCI.
The predisposition to carbohydrate and lipid abnormalities is thought to be largely a consequence of extreme inactivity, and the constellation of metabolic findings (i.e., hormone growth hormone deficiency, testosterone deficiency) appears to be occurring prematurely in persons with SCI (Bauman and Spungen 1994). As well, studies (Wang et al. 1992; Huang et al. 1993; Cheville et al. 1995) showing evidence of thyroid impairment after SCI compared to the AB population. All of these findings suggest that persons with SCI may be frequently physiologically comprised, and more susceptible to minor pathologic insults. Along with associated changes in body composition, an increased risk for the development of cardiovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, and infection is higher following SCI (Bauman and Spungen 2001b).
Although the immune system is affected by a number of factors, including nutritional status, stress, exercise, neuroendcorine change, and disease, there is consensus that immune functioning undergoes some age-related declines (Miller 1996; Burns and Leventhal 2000; Rabin 2000). There is limited evidence on the effects of SCI on the immune system with aging, although several studies (i.e., Lyons 1987; Nash 1994; Kliesch et al. 1996; Campagnolo et al. 1999; Cruse et al. 2000) suggest deficits in immune functioning. Hence, there is greater likelihood of immune impairment in the aging SCI population compared to the non-disabled population (Charlifue and Lammertse 2002).
Only a few studies on the immune system met the inclusion criteria (See Table 3). Furlan and colleagues (2006) found that hemoglobin concentration, blood leukocyte count, and blood platelet are reduced following acute SCI (N = 21) compared to AB controls (N = 11), but that the age of the person does not play a factor in this reduction. Persons with chronic SCI who have complete injuries (N = 5) demonstrate altered immune function compared to AB controls (Campagnolo et al. 1994). As well, a study (Campagnolo et al. 1999) comparing persons with SCI (N = 18) compared to AB controls (N = 18) suggests that persons with SCI have higher levels of cortisol (p = .06) and dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DS; p = .05), but comparable levels of dehydroepiandrosterone, adrenocorticotropin, and prolactin. As well, they found that DS (p = .05) and dehydroepiandrosterone (p = .07) were higher in persons with tetraplegia compared to controls, but no differences between persons with paraplegia and controls. Campagnolo et al. (1999) concluded that immune functioning is altered after SCI, but may be mediated by level of injury. Meaning, persons with tetraplegia may have a greater degree of alteration to the immune system compared to persons with paraplegia. Unfortunately, the sample sizes of the identified studies were quite small, and none were longitudinal.
Further research related to the immune system need to be investigated since older age of SCI-onset leads to poorer outcomes (Prusmack et al. 2006) and SCI of long duration results in increased infection (Whiteneck et al. 1992). Given that persons with SCI are inundated with antiobiotics throughout their lives, there are a number of important questions regarding the long-term effects on the immune system (Adkins 2004).
The musculoskeletal (MSK) system provides the most obvious external signs of aging, and is especially impacted by aging as most people have some wear and tear in this area as they age (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). Declines in the MSK system after long-term SCI often include upper extremity pain (Waters et al. 1993), reduced strength due to muscle atrophy (Giangregorio and McCartney 2006), and an increased risk for fractures (Lazo et al. 2001). Hence, the complications associated with a degenerating MSK system hold serious implications in terms of functionality for the person aging with SCI.
In terms of bone health, peak bone mass is achieved by the age of 30 in the general population and then declines, but the rate of decline is impacted by a number of factors such as age, gender, and lifestyle (e.g., smoking). Although the risk for osteoporosis and fracture are greater among post-menopausal women over the age of 65 in the general community (Goddard and Kleerekoper1998), there is evidence for increased risk in the SCI population (Ingram et al. 1989; Garland et al. 1992; Lazo et al. 2001). After sustaining a SCI, there are several reports of bone loss occurring in the early months following injury (Garland et al. 1992). These losses are regional; areas rich in trabecular bone are demineralized to the greatest degree, with the distal femur and proximal tibia bones being the most affected, followed by the pelvis and arms (Garland et al. 2001a). However, there is some evidence that there is a continual loss of bone mass with time since injury (Demirel et al. 1998; Bauman et al. 1999), which suggests that a steady-state of lower extremity bone mineral homeostasis is not reached (Ashe et al. 2006). Assuming that the rate of bone loss in the aging SCI-population is similar to that of the non-disabled population, it is likely that the degree of osteoporosis will be much more severe since they will have less skeletal mass at the onset of typical age-related declines in bone mass (Waters et al. 1993).
As a result of bone loss associated with SCI, there is an increased risk for fracture (Garland et al. 2001a; Ashe et al. 2006). In the general population, fracture of the hip is one of the few skeletal disorders associated with significant mortality (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). Approximately 20% of older persons who sustain a hip fracture die with in a year, which are thought due to secondary causes or the person was debilitated (Pottenger 1997; Cooney 1999). After SCI, the most common areas at risk for fracture include the distal femur and proximal tibia, and are consistent with site-specific decreases in bone mineral density around the knee (Ashe et al. 2006). The majority of fragility fractures occur following transfers or activities that involve minimal or no trauma (Ragnarsson and Sell 1981). With regards to age, there are studies of lower evidence levels (i.e., Lazo et al. 2001) that individuals with SCI with osteoporosis are older, and who have longer durations of SCI than those who have normal BMD. However, it is BMD, and not age per se, that is the significant predictor for risk of fracture (Lazo et al. 2001). Interestingly, the BMD of the spine is often maintained or actually increases (Garland et al. 2001a; Sabo et al. 2001).
Although BMD of the spine after SCI does not appear to be affected by aging, other age-related changes to the spine do occur. As one ages, the spine undergoes degeneration, which may lead to symptoms of pain radiating into the extremities, deformity, or loss of sensation and/or motor function due to nerve root compression (Waters et al. 1993). Age-related degenerative changes in the spine could severely impact individuals with SCI whose functional capacities are already limited (Waters et al. 1993). Long-term SCI is associated with scoliosis and/or Charcot spine (Sobel et al. 1985; Park et al. 1994; Krause 2000; Vogel et al. 2002; Abel et al. 2003). Age at injury, however, may also play a role as there is some lower level evidence that the odds of developing curvature of the spine is lower in persons who were older when injured (Krause 2000).
In the general population, there is degeneration in the joints of the upper and lower extremities, and common sites include the shoulder, knee, and hip (Waters et al. 1993). As well, muscle atrophy is inevitable with age, although the rate of decline varies from person to person (Loeser and Delbono 1999). These age-related changes may lead to joint pain, stiffness, restricted range of motion, or trauma (i.e., fracture) that would not typically occur in a younger person. As a result, independence when performing daily activities may be compromised due to restricted activities of daily living, mobility, and even the ability to maintain body temperature (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004).
In addition to bone loss (see section 2.2.1), persons with SCI experience muscle atrophy Giangregorio and McCartney 2006), especially those denervated from complete SCI (Lam et al. 2006). In the lower extremities, muscle degeneration typically occurs at the knee in persons who are capable of ambulation but have persisting gait abnormalities, which in turn generate pathologic forces at the knee (Waters et al. 1993). Although persons who primarily utilize wheelchairs rarely develop clinically significant degenerative problems in the lower extremities, they are more likely to have problems in the upper extremities due to increased reliance on the upper extremities to push their wheelchairs, to transfer, and perform weight-shift maneuvers to prevent pressure ulcers (Waters et al. 1993).
Upper extremity pain is common in persons with long-term SCI, and most frequently affects the shoulder and wrist (Sie et al. 1992; Thompson and Yakura 2001; Waters and Sie 2001), and typically increases with duration of injury (Sie et al. 1992; Ballinger et al. 2000; Waters and Sie, 2001). The prevalence of shoulder pain in SCI individuals ranges between 30-100% (Curtis et al. 1999) and is a consequence of increased physical demands and overuse (Nichols et al. 1979; Pentland and Twomey 1991). It is unclear, however, if these findings are independent of treatment era effects or are affected by environmental changes in mobility technology, accessibility, and rehabilitation practices (Adkins 2004).
Losses in strength and diminished joint capacity along with joint degeneration due to overuse can negatively impact functional ability, which makes maintaining high levels of independence difficult. Since persons with SCI are operating at a near-maximum capacity but have a low reserve capacity, these declines in functionality may occur prematurely (Thompson and Yakura 2001).
Table 4: Musculoskeletal System
In general, the evidence (see Table 4) supports the notion that the musculoskeletal system undergoes obvious external signs of premature aging except for a few areas. Several studies find that there is rapid bone loss, and particularly so for the pelvis and lower limbs within the acute stage post-SCI (Garland et al. 1992; Biering-Sorenson et al. 1990; Wilmet et al. 1995; Dauty et al. 2000; de Bruin et al. 2000; Frey-Rindova et al. 2000; Garland et al. 2004; Frotzler et al. 2008). Further, this loss may be greater for older persons (Chow et al. 1996), and females with SCI (Garland et al. 2001b)and is evident in both bone mineral density (BMD; amount of matter per cubic centimeter of bones) and content (BMC; bone mass). Similarly, there are bone geometric changes (Finsen et al. 1992; de Bruin et al. 2000; Giangregorio et al. 2005) that occur, which may be independent of chronological age and YPI (Slade et al. 2005). Some of the findings are mixed with regards to the duration of decline, with some suggesting that bone mass continues to decline throughout the chronic phase (Finsen et al. 1992), with others reporting a rapid loss with stabilization after approximately 2 years (Biering-Sorenson et al. 1990; Garland et al. 1992). However, a cross-sectional study with AB controls (Eser et al. 2004) and a longitudinal analysis of the same cohort of persons with complete SCI (Frotzler et al. 2008) found that tibial and femoral bone geometry and density properties reach a new steady-state within 3-8 YPI, with the time frame depending on bone parameter and skeletal site.
Endocrine changes may be contributing to the losses in bone density (Dauty et al. 2000; Szollar et al. 1998; Finsen et al. 1992; Vaziri et al. 1994; Bauman et al. 1995). It is thought that altered bone structure and microarchitecture due to SCI (de Bruin et al. 2000; Eser et al. 2004; Giangregorio et al. 2005; Kiratli et al. 2000; Slade et al. 2005; Frotzler et al. 2008) leads to impaired calcium and phosphate metabolism and the parathyroid hormone (PTH)-vitamin D axis (Finsen et al. 1992; Vaziri et al. 1994; Bauman et al. 1995; Szollar et al. 1998; Dauty et al. 2000). For instance, Bauman and colleagues (1995) noted that the reduction in the bioavailabilty of vitamin D in persons with SCI is similar to that found in AB elderly persons. These changes have been shown to contribute to premature onset of osteoporosis and increased risk for fracture in total and regional sites following SCI when compared to the AB population (Garland et al. 1992; Szollar et al. 1997a; Szollar et al. 1997b; Dauty et al. 2000; Kiratli et al. 2000; Garland et al. 2001b; Vlychou et al. 2003; Eser et al. 2004; Giangregorio et al. 2005; Frotzler et al. 2008), which may be more related to YPI than chronological age (Bauman et al. 1999; Garland et al. 2001b).
Age of SCI onset, however, may be an influential factor on the extent of the decline in bone loss (Garland et al. 2001b; Kiratli et al. 2000; Szollar et al. 1997a). For instance, the findings by Szollar and colleagues (1997a) provides evidence that the BMD of persons with SCI are significantly lower than the AB population, but that YPI may be more influential on BMD changes in specific areas (i.e., femoral and trochanter regions), although older males may not be as severely impacted. Persons who were 60 years or older had comparable levels to their age-matched AB controls in their BMD in all four regions (irrespective of YPI) whereas persons in the younger age categories had significant differences in their femoral regions at different intervals. For instance, younger adults with SCI (20-39 year olds) had significantly lower BMD at 1-5 YPI and at 10-19 YPI in the femoral regions of their neck and trochanter when compared to their AB controls, and the mid-age group (40-59 year olds) only had lower BMD at 10-19 YPI in the femoral neck and trochanter regions. These findings possibly allude to premature aging occurring at specific intervals post-injury, most notably in the first year, in the femoral region in younger persons with SCI, and are consistent with the other identified studies (Garland et al. 1992; Biering-Sorenson et al. 1990; de Bruin et al. 2005; Frey-Rindova et al. 2000; Wilmet et al. 1995; Chow et al. 1996; Szollar et al. 1997a; Szollar et al. 1997b; de Bruin et al. 2000; Kiratli et al. 2000; Eser et al. 2004; Frotzler et al. 2008). It may be that age-related factors become less important on changes in bone mass when an individual reaches a certain chronological age threshold (i.e., 60 years). At this point, other factors (i.e., immobilization) affecting bone mass may become more prominent. In general,all of these changes provide additional support that premature aging is occurring
Gender also is an influential factor on bone loss. Garland and colleagues (2001b) provide evidence that women with a complete SCI incur a rapid bone loss in the knee, resulting in a BMD that is approximately 40% to 45% of the AB population, and that this loss is greater than the loss seen in males with comparable injuries. Unlike the findings by Szollar and colleagues (1997a), the pattern of bone loss of the hip was linear regardless of the age at the time of injury. The findings by Bauman and colleagues (1999), which used a cross-sectional monozygotic twin design, also shows evidence that duration of injury may be more closely associated to bone loss than current age. Although lifestyle habits such as smoking and alcohol intake were examined and found not to be significant, the sample in Bauman et al. (1999) study was quite small, and relatively young. Similar findings were detected in a cross-sectional monozygotic twin study by Giangregorio and colleagues (2005) that had a sample comprised of two sets of female twins, one set whom was pre-menopausal and had a SCI twin with tetraplegia under 10 YPI, and the other whom was post-menopausal and a SCI twin with paraplegia who was greater than 20 years YPI. However, they could not provide clarification whether the declines were associated with age, YPI, or menopausal status. However, the study by Slade and colleagues (2005) who compared bone loss at the knee between AB and SCI women who were pre- and post-menopausal concluded that although age and estrogen effects could not be independently discerned, it was unloading (lack of weight bearing) that resulted in the deterioration of trabeculae that occurs early post-injury. Given that SCI is uncommon in women, further studies are needed to further our understanding of the interaction between gender, SCI, and aging plays on bone loss.
Interestingly, the lumbar spine BMD of persons with SCI appear to increase with age regardless of YPI. Szollar and colleagues (1997a) interpreted this finding as either being representative of the lumbar spine becoming the primary weight bearing region or that neuropathic osetorarthropathy (i.e., spectrum of bone andjoint destructive processes associated with neurosensory deficit) may have caused diffused increased radiodensity of the spinal column. The finding that BMD and BMC of the spine remains unaffected or increases is consistent with several other of the identified studies (Biering-Sorenson et al. 1990; Dauty et al. 2000; Chow et al. 1996; Garland et al. 2001b; Szollar et al. 1997b; Szollar et al. 1998), and are complementary to the findings by Catz and colleagues (1992). Based on their findings, Catz et al. (1992) concluded that paraparesis does not accelerate the aging process of the lumbar spine, and that it may even prevent some expected spinal bone changes since no significant differences were detected between their group with SCI and their AB matched control group. However, they noted that a limitation of their study was that 10 years may be too short a duration to detect any significant effects. As well, the sample size was small, and consisted of a heterogeneous group of spinal cord etiologies (i.e., non-traumatic). Finally, one study (Amsters and Nitz, 2006) found that postural changes, such as thoracic kyphosis, may also be independent of age and YPI.
With regard to the upper extremities, the musculoskeletal system appears to decline with YPI (Siddall et al. 2003; Jensen et al. 2005), with the incidence of shoulder pain increasing over time. However, the role of chronological age may also be influential (Lal et al. 1998; Kivimäki et al. 2008). The incidence of degenerative shoulder changes (Lal 1998) may be higher in persons with advanced age (older than 30 years) who are less than 10 YPI, suggesting that degenerative changes may occur earlier than previously thought in persons with SCI.
In addition to the lumbar spine, there are other areas of the musculoskeletal system that are not negatively impacted by aging. For instance, handgrip strength may increase with YPI in males with paraplegia relative to AB controls (Petrofsky and Laymon 2002). This may be due to the use of manual wheelchairs, as well as to age-related changes in muscle fiber composition, and/or to a reduction in intramuscular pressure (Petrofsky and Laymon 2002). As well, older males with paraplegia (45 years and older) may have comparable levels of upper extremity strength to AB controls whereas younger adults do not (Pentland and Twomey 1994).
As a consequence of SCI, especially injury to the cervical and upper thoracic parts of the spinal cord, functioning of the respiratory muscles is disrupted, and leads to lowered lung volume parameters (Linn et al. 2000), in addition to other respiratory complications, such as decreases in compliance of the chest wall, changes in breathing patterns, sleep-disordered breathing (SBD), and ventilator dependency.
For individuals with SCI who have impaired autonomic function and impaired inspiratory muscle weakness, SDB may occur (Bonekat et al. 1990). In general, the incidence of SDB, characterized by sleep apnea, is estimated to be at least twice that reported in the general population (Schilero et al. 2009). Respiratory complications lead to significant morbidity and mortality in people with SCI (DeVivo et al. 1993; Cotton et al. 2005).
Among the general population, age associated changes in the respiratory system involve loss of elastic recoil of the lung, and similar to SCI, yet for different reasons, decreases in the compliance of the chest wall, and strength of the respiratory muscles are observed (Janssens et al. 1999; Janssens 2005). Complications resulting from SCI may therefore hold important respiratory implications as individuals’ age.
Several of the identified studies highlight that SDB and other respiratory complications are higher in persons with SCI than in the general population (see Table 5). In a five-year longitudinal study to assess changes in SDB, Bach and Wang (1994) measured oxygen desaturation, which is characteristic of sleep apnea, in 10 individuals with tetraplegia; six individuals had oxygen desaturation below 90%. At the five-year follow-up, 5 of the 10 individuals had increased patterns of oxygen desaturation, leading to the conclusion that oxygen desaturation is common among people with tetraplegia and increases with age. Cahan and colleagues (1993) produced similar findings in a case-control study. Oxygen desaturation in 6 of 16 persons with tetraplegia was found to be outside the normative range of AB controls, and indicative of SDB. In another longitudinal study (Berlowitz et al. 2005) sleep apnea, defined as an apnea-hypopnea index (AHI) of >10 events per hour, was found in 62% of the sample in the first month, peaking at 83% at 13 weeks, and falling to 68% and 62% at weeks 26 and 52 respectively.
Snoring is another important indicator of sleep apnea and appears to be more prevalent among SCI populations. In a large case-control study, 29% of men (N = 331) and 21% of women with SCI (N = 77) snored daily or almost daily compared to 18.2% of the control group (N = 339) representing the normal population of Denmark (Biering-Sorenson and Biering-Sorenson 2001). Further, those with SCI snored louder and had been snoring for more years than those in the control group. In addition, those who snored daily or almost daily in the SCI group were significantly older than those with SCI who snored less frequently.
After SCI, there are temporal changes in pulmonary functioning. Forced vital capacity (FVC), inspiratory capacity (IC), and maximum inspiratory mouth pressure (Pimax) are lowered in the acute stage of SCI, and then gradually improve over time. Loveridge and colleagues (1992) showed that seated positioning imposes greater stress on the respiratory system in the acute stages of SCI than the supine position. While breathing patterns in the supine position at all measured time points one-YPI were comparable to the controls (N = 18), breathing patterns in the seated position had to be adjusted in order to maintain minute ventilation. Over time, however, improved breathing patterns were observed in the seated position, so much so that differences initially observed between the seated and supine positions became insignificant. Such improved breathing pattern is speculated to be due to increased accessory muscle function, improved chest wall stability, thoraco-abdominal coupling, or a combination of these factors over time. Loveridge et al. (1992) also determined that persons with tetraplegia (N = 6) retain the ability to take deep breaths but do not do so as frequently in the sitting position as they do while supinated. An increasing shallow breathing pattern resulting from a lack of deep breaths, and other factors associated with SCI, such as obesity and decreased chest wall compliance, may lead to hypercapnia, or excessive amounts of carbon dioxide in the blood, and possibly ventilatory failure(Bach and Wang 1994). Despite these results from this prospective longitudinal study, it is unclear if breathing patterns change as a result of the injury or due to aging with SCI. The former may be the case as the study followed adjustments only during the first YPI. No data are available on breathing patterns after individuals have adjusted long-term to their injury.
Sustaining a SCI often leads to an initial respiratory insufficiency and necessitates a need for mechanical ventilation. In some instances, individuals may be weaned from the ventilator. Wicks et al. (1986) conducted a 10-year retrospective study of ventilator-dependent patients with tetraplegia (N = 134) to determine factors associated with weaning and long-term survival rate. Despite similar levels of injury, patients over 50 years of age had a 20% mortality rate compared to 6% for those younger than 50, and that ventilator weaning is less successful for those over the age of 50. This suggests that ventilator-dependency among SCI individuals who are older than 50 possess a much greater risk of negative health outcomes (Wicks and Menter 1986).
Although there are additional factors that can affect respiratory health long-term for the individual with SCI (i.e., level and completeness), there are several preventative activities that can be done to minimize the aging of the respiratory system, such as not smoking, minimizing exposure to polluted air, and controlling body weight (Wilmot and Hall 1993). Further work is required but the evidence that SDB is higher in persons with SCI may have implications for cardiovascular health for the aging SCI population and should be monitored.
Characteristics of an aging nervous system include diminished strength and reaction time (Fozard et al. 1994; Lynch et al. 1999), loss of vibratory sense (Knox 1994), reduced fine coordination and agility (Pathy 1985), slowing of motor unit recruitment patterns (Tax et al. 1990), declining function of basal ganglia (Roth and Joseph 1994) and cerebellarsystems (Bickford et al. 1999), and deterioration of station and gait (Greenhouse 1994). Whether these normative changes occur in the morphology or structure of the brain is controversial (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004), but it is “generally felt to be the result of a loss of neurons, a diminuition of neuronal dendritic processes, and accompanying gliosis (Lammertse 1993, p. 129). Aging also impacts the peripheral and autonomic systems, which respectively result in a progressive loss of nerve conduction velocity (Verdú et al. 2000), and impaired temperature regulation (Collins et al. 1977) and of baroreceptor reflexes (Duke et al. 1976).
In SCI, there is a lack of longitudinal evidence regarding the nervous system other than studies that evaluate neurological complications such as chronic pain (see Table 6). Neuropathic chronic pain following SCI is a complex issue and results from the abnormal processing of sensory input due to damage to the nervous system (Cardenas and Rosenbluth 2001). It is often difficult to identify a specific stimulus or cause for neuropathic syndromes (Scadding 2003). Although this pain can be identified by site (region of sensory disturbance) and by features (sharp, shooting, electric, burning, stabbing), individuals may find it difficult to describe the quality of neuropathic pain (Scadding 2003). Typically, neuropathic pain is present at- or below-the-level of lesion, and is constant but fluctuates in intensity depending on the individual’s emotional state or level of fatigue. SCI-related studies that have examined factors associated with the development of pain have yielded mixed results. With regards to age, some studies have found an association between chronological age and pain (e.g., Burke 1973; Anke et al. 1995; Stormer et al. 1997; Dalyan et al. 1999; Siddall et al. 1999; Putzke et al. 2000), whereas others have found none (e.g., Subbarao et al. 1995; Rintala et al. 1998; Curtis et al. 1999).
Overall, the dearth of literature on the nervous system is relatively surprising given the implications of how age may influence the recovery process following injury. It may be that reported sensory and motor deficits in persons with SCI of more than 20 YPI (Whiteneck et al. 1992) occur due to a presumed age-related dropout of anterior horn cells and loss of myelinated tracts (Charlifue et al. 2002). As well, it is important to determine whether or not further deterioration in the autonomic nervous system occurs in the later decades of life, which hold implications for the gastrointestinal and genitourinary systems (Lammertse 1993).
The most robust finding was that presence of pain at an earlier time point appears to be the best predictor of future pain, and that it likely does not change significantly over time (Jensen et al. 2005; Siddall et al. 2003; Putzke et al. 2002a; Rintala et al. 2004). A limitation of most studies was the lack of clear assessments of the type and characteristics of pain being experienced by participants. For instance, Putzke and colleagues (2002a) do not report on the quality (e.g., frequency, intensity, duration) or pain type (e.g., neuropathic, nociceptive, etc.) of their sample. Although their findings suggested that age of onset may be an important factor, pain is a complex issue that involves the interaction of biological, psycho-social, and environmental factors.
In general, there are considerable gaps in knowledge regarding how the nervous system changes with aging with an SCI. Although identified as an issue of importance more than a decade ago (Lammertse 1993), research on the nervous system still remains incomplete and speculative at best.
Skin undergoes structural and physiological changes resulting from both the natural aging process and being exposed to damaging environmental elements. Over a lifetime, skin is observed to progressively degenerate. Most notable are the changes and deterioration in the structure of the skin which are due to losses and/or a disordering of collagen, the protein primarily responsible for the tensile strength of skin, and elastin fibres (Farage et al. 2009). The elderly, therefore, have an increased susceptibility to skin injuries such as pressure ulcers, and a decreased healing response.
Pressure ulcers are common among individuals with SCI, which typically occur over boney prominences, such as the ischial tuberosities and malleoli. Damage to the skin and underlying tissue caused by pressure, shearing, and/or friction due to continuous sitting are the primary causes of developing a pressure ulcer, but as it has also been reported that collagen metabolism increases as a result of SCI. People with SCI are therefore more susceptible to pressure ulcers than non-SCI individuals (Claus-Walker and Halstead 1982a; Claus-Walker and Halstead 1982b). As a result of the combined effects of pressure, from sitting, and reduced skin integrity, due to collagen degradation, it is estimated that 85% of individuals with SCI will experience a pressure ulcer in their lifetime (Gunnewicht 1995). Given that the mean cost of healing a wound is approximately $50,000, which translates into an annual cost of 3.6 billion dollars (Beckrich and Aronovitch 1999), there is a strong need to understand age-related changes to the skin following SCI in order to help minimize the occurrence of wounds.
Table 7: Skin and Subcutaneous Tissues
The presence of glu-gal Hyl, a collagen metabolite, in large concentrations in urine is indicative of the degradation of skin collagen. Although there is no evidence suggesting that glu-gal Hyl excretions increase with age after SCI (Rodriguez and Garber 1994), there is evidence that these levels are higher (but not statistically significant) in persons with SCI (N = 10) compared to the AB population (N = 5; Rodriguez and Claus-Walker 1984). As well, there appears to be no differences in levels of plasma fibronectin, a macromolecular glycoprotein that contributes to wound healing, between persons with SCI (N = 31) and AB controls (N = 32;Vaziri et al. 1995). Vaziri et al. (1995) also found that age or YPI were not significant factors on pressure ulcer development, which suggests that behavioural factors may play a stronger role (e.g., smoking).
In summary, the evidence on aging with SCI on the skin and subcutaneous tissues is limited (see Table 7). Given the impact pressure ulcers holds for health and quality of life (Krause 1998; Jones et al. 2005; Saladin and Krause 2009), further work is needed to help identify factors which may minimize the sequelae of this health condition for people aging with SCI.
There are several normative age-related changes of the genitourinary and gastrointestinal systems that can lead to serious health problems for the elderly. With regard to the genitourinary system, there is a progressive and structural breakdown of the kidneys with age, and problems with urinary continence that results from decreased bladder capacity and compliance, and an increase in involuntary bladder contractions (Aldwin and Gilmer 2004). In males, enlargement of the prostate also contributes to incontinence (Dubeau 1997), and prostate cancer is one of the primary causes of death (McClain and Gray 2000). Although urinary tract infections (UTIs) increase with age, women are at greater risk, with the incidence in males only approaching that of women when they are 60 years or older (Foxman 2002). Unlike the genitourinary system, the gastrointestinal system retains much of its regular function, and it is unclear whether the few normal changes do affect the health of the older population. Some potential issues include slowing in large intestine motility, and diminished gut motility, with an increase in water resorption in the colon, which contributes to hard stool and increased risk of constipation, rectal fissures, hemorrhoids, and diverticular diseases (Wilson et al. 1997).
In persons with SCI, the effects of neurogenic bladder may compound the effects of aging in persons with SCI (Madersbacher and Oberwalder 1987) since bladder management techniques, such as the use of indwelling catheters, may contribute to the occurrence of common complications such as UTIs (Charlifue et al. 1999) and for a higher risk of developing bladder cancer (Groah et al. 2002). Similarly, neurogenic bowel may also compound aging after SCI given that persons with SCI often have higher rates of bowel-related complications compared to the general population (Cosman et al. 1993).
Table 8: Genitourinary and Gastrointestinal Systems
From the list of identified studies on the genitourinary system (see Table 8), there are four longitudinal studies (Viera et al. 1986; DeWire et al. 1992; MacDiarmid et al. 1995; Sekar et al. 1997) suggesting there are no differences in renal function over time among persons using various bladder management techniques. However, the samples of these studies did incur typical SCI-related complications such as UTIs and bladder stones, and there were some indications of renal decline. For instance, Lamid (1988) found that after 4 YPI, the number of vesicoureteral refluxes increased and progressed to grades II and IV, which caused kidney damage with caliectasis in 27 of 32 patients with SCI followed over 12 YPI. Finally, Sekar and colleagues (1997) reported that renal function (as measured by total and individual kidney effective renal plasma flow; ERPF) decreased over time in their SCI sample (N = 1,114) with a slight reversal occurring at 10 YPI. A methodological strength of the study was the assessment of ERPF, which is thought to be a more sensitive measure of kidney function than serum creatinine (Kuhlemeier et al. 1984a). Based on the findings of the identified studies, it may be that significant declines in renal function occur approximately at 5 YPI.
Work regarding age of onset and the genitourinary system is also needed as the findings of a cross-sectional study by Kuhlemeier and colleagues (1984b) suggests that persons with acute SCI (N = 160) who were younger than 20 or older than 50 had comparable levels of individual and global kidney effective plasma flows compared to AB controls (N = 287), whereas persons with between 21-51 had impaired renal function.
Although six cross-sectional studies found there were no differences in serum prostate specific antigen (PSA) between persons with SCI and AB controls (Konety et al. 2000; Pramjudi et al. 2002; Pannek et al. 2003; Scott Sr et al. 2003; Alexandrino et al. 2004; Shim et al. 2008), one study (Scott Sr et al. 2003) did find elevated levels in persons with SCI (n = 7; 63.6%) at the time of cancer diagnosis compared to AB controls (n = 267; 29.1%) with prostate cancer, and that the cancer in individuals with SCI was more advanced or metastatic (p = .012). Overall, the risk for prostate cancer appears to be lower in persons with SCI due to impaired testosterone levels, but prostate cancer screening should be encouraged given the possibility that males with SCI who do develop prostate cancer may have poorer outcomes than AB males (Scott Sr et al. 2003).
Although bowel function is clearly impaired in persons with SCI compared to AB controls, one study (Lynch et al. 2000) demonstrated that continence deteriorates with increasing age in an AB population (N = 467) but does not change with increasing age in persons with SCI (N = 467). However, a 10 year longitudinal study (Faaborg et al. 2008) suggests persons with SCI do incur an increase in constipation-related symptoms over time. Conversely, the need for assistance from medications or persons does not change, while fecal incontinence decreases. It may be that bowel dysfunction worsens over time for persons with SCI but three studies (Menardo et al. 1987; Krogh et al. 2000; Emmanuel et al. 2009) provide evidence that level of injury plays a primary role in the extent of bowel dysfunction. At this time, the SCI evidence on aging and the gastrointestinal system is limited, but attention to bowel symptoms should be incorporated into routine follow-up procedures and education (Charlifue et al. 2002).
It is not surprising that the majority of articles that met the inclusion criteria for this chapter were on quality of life (QoL). As more persons survive into their second, third, and even later decades, living with a disability becomes a life-long process for persons with SCI (Hallin et al. 2000). As a result, the goal of rehabilitation is to maximize functionality and independence to allow for successful community reintegration and high QoL. QoL describes the well-being and life satisfaction of an individual, and is a multi-factorial construct, which includes but is not limited to, interpersonal relationships and social support, physical and mental health, environmental comfort, and a host of psycho-social factors (Kaplan and Erickson 2000). Community reintegration is an important constructs shown to be predictive of life satisfaction in persons with SCI (e.g., Pierce et al. 1999; Richards et al. 1999; Putzke et al. 2002b; Tonack et al. 2008). The term community reintegration is used to refer to returning to the mainstream of family and community life, engaging in normal roles and responsibilities, actively contributing to one’s social groups and of society as a whole (Dijkers 1998). Thus successful reintegration means resuming occupations or activities deemed important to the individual (i.e., self-care, employment, leisure, etc.; Yasui and Berven 2008). The environment (e.g., social, institutional, cultural or physical), can either create barriers or facilitate access to the community at large. Without exception successful reintegration can lead to improved QoL (Anderson 2004).
In the general population, older adults may face limitations with activities of daily living (e.g., Hoyer et al. 1999), and experience functional declines in the physical domain (e.g., Branch and Jette 1983), which can negatively impact community reintegration and QoL. Similarly, both physical and mental health factors influence quality of life in persons with SCI. For instance, issues with poor physical health, secondary health conditions (e.g., pressure ulcers, pain, etc.), depression and stress, and have all been shown to negatively impact on QoL.
With regards to aging, however, there are some mixed findings in relation to community reintegration and QoL, even within the same studies. For instance, there are some reports that life satisfaction and community reintegration (at least in some domains) improve with years post-SCI (e.g., Zarb et al. 1990; Tonack et al. 2008), whereas older age is associated with poorer community reintegration and quality of life (e.g., Krause and Crewe 1990; Eisenberg and Saltz 1991; Whiteneck et al. 1992; Tonack et al. 2008). As well, some reports provide evidence that QoL improves with increasing age (e.g., Pentland et al. 1995; Westgren and Levi, 1998; Dijkers 1999; McColl 1999). However, discrepancies with aging and quality of life tend to be more evident in cross-sectional analyses whereas longitudinal studies “mostly show relatively high and stable levels of QoL over long periods of time” (Kemp and Ettelson 2001, p. 119). As well, these differences may arise due to the use of different instruments, which may not all assess the same underlying QoL construct.
In this section (see Table 9), eleven longitudinal studies and one observational study on community reintegration and QoL after SCI are reviewed.
Table 9: Quality of Life and Community Reintegration
Aging is a complex process that not only encompasses biology. Environmental factors also change over time, which may be particularly critical to persons with SCI, because they not only face physical limitations associated with their SCI, but also social and economic changes that result from injury (Krause and Coker 2006). As seen in Bushnik and Charlifue (2005), changes were related to changes in economics and technology, and not related to SCI or aging per se. For example, letter writing, which probably included emails, increased in the sample over time because home computing had likely become more common. Although not significant, the high percentage of persons who switched to a portable ventilator or pneumobelt from a fixed ventilator may have improved community reintegration for these individuals. As well, the findings that economic self-sufficiency steadily improves with time (e.g., Charlifue and Gerhart 2004a; Krause and Broderick 2005; Krause and Coker 2006) supports Bushnik’s (2002) speculation that increased economic standing may improve community reintegration. In the case of Bushnik’s (2002) sample, improved financial status enabled access adaptive equipment (e.g., modified van). Conversely, level of community reintegration for Charlifue and Gerhart’s (2004a) sample did not significantly change over time, but this may have been due to sample differences between the studies (i.e., high level tetraplegia versus homogeneous impairment groups), and that the time between data collection intervals in the other studies reviewed were further apart. As well, the individuals in Gerhart and Charlifue’s (2004a) study were at least 20 years post-injury when they entered the study. At 20 years post-injury, it is likely that routines and strategies for community participation have been well-established, and are not likely to dramatically change over 3 year periods. However, an understanding of environmental factors is important for assessing quality of life since there is evidence that an individual’s adjustment over time is influenced by corresponding environmental changes (Krause and Sternberg 1997).
With regards to change in activity patterns, Bushnik and Charlifue (2005) attributed the changes to the natural progression of time utilization from external social activities associated with youth (e.g., card games with friends) to other activities not captured by the study (e.g., spending time with family). Further, the reported declines in activity by the SCI cohorts as they aged (Bushnik’s (2002), Charlifue and Gerhart’s (2004a), and Krause and Broderick’s (2005) might be similar to declines in activity patterns in the general population (Christensen et al. 1996; Bukov et al. 2002).
One of the main strengths of the studies by Krause (1997), Krause and Broderick (2005), and Krause and Coker (2006) is they assessed whether there were any differences between their current sample and those who were lost to follow-up. Based on these analyses, clear survivor effects emerged in both studies as the characteristics of respondents (persons who participated in both data collection periods) at Time 1 were younger, younger at age of SCI-onset, were less years post-injury, had higher levels of education, more likely to have cervical injuries, greater sitting tolerance, and had more social outings than non-respondents (persons who only participated in the first data collection period). These findings highlight that some care should be taken when interpreting the findings from these studies as it may only reflect ‘survivors’.
Although having a SCI inevitably does place some form of activity limitation from the onset of injury, aging “may magnify issues of dependency as needs, ability, and limitation change over time” (Charlifue and Lammertse 2001, p. 415). As with the general population (Roy 1986; Gaston-Johansson et al. 1996; Poluri et al. 2005), issues of fatigue and pain can limit the independence of a person with SCI. Fatigue can be defined as an overwhelming sense of tiredness, lack of energy and often a feeling of total exhaustion (Herlofson & Larsen, 2002). Fatigue after SCI is a prevalent issue (Gerhart et al. 1999; McColl et al. 2003; McColl et al. 2004; Fawkes-Kirby et al. 2008). The findings on the associations between age and fatigue after SCI have been somewhat conflicting. For example, one study found that males with SCI reported an increased fatigue with increasing age (Pentland et al., 1995), whereas some have found greater reports of fatigue in younger persons with SCI with short durations of injury (McColl et al. 2003).
Both pain and fatigue have been both found to negatively impact on several domains of function and QoL (Rintala et al. 1998; Ingles et al. 1999; Herlofson and Larsen 2002). As well, there is some evidence of a relationship between fatigue and pain after SCI (Fawkes-Kirby et al. 2008; Hammell et al. 2008). When examined together, the study by Charlifue and colleagues (1999) and by Putzke and colleagues (2002a) highlight chronological age as a factor that mediates the expression and/or onset of change. In the study by Charlifue et al. (1999), the youngest and oldest group reported no significant changes between Time 1 and Time 2. Similarly, the youngest and oldest group reported the least amount of pain interference between Year 1 and Year 2.
The finding by Charlifue and colleagues (1999) that increasing age is associated with increased fatigue and additional physical assistance is congruent with other studies examining the effects of long-term SCI (e.g., Gerhart et al. 1993; Thompson, 1999; Liem et al. 2004). A limitation noted by Charlifue et al. (1999) was that their sample was a relatively ‘young’ age (M = 37.1 years), and none having lived with their SCI for more than 20 years (M = 9.3), and may not have been impacted by the aging process to significantly impact overall health and functional status. However, the consistent findings for increased fatigue between Time 1 and Time 2 do highlight that there is a consistent physical decline occurring. Charlifue and colleagues (1999) recognized the systematic changes in their sample (i.e., improved health but declining functionality) but attributed them to external factors such as less contact with the healthcare system, funding changes, which lead to fewer participants reporting particular outcomes. As well, they noted the need for increased physical assistance over time in their sample may have reflected attitude changes in rehabilitation practice where maintaining functionality is preferred over complete physical independence. Although the strength of the study is its provision of several perspectives to aging with a SCI, an alternative analysis strategy might have helped to provide a more cohesive model of how the factors assessed related to one another. For instance, the increases in physical assistance between Time 1 and Time 2 were often accompanied with improvements in health but also with increases in fatigue. Reporting on associations (or lack of) between these variables may have provided additional support for their conclusions.
The studies reviewed provide some interesting findings regarding living long-term with SCI, but do highlight some of the challenges associated with assessing quality of life in relation to aging. The findings appear to provide some conflicting evidence where in some cases life satisfaction remained stable over time (i.e., Charlifue et al. 2004; Charlifue and Gerhart 2004b), decreased with time (i.e., Krause 1997; Charlifue et al. 1998), or improved with time (Kemp and Krause 1999). The discrepancies in these studies are partly due to theoretical and methodological differences. For instance, the study by Charlifue et al. (1998) was the only study that explicitly provided a theoretical model for assessing life satisfaction. Specifically, Charlifue and colleagues (1998) framed aging with SCI within a global thesis of function, which took into account physical, psychological, and environmental factors. Several studies with lower levels of evidence predicting life satisfaction have used other models that incorporate a variety of domains thought to impact on QoL (i.e., Pierce et al. 1999; Richards et al. 1999; Tonack et al. 2008). Unfortunately, Charlifue et al. (1998) did not provide a clear rationale for including specific predictor variables in their models. A larger theoretical concern is the issue of response shift (also known as recalibration, reprioritization, and reconceptualization; Schwartz and Spangers 2000), which refers to a dynamic process where an individual undergoes simultaneous changes in their internal standards, values, and conceptulizations of QoL in response to health and physical functioning changes (Tate et al. 2002). Ambiguous or paradoxical findings can occur because of differences among people or changes within people regarding internal standards, values, or conceptualization of health-related QoL (Schwartz et al. 2007). As a result, the psychometric properties (e.g., validity and reliability) of measurement tools can be affected (Schwartz et al. 2007). Hence, issues of response shift should be considered when assessing QoL in persons with SCI, and several recommendations are put forth by Schwartz and colleagues (2007) on how to address them.
In terms of research design, comparing persons with SCI to control groups will also likely provide a different picture on QoL in different domains. A strength of Kemp and Krause’s (1999) was the use of an able-bodied, and a disabled (i.e., polio) comparison group when examining issues of QoL after SCI as it provides some context to the extent of some problems for persons post-SCI (i.e., levels of depression). However, the characteristics of the control groups were significantly different to the group with SCI on some key factors. For instance, the able-bodied and polio groups were significantly older (p < 0.01) and had higher levels of education than the group with SCI (p < 0.05). As well, the polio group was comprised mostly of females, had a mean pediatric age of onset, was 50.9 years post-polio, and 90% were Caucasian, whereas the SCI group was comprised of mostly males from culturally diverse backgrounds, and who had an adult age of onset, and were only 14.5 years post-injury. This limitation was addressed in the study, but highlights that the findings should be interpreted with caution since many socio-demographic and historical factors may have influenced levels of depression and life satisfaction. Nonetheless, the finding that persons with SCI have lower QoL compared to the able-bodied population is consistent with other studies that did not meet the chapter’s inclusion criteria (Kemp and Ettelson 2001).
The majority of studies for all the systems provide some important findings regarding the role of chronological age (including age of SCI onset) and YPI, but there is still lack of clarity on how all of these factors affect (individually and in combination) the individual living with SCI over time, and further work is needed to determine if SCI is indeed a model for premature aging. It appears that the field of aging with SCI has yet to make significant advances since many of the issues and questions raised over 15 years ago (Whiteneck et al. 1993) are still relevant today.
In general, longitudinal designs are the preferred method for investigating aging, but a number of longitudinal aging-related studies of SCI are limited in scope and quality due to several methodological issues (Krause 2007). One limitation with longitudinal research designs are problems with retaining sufficient sample size over many years to observe long term changes with aging. Problems with attrition lead to another type of cohort effect, namely survivor effects. Survivor effects describe those individuals who may have outlived other members in their cohort due to some unusual advantage (e.g., environmental, physiological, etc.; Adkins 2001). Persons who remain in longitudinal studies often represent those who are healthier, wealthier, and better educated whereas persons with poorer functioning drop-out or have died. Another limitation of longitudinal designs is the possibility that data collected at an earlier time point may become obsolete due to advances or changes in measurement. Longitudinal research is also considerably more resource intensive than cross-sectional studies in terms of cost and time.
Despite the challenges associated with longitudinal research, gaining an understanding of what changes a person with SCI may undergo over time is important to identify potential problems that can be anticipated and perhaps prevented in some cases. This in turn may contribute to continued levels of maximum independence and overall well-being. The field of aging with SCI has made some tremendous strides forward, but the dearth of knowledge in some areas highlights research opportunities that will help to resolve current challenges and more importantly provide information to fill many existing gaps.
Autonomic dysreflexia (AD) is a clinical emergency in individuals with spinal cord injury (SCI). It commonly occurs in individuals with injury at level T6 and above (Mathias & Frankel 1988; Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002). An episode of AD is usually characterized by acute elevation of arterial blood pressure (BP) and bradycardia (slow heart rate), which, on occasion, may be replaced by tachycardia (rapid heart rate). Objectively, an increase in systolic BP greater than 20–30mmHg is considered a dysreflexic episode (Teasell et al. 2000). Individuals with cervical and high thoracic SCI have resting arterial BPs that are approximately 15 to 20 mmHg lower than able-bodied individuals (Mathias & Bannister 2002; Claydon et al. 2006). As such, acute elevation of BP to normal or slightly elevated ranges could indicate AD in this population. Intensity of AD can vary from asymptomatic (Linsenmeyer et al. 1996), mild discomfort and headache to a life threatening emergency when systolic blood pressure can reach 300mmHg (Mathias & Frankel 2002). Untreated episodes of autonomic dysreflexia may have serious consequences, including intracranial hemorrhage, retinal detachments, seizures and death (Yarkony et al. 1986; Pine et al. 1991; Eltorai et al. 1992; Valles et al. 2005).
It has been observed that the higher the level of the SCI, the greater the degree of clinical manifestations of cardiovascular dysfunctions (Mathias & Frankel 1992; Curt et al. 1997; Krassioukov et al. 2003). Another crucial factor affecting the severity of AD is completeness of spinal injury as only 27% of incomplete tetraplegics presented signs of AD compared to 91% of tetraplegics with complete lesions (Curt et al. 1997). AD is three times more prevalent in tetraplegics with a complete injury, in comparison to those with an incomplete injury (Curt et al. 1997). It is important to note, however, that although autonomic dysreflexia occurs more often in the chronic stage of spinal cord injury at or above the 6th thoracic segment, there is clinical evidence of early episodes of autonomic dysreflexia within the first days and weeks after the injury (Silver 2000; Krassioukov et al. 2003).
AD is most commonly triggered by urinary bladder or colon irritation. However, many other causes were reported in the literature (Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002). AD is caused by massive sympathetic discharge triggered by either noxious or non-noxious stimuli below the level of the SCI (Krassioukov & Claydon, 2005). Numerous reports of AD have been described in the literature: episodes are usually short-lived either due to treatment or being self-limiting. However, there are reports of AD triggered by a specific stimulus, which then continued to be present for a period of days to weeks (Elliott & Krassioukov 2006).
Numerous mechanisms have been proposed for the development of AD. It is known from animal studies that autonomic instability following SCI results from plastic changes occurring within the spinal and peripheral autonomic circuits in both the acute and chronic stages following injury (Mathias & Frankel 1988; Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002; Krassioukov 2005). The destruction of the descending vasomotor pathways results in the loss of inhibitory and excitatory supraspinal input to the sympathetic preganglionic neurons; this is currently considered the major contributor to unstable blood pressure control following SCI (Furlan et al. 2003). Furthermore, there is numerous animal and human data suggesting that plastic changes within the spinal cord (specifically spinal sympathetic neurons and primary afferents) underlies the abnormal cardiovascular control and AD following SCI. Altered sensitivity of peripheral alphaadrenergic receptors (receptors in the sympathetic nervous system) is one mechanism that may contribute to AD (Osborn et al. 1990; Arnold et al. 1995; Krassioukov & Weaver 1995, 1996; Karlsson 1999; Krassioukov et al. 1999; Krassioukov et al. 2002).
Table 1: Signs and Symptoms
Presently there is a well established protocol of management of AD developed by the Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1997). In patients with spinal cord injury, appropriate bladder and bowel routines, in addition to pressure sore prevention are the most effective measures for prevention of autonomic dysreflexia. However, for each individual, the identification and elimination of specific triggers for autonomic dysreflexia should also be employed to manage and prevent episodes of autonomic dysreflexia (Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002; Blackmer 2003).
When AD develops, the initial management of an episode involves placing the patient in an upright position to take advantage of an orthostatic reduction in blood pressure, and the loosening of any tight clothing (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1997). Throughout the episode, the blood pressure should be checked at 5 min intervals. It is then necessary to search for and eliminate the precipitating stimulus most commonly (in 85% of cases) related to either bladder distention or bowel impaction (Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002). The use of antihypertensive drugs should be considered as a last resort, but may be necessary if the blood pressure remains at 150 mmHg or greater following the steps outlined above (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1997). The goal of such an intervention is to alleviate symptoms and avoidthe complications associated with uncontrolled hypertension (Yarkony et al. 1986; Pine et al. 1991; Eltorai et al. 1992; Valles et al. 2005).
The most effective approach to AD is the prevention of occurrence of this disabling and life threatening condition (Braddom & Rocco 1991). This includes careful evaluation of individuals with SCI and early recognition of possible triggers that could result in AD. Improved clinician awareness of AD and greater attention on the need to eliminate noxious stimuli in individuals with SCI is a priority. Clinicians, family members, and care givers should be aware that increased afferent stimulation (e.g., via surgery, invasive investigational procedures, labour) to persons with SCI will increase the risk for development of AD. A variety of procedures can be used to prevent occurrence of episodes of AD.
Urinary bladder irritation or stimulation is the major trigger of AD following SCI (McGuire & Kumar, 1986; Linsenmeyer et al. 1996; Giannantoni et al. 1998; Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Frankel 2002). A bladder management program and continuous urological follow-up are important elements of the medical care of individuals with SCI (Waites et al. 1993a; Vaidyanathan et al. 1994; Vaidyanathan et al. 2004). An established bladder management program with intermittent catheterization or an indwelling Foley catheter allows individuals with SCI to plan for bladder emptying when convenient or necessary (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2006). However, there are no studies which specifically assess the effect of bladder management programs on occurrence of autonomic dysreflexia.
During the last decade, urological follow-up including annual urodynamic evaluations and cystoscopy (depending on the bladder management program), have decreased the frequency of urinary tract infections and development of renal failure in individuals with SCI (Waites et al. 1993a; Waites et al. 1993b; DeVivo et al. 1999). However, conservative management is not always successful and alternative strategies (e.g. application of Botulinum toxin, capsaicin, anticholinergics, sacral denervation and bladder and urethral sphincter surgery) are needed to decrease afferent stimulation from the urinary bladder to prevent development of AD. In addition, urodynamic procedures and cystoscopy are associated with significant activation of the urinary bladder afferents and have potential to trigger AD (Linsenmeyer et al. 1996; Dykstra et al. 1987; Snow et al. 1978; Chancellor et al. 1993) and thus also require strategies to reduce afferent stimulation during those procedures.
Injection of Botulinum toxin into the detrusor muscle is an effective method for treating urinary incontinence secondary to neurogenic detrusor overactivity.
Table 2: Botulinum Toxin and AD
Four pre-post studies (n=84)(Dykstra et al. 1988; Schurch et al. 2000; Chen et al. 2008; Kuo et al 2008) found the injection of Botulinum toxin into the detrusor muscle or bladder sphincter to be an effective method for treating urinary incontinence secondary to neurogenic detrusor overactivity and bladder sphincter dyssynergia. In these conditions, injections of the Botulinum toxin either allowed increased urinary bladder capacity (i.e., reduced overactivity of the bladder) or facilitated improved evacuation of urine (reduced bladder sphincter dyssynergia). The duration of effect was reported to last up to 9 months (Schurch et al. 2000). All studies were level 4 and showed positive effects. In fact, following treatment with Botulinum toxin, 3 individuals reported fewer episodes of AD (Kuo et al. 2008), 4 individuals reported decreased frequency and intensity of AD (Chen et al. 2008) and 3 individuals who experienced severe AD during bladder emptying reported disappearance of these symptoms altogether (Schurch et al. 2000).
Capsaicin is the pungent extract from red pepper and exerts a selective action on certain sensory nerves, most notably those involved in reflex contractions of the bladder after spinal cord injury.
One RCT (n=23)(Giannantoni et al. 2002) and one pre-post study (n=7)(Igawa et al. 2003) evaluated the effect of capsaicin. Capsaicin exerts a selective action on those sensory nerves involved in reflex contractions of the bladder after SCI. In their pre-post study, Igawa et al. demonstrated that intravesical capsaicin decreased episodes of AD in patients with SCI during catheterization, thereby suggesting the therapeutic potential of intravesical capsaicin for both AD and detrusor hyperreflexia in SCI patients (Igawa et al. 2003). Giannantoni et al.’s high quality RCT (PEDro=6) used an analogue of capsaicin (resiniferatoxin RXT) which is more than 1,000 times more potent in desensitizing C-fiber bladder afferents and found reduced episodes of AD (Giannantoni et al. 2002). In addition, investigators found that intravesical administration of resiniferatoxin was superior to that of intravesical capsaicin in terms of urodynamic results and clinical benefits in SCI patients within 60 days of treatment and did not cause the inflammatory side effects associated with capsaicin. Long-term effects of capsaicin or resiniferatoxin on AD, however, have not been evaluated.
Anticholinergics are a class of medications that inhibit the binding of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine to its receptors. Acetylcholine is released by the parasympathetic nerve fibers innervating the urinary bladder and contributes to detrusor contraction and activation of the bladder afferent. These afferent stimuli activate spinal sympathetic circuits that trigger AD. Anticholinergic agents may therefore, possibly decrease afferent activations, and consequently AD. However, only one study, employing an observational cross-sectional design (n=48), has examined the use of anticholinergics (Giannantoni et al. 1998). Giannantoni et al. (1998) did not observe a correlation between anticholinergic drugs and reduced incidence of AD, unless it resulted in detrusor areflexia.
When detrusor hyperreflexia post-SCI does not respond to conservative treatment, and patients are not eligible for ventral sacral root stimulation for electrically induced micturition, sacral bladder denervation may be considered as a stand-alone procedure to treat urinary incontinence and AD. Three level 4 studies (aggregate n=459) (Schurch et al. 1998; Hohenfellner et al. 2001; Kutzenberger 2007) with sacral denervation have reported conflicting results in response to this procedure. Hohenfellner et al. reported that sacral bladder denervation is a valuable treatment option for eliminating detrusor hyperreflexia and AD in all 9 of their subjects (Hohenfellner et al. 2001). However, in Schurch et al.’s 10 subjects, it was shown that complete bladder deafferentation does not abolish AD during bladder urodynamic investigations. In a review of 440 patients, Kutzenberger saw sacral deafferentation eliminate AD in 438.
The association between episodes of AD and the presence of detrusor sphincter dyssynergia, high intravesical pressure and urethral pressure has led to the development of surgical procedures to alleviate voiding dysfunctions and consequently AD. Three surgical studies (Barton et al. 1986; Sidi et al. 1990; Perkash 2007) included indicators of AD (e.g., blood pressure changes). An older study by Barton et al.(1986) demonstrated reduced AD with an external sphincterotomy. A recent long-term follow-up of patients treated with transurethral sphincterotomies showed the procedure provides subjective relief of AD and is correlated with a significant decrease in blood pressure (Perkash 2007). In addition, post-void residual urine decreased significantly after surgery (Perkash 2007). However, such procedures are now rarely performed as they are associated with significant risks, including hemorrhage, erectile dysfunction(Ahmed et al. 2006) and the need for repeat procedures (Secrest et al. 2003). Thus, alternatives including intraurethral stents and Botulinum toxin injections have been investigated, both showing some success (Ahmed et al. 2006; Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). The augmentation enterocystoplasty has demonstrated long-term success based on urodynamic evaluation and has been found to reduce symptoms of AD (Sidi et al. 1990). Enterocystoplasty with a Mitrofanoff Procedure has become a more frequent choice of bladder augmentation in individuals with SCI, due to more favorable long-term outcomes.
Table 6: Bladder and Urethral Sphincter Surgery
The second most common cause of AD is pain or irritation within the colorectal area. Constipation, hemorrhoids, and anal fissures, all frequently observed in patients with SCI, contribute to episodes of AD (Teasell et al. 2000; McGuire & Kumar 1986; Hawkins et al. 1994; Teichman et al. 1998). Digital stimulation, a common component of bowel routines in individuals with SCI, can also trigger AD (Furusawa et al. 2007). In addition, rectosigmoid distension and anal manipulation are common iatrogenic triggers of AD (Cosman & Vu 2005).
Table 7: Treatments to Reduce AD during Anorectal Procedures
In two small RCTs (n=70) (Cosman & Vu 2005; Cosman et al. 2002), investigators compared the effect of topical with local anesthesia of the anorectal area for the prevention of AD during anorectal procedures. They found that anoscopy, which involves stretching the anal sphincters, was a more potent stimulus for AD than flexible sigmoidoscopy, which involves gaseous distention of the rectosigmoid. In one randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, AD was not abolished by topical lidocaine in the rectum during the anorectal procedure (Cosman et al. 2002). However, the same investigators in a later RCT demonstrated that intersphincteric anal block with lidocaine was effective in limiting anorectal procedure-associated AD (Cosman & Vu 2005). In one small RCT (n=25) (Furusawa et al. 2009) investigators found that topical lidocaine applied to the rectum prior to digital bowel stimulation significantly reduced systolic blood pressure and reports of AD over the duration of the bowel program when compared to the control group.
In North America, women represent a third of the SCI population (Ackery et al. 2004). Approximately 3,000 American women of childbearing age are affected by SCI (Cross et al. 1992). The ability of women to have children is not usually affected once their menstrual cycle resumes (Jackson & Wadley 1999). There are increasing numbers of women with SCI who have healthy babies (Cross et al. 1992). However, during labor and delivery, women with SCI are at high risk of developing uncontrolled AD (Sipski 1991; Sipski & Arenas 2006).
Recognition and prevention of this life threatening emergency is critical for managing labor in women with SCI (McGregor & Meeuwsen 1985). The majority of women with SCI above T10 experience uterine contractions with only abdominal discomfort, an increase in spasticity and AD (Hughes et al. 1991). Numerous observational studies, case reports and expert opinions recommend adequate anesthesia in women with SCI during labor and delivery despite the apparent lack of sensation. However, there are only five studies (n=59)(Cross et al. 1992; Hughes et al. 1991; Cross et al. 1991; Ravindran et al. 1981; Skowronski & Hartman 2008) with observational evidence recording the management specific to AD during labor. The American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology emphasized that it is important that obstetricians caring for these patients be aware of the specific problems related to SCI (American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology 2002).
Table 8: Prevention of AD during Pregnancy and Labour
As AD may be triggered by a host of somatic and visceral noxious or non-noxious stimuli below the level of injury, a variety of interventions focusing on decreasing afferent information to the spinal cord have been used, including peripheral anesthetic blocks, epidural anesthesia, general anesthesia, or even dorsal rhizotomy (McGregor & Meeuwsen 1985; Barton et al. 1986; Cosman et al. 2002; Cosman & Vu 2005; Kutzenberger et al. 2005). However, it is important to acknowledge that despite the partial or total loss of sensation below the level of injury, surgical procedures or manipulations can potentially initiate episodes of AD. Anesthesiologists and surgeons performing surgery on SCI patients must be aware of the interactions of the anesthetic and its effects on AD and how to prevent or manage AD during these procedures.
Table 9: Prevention of AD during Surgery
Two observational studies (Lambert et al. 1982; Eltorai et al. 1997) presented evidence that AD is a common complication during the general surgery in individuals with SCI. Up to 90% of individuals undergoing surgery with topical anesthesia or no anesthesia developed AD. Both studies concluded that patients at risk for AD could be protected by either general or spinal anesthesia.
Functional electrical stimulation (FES) is a widely-used modality in the rehabilitation of individuals with SCI ( Sampson et al. 2000; Wood et al. 2001). Similar to any non-noxious or noxious stimuli below the level of injury, however, FES may also lead to significant afferent stimulation and trigger the development of AD (Ashley et al. 1993; Matthews et al. 1997).
Table 10: Prevention of AD during FES Exercise
One RCT (n=7) assessed the effect of topical anaesthetic and placebo creams applied to the skin area over the quadriceps muscle 1 hr prior to FES on two different days (Matthews et al. 1997). As cardiovascular and AD responses during FES were unaffected by topical anaesthetic cream application at the stimulation site, the authors suggested that mechanisms other than skin nociception contribute to FES-induced AD.
Despite appropriate preventative strategies, AD remains common among individuals with SCI. As previously noted, especially in individuals with cervical or high thoracic injuries, episodes of AD with a significant increase in arterial blood pressure could be asymptomatic (Linsenmeyer et al. 1996; Ekland et al. 2007; McGillivray et al. 2006).The Guidelines of the Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine for management of AD recommends employing non-pharmacological measures initially; if they fail, and systolic blood pressure continues to be at or above 150 mmHg in adults, 120 mmHg in children under 5 years old, 130 mmHg in children 6-12 years old, and 140 mmHg in adolescents, pharmacological agents should be initiated (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2006).
The initial management of an episode of AD involves placing the patient in an upright position to take advantage of an orthostatic reduction in blood pressure (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001). While there are no studies that evaluate the effect of a sit-up position on blood pressure during the episodes of AD, significant decreases in resting blood pressure have been shown during a tilt or sit-up test from supine position in individuals with SCI (Claydon & Krassioukov 2006; Krassioukov & Harkema 2006; Sidorov et al. 2007). It is proposed that an upright posture will induce pooling of blood into the abdominal and lower extremity vessels as peripheral vasoconstriction is compromised or lost following SCI; thus arterial blood pressure is reduced. The next step is to loosen any tight clothing and constrictive devices (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001). This procedure will also allow more blood to pool into the vessel beds below the level of injury as well as removal of a possible trigger of peripheral sensory stimulation. Blood pressure should be checked at a minimum of 5 min intervals until the individual is stable (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001), at which time it is necessary to search for and eliminate the precipitating stimulus and in 85% of cases, can be found to relate to either bladder distention or bowel impaction (Teasell et al. 2000; Mathias & Bannister 2002). The use of antihypertensive drugs should be considered as a last resort and used if the blood pressure remains at 150 mmHg or greater following the steps outlined above (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001). The goal of such an intervention is to alleviate symptoms and avoidthe complications associated with uncontrolled hypertension (Yarkony et al. 1986; Pine et al. 1991; Eltorai et al. 1992; Valles et al. 2005).
Episodes of AD in individuals with SCI can vary in severity, but in some cases can be asymptomatic and be managed by the individual once they are familiar with their own triggers and symptoms (Linsenmeyer et al. 1996). However, in some individuals it is difficult to find the trigger for the acute blood pressure elevation and immediate medical attention is required (Elliott & Krassioukov 2006). Antihypertensive drugs with a rapid onset and short duration of action should be used in management of acute episodes (Blackmer 2003). The Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine recommends that if non-pharmacological measures fail and arterial blood pressure remains 150 mmHg or greater, pharmacological management should be initiated (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001). However, the Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine (2001) does not identify any particular medication for management of AD. Numerous pharmacological agents (e.g., Nifedipine, nitrates, captopril, terzaosin, prazosin, phenoxybenamine, Prostaglandin E2, sildanefil) have been proposed for management of episodes of AD (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine; Blackmer 2003; Naftchi & Richardson 1997). The majority of the recommendations are based on the clinical management of hypertensive crises in able-bodied populations. Characteristics and outcomes of studies assessing pharmacological interventions for the management of AD are presented in the following sections.
Nifedipine, a calcium ion influx inhibitor (Ca-channel blocker), selectively inhibits calcium ion influx across the cell membrane of cardiac muscle and vascular smooth muscle while maintaining serum calcium concentrations. In man, Nifedipine decreases peripheral vascular resistance and creates a modest fall in systolic and diastolic pressure (5-10mm Hg systolic although sometimes larger). Nifedipine is generally given using the "bite and swallow" method, in a dose of 10 mg.
Table 11: Nifedipine (Adalat, Procardia)
Five studies (n=59) (Steinberger et al. 1990; Lindan et al. 1985; Thyberg et al. 1994; Kabalin et al. 1993; Dykstra et al. 1987) have evaluated the effects of Nifedipine; two level 2 controlled but not randomized trials (Steinberger et al. 1990; Lindan et al. 1985), and three level 4 studies (Thyberg et al. 1994; Kabalin et al. 1993; Dykstra et al. 1987). Four of these five studies saw a reduction or alleviation of AD with nifedipine (Steinberger et al. 1990; Thyberg et al. 1994; Kabalin et al. 1993; Dykstra et al. 1987. In their non-randomized control trial, Steinberger and co-investigators (1990) reported that sublingual nifedipine decreased peak systolic, diastolic, and mean blood pressure in SCI individuals undergoing electroejaculation. In their study, Braddom and Rocco (1991) surveyed 86 physicians with an average of 16.8 years of experience in managing AD in patients with SCI. While pharmacologic treatment of AD varied greatly from physician to physician, antihypertensive medications were the most frequently used medications with Nifedipine being a drug of choice for 48% of physicians for minor AD cases and for 58% of physicians for severe symptomatic AD cases. Although nifedipine has been the most commonly used agent for management of AD in individuals with SCI (Thyberg et al. 1994; Dykstra et al. 1987; Esmail et al. 2002; Braddom & Rocco 1991), its use has declined recently (Frost 2002; Anton & Townson 2004). There have beenno reported adverse events from the use of nifedipine in thetreatment of AD (Blackmer 2003), although all studies had a very small sample size. However, a review of nifedipine for the management of hypertensive emergencies not specific to SCI found serious adverse effects such as stroke, acute myocardial infarction, death and numerous instances of severe hypotension (Grossman et al. 1996). Due to several reports of serious adverse reactions occurring after administration of immediate-release nifedipine, the Joint National Committee on Detection, Evaluation and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (1997) has discouraged use of this drug.
Nitrates are used for an acute episode of AD as they relax vascular smooth muscle, producing vasodilator effects on peripheral arteries and veins. Dilation of postcapillary vessels, including large veins, promotes peripheral pooling of blood and reduces venous return to the heart, thereby reducing left ventricular end-diastolic pressure (pre-load) and arterial blood pressure. On the other hand, arteriolar relaxation reduces systemic vascular resistance which leads to reduced arterial pressure (after-load). If sildenafil has been used within the last 24 hours in an individual with SCI presenting with acute AD, use of an alternative short-acting, rapid-onset antihypertensive agent is recommended. Nitrates are the second most commonly used agent after nifedipine for management of AD in individuals with SCI (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001; Braddom & Rocco 1991). However, with the exception of one case report with intravenous use of nitroprusside (Ravindran et al. 1981) and expert opinions (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001), no studies exist to support their use in SCI. There is level 5 evidence (clinical consensus) (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001; Braddom & Rocco 1991), but no clinical studies which support the use of nitrates in the acute management of AD in SCI.
Captopril is a specific competitive inhibitor of angiotensin I-converting enzyme (ACE). During an episode of AD, 25mg of captopril is recommended to be administered sublingually.
From one pre-post study (n=26) (Esmail et al. 2002), captopril was safe and effective in 4 out of 5 episodes for AD management. This prospective open labeled study and numerous experts’ opinion suggest the use of the captopril as a primary medication in management of AD (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2001; Frost 2002; Anton & Townson 2004).
Terazosin is a long-acting, alpha-1adrenoceptor selective blocking agent. Selective alpha 1 blockade has been suggested as a good pharmacological choice in the management of AD because of its dual effect at the bladder level (inhibition of urinary sphincter and relaxation of the smooth muscles of blood vessels).
Regular doses of Terazosin over weeks or months were evaluated in three level 4 experimental studies (n=57) (Vaidyanathan et al. 1998; Swierzewski et al. 1994; Chancellor et al. 1994) in which it appears to be effective in preventing AD without erectile function impairment. Patients reported moderate to excellent improvement (Chancellor et al. 1994) or even complete termination of the dysreflexic symptoms (Vaidyanathan et al. 1998) during a 3-month period of Terazosin administration.
Prazosin, a postsynaptic alpha-1 adrenoceptor blocker, lowers blood pressure by relaxing blood vessels. Prazosin has a minimal effect on cardiac function due to its alpha-1 receptor selectivity.The recommended starting dose in adults is 0.5 or 1 milligram (mg) taken two or three times a day.
Table 14: Prazosin (Minipress)
In a small (n=15) (Krum et al. 1992), but high quality RCT, Prazosin bid was well tolerated and did not affect the baseline blood pressure; AD episodes were also less severe and shorter in duration over a 2 week period.
Phenoxybenzamine, a long-acting, adrenergic, alpha-receptor blocking agent, can increase blood flow to skin, mucosae, and abdominal viscera and lower supine and erect blood pressures. The initial dose is 10 mg of Dibenzyline (phenoxybenzamine hydrochloride) bid with increases once daily, usually up to 20-40 mg 2-3 times/days.
Table 15: Phenoxybenzamine (Dibenzyline)
Prostaglandin E2 is a group of hormone-like substances that contribute to a wide range of body functions including the contraction and relaxation of smooth muscle, the dilation and constriction of blood vessels and control of blood pressure.
Frankel and Mathias (1980) studied five subjects; 3 subjects underwent administration with and without Prostaglandin E2 and showed that the level of BP recorded during electrical ejaculation decreased with the drug.
Sildanefil inhibits phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5), relaxes smooth muscle, and increases levels of cGMP in and inflow of blood to the corpus cavernosum. Sildenafil at recommended doses has no effect in the absence of sexual stimulation. The recommended dose is 50 mg taken, as needed, approximately 1 hour before sexual activity, but may be taken anywhere from 4 hours to 0.5 hour before sexual activity. Sildanefil is known to enhance the hypotensive effects of nitrates. Thus, nitrates in any form are contraindicated with sildanefil use.
The effect of sildenafil on AD was reported in one small RCT with 13 subjects (Sheel et al. 2005). Although sildenafil decreased resting BP, no effect on magnitude of AD resulting from vibrostimulation in men with SCI was observed.
While other pharmacological agents have been used to manage AD in individuals with SCI and while their use have been reported in the literature (e.g., expert opinion, case report) they currently do not have sufficient evident to warrant recommendation. These include the use of Phenazopyridine for AD associated with cystitis (Paola et al. 2003), magnesium sulfate for AD associated with labour (Maehama et al. 2000) or life-threatening AD in intensive care (Jones & Jones 2002), Diazoxide (Hyperstat) (Erickson 1980) for acute AD episodes and intrathecal baclofen for AD associated with spasticity (Kofler et al. 2009). In addition, there have been reports of the use of beta blockers (Pasquina et al. 1998), Mecamylamine (Inversine) (Braddom & Rocco 1991) and Hydralzine (Apresoline) (Erickson 1980) for the general management of AD symptoms in individuals with SCI.
Table 18: Other Pharmacological Agents Tested for Management of AD
Bladder dysfunction in persons with spinal cord injury (SCI) can be disabling medically, physically, and socially. Most people with SCI have some degree of bladder dysfunction.
Normally, the bladder is able to store urine with detrusor (i.e., bladder wall muscle) relaxation, at low pressures, until it is socially appropriate to void. At the appropriate time, the sphincter muscles relax, detrusor contracts, and bladder emptying is achieved in a low pressure, coordinated manner. This coordinated function is achieved by the pons micturition centre and timing is controlled by the frontal cortex. The ability to fill the bladder under low pressure is of utmost importance in maintaining health of the kidneys and maintaining continence. The ability to empty the bladder completely on a regular basis in a low pressure manner is also important in maintaining kidney health and preventing urinary tract infections.
After spinal cord injury, the tracts to the pons and cortex are disrupted, hence the loss of coordinated bladder filling and emptying. Although the main types of bladder dysfunction after SCI will be discussed below, it is important in treating people with bladder dysfunction after SCI to appreciate that there are main goals, as follows: achieving regular bladder emptying and avoiding stasis; avoiding high filling and voiding pressures; maintaining continence and avoiding frequency and urgency; and preventing and treating complications such as urinary tract infections (UTIs), stones, strictures and autonomic dysreflexia.
In the present chapter, the literature has been classified into sections pertaining to type of bladder dysfunction i.e., neurogenic overactivity (hypperreflexia) or areflexia, and then methods of treating these either pharmacologically or non-pharmacologically. This includes a section describing literature addressing various bladder management methods. Prevention of complications is best achieved with proper management of the type of bladder dysfunction. The last section focuses on UTI prevention and treatment.
There are two main types of bladder dysfunction in SCI:1) neurogenic detrusor overactivity, usually associated with associated sphincter dysynergia (Detrusor external spincter dyssynergia: DESD) and 2) detrusor areflexia. Occasionally detrusor overactivity is seen without associated sphincter dysynergia in the SCI population which can result in difficulty with continence. Methods to improve continence in those with or without DESD are often similar and as such, are addressed in the sections on enhancing bladder volumes in DESD.
This type of dysfunction tends to be seen in those with injuries of the spinal cord affecting the upper motor neurons, i.e., often in people with L1 spinal level lesions or above. In these cases, the lack of coordination of the sphincter and the detrusor is caused by the spinal cord lesion not allowing coordination by the pons. Both the detrusor and the sphincter are overactive due to lack of control and descending inhibition from the pons and cortex, and both sphincter and detrusor contract reflexively when stretched. The detrusor becomes overactive, reflexively contracting at small volumes, and contracting against an overactive sphincter, to cause high pressures in the bladder. This leads to incontinence (when the detrusor contracts hard enough to overcome the sphincter contraction), incomplete emptying (due to the sphincter co-contraction), and reflux (due to the high bladder pressures) with resultant recurrent bladder infections, stones, hydronephrosis, pyelonephritis, and renal failure.
In the case of a flaccid bladder, loss of detrusor muscle tone prevents bladder emptying and leads to bladder wall damage from over-filling, urine reflux and an increase in infection risk due to stasis. The sphincter tone also tends to be flaccid (at least the external sphincter) causing incontinence, especially with maneuvers that increase intraabdominal pressure (so-called “Valsalva” maneuvers). These maneuvers include sneezing, coughing, but more relevant for the SCI individual, straining during transfers. Internal sphincter tone may be intact due to the higher origin of the sympathetic innervation, thus complete emptying, even with externally applied suprapubic pressure, may be difficult.
Compared to DESD, patients with detrusor areflexia comprise a much smaller proportion of ones practice and there is very little literature examining the effectiveness of interventions in which these patients comprise a significant proportion of the subject pool. Therefore, in the present review the focus is on the literature addressing DESD therapy. In some cases, individual papers may include persons with detrusor areflexia and individual treatments or management methods may still be appropriate for and applied to those with an areflexic bladder.
Due to the small capacity bladder seen with neurogenic detrusor overactivity, and the potential for high bladder pressures leading to reflux, hydronephrosis, and kidney damage, and due to the potential for the contractions and small volumes to cause incontinence, the goals of therapy are to: 1) enhance bladder volume while lowering bladder filling pressures, and 2) to empty the bladder regularly in a low pressure voiding manner, usually with intermittent catheterization in people with an intact external sphincter, or external drainage in people that have had a procedure to physically or chemically obliterate the external sphincter. Methods to enhance bladder volumes will be discussed first. Note that this pertains to people usually on concomitant intermittent catheterization for drainage. Occasionally the volume enhancing treatments below will be used in combination with an indwelling catheter to avoid leakage around the catheter.
The body of the detrusor is smooth muscle that contains muscarinic receptors that are triggered by acetylcholine to cause contraction of the muscle. Therefore, to relax the detrusor and allow it to fill with higher volumes under lower pressure, anticholinergics may be used. Common marketed medications in this class for overactive bladder include oxybutynin (available as Ditropan, Ditropal XL, Oxytrol, Uromax, etc), tolterodine (available as Detrol, Detrol LA), and more recently, trospium chloride (Trosec), propiverine hydrochloride (Mictonorm) and M3-receptor specific medications darifenacin (Enablex) and solifenacin (Vesicare).
Table 1 Summary Table of Oral Anticholinergics
Although there are numerous anticholinergics available for use in overactive bladder, few have actually been used in clinical trials for people with SCI and neurogenic detrusor overactivity. Those that have been used for SCI-related neurogenic bladder are presented here.
Propiverine has both anticholinergic and calcium channel blocking properties, thus decreasing involuntary smooth muscle contractions. In the SCI population, a double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized, multicentre (n=124 with 113 completers) study, utilizing 15mg tid administration of propiverine over 2 weeks yielded significant improvement of SCI detrusor hyperreflexia represented by increased maximal cystometric bladder capacity (Stohrer et al. 1999). A subsequent increase in residual urine volume was found, as is the goal in those on concurrent intermittent catheterization. Side effects (primarily dry mouth) were considered tolerable.
Oxybutynin is an anticholinergic agent used extensively clinically to treat overactive bladder, yet few studies have been performed on the neurogenic population with this medication. Newer versions of oxybutynin in longer acting forms have sparked renewed interest in this medication with the hopes to decrease side effects seen with the short acting oxybutynin. O’Leary et al. (2003), in a small (n=10) pre-post trial showed that controlled-release oxybutynin was efficacious for SCI individuals with detrusor hyperreflexia as reflected by significantly increased bladder volume with decreased mean number of voids per 24 hours. However, post-void residual volumes, nocturia and weekly incontinence episodes did not change significantly.
Although oxybutynin is commonly chosen to treat overactive bladder, it is accompanied by annoying side effects such as dry mouth. A newer anticholinergic that causes less dry mouth, tolterodine, has also been shown to be efficacious for the treatment of neurogenic bladder dysfunction. In a RCT tolterodine was shown to be significantly better at increasing intermittent catheterization (IC) volumes (p<0.0005) and reducing incontinence (p<0.001) but was similar in its effects on cystometric bladder capacity when compared to placebo (Ethans et al. 2004). This trial was small, thus type 2 error is possible. As part of the eligibility criteria for this study, subjects were using oxybutynin and intermittent catheterization prior to a 4-day washout before randomization to the tolterodine vs placebo study. This design allowed for a comparison between oxybutynin and tolterodine where the difference in effectiveness of the two drugs were found to be equivocal with respect to IC volumes, degree of incontinence and bladder capacity. Horstmann (2006) found that tolterodine improved reflex volumes, cystometric capacity, and maximum detrusor pressures. Although this study also evaluated trospium, the 2 medications were both only evaluated in a pre-post manner rather than head to head comparison.
Although available in Europe for many years, trospium chloride (an anticholinergic medication that is reported not to cross the blood-brain barrier) has been approved in North America only recently for use in overactive bladder. The efficacy of trospium chloride (20mg bid) in SCI with detrusor hyperreflexia was confirmed by Stohrer et al. (1991) in a RCT. Highly significant (p<0.001) responses were found in favour of trospium chloride vs placebo for increased bladder capacity and compliance, and decreased bladder pressure with low side effects and no effect on flow rate and residual urine volumes. Horstmann et al. (2006) found that trospium chloride improved reflex volumes, cystometric capacity, and maximum detrusor pressures. Presumably the cognitive changes seen on psychometric testing with medications such as oxybutinin are not seen with this medication due to lack of crossing the blood brain barrier, but this aspect has not been tested in persons with SCI.
More recent investigations have been conducted to provide comparison information about the relative efficacy and presence of side effects associated with these anticholinergic options (Amend et al. 2008; Stohrer et al. 2007). Stohrer et al. (2007) showed similarities in efficacy in a comparison study of propiverine vs oxybutynin that employed a double-blind, randomized, controlled study design. Both treatments significantly improved bladder capacity and reduced maximum detrusor pressure although fewer side effects (most notably dry mouth) were evident in subjects in the propiverine group. Of note, Amend et al. (2008) examined 3 combinations of anti-cholinergics in subjects (n=27) whose initial symptoms of incontinence did not completely resolve – even with dosages doubled from manufacturer recommendations (i.e., Horstmann et al. 2006). These authors added a second anti-cholinergic medication such that participants took either 1) tolterodine / oxybutynin, 2) trospium / tolterodine or 3) oxybutynin / trospium and demonstrated that 85% of patients were treated successfully, despite having mostly unsatisfactory outcomes with a single medication. Each initial medication was maintained at the high (i.e., double dose) and there were no clear combinations that were superior to the other in terms of either effectiveness or side effect profile.
In addition, Kennelly et al. (2009) reported that a transdermal method of oxybutinin was effective in increasing the proportion of clean intermittent catheterizations without leaking as well as improving various urodynamic measures (e.g., reflex volume, amplitude of detrusor contraction, maximum bladder capacity, residual urine volume) in a pre-post investigation (n=24). These positive effects were seen and more importantly there were fewer side effects than typically seen with oral delivery, even at up to three times the standard dose.
Botulinum toxin, the most toxic naturally occurring substance, used in minute doses can be administered therapeutically. Botulinum toxin A (BTx-A) has been used for many disorders including strabismus, focal spasticity, hyperhydrosis, cosmetic disorders (wrinkles) and others. A promising emerging use is for neurogenic detrusor overactivity treatment in individuals with SCI. The advantage of botulinum toxin over systemic administration of medications such as anti-cholinergics is the treatment of focal portions of the dysfunctional voiding process. Application of botulinum toxin focally to the detrusor directs the drug to the area of need and avoids systemic side effects. There are various types of botulinum toxin available, including various types of botulinum toxin type A. When evaluating the literature in this area, for example comparing Dysport to Botox, one must be very aware that although these medications are both botulinum toxin type A, they are very different and units cannot be compared or interchanged.
The use of capsaicin (CAP), a vanilloid, as a topical temporary analgesic is not uncommon as evidenced by over-the-counter ointments available for purchase in local pharmacies. Localized and reversible antinociception by capsaicin is a result of induced C-fibre conduction and subsequent neuropeptide release inactivation (Dray 1992). Although C-fibers are not involved in normal voiding, neuroplastic changes to C-fiber bladder afferent growth account for injury emergent C-fiber mediated voiding reflex (i.e., spinal detrusor hyperreflexia; (deGroat 1995)). Resiniferatoxin (RTX) is another vanilloid which has been studied for its similar beneficial effects, with less irritation to the bladder and is thus better tolerated. By chemically decreasing C-fiber bladder afferent influence with intravesical vanilloids (i.e., CAP, RTX) bladder contractility is decreased and bladder capacity is increased (Evans 2005).
Table 2 Toxin Therapy for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Botulinum toxin
In 2005 Schurch et al., published the first multi-centre trial evaluating the efficacy of botulinum toxin A (Botox) injections into the detrusor muscle in people with SCI to reduce incontinence and increase bladder capacity. This landmark trial was the first published randomized, placebo controlled study to evaluate botulinum toxin for neurogenic overactive bladder. The study evaluated the effects of 200 IU, 300 IU, or placebo injected into the detrusor wall. The results revealed a significant decrease in incontinence by about half for both Botox groups, and a significant drop in maximum detrusor pressure. Baseline maximum detrusor pressures were 92.6cm H2O and 77.0 cm H2O in the 300 IU and 200 IU groups, respectively, and by 2 weeks had dropped to 41.0 cm H20 and 31.6 cm H20), respectively. Dramatic improvements were seen in cystometric capacity with baseline being 293 cc and 260cc in the 300 and 200 group respectively, and improving by 2 weeks to 479cc and 482 cc respectively. Mean reflex detrusor volume improved at 6 weeks in the 300 U BTx A group and at 24 weeks in the 200 U BTx A group (p<0.021). The significant improvements were mostly maintained out to 6 months, at which point the study follow-up was terminated - thus, the true duration of effect of the injection is unknown.
Ehren et al. (2007) studied a different form of botulinum toxin A, Dysport, using 500 IU in a placebo controlled study. These authors also found improved continence, cystometric capacity, and decreased pressures. In addition, concomitant anti-cholinergic use, tolterodine, was found to be less in the botulinum toxin group.
Schurch and colleagues (2000) were also the first group to publish a large prospective trial on the use of botulinum toxin for neurogenic detrusor overactivity to improve incontinence and increase bladder capacity. This first trial was not placebo controlled, but given the impressive changes in objective measures such as urodynamic measures, it bears considerable significance. Pre-injection, the subjects had detrusor hyperreflexia and urge incontinence resistant to high-dose oral anticholinergic treatment and emptied their bladders by intermittent self-catheterization. By 6 weeks post injection, ninety percent of subjects were continent between catheterizations in conjunction with markedly decreased or withdrawn anticholinergic drug administration. Post-void residuals were significantly increased, which is the goal with people on intermittent catheterizations, and significant increases in cystometric bladder capacity as well as decreases in maximum detrusor voiding pressure were found. Autonomic dysreflexic hypertensive crises were abolished in the 3 patients with a history of autonomic dysreflexia. This group reported that a dose of 300 units of Botox was required for successful treatment of detrusor overactivity lasting at least 9 months per injection. These results were amplified by a large scale study (n=200 - 167 with SCI) involving a retrospective case series design across 10 European centres (Reitz et al. 2004). This study showed significant improvements in a wide variety of urodynamic-related measures that were maintained for up to 36 weeks following a single procedure of botulinum toxin injections to the detrusor. Several smaller open-label studies have had similar promising results (Hajebraimi 2005, Klaphajone 2005, Patki 2006, Tow 2007, Akbar 2007, Kuo 2008, Grosse 2009, Giannantoni et al. 2009, Chen et al. 2010). In all of these studies, incontinence was reduced and bladder capacity increased with botulinum toxin. The unique aspects of each of these will be noted below.
Klaphajone (2005) addressed the question of low compliance bladders in people with SCI. People with poor bladder compliance had been excluded in previous large trials. In this open-label trial, the authors found that bladder compliance, bladder capacity, and reflex detrusor volume all increased and maximum detrusor pressure decreased. However, most of these effects were only seen out to 16 weeks and not to 36 weeks (or longer) as has been shown in other studies in people with compliant but spastic bladders. An evaluation between these two points of 16 weeks and 36 weeks would have been helpful to learn how long to expect effects to last in this type of neurogenic bladder.
Dysport, at 1000 IU, was similiarly found to have beneficial effects (Patki 2006) in an open-labelled trial of 37 people with SCI and drug resistant neurogenic detrusor overactivity. At mean follow up of 7 months the maximum cystometric capacity, maximal detrusor pressure, quality of life and incontinence were significantly improved, and 86% were able to stop anticholinergics.
Recently, Kuo (2006) evaluated the effects of suburothelial injections of botulinum toxin A instead of intradetrusor muscle injection, in hopes of reducing risk of urinary retention in those with neurogenic bladder dysfunction who continue to exhibit voiding dysfunction (frequency, urgency, and incontinence). The proposed mechanism for effect is addressing the afferent system with known effects on the P2X3 and TRYP V1 receptors, thus presumably decreasing the reflexic activity by targeting these receptors on the afferent loop. These subjects were not on intermittent catheterization at time of enrolment although perhaps some should have been as 58% of the people with SCI had baseline post-void residual values of >150ml at baseline. Only 8/24 of the subjects had SCI, and were incomplete or complete, with levels from C6 –S2. Similar beneficial effects to the other studies were seen, with 92% of subjects with SCI becoming continent, but post-void residual increased by 4 times the baseline value. Thus, although the goal of subendothelial injections was to reduce the degree of urinary retention, this goal was not achieved, and no additional benefits were seen over those seen in studies with intra-muscular injection. Head to head comparisons would be required to indicate which type of injection is better. Certainly one cannot conclude from this study that suburothelial injections protect against worsening urinary retention.
Tow et al. (2007) assessed Botox in an open-label fashion and added frequency of catheterizations to the outcomes. This was significantly improved at the 6 week point but not at 24 weeks. Other measures seen in the previous studies were similarly improved, but this study, as did the 2000 Schurch study, followed subjects for 9 months. Only the improvement in catheterized volumes was maintained to the 9 month mark, while most of the other improvements persisted only until the 6 month mark. This study was small (n=15) and not placebo controlled. Perhaps the reason for not reaching statistical significance for changes out to 9 months was small sample size, as Schurch et al. (2000) did find many of these same parameters attained significance at 9 months.
Giannantoni et al. (2009) prospectively followed 17 persons with motor complete SCI and bladder dysfunction due to neurogenic detrusor overactivity over a period of 6 years as they were treated with 300U of Botox with re-injections as required. In addition to the prolonged follow-up period, which showed continued effectiveness and minimal side effects associated with ongoing treatment, this investigation incorporated an assessment of incontinence-related quality of life. Improvements in this measure were maintained throughout the treatment period.
Akbar et al. (2007) used Dysport in an open-label fashion with the objective of reporting effects of repeated use of botulinum toxin to the detrusor. Some of these patients had systemic weakness after injections of 1000 IU, but when reducing the dose to 750 IU this side effect subsided. The subjects were reinjected with botulinum toxin when their symptoms returned or when urodynamic studies revealed a return to baseline. The repeat injections were 7.8-8.0 months apart for the first 3 injections, then 9 months for the subsequent injection, although fewer patients continued in the study to this point (11 as compared to 41 receiving 3 injections). Compliance, maximum detrusor pressure, and capacity all improved significantly with respect to baseline with all reinjections. All these numbers showed a slight gradual improvement with each subsequent injection, but statistical analysis was not performed to show if this modest improvement was significant.
Hori (2008) addressed patient satisfaction with detrusor injections of botulinum toxin A by way of a 5-minute questionnaire conducted via telephone. 90% of people who had botulinum toxin A injections for neurogenic detrusor overactivity stated they would consider staying on this treatment long-term. This group has had low annual withdrawal rate from this long-term treatment and a high annual new patient starting rate, prompting the authors to conclude that health care systems would be advised to incorporate this new treatment option as part of routine service provision.
A retrospective trial (Grosse 2009) compared the effects of Dysport (BTX-A) in doses 500-1000 IU to Botox in doses 200-400 IU. The different doses of Dysport had no difference at follow up of 3.8 months, and comparison of the Dysport group to the Botox group revealed no difference at 3 months. Although the effect lasted 9.5 months in the Dysport 500 group compared to 16.1 months in the Dysport 1000 group, this was not judged to be statistically significant, but seems to have clinical significance. The difference does raise the question of whether larger dosing may have longer lasting effects, and certainly has potential for future studies. Note in this study 9/28 in Dysport group did not respond compared to 7/28 in the Botox group. One subject who received Dysport 750 IU experienced transient hypoasthenia.
Capsaicin
deSeze et al. (1998) has provided level 1 evidence in support of the ability of CAP to improve bladder function (decrease frequency and leakages) by increasing bladder capacity. These authors found that 30 days after instillation, CAP was superior to placebo in decreasing 24h voiding freq (p=0.016), decreasing 24h leakages (p=0.0008), increasing maximal cystometric capacity (p=0.01), and decreasing maximal detrusor pressure, although not significantly. They found similar side effects in each group. This corroborates other small, non-RCT studies that also reported significant CAP-induced increases in bladder capacity (Das et al. 1996; Dasgupta et al. 1998).
George et al. (2007) reported use of a capsaicin one time instillation and reported that the “efficacy” of cystometric capacity was significant. However, when evaluating the data, it seems the significant difference was actually a significant decline in capacity at 3 hours (pre=224.6 cc, 3 hr post=139.6 cc, p=0.015) and a non-significant decline at 1 week (174.2 cc at 1 week, p=0.059). The authors claim that there was a marked, progressive and overall improvement following capsaicin except for leak point pressure. But the statistical results do not support this claim, and only leak volume was improved statistically at 2 weeks. Autonomic dysreflexia, a significant side effect, was reported in 2 patients following CAP. Although this study included blinded evaluations of oxybutynin vs propantheline instillation, CAP evaluations could not be blinded and therefore, discussion of oxybutynin vs propantheline results are undertaken separately.
The Dasgupta group (1998) confirmed presence of metaplasia, dysplasia, flat carcinoma in situ. However, papillary or solid invasive cancer were not detected after 5 years of follow-up. Further surveillance is required up to 10 years when chemical carcinogenic morphologies typically present.
Resiniferotoxin
deSeze et al. (2004) established that RTX was similarly effective in increasing bladder capacity when compared to CAP. CAP was significantly more effective at increasing urgency delay (p<0.01) but there was only a trend to greater maximum bladder capacity in favour of CAP. There was also a statistically significant increase with CAP for the side effect, suprapubic pain, although it was clinically tolerable and brief (p<0.04). The increase in persistent clinical improvements due to RTX over CAP at 90 days follow-up was not statistically significant.
The efficacy of RTX vs placebo was confirmed in an RCT conducted by Silva et al. (2005) where they found that RTX was responsible for significantly increased volume of first involuntary detrusor contraction (FDC; 143±95mL vs184±93mL; p=0.03), maximum cystometric capacity (MCC; 115±61mL vs 204±92mL; p=0.02), decreased urinary frequency (p=0.01) and incontinence (p=0.03) with similar side effects as compared to placebo. Kim et al. (2003) confirmed the improvements in SCI bladder function and further investigated the effect of dose (single 100 ml instillation of 0.005, 0.025, 0.05, 0.10, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 microM RTX or placebo). Despite the small sample size in each dose category, MCC increased by 53% and 48% for the two highest dosages by 3 weeks post-treatment. Similarly, incontinence episodes decreased by 51.9% and 52.7%.
Nociception/orphanin phenylalanine glutamine
Nociception/orphanin phenylalanine glutamine (N/OFG) is a heptadecapeptide (Meunier et al. 1995; Reinscheid et al. 1995) that acts on sensory innvervation of the lower urinary tract in a similar fashion to CAP and RTX. It activates the G protein coupled receptor nociceptin orphan peptide and thus has an inhibitory effect on the micturition reflex in the rat (Lecci et al. 2000). Following a successful preliminary human study, Lazzeri et al. (2003) confirmed that N/OFG versus placebo is responsible for a significant increase in bladder capacity (p<0.001) and threshold volume of detrusor overactivity (p<0.001), and a non-significant decrease of maximum bladder pressure of the dysfunctional neurogenic bladder. These results were verified in an additional small-scale RCT (n=18) of a 10 day course of N/OFG treatment vs placebo (saline). Statistically significant improvements to bladder capacity (assessed by daily voiding diary) and urine leakage episodes were seen in the treated group but not with placebo (Lazzeri et al. 2006). The authors conclude that this inhibition of the micturition reflex supports nociceptin orphan peptide receptor agonists as a possible new treatment for neurogenic bladders of SCI patients.
Intravesical instillations are intended as a means for increasing bladder capacity, lowering pressures, and decreasing incontinence, with the potential for decreased systemic side effects compared to oral medications. Capsaicin and resiniferotoxin have been discussed under toxins, but in fact may also be administered as an intravesical instillation. Other medications used in this manner are the anticholinergics such as oxybutynin and propantheline which are presented below. Most of these protocols consist of dissolving the medication in a liquid solution, and instilling the medication after emptying the bladder by intermittent catheterization, then leaving it in place until the next scheduled intermittent catherization.
Table 3 Intravesical Instillations for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
George et al. (2007) described results with a pre-post trial with both propantheline and oxybutynin. This group also reported effects of capsaicin, but will not be reported as comparative data here due to the different treatment schedule used for capsaicin. Unfortunately, the data is not compared directly between propantheline and oxybutynin, as it was noted that overall the treatments resulted in a significant decrease in leak volume and leak frequency with no significant change in cystometric capacity, leak point pressures and intermittent catheterization volumes. In separate evaluations of propantheline and oxybutynin, it seems only propantheline resulted in significant change in leak frequency, and all other parameters were not changed for either medications before and after therapy. Two of the patients with the oxybutynin instillations developed systemic side effects typical of those on oral medications.
Vaidyananthan et al. (1998) reported a pre-post trial (n=7) for which individuals originally managed by condom catheterization were switched to intermittent catheterization for a period of time, followed by another period when an intra-vesical instillation of oxybutynin was also administered. Although no group statistical results were reported, all subjects showed improved continence with intermittent catheterization and even moreso when oxybutynin was added. Quality of life scores were mixed with intermittent catheterization alone but showed a definite improvement when oxybutynin was added. This may have been partly due to a reduced incidence of UTIs with the combination of intermittent catheterization and intra-vesical oxybutynin. The real implications of the instillations of oxybutynin alone are not known from this study.
Singh and Thomas (1995) presented a pre-post study with oxybutynin instillations, and were unable to show any significant improvements. Given the equivocal results noted in each of these studies (e.g., lack of effect and presence of possible systemic side effects), intra-vesical instillation of oxybutin cannot be recommended for use.
There are other therapies reported to decrease neurogenic detrusor overactivity that have not been mentioned nor fit into the categories noted above. In particular, medications that have been traditionally used for treating spasticity of skeletal muscles in spinal cord injury, i.e., intrathecal baclofen and intrathecal clonidine, have been reported to be helpful in the area of decreasing spasticity of the bladder in the same population. Intrathecal therapy has been used since the early 1990’s for treating spasticity, and better spasticity control can be achieved with fewer systemic side effects as compared to oral administration.
Table 4 Intrathecal Baclofen and Clonidine for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Chartier-Kastler et al. (2000) specifically used test bolus intrathecal injections of clonidine (ITC) to investigate its effects on SCI neurogenic detrusor overactivity, in patients otherwise resistant to a combination of oral treatment and self-clean intermittent catheterization (SCIC). After the test bolus injection, 6 of 9 subjects elected to have permanent pump implantation for the treatment of severe detrusor overactivity. Further confirmatory study of this proposed alternative treatment is needed as the sample size was small and no objective outcome measures were used.
Steers et al. (1992) investigated the use of intrathecal baclofen (ITB) specifically for the treatment of genitourinary function in 10 SCI patients with severe spasticity. Compared with placebo, involuntary bladder contraction induced incontinence was eliminated and 1 patient was able to convert from indwelling urethral catheterization to intermittent self-catheterization. Bladder capacity was increased by a mean of 72% while detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia was eliminated in 50% of patients. These authors recommend the use of ITB for SCI genitourinary dysfunction when oral pharmacological interventions are insufficient to improve bladder function. However, in light of the documented effectiveness of Botulinum toxin described above, the relative ease and temporary nature of treatment with Botulinum toxin, and the absence of significant adverse effects, it is unlikely that clinicians would chose intrathecal treatments over toxin therapy except in cases when intrathecal therapy is required for other problems (eg. spasticity).
Electrical stimulation, most notably anterior sacral root stimulation, has been used to enhance bladder volume and induce voiding (Egon et al. 1998; Brindley et al. 1982). Typically, this approach has involved concomitant dorsal sacral rhizotomy and implantation of a sacral nerve stimulator. The combined effect of this is a more compliant bladder with more storage capacity under lower pressure and triggered voiding resulting in reduced incontinence, without the need to catheterize. As the focus of many of the studies involving electrical stimulation is on both of these functions (i.e., increased bladder capacity and control of bladder emptying), we will describe the evidence for these and other methods of electrical stimulation for improving bladder outcomes in a single subsequent subsection (see Section 13.3.4.7 Electrical Stimulation for Bladder Emptying (and Enhancing Volumes)).
Bladder augmentation or augmentation cystoplasty is a surgical repair to the bladder typically suggested when conservative approaches such as anticholinergics with intermittent catheterization have failed to create an adequate bladder volume under low pressure for storage (Chartier-Kastler et al. 2000; Quek & Ginsberg 2003) Intolerable incontinence, renal deterioration, and/or local erosions or infections related to the use of catheters are common final pathways that may lead the clinician to consider definitive urological surgery. There are several approaches that have been described in the SCI literature with a common method being variations of the “clam-shell” ileocystoplasty in which the bladder is opened up like a clam and isolated intestine (ileum) are patched in to create a larger bladder (Chartier-Kastler et al. 2000; Nomura et al. 2002; Quek & Ginsberg 2003). Surgical techniques that are focused on urinary diversion away from the bladder and subsequent drainage (e.g., cutaneous ileal conduit diversion) are discussed in the section on incontinent urinary diversion in the section that is focused on drainage (see 13.3.4.6 Continent Catheterizable Stoma and Incontinent Urinary Diversion).
Table 5 Surgical Augmentation of the Bladder to Enhance Volume
As is the case for most surgical approaches, the evidence for surgical augmentation of the bladder exists in the form of clinical experience from individual centres as is described in retrospective chart reviews (e.g., Nomura et al. 2002; Quek & Ginsberg 2003) or more rarely may be found in prospective studies that are limited to non-controlled, non-randomized pre-post (cohort) study designs (e.g., Chartier-Kastler et al. 2000). Long-term retrospective results associated with ileocystoplasty in persons with traumatic and non-traumatic SCI (or spina bifida) were reported over a mean period of 5.5 and 8 years by Nomura et al. (2002) (n=21) and Quek and Ginsberg (2003) (n=26) respectively. Chartier-Kastler et al. (2000) conducted a prospective evaluation of 17 persons with traumatic longstanding SCI who underwent enterocystoplasty (i.e., ileocystoplasty) with systematic follow-up at 1, 3, 6, 12 months and then yearly for a mean follow-up of 6.3 years. In all cases, this was conducted in individuals with overactive bladder and/or detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia with reflex incontinence which failed to respond to conservative treatment. Across all these studies at each follow-up, bladder capacity increased dramatically with near or complete resolution of incontinence in the vast majority of patients. Chartier-Kastler et al. (2000) conducted systematic urodynamic investigations and showed a significant increase in maximal cystometric capacity by 191% (174.1 to 508.1 ml, p<0.05) with a concomitant decrease in maximal filling pressure of 72% (65.5 60 18.3 cm H2O, p<0.05). These results are similar to those reported by Nomura et al. (2002) and Quek and Ginsberg (2003). No serious complications were noted across the studies, and other complications were noted in only a few individuals (e.g., transient paralytic ileus, vesicoureteral reflux, wound infection, urethral stricture of unknown cause, recurrent pyelonephritis possibly due to non-compliance with intermittent catheterization and use of Crede maneuver) with the vast majority of these responding well to conservative treatment (Chartier-Kastler et al. 2000; Nomura et al. 2002; Quek & Ginsberg 2003). Subsequent subjective assessment of patient satisfaction with the procedure was reported to be extremely high (Quek & Ginsberg 2003) which is consistent with other similar investigations in SCI patients (Khastgir et al. 2003). Reyblat et al (2009), in a retrospective chart review, reported equivocal postoperative continence using a extraperitoneal vs the standard intraperitoneal augmentation. However, the extraperitoneal group had shorter operative times, shorter lengths of stay, sooner return of bowel function and no difference in complication rates. There was a potential for selection bias in this study that was mitigated with a subgroup analysis in an effort to control for a significant confounding variable of higher rates of prior abdominal surgery in the intraperitoneal group.
As noted previously, normal voiding process occurs through a pathway between the pontine and sacral micturition centers. These centers work synergistically to allow for bladder storage or drainage. However, in individuals with SCI lesions this process can be interrupted. This causes impairment of voiding function which can be classified into two categories: impairment in storing and impairment in emptying (Hanno 2001).
Enhancing bladder storage, as discussed earlier in the chapter, involves relaxing the detrusor muscle and allowing for increased bladder volumes. Individuals with impairment of bladder emptying are those whose sphincter is unable to relax or who have weak or nonexistent detrusor muscle contractions, both causing failure to empty. These individuals can be treated pharmacologically with oral alpha adrenergic blockers and botulinum toxin (injected into the sphincter). Both interventions are intended to improve voiding but also may increase the tendency towards incontinence, a point not highlighted in the studies presented below. However, in those male patients who already have incontinence, and are using condom drainage, but have persistently elevated residuals, alpha blockers or Botulinum toxin (injected into the sphincter) may result in more complete emptying.
A variety of alpha adrenergic blockers have been used to treat SCI bladder dysfunction. These drugs have been used to target alpha adrenoreceptor blocker subtypes which may be implicated in a variety of mechanisms including bladder neck dysfunction, increased bladder outlet resistance, detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia, autonomic hyperreflexia or upper tract stasis.
Table 6 Summary of Alpha Adrenergic Blockers
Tamsulosin is an alpha1 adrenoreceptor antagonist that has been used to treat SCI bladder neck dysfunction by causing smooth muscles in the bladder neck to relax and improve urine flow rate. A large scale (n=263) RCT conducted by Abrams et al. (2003), provided evidence for increased micturition frequency and improvement in urinary leakage parameters for individuals with SCI. This study consisted of a 4 week RCT followed by a longer-term open-label period conducted over a year in persons with overactive bladder with or without dyssynergia. Maximal urethral pressure determined via urethral pressure profilometry was reduced significantly with the longer-term trial (p<0.001) although only a trend was apparent during the one month RCT with 0.4 mg dose (p=0.183) but not with a dose of 0.8 mg (p=0.443). In the 1 year open-label investigation tamsulosin also was associated with several improved cystometry parameters related to bladder storage and emptying, and also resulted in increased mean voided volume values as reported in a patient diary. Given that most positive outcomes were more apparent with the open-label phase, which consisted of a pre-post trial design, this trial has been assigned as level 4 evidence.
Moxisylyte is an alpha adrenoreceptor blocker used commonly in the treatment of Raynaud’s disease where narrowing of the blood vessels in the hands causes numbness and pain in the fingers. Costa et al. (1993) in an n=20 RCT investigated the off-label use of moxisylyte in the treatment of SCI bladder neck dysfunction. With its smooth muscle relaxant property, the decrease in urethral closure pressure was found to be dose related and significant when compared to placebo, with the maximum reduction of 47.6% occurring at 10 minutes after 0.75mg/kg in individuals with SCI.
Terazosin is often used to treat hypertension. However, this alpha-adrenergic blocker is also useful in treating bladder neck dysfunction by relaxing the bladder neck muscles and easing the voiding process. Perkash (1995) reported that although 82% of patients (N=28), with absent detrusor sphincter dyssynergia, perceived improvement in voiding; only 42% registered meaningful objective decreases in maximum urodynamic voiding pressure. Side effects, tolerance and required subsequent urodynamic monitoring may be deterrents to the wide-spread adoption of terazosin as an alternative treatment for bladder neck dysfunction in SCI individuals. The specificity of terazosin action on the bladder neck, exclusive of the external sphincter, was demonstrated by Chancellor et al. (1993) in a subgroup of SCI patients who had persistent voiding difficulty after previous sphinterotomy subsequent to failed initial terazosin treatment.
Phenoxybenzamine is an antihypertensive usually chosen to treat autonomic symptoms of pheochromocytomas such as high blood pressure or excess sweating. Al-Ali et al. (1999) undertook to utilize the autonomic effects of phenoxybenzamine to treat bladder dysfunction which is in part under autonomic control. Treatment with phenoxybenzamine (n=46 with 41 completers), resulted in a reduction of bladder outlet resistance, detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia or autonomic hyperreflexia in some subjects while no benefits were recorded for areflexive bladders. Phenoxybenzamine can be beneficial as an adjunct treatment for neuropathic bladder following SCI, when tapping or crede is unable to achieve satisfactory residual urine volumes of < 100 mL. The lack of efficacy in those with bladder neck dysfunction was specifically noted in this study. Since statistically significant results were not reported in this study, further appropriately sized RCTs would be helpful in providing sufficient evidence for the use of phenoxybenzamine in the treatment of SCI neuropathic bladder.
The pyelouretheral smooth muscle responsible for urethral peristalsis and movement of the urine from the kidneys to the bladder via the ureters is also a potential site of action for alpha 1-receptor antagonist therapy. Linsenmeyer et al. (2002), in a small (n=10) retrospective chart review found that in men with upper tract (i.e. kidneys and ureters) stasis secondary to SCI at or above T6, 6 months of alpha1-blocker therapy provided improvement in upper tract stasis in 80% of subjects who used reflex voiding to manage their bladder as measured by significant decreases of the duration of uninhibited bladder contractions. Firm conclusions about effectiveness and the optimum duration of treatment can only be validated with further RCT trials.
Botulinum toxin is an exotoxin produced by the bacteria Clostridium botulinum. As noted previously (see 3.1.2 Toxin therapy for SCI-related Detrusor Overactivity), it has been used for many conditions associated with muscular overactivity and specifically for neurogenic detrusor overactivity. In SCI individuals with sphincter overactivity causing drainage impairment, botulinum toxin may also be administered into the external urethral sphincter causing the muscle to relax resulting in improved drainage (deSeze et al. 2002). The toxin works by inhibiting acetylcholine release at the neuromuscular junction and relaxing the muscle, an effect that gradually wears off over the months following injection. Improving emptying and if possible eliminating the need for catheterizing may be a goal for some individuals with neurogenic bladder treated by injections of botulinum toxin A into the sphincter, provided unwanted incontinence or more serious urological complications do not develop.
Table 7 Bladder Emptying through Botulinum Toxin
DESD and associated high bladder pressures, vesicoureteral reflux, and frequent UTI are associated with poor outcomes. Patients may develop upper tract deterioration and/or suffer incontinence and poor quality of life. Injection into the external urethra with botulinum toxin has been shown to reduce bladder pressures, improve incidence of UTI, and in some patients, normalize bladder emptying (Tsai et al. 2009, Kuo 2008). The important impact of increased incontinence after sphincter injection, along with urodynamic parameters were studied by Kuo. While this author cautions that QoL can decrease due to the increased incontinence experienced by some individuals, careful patient selection may allow some to benefit from the clearly evident improvement in urodynamic parameters and UTI incidence. Tsai et al. (2009) showed statistically significant improvement in quality of life post injection, but did not reveal data on incontinence.
The improvement found in post voiding residual volume demonstrated by the Kuo and Tsai studies was initially shown in the study by deSeze et al. (2002) who conducted a randomized, controlled, double blind study using lidocaine as a control injection (n=8) and botulinum toxin as a treatment (n=5). This study found BTx improved post void residual volume in individuals with SCI significantly better than lidocaine. One month after BTx was injected into the external sphincter, post-voiding residual volume decreased significantly by 159.4 mL to 105.0 mL and all patients who previously presented with autonomic dysreflexia no longer possessed symptoms.
Other studies also showed a decrease in autonomic hyperreflexia symptoms in at least 60% of patients (Tsai et al. 2009, Kuo 2008, Dykstra et al. 1988; Dykstra & Sidi 1990; Petit et al. 1998; Schurch et al.1996). Almost all patients showed sphincter denervation on electromyography; resulting in temporary relief of these symptoms for about 2-3 months and the need for subsequent BTx injections to maintain results (Dykstra et al. 1988; Dykstra & Sidi 1990).
Schurch et al. (1996) compared the effectiveness of transurethral versus transperineal botulinum toxin A injections through a prospective controlled study. The study found that transurethral botulinum toxin injections were significantly more effective in reducing urethral pressure than transperineal injections. However, other symptoms were improved through either injection method. Tsai in 2009 described a method in which transperineal sphincter injections were done with fluoroscopic guidance and EMG which resulted in excellent effects on bladder emptying, with most patients returning to voiding, thus avoiding frequent intermittent catheterization, or in three patients, discontinuation of indwelling catheterization.
Schurch et al (1996) also revealed the additive effects of recurrent BTx injections resulting from prolonged inhibition of acetylcholine release. After 3 monthly injections, the therapeutic effects of BTx lasted for as long as 9 months compared to only 2 – 3 months with 1 injection.
Phelan et al. (2001) were the first to demonstrate the successful use of botulinum toxin A in women. This study which included 13 females showed that all but 1 patient was able to spontaneously void after botulinum A injection. Women often have greater difficulty performing self-catheterization than do men; therefore restoration of usual voiding as a result of sphincter injection with botulinum toxin may have an even more significant role in the urologic management of females with SCI. More study on the long term outcome of “spontaneous voiding” after sphincter injection in women is required.
While not specifically mentioned in the above studies, a group of patients likely to benefit from injections of BTx into the sphincter are those men who have persistently elevated bladder volumes while using condom drainage. Sometimes such patients have chosen condom drainage because of reluctance to perform self catheterization while other times this bladder drainage option is chosen because of persistent incontinence on intermittent catheterization regimes despite adequate trials of anticholinergic medication. These patients could theoretically benefit from improved drainage, as residual urine is a common cause of UTI, and can also accompany elevated bladder pressures, putting upper tracts at risk. Whether or not such patients actually resume “voiding” allowing discontinuation of condom drainage altogether has not been addressed.
Botulinum toxin therapy has the advantage of avoiding major surgical procedures and their risks. Botulinum toxin therapy injection relaxes the external sphincter resulting in a decrease in post-voiding residual urine volume, and in 70% of patients, acceptable voiding pressures (Tsai et al. 2009). This improvement further seems to result in decreasing other symptoms such as autonomic dysreflexia and UTI incidence. However, due to sphincter denervation, it has a disadvantage of requiring repeated injections to maintain its therapeutic results. Also, post injection urodynamic studies should be done to prove that voiding pressures are in the acceptable range. For those that do not experience unacceptable incontinence, botulinum toxin injection into the external sphincter is effective in assisting with bladder emptying for persons with neurogenic bladder due to SCI. Whether or not the improved voiding pressure and UTI incidence results in better long term upper tract outcomes after recurrent sphincter injection requires further study. Furthermore, the patient characteristics that would result in optimal benefit from sphincter injections without suffering unacceptable incontinence must be clarified in future studies in order for this technique to gain clinical acceptance.
Bladder emptying must be conducted under low pressure conditions in order to prevent upper urinary tract complications which may lead to renal failure. The choice of bladder management method must also result in continence, be acceptable to the individual with neurogenic bladder, and facilitate the greatest independence. During rehabilitation, most people with SCI are evaluated for the most suitable bladder management technique, taught how to manage the chosen method, and are advised as to complications and alternatives. In order to counsel patients appropriately, it is helpful for the clinician to understand the data related to bladder management method and complications. The section below reviews several papers that review the outcome of groups of patients treated with the most commonly chosen conservative methods of bladder management. Further papers addressing outcomes are included in the indwelling and intermittent catheterization sections.
Management methods presented to the patient initially are based on clinical problems – eg. Incomplete emptying, incontinence, dysreflexia, etc. and on the functional ability of the patient – and can be influenced by the frequency of UTI. The conservative methods for bladder management include the following: Intermittent catheterization, indwelling urethral catheterization, or condom catheterization (males only). If bladder function permits, spontaneous “triggered” or expression voiding without the need for an external drainage system may also be an option, although the disadvantages with these approaches have been outlined in a review (Wyndaele et al. 2001). Suprapubic catheterization is occasionally chosen in the subacute period as there is no disturbance to the urethra. However, the complication rate remains high, added to the invasiveness of the technique and thus it is rarely chosen early after SCI, though often becomes an option in the chronic period. Urodynamic studies provide information on bladder storage and emptying pressure, and on the presence of reflux, and are essential in the management of the patient, influencing the choice of bladder management method. Whether or not patients change their bladder management method and why is also a topic of importance. Green (2004), Drake et al. (2005), and Yavuser et al. (2000), address this issue, listing some of the common complications as reason for change: frequent UTI’s, upper tract deterioration, increased post void residual urine volume, bladder or kidney stones, functional decline and patient request. The section below presents data on retrospective studies which attempt to clarify the type and incidence of complications associated with the above methods of bladder management. For the most part, these approaches are considered in advance of other options involving bladder augmentation surgery or stimulator implantation, subjects of later sections.
Table 8 Comparison Studies of Conservative Bladder Emptying
Several authors have examined the frequency of a variety of urological and renal complications associated with various forms of chronic bladder management (Ord et al. 2003; Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Hackler 1982). These authors have all employed retrospective chart reviews to examine complication rates associated with long-term follow-up data. In general, these authors concur that the greatest numbers of complications occur with long-term use of indwelling suprapubic and urethral catheters. In particular, of these investigations, Weld and Dmochowski (2000) employed a large sample (N=357) and examined the greatest range of complications. These authors noted that long-term urethral catheterization was associated with the largest overall number of complications, with long-term suprapubic catheterization ranked next. Depending on the specific complication, one of these two methods was associated with the highest incidence. Urethral catheter users had the highest rates for epididymitis, pyelonephritis, upper tract stones, bladder stones, urethral strictures and periurethral abscess. Suprapubic catheter users had the highest rates for vesicoureteral reflux and abnormal upper tracts. It should be noted that these authors did not account for changing bladder management methods, preferring to simplify the analysis by classifying the results by the most predominate bladder management method.
Ord et al. (2003), on the other hand, also examined a relatively large dataset (n=467) but examined all the combinations of changing methods. However, these authors limited their analysis to the effect of various bladder management techniques on the risk of bladder stone formation. Similar to Weld and Dmochowski (2000), these authors also found a slightly greater incidence of bladder stones for indwelling urethral catheters as compared to suprapubic catheters with each much greater than for intermittent catheterization. Ord et al. (2003) reported, hazard ratios relative to intermittent catheterization of 10.5 for suprapubic catheters and 12.8 for indwelling urethral catheters. In contrast, Hackler (1982) reported comparisons between long-term complication rates among those with condom (Texas), urethral (Foley) and suprapubic catheterization and found markedly higher rates for those managed with suprapubic catheters even though the follow-up period for these patients was only 5 years as compared to 20 years for those managed with the other 2 methods. However, these findings reflected a much smaller series of patients (N=31) and the comparisons were made from patients from different time periods reflecting different “generations” of care.
It should be noted that even though the data favor intermittent catheterization or triggered spontaneous voiding, it is not always possible to use these methods. Lack of independence in catheterizing can limit the use of intermittent catheterization in tetraplegics and in women, while spontaneous voiding may not be possible given the state of bladder function (Yavuzer et al. 2000). While every effort is made to start patients on intermittent catheter programs, some patients change to other methods in the post injury period. Drake et al. (2005) reports a 28.8% incidence in change of bladder management method, while Yavuzer et al. (2000) found that up to 60% of patients changed from intermittent to indwelling catheter use. In Green’s Model System’s study (2004), only 25% changed to indwelling catheters over 15 years. The primary reasons indicated for changing methods were a greater dependence on care-givers than originally thought, presence of severe spasticity, incontinence and inconvenience with intermittent catheterization (females only). Thus assisting patients in choosing the most optimal method of bladder management is important, while if less optimal methods of management are decided on during the years post injury, appropriate or increased surveillance must continue, given the described complication rates.
Intermittent catheterization is the preferred method of bladder management which is associated with a reduced incidence of renal impairment, reflux, stone disease, bladder cancer and possibly UTI than other methods of bladder management (Groah et al. 2002; Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Ord et al. 2003). The present section outlines those studies focusing on specific aspects of intermittent catheterization, including timing of catheterization and catheter selection, (Polliack et al. 2005; Waller et al. 1997; De Ridder et al. 2005; Giannantoni et al. 2001; Kovindha et al. 2004). Effectiveness of intermittent catheterization in emptying the bladder is addressed in Jensen et al. (1995). Data on long-term follow-up of patients managed by intermittent catheterization is provided in the articles by Ku et al. (2006), Perrouin-verbe et al. (1995) and Nanninga et al. (1982).
Table 9 Intermittent Catheterization
Intermittent catheterization is the mode of bladder management generally associated with the fewest long term complications (Groah et al. 2002; Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Ord et al. 2003). However, there are some complications that occur with higher frequency in patients who intermittently catheterize. Urethral complications (19% incidence) may lead to urosepsis and epididymorchitis (28.5% incidence) which may result in increased morbidity and reduced fertility, all occuring at a higher frequency in those who use intermittent catheterization (Ku et al. 2006). However, there is good consensus among the larger retrospective studies available that intermittent catheterization programs protect the upper urinary tract by allowing regular emptying with low bladder pressures (Giannantoni et al. 2001). Episodes of pylonephritis and UTI are also reduced when bladder emptying is conducted consistently and completely in the absence of indwelling catheters (Groah et al. 2002; Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Ord et al. 2003; Giannantoni et al. 2001). Perrouin-Verbe et al. (1995) showed that patients most likely to continue with intermittent catheterization would be those who are able to independently catheterize and those who have an acceptable level of continence. Thus it is essential to consider an individual’s activities of daily living, psychological factors and potential caregiving needs when intermittent catheterizationis being introduced early after SCI.
A very low incidence of bladder stones and hydronephrosis were reported in Perouin-Verbe et al. (1995) (2%), consistent with previously discussed studies. However, Nanninga et al. (1982), reported upper tract changes in 33% of patients. While this range is large, it is possible that management of patients in 1982 involved less stringent control of high bladder pressures, the cause of upper tract disease in many cases (Nanninga et al. 1982). Nanninga noted that high bladder pressures may occur even in the setting of patients who remain continent or nearly so between catheterizations, and that the problem can at least be partially avoided by increasing the frequency of catheterization. Other options for patients with persistently elevated pressures already on intermittent catheterization programs are detrusor Botox injections and/or anticholinergic medications. It is important to note that regular follow-up of these patients including tests of bladder physiology and upper tract function is recommended to monitor for changes and for increasing incidence of complications with time (Perrouin-Verb et al. 1995; Nanninga et al. 1982).
There are several trials investigating varying properties of catheters used for IC (De Ridder et al. 2005; Giannantoni et al. 2001; Waller et al. 1997). For example, Giannantoni et al. (2001) demonstrated a reduction in the incidence of UTIs and in the presence of asymptomatic bacteriuria for a pre-lubricated catheter vs a conventional PVC catheter. Of note are 3 subjects initially requiring assistance with the conventional catheter transitioning to independence with the pre-lubricated catheter. However, it was not reported if these individuals were in the group using the conventional catheter initially or lastly. In terms of general satisfaction, subjects rated the pre-lubricated catheter significantly higher than the conventional catheter with respect to comfort, ease of insertion, extraction, and handling. Reduced incidence of UTIs was reported by De Ridder et al. (2005) in favour of hydrophilic catheters when compared to conventional PVC catheters. Although this multi-centre investigation employed a RCT design (N=123) results should be cautiously interpreted given a drop-out rate of 54%. A third investigation examining catheter properties investigated the effect of osmolality on two different hydrophilic catheters. Waller et al. (1997) demonstrated reduced friction with the high-osmality catheter vs the other, a finding corroborated by nursing reports of fewer catheter “stickings”. These differences did not translate into clinically significant results for differences in the incidence of UTIs with either catheter. Finally, a study by Kovindha et al. (2004), provides data on a reusable (average of 3 years of usage) silicone catheter. The frequency of UTIs reported for the reuseable catheter is comparable to that reported for standard disposable catheters (3-7 days of usage), but inferior to frequencies reported for prelubricated catheters. Kovindha et al. (2004) stated that the long-term silicone catheter is an economical option for those in developing countries. In developing countries, the high cost of the single use, prelubricated catheters is prohibitive outside of exceptional situations.
It should be noted that some assistive devices that may enhance compliance with intermittent catheterizationfor those with impaired hand function do exist, although these are likely not in widespread use. For example, Adler and Kirshblum (2003) reported a series of 9 individuals with C5-C7 SCI, originally unable to perform intermittent catheterizationthat were subsequently satisfied and successful with a device to help performance of intermittent catheterization.
Individuals with SCI undergoing inpatient rehabilitation are sometimes taught various maneuvers in order to initiate or attempt spontaneous voiding, termed “expression voiding” as well as to provide a “trigger” to initiate voiding (Wyndaele et al. 2001). As noted previously, these involve methods to increase intra-abdominal pressure so as to facilitate voiding. Only 1 study examining these methods met the criteria for inclusion in the present review.
Table 10 Triggering-Type or Expression Voiding Methods
Greenstein et al. (1992) documented the use of Valsalva and Crede maneuvers to initiate spontaneous voiding in a small case series of 5 males with paraplegia. Wyndaele et al. (2001) states in his review, that bladder “voiding” by this method utilizes C-fibre activation which triggers the sacral reflex resulting in involuntary and non-sustained bladder contraction. Wyndaele et al. (2001) cautions readers that DESD may occur in a high percentage of patients who can activate bladder emptying in this manner, resulting in the potential for upper tract changes, as well as incomplete emptying. The study by Greenstein et al. was intended to examine the potential for long-term complications in those who employed these techniques over an extended period of time. High intravesical pressure was documented during voiding. The authors suggested that long-term monitoring for these individuals is advisable and intermittent catheterization should replace these methods in the event of urological complications. Triggered voiding and use of the crede maneuver to initiate “voiding” should only be considered in patients with normal upper tracts, provided that urodynamic studies demonstrate low pressure storage and “voiding”, and that there is a low incidence of UTI.
Urethral catheterization may be the bladder management method of choice for a variety of reasons including the following: ease of management, inadequate hand function for IC, severe spasticity, low bladder capacity with high detrusor pressures and/or persistent incontinence especially in women, and pressure ulcers (Yavuzer et al. 2000). Suprapubic catheterization, first described in SCI by Cook and Smith (1976), is the preferred choice for those patients who require an indwelling catheter but have severe urethral disease. Weld and Dmochowski (2000) presented data showing a lower overall complication rate from suprapubic catheter use than from urethral catheter use (44.4 % vs 53% respectively). Since indwelling catheterization is sometimes unavoidable, becoming familiar with the various potential complications and appropriate monitoring is important for managing neurogenic bladder.
Based on a series of case review studies (most described earlier in Section 13.4.3.1) comparing various bladder management methods, long-term use of indwelling catheters are associated with generally higher rates of complications (Wyndaele et al. 1985; Gallien et al. 1998; Weld & Dmochowski 2000) than other methods (especially IC). For example, Ord et al. (2003) noted a significantly greater chance of having bladder stones with long-term suprapubic catheter or urethral indwelling catheter use as indicated by hazard ratios of 10.5 and 12.8 relative to intermittent catheterization respectively. Indwelling catheterization has also been linked to significantly higher rates of bladder cancer development (Groah et al. 2002; Kaufman et al. 1977) and upper tract deterioration (Weld & Dmochowski 2000) as compared to those who use long-term intermittent catheterization.
Table 11 Indwelling Catheterization
Although IC is the first choice for neurogenic bladder management, some patients with subacute SCI are managed with indwelling catheters due to prolonged high urine output states, frequent intercurrent medical illnesses or surgical complications, or severe incontinence. Suprapubic catheterization is occasionally considered during this early period if urethral damage has occurred due to prolonged urethral catheter use. Later, in chronic situations, suprapubic catheterization may also be favored by individuals with SCI in the case of obesity, severe lower extremity spasticity, inadequate hand function, persistent incontinence, urethral stricture or erosion, or because of perceived increased ability to engage in sexual relations (Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Peatfield et al.1983). Prostatitis and orchiepidymitis occur less frequently in those with suprapubic catheterization but upper tract deterioration remains a concern (Gallien et al. 1998; Weld & Dmochowski 2000; Sugimura et al. 2008).
Hackler (1982) has suggested that upper tract deterioration may be reduced with concomitant use of anticholinergic medication. MacDiarmid et al. (1995) hypothesized that clinical factors may also reduce the complication rate. They attributed the low incidence of complications during the year long data collection period to strict adherence to a catheter protocol with regular follow-up and close surveillance with a dedicated medical and nursing team and informed primary care practitioners. Sugimura et al. (2008) also noted that upper tract complication rates with suprapubic catheterization may be lower than earlier studies suggested and reported a renal complication rate of 13.4% associated with a mean follow-up period of 68 months. Furthermore, Sherriff et al. (1998) conducted a satisfaction survey regarding suprapubic catheter use which indicated 70-90% satisfaction based on questions such as impact on life, pleasure with the switch, and “would you do it again”, etc.
Several of the studies described above on suprapubic catheterization contain a relatively short follow-up period (e.g., < 10 years). The specific concerns regarding indwelling catheter use centre on the potential for urological complications with long-term use. Many patients are injured as young adults, and may live for greater than 50 years and therefore the target for safety monitoring regarding bladder management choice should emulate SCI life expectancy. According to the prospective study by Kaufman et al. (1977), the risk of bladder cancer with indwelling urethral catheters increase significantly with duration of use. Interestingly, his data suggest that routine screening with bladder biopsy may be indicated in addition to cystoscopy for those at highest risk of bladder cancer. His study did not include a significant number of suprapubic catheter users, but Groah et al. (2002) did include both types of indwelling catheter users, and clearly showed a higher incidence of bladder cancer in such patients compared to those not managing their bladders with indwelling catheters. Stone disease, upper tract deterioration, reflux, and chronic infection remain additional long term concerns in those who resort to indwelling catheter use, with a slightly lower overall incidence reported in those with suprapubic vs. urethral catheters (Weld & Dmochowski 2000).
A viable option for bladder management in males is condom catheterization. As noted above, condom catheterization is associated with relatively fewer complications than indwelling methods but more than IC (Ord et al. 2003; Hackler 1982). However, complications may still arise, as described by Newman & Price 1985). Of greatest concern is incomplete drainage, which may be accompanied by persistently high bladder pressures, recurrent UTIs and the likelihood of glomerular filtration rate deterioration described below. Sometimes this situation necessitates adjuvant daily or twice daily catheterization, medications, or sphincterotomy. Medications to improve draining, such as alpha blockers can improve emptying by reducing outlet resistance, and sometimes by reducing pressures. Newman & Price (1985) raise practical issues such as cleanliness and proper use of appliances. One issue with condom catheterization is the difficulty by which they may be applied, especially in the event of impaired hand function. Slippage of the condom can result in leaks. Perkash et al. (1992) describe the use of penile implants, in part as a means to circumvent this issue with condom application.
Table 12 Condom Catheterization
Condom drainage is often chosen to deal with persistent incontinence which may occur with other methods of bladder management. However, complete emptying remains key, as emphasized by Newman and Price (1985) following a review of 60 SCI patients with external catheters, stating that bladder “residuals” should be checked periodically. Elevated residuals should raise the possibility of excessive bladder pressure, as incomplete emptying often occurs because of a spastic sphincter. This is a situation that can easily be assessed by urodynamic studies. Though Newman and Price (1985) indicated a high prevalence of bladder trabeculation, and implied that this occurred secondary to high pressure, no urodynamic data was provided. Sphincterotomy is a surgical procedure that eliminates outlet resistance and one that almost 30% of the study group in Newman and Price (1985) had undergone. Another problem commonly described with condom drainage is infection. It is difficult to make conclusions in this area based on the rather generalized description of a positive culture (“any organism growing”) as presented by Newman and Price (1985).
Some patients prefer condom drainage for convenience, as there is usually no or reduced need to catheterize, compared to regimes that involve sole use of clean intermittent catheterization. However, this convenience can be offset by accidental leaks, and skin problems at the site of condom attachment. Perkash et al. (1992) conducted a retrospective analysis of 79 male patients with penile implants in place over a mean time of 7.08 years. A primary reason for obtaining a penile implant in these patients, among others, was to provide a stable penile shaft to hold a condom for external urinary drainage. In addition, penile implantation allowed some to switch to a more effective and safer bladder management method (i.e. 18% no longer required an indwelling catheter). All patients reported improved continence as reflected in the general observation that it was easier to keep themselves clean and dry.
People with tetraplegia, especially females often have difficulty performing clean intermittent catherization. In addition, females are more troubled by persistent incontinence. Surgery as described in this section can result in the ability to self-catheterize, allowing the individual to benefit from intermittent rather than continuous bladder catheterization, the latter being associated with a higher rate of complications. The mitrofanoff channel involves the use of an autologous tubular structure, usually the appendix, as a cutaneous catheterizable stoma. Implantation in the bladder via a submucosal tunnel provides continence to the conduit (Sylora et al. 1997). The stoma can be hidden in the umbilicus. While performed often in children, the procedure has less commonly been performed in adults. Long term followup is unknown, particularly malignant potential. Karsenty et al. (2008) describes a similar procedure, performed in 13 patients with incontinence and inability to self-catheterize.
Ileal conduit diversion, another surgical approach more commonly performed in females, is often considered for these same reasons of lack of manual dexterity or ease of care and convenience (Pazooki et al. 2006; Chartier-Kastler et al. 2002). This technique aims to establish low-pressure urinary drainage by diverting urine prior to entering the bladder and connecting the ureters to an external urinary collection system via a catheter passed through the ileal lumen. This procedure is sometimes conducted along with removal of the bladder as well (Chartier-Kastler et al. 2002; Kato et al. 2002).
Table 13 Continent Catheterizable Stoma and Incontinent Urinary Diversion
Continent Catheterizable Stoma
Although the above studies comprised small sample sizes, the results are very promising. High levels of continence and independence, and the ability to manage the bladder with intermittent catheterization are reported in all three studies. Upper tract function was implied to be stable by Karsenty et al. (2008), as serum creatinine remained stable. Patients involved in the procedures reported by Hakenberg et al. (2001) underwent urodynamic testing, which showed safe bladder pressures during storage (20 – 44 mm H20). Participants in this study and the study by Sylora et al. (1997) were kept on anticholinergic medication, a consideration that ensures low pressure storage in those with persistent hyperreflexia and dyssynergia, and contributes to the maintenance of continence. Complications occur, most concerning of which are those requiring surgical procedures (pelvic abscess, bowel occlusion, stomal revision for stenosis). Larger sample sizes would be necessary to determine true incidence. Length of follow-up ranged from 20 – 44 months, which does not provide sufficiently long term safety and effectiveness data. However, given the importance of the clinical achievements (i.e., independent use of intermittent catheterization; continence) further study with larger sample sizes is warranted.
Incontinent Urinary Diversion
Ileal conduit diversion is another surgical procedure noted with some frequency in the literature. Chartier-Kastler et al. (2002) and Kato et al. (2002) have reported separate case series (N=33 and N=16 respectively) examining this approach. Chartier-Kastler et al. (2002) reported all patients became continent after initially being incontinent prior to surgery and Kato et al. (2002) reported that most patients were more satisfied with the procedure than their previous management method upon survey a few months after the operation. Both authors also reported several long-term complications. However, it is uncertain if these high complication rates would be comparable in the event individuals had continued with their previous form of bladder management, as often surgical procedures are performed only if other more conservative methods are unsuccessful. Controlled trials (e.g., case control study design) would be beneficial to address this issue.
Although electrostimulation to enhance bladder volume and induce voiding has been studied since the 1950’s it was not until the development of the Brindley anterior sacral nerve root stimulator, and subsequent implantation of the first device in a human in 1978 that widespread clinical applications have been available (Egon et al. 1998; Brindley et al. 1982). Others have noted the important role of Tanagho and Schmidt (1982) in developing this approach – also termed sacral neuromodulation – by conducting a series of experiments to elucidate the neuroanatomical basis of electrical stimulation in enhancing bladder function (Hassouna et al. 2003). Although there are several configurations, Creasey et al. (2001) described the system employed in most investigations (i.e., the Finetech-Brindley system), as consisting of an implanted internal stimulator-receiver which is controlled and powered via telemetered radio transmission by an external controller-transmitter. Cables and electrodes are also implanted which are held in contact with sacral nerves (i.e., often S2-S4). This system allows programmable stimulation patterns and permits control of both bowel and bladder function. Often dorsal sacral rhizotomy is performed at the same time as stimulator implantation (Vastenholt et al. 2003; Creasey et al. 2001; Egon et al. 1998).
Various investigators have examined other forms of stimulation including direct bladder stimulation (Madersbacher et al. 1982; Radziszweski et al. 2009) or employing stimulators intended for other purposes such as enhancing muscle functions for improving movement, spasticity or muscle strength (Katz et al. 1991; Wheeler et al. 1986). In addition, multi-functional stimulators may be configured to provide similar stimulation patterns to similar targets as the bladder-specific stimulators. As noted previously (Section 13.3.2.1 Electrical Stimulation to Enhance Bladder Volumes), the present section describes studies that assess outcomes associated with both bladder emptying and bladder storage as appropriately configured stimulation may result in improvements in both of these functions.
Table 14 Electrical Stimulation to Trigger Bladder Emptying and Enhance Bladder Volume
Sacral neuromodulation or sacral anterior root stimulation combined with sacral deafferentation is the most well studied method of triggering bladder emptying via electrical stimulation techniques with many investigators incorporating retrospective case series or prospective pre-post study designs comprising level 4 evidence (Robinson et al. 1988; Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1997; Egon et al. 1998; Creasey et al. 2001; Vastenholt et al. 2003; Kutzenberger et al. 2005; Kutzenberger 2007; Lombardi and Del Popolo 2009; Possover 2009). Typical participant characteristics for these studies include: detrusor overactivity; incomplete bladder emptying and frequently recurrent UTI; incontinence; and vesicoureteric reflux, refractory to conservative treatment. In each of these studies, a large percentage of subjects did become continent and were able to successfully void with these devices, whereas this was typically not the case for most participants with whatever bladder management method was used prior to implantation. These findings appear to persist in that several reports have noted continued improvement with successful continence rates of 73-88% over an average follow-up period up to 8.6 years (Egon et al. 1998; Vastenholt et al. 2003; Kutzenbergen et al. 2005; Kutzenberger 2007; Lombardi and Del Popolo 2009). Of note, Lombardi & Del Popolo (2009) conducted a study that included patients with underactive bladder (n=13) in addition to those with overactive bladder (n=11) and reported similar results for both groups (i.e., reduction in incontinence and increased voiding volume). However, 30.8% of persons in the underactive bladder group had a loss of efficacy over the follow-up period (mean of 60.7 months) as compared to none in the overactive bladder group.
Several of these investigators reported a significant decrease in UTIs (Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Egon et al. 1998; Vastenholt et al., 2003; Creasey et al. 2001; Kutzenberger et al. 2005; Kutzenberger 2007) and autonomic dysreflexia (Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Egon et al. 1998; Creasey et al. 2001; Kutzenberger et al. 2005; Kutzenberger 2007; Possover 2009) among participants, even after long-term use. Some investigators performed satisfaction surveys and reported that most participants remained satisfied with the device, even after many years. In particular, Vastenholt et al. (2003) conducted a Qualiveen questionnaire for assessing the bladder health-related quality of life and impact of urinary problems. Overall, the top 3 advantages noted by stimulator users was a reduction in UTIs (68% reporting), improved social life (54%) and improved continence (54%).
Posterior rhizotomy was performed in addition to implantation of a sacral root stimulator in most reports (Creasey et al. 2001; Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Egon et al. 1998; Kutzenberger et al. 2005; Kutzenberger 2007). The stated benefit of this deafferentation is the abolition of dyssynergia and high intravesical pressures, reduced risk of hydronephrosis and reflex incontinence. The cost is the loss of bowel reflexes and reflex erections. Nonetheless, most authors report improved bowel management in many of their patients (since the stimulator is activated during the bowel routine), and a great improvement in autonomic dysreflexia (Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Egon et al. 1998; Creasey et al. 2001; Kutzenberger 2007). In Robinson et al. (1988) sphincterotomies were performed on 3 patients with persistent reflex incontinence, and/or upper tract deterioration, while 3 patients were given sphincterotomies pre-implantation to prevent anticipated autonomic dysreflexia. Thus, sphincterotomy has shown some success as an option for producing some of the benefits attributed to posterior rhizotomy.
A primary purpose of posterior rhizotomy is the attainment of an areflexic bladder, thus allowing a more compliant reservoir with the potential for greater bladder capacity under lower pressure. Results from all investigations measuring capacity have shown this to be true with significant increases in bladder capacity at lower pressures associated with combined sacral anterior root stimulation and sacral deafferentation (Creasey et al. 2001; Van Kerrebroeck et al. 1996; Egon et al. 1998; Kutzenberger et al. 2005, 2007). Several investigations have been conducted using different approaches aimed at conditioning the bladder with different forms of stimulation so as to achieve the same effect of increasing bladder capacity under low-pressure conditions in persons with SCI with overactive bladder and intact dorsal sacral nerves (Madersbacher et al. 1982; Kirkham et al. 2002; Kirkham et al. 2002; Bycroft et al. 2004; Hansen et al. 2005).
Of note, Kirkham et al. (2002) implanted the same sacral anterior root stimulator used in the majority of investigations (i.e., Finetech-Brindley stimulator) in a small group of patients (n=5) without posterior rhizotomies and therefore configured the stimulator to deliver both anterior and posterior sacral root stimulation. The conditioning posterior root stimulation was effective in producing increased bladder capacity in 3 of 5 subjects and the anterior root stimulation was able to elicit bladder emptying, but with significant residual volumes. (Note: the 2 remaining subjects sustained posterior root damage and were not included in post-operative testing.) This preliminary trial suggests there is a possibility of achieving success with sacral anterior root stimulation without necessitating the destructive posterior root ablation.
Others have conducted more mechanistic investigations of conditioning stimuli delivered to the pudenal, dorsal penile or clitoral nerve (Spinelli et al 2005; Kirkham et al. 2001) or magnetic stimulation applied over the sacral nerves (Bycroft et al. 2004) and achieved demonstrations of detrusor inhibition or increased bladder capacity under lower pressure. Further developmental work would be required before these or modified approaches could be incorporated clinically as an approach that permits bladder stimulation in the absence of deafferentation.
Recently, Possover (2009) reported a new surgical technique applied to persons with SCI involving laparoscopic transperitoneal implantation of neural electrodes to pelveoabdominal nerves, which they have termed the “LION procedure” (i.e., laparoscopic implantation of neuroprosthesis). With this method, which is far less invasive than the traditional dorsal approach for stimulator implantation, the risk associated with immediate or long-term complications (e.g., meningitis, encephalitis, infections) is significantly reduced. In addition, the destructive procedures of rhizotomy and laminectomy are not necessary. Possover (2009) conducted this procedure on a series of 8 persons previously having an explanted Brindley-Finetech stimulator, 6 of whom had viable sacral nerves. This resulted in adequate detrusor contractions enabling complete bladder emptying still present at follow-up (3-27 months). Patients undergoing this procedure returned home after only a 3-5 day hospital stay and there were no reported complications.
Another approach has been to apply stimulation to the bladder itself, most appropriately done during initial rehabilitation (Madersbacher et al. 1982; Radziszweski et al. 2009). Radziszweski et al. (2009) applied daily 15 minute bouts of transcutaneous electrical stimulation directly to the bladder for 30 days in patients seen by the Rehabilitation Department of a Military Hospital (time since injury not reported). These authors demonstrated significant increases in bladder capacity and peak flow velocity and a significant decrease in residual urine volume immediately following stimulation and persisting at 2 months follow-up compared to baseline. A similar approach was reported by Madersbacher et al. (1982) in which stimulation, in the form of impulse packages applied to a saline filled bladder, was administered over a variable treatment period after which the treatment effect persisted up to one year when most subjects reported a definite waning of the benefits. Unlike other studies involving sacral neuromodulation, this was conducted on those more recently injured with 17 of 29 becoming continent and 10 others becoming socially dry without need for pads and urinals. This study involved a case series design but would have been much more powerful with the inclusion of a control group, given the potential for natural bladder recovery in individuals with more recent injuries. Further research would also be needed to examine safety information related to bladder pressure during voiding, and follow-up of any potential renal changes before considering this intervention.
Sievert et al (2010) also capitalized on the concept of neural plasticity through early (upon confirmation of bladder acontractility) sacral neromodulation (SNM) and reported no instances of detrusor overactivity and urinary incontinence with normal bladder capacity, reduced UTI rates and improved bowel and erectile functionality without nerve damage. Although follow-up was reported for greater than 2 years, further investigations are needed to augment the small sample size (nSNM=10) and involve fMRI to confirm plastic changes within the brain of those patients undergoing SNM vs those pharmacologically treated.
Other investigators have examined the effects on the urinary system associated with stimulation directed towards other targets For example, Katz et al. (1991) tested the effect of epidural dorsal spinal cord stimulation, intended primarily for spasticity relief, at T1 (for those with tetraplegia) or T11-T12 (for those with paraplegia). Wheeler et al. (1986) investigated the effect of 4 to 8 weeks of quadriceps muscle reconditioning by surface electrical stimulation (FES) bilaterally, intended primarily for strength and spasticity. In each case, these techniques had marginal effects on bladder function. However, in the latter experiment it was noted that some subjects did achieve beneficial changes in bladder function and that these tended to be most noticeable in the same subjects that showed positive improvements in strength and spasticity.
Transtherurethral sphincterotomy and related procedures such as insertion of artificial sphincters, sphincteric stents or balloon dilation of the external urinary sphincter provide a means to overcome persistent dysynergia (Chancellor et al. 1999; Juma et al. 1995; Chancellor et al. 1993a; Chancellor et al. 1993b; Patki et al. 2006; Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). Often these are performed when intermittent catheterization is not an option because of lack of manual dexterity and when more conservative options have proven unsuccessful (Chancellor et al. 1999; Juma et al. 1995).
Table 15 Sphincterotomy, Intraurethral Stent Insertion and Related Approaches for Bladder Emptying
A common surgical method of treating bladder outlet obstruction or detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia has been transurethral sphincterotomy usually done in anticipation of emptying the bladder with condom drainage with reflex “voiding”. Autonomic dysreflexia (AD), a common complication of high volume storage and/or high pressure “voiding” or leaking in SCI patients with spinal lesions typically above T12, can be diagnosed with blood pressure (BP) monitoring during cystometrogram and urodynamic studies and subsequently better managed after successful transurethral sphincterotomy (Perkash 2007). Perkash (2007) noted a highly significant (p<0.0001) decrease in systolic and diastolic BP after transurethral sphincterotomy as well as improved voiding and post-void residuals. However, although diminished symptoms of AD were reported, mean maximum voiding pressures changes were not significant.
Juma et al. (1995) reported a case series of 63 individuals who had received 1 or more sphincterotomies with a mean follow-up time of 11 (range 2-30) years. This study was directed at describing the risk for long-term complications following this procedure. Although more than half of these individuals had normal upper tract imaging studies a significant proportion had complications - with 25/63 having some upper tract pathology (i.e., 12 renal calculi, 11 renal scarring, 1 atrophic kidney, 1 renal cyst). Nineteen of these were deemed significant. Risk of significant upper tract complications in presence or absence of bacteria was 38% and 13% respectively. Thirty out of 63 had lower tract complications (5 bladder calculi, 10 recurrent UTI, 3 urethral diverticula, 6 urethral stricture or bladder neck stenosis and 6 recurrent epididymitis). These authors noted that the most reliable urodynamic measure for predicting potential complications following sphincterotomy appeared to be an increase in leak point pressure. Complication rates of 50% were noted for those with leak point pressure of > 70 cm H2O, whereas rates were reduced to 25% when leak point pressure was < 30 cm H2O.
Despite possible upper renal tract protection and extended periods of satisfactory bladder function (i.e., 81 months), long-term outcome data (Pan et al 2009) caution that high rates of recurring bladder dysfunction symptoms (68%) require approaching sphincterotomy as a staged intervention given that 36% (30/84) of patients required a second procedure to achieve the mean extended period of satisfactory bladder function. When considering these studies, it is uncertain if these high complication rates would be comparable in the event individuals had continued with their previous form of bladder management as often surgical procedures are performed only if other more conservative methods are unsuccessful. A controlled trial is required to address this issue.
One alternative to sphinterotomy is placement of a stent passing through the external sphincter thereby ensuring an open passage. Several studies have been conducted examining the long-term outcomes associated with different types of stents including a wire mesh stent (UroLume) (Chancellor et al.1993a, Abdill et al. 1994, Chancellor et al. 1995) and a nickel-titanium alloy tightly coiled stent (Memokath) (Mehta & Tophill 2006). Long-term outcomes of each of these stents were also investigated in a retrospective case series study of 47 consecutive male patients (Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). All of these studies involved either retrospective case series reviews or prospective pre-post study designs and demonstrated effective treatment of incontinence initially while the stent was in place although some studies also showed the necessity for stent removal due to migration or other complications. In particular, Mehta and Tophill (2006), in a case series of 29 persons with SCI with a follow-up of up to 47 months suggested that the “working life” of the Memokath stent was 21 months. They noted that complications most commonly leading to removal included stent blockage by encrustation, migration (especially in single-ended models), UTIs and persistent haematuria. Others have noted similar issues but typically have reported lower rates of complications leading to stent removal (Abdill et al. 1994, Chancellor et al. 1995, Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). Despite these issues, when the stents are in place they appear to be effective, resulting in significant reductions in voiding pressure and post-void residual urine volumes although no significant changes have been noted in bladder capacity (Chancellor et al.1993a; Abdill et al. 1994; Chancellor et al. 1995; Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). In addition, reduced incidence of UTIs and autonomic dysreflexia has typically been reported (Chancellor et al.1993a; Seoane-Rodriguez et al. 2007). Game et al (2008) advocate for a trial period with a temporary stent early post-injury based on the percentage of patients (~30%) not choosing placement of a permanent stent or in whom the stent did not provide the expected results. This reversible management option is however, limited by the available materials for temporary stenting.
Chancellor and colleagues (1999) also conducted a RCT (n=57) comparing the outcomes associated with sphincterotomy as compared to placement of the stent (UroLome) prosthesis (Chancellor et al. 1999). This study was deemed a low quality RCT, largely because blinding and concealed allocation was not possible given the nature of the intervention. Similar measurement procedures and overall findings were noted as reported for the studies above (i.e., Chancellor et al. 1993c) with significant decreases in voiding detrusor pressure and post-void residual urine volumes and no significant changes reported for bladder capacity and no differences noted between sphincterotomy and stent for any measure at any time point (i.e., 3, 6, 12 and 24 months). The need for catheterization, initially required in 50% of the sphincterotomy group (n=26) and 71% of the stent group (n=31), was reduced to just 3, 4, 1, & 1 and 1, 0, 1 & 2 individuals respectively at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months respectively. There was little difference in subjective assessment of impact of bladder function on quality of life or in the incidence of complications between the treatment groups although those in the stent group spent less time in the hospital for the procedure.
Chancellor et al. (1993b) also have examined another procedure with similar rationale as that associated with sphincterotomy. This investigation involved a pre-post trial design (n=17) of transurethral balloon dilation of the external urinary sphincter. Again, similar methods were employed as the studies noted above and findings were also similar. Of all 17 patients previously managed by indwelling Foley catheter, 15 used condom catheters post-procedure and 2 voided on their own. Significant decreases were noted in voiding pressure (p=0.008) at all follow-up times (i.e., 3, 6 and 12 months). No changes were seen in bladder capacity (p=0.30) and significant reductions in post-void residual urine volumes (p<0.05) were seen at all follow-up times. Positive urine cultures (i.e., UTI) were noted in 15/17 prior to surgery but only in 5, 8 and 4 of the patients at 3, 6 and 12 months respectively. Subjective autonomic dysreflexia improved in all 9 individuals who had previously complained of this.
More recently, Patki et al. (2006) reported a small retrospective case series investigation (n=9) of implantation of an artificial urinary sphincter (American Medical System 800). This device has evolved over the years to where it is now easier to implant surgically, has a longer life and a higher success rate in achieving incontinence (~80% with more recent models). In this trial, all patients achieved successful incontinence with no self-reported leakage upon activation of the system. However, by 3 month follow-up, 2 patients reported significant recurrrent incontinence, with one implant being removed and the other being revised and by a mean follow-up of 105.2 months 5 of 9 implants have been successful with no revisions. Overall, more than half of the patients with working implants recorded higher maximum detrusor pressures although no upper tract change or deterioration in renal function was noted in any patient.
In addition to those noted in the previous sections, there are a variety of other approaches that have been investigated to address the consequences of neurogenic bladder associated with SCI. These include the use of desmopressin acetate (DDAVP) as an adjuvant therapy to manage the effects of an overactive bladder otherwise refractory to conventional treatment such as nocturnal enuresis (i.e., night-time emission of urine) or the requirement for too frequent catheterizations. DDAVP is a synthetic analogue of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) most commonly administered by intravenous infusion for treatment of bleeding disorders. It can also be taken in the form of a pill or intranasal spray for reducing urine production as in the present application (Chancellor et al. 1994; Zahariou et al. 2007). DDAVP is thought to bind to V2 receptors in renal collecting ducts to increase water reabsorption.
Others have employed alternative approaches such as electroacupuncture (Cheng et al. 1998) or nerve crossover surgery / spinal root anastomoses (Livshits et al. 2004; Lin et al. 2008; Lin et al. 2009) to enhance recovery of bladder function.
Table 16 Other Miscellaneous Treatments
Zahariou et al. (2007) and Chancellor et al. (1994) conducted a pre-post (n=11) and a case series (n=7) investigation retrospectively to investigate the use of intranasal DDAVP as an alternative therapy to reduce urine production in the hopes of reducing nocturnal emissions or reducing the need for overly frequent catheterization during the day. In each case, DDAVP was employed as an adjuvant therapy in addition to standard therapies of anticholinergics and intermittent catheterization which had resulted in less than satisfactory results. With use of DDAVP just before bedtime, Zahariou et al. (2007) reported a statistically significant increase in urine production rate during the day (p<0.001) and a decrease in nocturnal urine production (p<0.001). After DDAVP treatment, participants had reduced or complete elimination of nocturnal enuresis (Chancellor et al. 1994; Zahariou et al. 2007). In addition, the proportion of persons requiring clean intermittent catheterizations in the night while still maintaining continence was greatly reduced (Zahariou et al. 2007) and 3 individuals used DDAVP during the day at work and were able to achieve an additional 3.5 hours between catheterizations (Chancellor et al. 1994). These improvements persisted for a mean of 12 months. These small scale studies provides only preliminary evidence and encourages further study, although DDAVP is in fairly widespread use for SCI-related neurogenic bladder.
Another adjunctive therapy that has been investigated is the use of electroacupuncture. For example, Cheng et al. (1998) conducted a RCT (n=60) investigating the effectiveness of electroacupuncture administered in combination with conventional bladder management method (i.e., intermittent catheterization, tapping and trigger point stimulation) as compared to those not receiving electroacupuncture. Their primary outcome measure was the time to achieve bladder balancing which was defined as the time when 1) the patient could easily pass adequate urine at low pressure, 2) residual urine of approximately 100 ml or less and 3) absent UTIs. Although employing a randomized, controlled design, some limitations (i.e., lack of blinding, concealed allocation or intent to treat) constrained the level of evidence assigned to this trial (i.e., Level 2). Regardless, those receiving electroacupuncture had a reduced time to achieve bladder balancing for both those with upper motor lesions (p<0.005) and lower motor neuron lesions (p<0.01). In addition, if electroacupuncture was started within 3 weeks of SCI, bladder balancing was achieved sooner than those which started after 3 weeks (p<0.005).
Reports regarding microanastamosis to reinnervate the paralyzed bladder reveal recovery of neurogenic bladder dysfunction. These include surgical anastomosis of the intercostal nerve (Livshits et al 2004; n=11), T11 nerve root (Lin et al 2008, n=10), L5 nerve root (Xiao et al 2003, n=15) or the S1 nerve root (Lin et al 2009, n=12) to the S2 or S3 spinal nerve roots. Mean follow-up of patients was between 2 to 3 years and restitution of bladder function was observed in the majority of patients. Significant results were reported for pre and post-surgical findings including reduced bladder capacity with increased urine volume under increased force of detrusor contractions and increased voiding pressure. There was also reduced residual urine volume and both detrusor tone and sphincter resistance were increased. Results from individual subjects in Livshits et al (2004) were presented for each of these showing consistency across these measures although statistical analysis techniques were inappropriate consisting of individual Wilcoxon signed rank tests for each variable. Patient self-report measures showed increases within a few months following surgery. Similar findings were evident in 100/67/75% of patients undergoing T11/L5/S1 microanastamosis respectively (Lin et al 2009, Xiao et al 2003, Lin et al 2008). Full recovery of renal function and an absence of urinary tract infections was observed at follow-up (i.e., 6-18 months). Important considerations of this surgical approach are that it is far more invasive than other approaches (i.e., indwelling catherization); and patients do not regain the bladder sensation that contributes to quality of life (i.e., sensing urgency and timing of micturition). In particular, accidental voiding may be triggered by unintentional dermatomal stimulation or Achilles tendon stretch. Furthermore, considering the potential for up to 30% failure rates and serious side effects (i.e. neuromas) this invasive procedure must be weighed cautiously against other approaches to treatment of bladder dysfunction.
Detrusor areflexia is seen most commonly in cauda equina lesions where the sacral reflex is disrupted. It can occasionally occur at other levels of spinal lesions. The clinical manifestation of this results in an inability for the bladder to empty completely or at all, leading to overdistension and stasis. Additionally, there is frequently incontinence due to lack of external sphincter tone, most often due to increased abdominal pressure on the bladder (i.e. stress incontinence). This can be especially problematic in persons with paraplegia that may require high valsalva forces for activities such as transferring from wheelchairs.
Unfortunately, there is a great paucity of research examining the impact and treatment of detrusor areflexia. Although the goals remain the same as with overactive bladder in SCI, (i.e., avoiding incontinence, stasis, UTI’s, and upper urinary tract damage, etc.), these goals may be achieved differently. In general, the goal is either: 1) stopping leakage and improving storage with medications and intermittent catheterization, or 2) improving emptying, either voluntarily in the incomplete injury, and/or into condom drainage in the person with more severe neurogenic bladder impairments. However, further discussion on detrusor areflexia will not occur in this chapter given the extremely sparse evidence base. It should be noted that in some studies described in the sections pertaining to DESD therapy there may have been mixed samples in which a few subjects with detrusor areflexia might have participated in addition to those with detrusor overactivity. In one instance, subjects with detrusor areflexia comprised all study participants providing level 4 evidence from a single case series (n=10) for the surgical anastomosis of the T11 ventral nerve root to the S2-S3 ventral nerve roots in improving bladder function (e.g., Lin et al. 2008 in Table 13.16 for Other Miscellaneous Treatments).
Urinary tract infections (UTIs) are a common secondary health condition following SCI and a major cause of morbidity (Charlifue et al. 1999; Vickrey et al. 1999). There are numerous ways that UTIs have been defined within individual studies with respect to either identifying the presence of UTIs and/or establishing treatment success. Although this diversity exists across studies, the criteria identified at the National Institute on Disability Rehabilitation Research (NIDRR) sponsored National Consensus Conference on UTI (1992) have become generally accepted standards for UTI definition. These designate a UTI as indicative of significant bacteriuria with tissue invasion and resultant tissue response with signs and / or symptoms. Signs and symptoms include the following:
Significant bacteriuria varies according to the method of urinary drainage and is defined by the following criteria: ≥102 colony-forming units of uropathogens per milliliter (cfu/mL) in catheter specimens from persons on intermittent catheterization, (b) ≥104 cfu/mL in clean-voided specimens from catheter-free men using condom catheters, c) any detectable concentration of uropathogens in urine specimens from indwelling or suprapubic catheters, and d) ≥105 cfu/mL for spontaneous management.
Detecting a UTI is the first stage towards successful treatment. Identification of symptoms by the patient is a critical first step in this detection; however, in a prospective case review undertaken by Linsenmeyer and Oakley (2003) only 61% (90/147) of patients were able to correctly predict the presence of a UTI based on their symptoms. Other methods of detection include urine chemical dipsticks which provide an indication of the presence of nitrites and leukocytes with the benefit of a providing a quick turnaround (Faarvang et al. 2000; Hoffman et al. 2004). However, the primary approach and gold standard is the microbiological evaluation of urine bacterial culture. As noted above, organizations such as NIDRR have defined UTIs at least in part on the results of laboratory investigations documenting the presence, amount and type of bacterial growth that occurs with an infection. This also results in the identification of the antibiotic(s) for which the bacteria species may be susceptible (i.e., sensitivity). Furthermore, it has been noted that 33% of SCI UTIs are polymicrobial (Dow et al. 2004). The clinician must then decide between a limited or full microbial investigation in selecting the appropriate treatment. The obvious benefit of a full microbial investigation (i.e. accuracy) is offset by potentially adverse effects due to the time delay for the bacterial sensitivity results and the cost of a full investigation. The studies reviewed in the present section examine specific issues associated with the laboratory investigation of UTIs and how these might impact treatment.
As noted above, laboratory investigation of suspected UTI using microbiological analysis of urine cultures is important for diagnosing UTI and also for guiding treatment. For example, Shah et al. (2005), Hoffman et al. (2004) and Tantisiriwat et al. (2007) reporting centre-based results under a variety of study designs, noted Enteroccoccus species, K. pneumonia, E coli, Pseudomonas aerginosa, Staphlococcus aureus and Proteus mirabilis as among the most common species of bacteria present in urine from those suspected of having a UTI. Antibiotic sensitivity tests are then conducted to determine if these bacteria are susceptible to specific antibiotics. For example, Tantisiriwat et al. (2007) noted that of the antibiotics tested, E. coli was most susceptible to amikacin (96.1%), ceftazidime (88.9%), and cetriaxone (75%). The efficacy of specific antibiotics investigated in the SCI literature will be summarized in subsequent sections.
However, given the cost and the time spent before results can be obtained with bacterial culture (e.g., from 18-48 hours), simpler screening methods have been developed for assessing the presence of a UTI. One of these methods involves using a urine “dipstick” which signifies the presence of nitrates or the presence of leukocyte esterase (LE) respectively as a potential indicator of UTI. The results of investigations into the sensitivity and specificity of these dipstick tests in predicting UTI in patient populations other than SCI have been mixed so Hoffman et al. (2004) conducted an investigation to compare dipstick results for Nitrites and LE to urine culture results where each test was conducted monthly over a 5 year period in a community-based SCI sample (n=56). Using NIDRR criteria for significant bacteriuria and UTI, 81% of the total 695 samples collected over the study period met criteria for bacteriuria, and of these, 36% met criteria for a positive UTI. In general, sensitivity (i.e., the ability to correctly identify significant results) was relatively low at 63% even when either the LE or nitrate dipstick was positive and specificity (i.e., the ability to correctly identify samples without significant bacteria) was 89% or higher for any combination of test. When compared to the ability to predict UTIs, the dipstick sensitivity remained relatively low at 63% and specificity was also low at 52% for any combination of dipstick test. Overall results suggest using dipstick testing as a treatment guide could result in inappropriate or delayed treatment and the study authors suggested that individuals with SCI with suspected UTI should be evaluated with urine culture and not dipstick testing (Hoffman et al. 2004). However, a separate investigation comparing positive and negative predictive values for dipstick testing as compared to leukocyte microscopy relative to culture-derived bacteriuria determined that either method was equally effective with reasonable prediction rates of approximately 80% for each alone or in combination (Faarvang et al. 2000).
Practicality and cost savings in UTI prevention and treatment may not have been the prime motive in an investigation by Darouiche et al. (1997), but they did find that an adequate clinical response to treatment was not significantly different as a result of limited vs full microbial investigation. Limited investigations were conducted by examining colony morphology, appearance on Gram-stain, catalase test and oxidase test without organism identification and antibiotic susceptibilities. Rather, antibiotic selection was based on recognized hospital-based patterns of antibiotic susceptibilities. As well, the cost savings, at an average of $183 US per patient, was not significantly less but indicated a trend (p=0.18) associated with limited vs full investigation. Although this provides level 1 evidence in favour of deferring to a limited microbial investigation for SCI UTI treatment selection, the sample size was small (N=15) and warrants further study. It is also unclear from this study if the results are transferable to anything but an inpatient hospital unit (i.e., not community-based patients) and if treatment is determined in part by relying on the experience of the clinical team in determining treatment.
The results of clinical laboratory analysis are also prone to contamination from a variety of practical issues. For example, sample deterioration between the time of sampling and processing is controversial. Horton et al. (1998) conducted a blinded RCT to investigate the effects of refrigeration on urinalysis and culture results. Samples were split and analyzed at 4 (“fresh”) and 24 (“refrigerated”) hours post-refrigeration. The bacterial counts of “mixed” organisms (p=0.10) and Staph aureus (p=0.66) were altered with refrigeration but no changes in colony counts would have altered the treatment regimen chosen based on urinalysis or culture results. This level 1 evidence provides a level of confidence for urine samples refrigerated (up to 24 hours) prior to analysis.
In another investigation of a narrower issue involving potential contamination, Shah et al. (2005) demonstrated that the number of clinically significant organisms (≥105 cfu/mL) detected by urine culture were reduced in SCI inpatients with indwelling or suprapubic catheters suspected of having a UTI when the catheter was changed just prior to urine collection as compared to those where it was left unchanged (p=0.01). This practice also resulted in a savings of $15.64 per patient.
The method of bladder management one selects is a primary factor in reducing the risk of UTI in persons with SCI (Trautner & Darouiche 2002). The method chosen should minimize access to the urinary system by foreign bodies and reduce their potential for continued residence by draining the bladder effectively. Most SCI-related research for UTI prevention by these means has been conducted on various techniques for intermittent catheterization and these types of studies are summarized in Table 13.18. Different coatings have been applied to catheters to minimize various complications associated with catheterization and neurogenic bladder and Table 13.19 outlines studies investigating the effect of hydrophilic catheters on UTI prevention. Finally, Table 13.20 summarizes studies that compare intermittent catheterization to other bladder management methods or use aids to augment the use of a particular bladder management method with a goal of preventing UTIs.
Table 18 Intermittent Catheterization and Prevention of UTIs
During inpatient rehabilitation, intermittent catheterization is the preferred method of bladder management for most cases and several prospective studies have compared sterile techniques with traditional or clean techniques of intermittent catheterization (Charbonneau-Smith 1993; Prieto-Fingerhut et al.1997; Moore et al. 2006). Notably, Moore et al. (2006) and Prieto-Fingerhut et al. (1997) employed RCT designs and showed no statistically significant differences in the number of UTIs occurring in patients using the sterile technique vs the clean technique. Conversely, Charbonneau-Smith (1993) conducted a prospective trial and did find significantly reduced UTI rates for a sterile “no-touch” method as compared to historical controls undergoing a traditional sterile method, although the nature of the historical comparison provides the possibility of confounding variables also affecting this result. Each author noted the greater expense associated with the sterile approach, making it the less attractive option in the absence of evidence for improved positive outcomes.
As with all aspects of rehabilitation, a primary goal of bladder training within an inpatient stay is the goal of patient independence and self-care. Wyndaele and De Taeye (1990) conducted a case control study (n= 73) in which the incidence of UTIs was examined following introduction of an initiative to promote self-catheterization among those with paraplegia on an SCI unit. Prior to this, catheterization was conducted by a specialized catheter health care team using a non-touch technique. There were no significant differences in UTI rates nor with the proportion of people achieving a state of bladder balance or those encountering complications of urethral trauma between these 2 approaches. Interestingly, the introduction of patient self-catheterization also seemed to be a factor in the patients being ready for home visits much sooner in their rehabilitation stay.
Less information exists on the continued use of intermittent catheterization for individuals as they move into the community and live with SCI for a prolonged period of time. A case control investigation was conducted by Yadav et al. (1993) comparing UTI incidence rates between those using a clean intermittent catheterization technique during inpatient rehabilitation with another group of patients continuing to use the same bladder management method and living in the community for 1-12 years. Similar rates of UTI (termed acceptably low by the authors) were found in both samples although there were differences in the types of bacteria causing UTIs between the SCI rehabilitation unit and the community.
Regardless of the approach to bladder management, and even if intermittent catheterization is used, the rate of UTI in the SCI population is still elevated relative to a population with neurologically normal functioning bladders This is thought to be partly due to the residual volume of urine that may persist in the bladder following intermittent catheterization. Jensen et al. (1995) conducted a study in inpatient rehabilitation (n=12) correlating UTI incidence over the rehabilitation period with the average residual urine volume after intermittent catheterization. Correlations between UTIs and residual volumes were low and suggested little relationship or as the authors point out it may have been that residual volumes would have had to be reduced to negligible values before UTI incidence would have been reduced as opposed to the mean values of 40 ± 11 ml (hyperactive bladder) or 19 ± 7 ml (hypoactive bladder) seen in this study.
Table 19 Intermittent Catheterization using Specially Coated Catheters for Preventing UTIs
Another approach used to reduce the incidence of UTI associated with catheterization in patients with neurogenic bladder involves the application of coatings to the catheter (Giannantoni et al. 2001; Vapnek et al. 2003; De Ridder et al. 2005; Cardenas & Hoffman 2009). For example, Giannantoni et al. (2001) employed a double-blind, crossover RCT design (n=18) to examine the difference between a pre-lubricated, nonhydrophilic Instantcath catheter as compared to a conventional polyvinyl chloride (PVC) silicon-coated Nelaton catheter with respect to the occurrence of UTIs and urethral trauma. The subjects were randomized to 1 of 2 groups which tried each catheter for a period of 7 weeks in an A-B, B-A design. Both incidence of UTIs (p=0.3) and presence of asymptomatic bacteriuria (p=0.024) were significantly reduced for the pre-lubricated catheter vs the conventional PVC catheter. Perhaps most interesting, 3 subjects requiring assistance with the conventional catheter became independent with the pre-lubricated catheter, although it was not reported if these individuals were in the group using the conventional catheter initially or lastly. The existence of an order effect (or not) for any of the measures was not reported. In terms of general satisfaction with use, subjects rated the pre-lubricated catheter significantly higher than the conventional catheter with respect to comfort, ease of inserting and extracting, and handling.
A similar finding of reduced incidence of UTIs (p=0.02) was reported by De Ridder et al. (2005), but in this case the reduction was associated with a hydrophilic catheter as compared to the conventional PVC catheter. This multi-centre investigation also employed a RCT design (N=123) but had several methodological problems that likely constrained the potential utility of the results. Most significant was a high drop-out rate (54%) with slightly more individuals not completing the study from the hydrophilic catheter group. A probable cause for many of these drop-outs was the lengthy treatment period of 1 year during which many individuals were likely to improve bladder function such that intermittent catheterization was no longer required. There were no other significant differences noted between the two groups including the number of bleeding episodes or occurrence of hematuria, leukocyturia and bacteriuria. More individuals expressed greater satisfaction with various aspects of the hydrophilic catheter, although these differences were also not significant. A reduced incidence of hematuria and a significant decrease in UTI incidence was also reported by Vapnek & Maynard (2003), when hydrophilic vs non-hydrophilic catheter use was compared in a 12 month study of 62 patients (n=49 completed).
Reduced numbers of treated UTIs were reported by Cardenas & Hoffman (2009) with the use of hydrophilic catheters vs standard nohydrophlic catheters even though no difference was reported between the 2 groups of self-IC SCI patients for number of symptomatic UTIs. Furthermore, lubrication was more beneficial for men since women on self-IC were more likely to develop UTIs regardless of catheter type. Although this study may have been underpowered, it is important to note that the drop out rate was just under 20% as compared to almost 54% in the DeRidder et al (2005) study with only 57/123 subjects remaining at the end of year 1. The Cardenas & Hoffman (2009) study also included women which allowed for potential gender differentiation in the effect of hydrophilic catheter use. Although females accounted for 29% of the participants, an n=16 should invoke caution when interpreting the data.
Table 20 Other Issues Associated with Bladder Management and UTI Prevention
In addition to intermittent catheterization, the effects of other bladder management methods have been investigated with respect to their impact in preventing UTIs. In particular, intermittent catheterization has been compared to indwelling catheterization. Joshi and Darouiche (1996) report following a prospective controlled trial that the response to antibiotic, as indicated by reduced pyuria, is improved and can be assessed earlier in patients who utilize intermittent catheterization over those whose bladder drainage is reliant on suprapubic or indwelling foley catheters. All patients (n=29) experienced relief from appropriate antibiotic therapy after 3-4 days, but the level of residual pyuria was lowest at mid-therapy and after therapy completion in those patients using intermittent catheterization.
In another comparison study, Nwadiaro et al. (2007) conducted a retrospective comparison of indwelling urethral catheterization and suprapubic cystostomy on UTI prevalence in a predominately illiterate and impoverished population where intermittent catheterization is a less preferred option. Prevalence of UTI was significantly less in the group having a suprapubic versus indwelling urethral catheter (p<0.05). In addition, there was significantly less mortality with the suprapubic catheter (p<0.05) at 1 year post admission with UTI-related septicaemia the number one cause of death in these patients. Sugimura also looked at the incidence of complications in patients using suprapubic catheterization, and reported a 29% incidence of UTI’s, though there was no comparison group in this study. However, in Ku et al. (2005) no bladder management technique was found to be superior in protecting against pyelonephritis (simple UTI was not tracked as an outcome); instead, the presence of vesicoureteral reflux led to a 2.8 fold higher risk of pylonephritis than those without reflux. Reflux is most often associatiated with high pressure urine storage due to low compliance or high pressure voiding due to sphincter spasticity and obstruction. Thus actual bladder pathophysiology may have the largest affect on clinically significant infections with the caveat that in this study, the group with urethral catheterization did experience more total upper tract deterioration than other bladder management groups.
Lloyd et al. (1986) conducted a case control investigation reviewing a group of 204 SCI patients grouped according to urological management techniques as follows: A) intermittent catheterization within 36h of injury, B) suprapubic trocar drainage within 36 h of injury, C) urethral catheter drainage for >36h prior to intermittent catheterization, D) indwelling urethral catheter drainage throughout and after discharge from hospital and E) intermittent catheterization placed in community hospital. Overall, these authors found that the method of initial bladder management does not affect the incidence of UTI, genitourinary complications or frequency of urological procedures at 1 year after injury. The only exception was group D who had a greater rate of UTIs as a result of the prolonged placement of indwelling urethral catheter drainage throughout and after discharge from hospitalization. It should be noted that individual variations in bladder management methods following the initial method and up to the one year follow-up were not accounted for in this investigation representing a potential major confound.
As noted in several of these comparative investigations, complications occur most frequently in those with urethral catheterization. Despite this, many patients resort to using urethral catheterization for convenience or necessity, if hand dexterity is insufficient, or care givers unaffordable. Some investigators have suggested an approach to minimizing UTI when urethral catheterization is determined to be the most viable management approach. Darouiche et al. (2006) conducted a multicentre RCT of hospital inpatients (n=118) in which the effect of securing indwelling catheters with a device called the Statlock as compared to traditional means of catheter securement (i.e., tape, velcro strap, cath-secure, or nothing) was assessed. In addition to SCI, 10 subjects had multiple sclerosis. In this trial, there was a statistically non-significant trend for a lower rate of symptomatic UTI (p=0.16) and also a lower incidence of symptomatic UTI per 1000 device days (p=0.16) for those using this Statlock device versus the control group.
Condom catheters also can be a source of bacterial colonization, especially of the perineum, which has been suggested by Sanderson and Weissler (1990b) to be significantly correlated with bacteriuria in SCI individuals. By discontinuing night time use of an external condom drainage system in a prospective controlled trial involving SCI rehabilitation inpatients (n=119), Pseudomonas colonization of the urethra was found to be significantly reduced where Klebsiella colonization was not significantly affected (p<0.05) (Gilmore et al. 1992). Further, a 3rd group of patients did not use a condom drainage system at any time and colonization rates for both Pseudomonas and Klebsiella were significantly lower in this group at all sites tested (urethra, perineum and rectum) as compared to those using the external drainage system (p<0.05). However, the prevalence of bacteriuria caused by either gram-negative bacilli, was not reduced with either night-time or continuous disuse of an external condom drainage system.
There are a variety of approaches that involve pharmaceuticals and other biological agents that have been examined for UTI prevention in persons with SCI - as is noted in several reviews on this topic (Biering-Sorensen 2002; Garcia Leoni & Esclarin De Ruz 2003). These include pharmacological approaches such as bacterial interference or antibiotic prophylaxis, the use of other biological agents such as antiseptic cleansing agents or the use of nutraceuticals such as cranberry in one form or another.
Table 21 Bacterial Interference for Prevention of UTIs
Bacterial interference has been touted as a promising approach to UTI prevention for the future (Biering-Sorensen 2002). In this approach, a group of bacteria that do not cause UTIs are introduced into the bladder which acts to limit the ability of other pathogens to effectively colonize the bladder and cause a symptomatic UTI. To date, the specific approach employed in studies in persons with SCI has been to colonize the bladder with E. coli 83972 (Hull et al. 2000; Darouiche et al. 2005; Prasad et al. 2009). Most notably, Darouiche et al. (2005) conducted a prospective, randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind trial (n=27) in which they randomized persons with SCI of greater than 1 years duration and with a history of symptomatic UTIs to receive bladder inoculation of either E. coli 83972 or sterile normal saline at a 3:1 ratio. This was preceded by a one-week course of empirically selected antibiotics as it has been noted that successful colonization is more likely achieved with a sterile bladder (Hull et al. 2000). Patients were monitored over the following year with monthly urine cultures. The number of UTIs experienced by those with successful E. coli 83972 colonization had significantly fewer UTIs than those with saline inoculation or unsuccessful E. coli inoculation (1.6 vs 3.5 episodes/year, p =0.036). The period during which the bladder remained colonized by E. coli 83972 was variable among study participants with only 13 of 21 patients being successfully colonized for at least 1 month, 4 of these remaining colonized for the entire 1 year study period and 9 losing E. coli after an average of 3.5 months. It should be noted that statistical comparisons were made between those with successful colonization (n=13) vs those inoculated with saline (n=6) combined with those not successfully inoculated (n=8). Only 1 of the 13 participants successfully inoculated developed a UTI while E. coli 83972 was in the bladder and this was associated with another organism (P. aeruginosa). No adverse events were obtained with the E. coli 83972 inoculations although 1 person in the saline group developed autonomic dysreflexia which subsided post-inoculation.
Prasad et al. (2009) using a less robust pre-post study design, also reported that preinoculation antibiotics improved inoculation rates, and that rates of UTI went down during the period of colonization, and that colonization with E.coli 83972 is safe.
A longer period of colonization was achieved in the pre-post trial conducted by Hull et al. (2000) in which 21 individuals with longstanding SCI (> 18 months) with a history of symptomatic UTI over the preceding year were inoculated with E. coli 83972 following a course of appropriate antibiotics for 5-7 days. Persistent colonization of greater than 1 month was achieved in 13 study participants with mean colonization duration of 12.3 months (range 2-40 months). No participant sustained a UTI while colonized with E. coli even though these same individuals had a mean of 3.1 UTIs over the previous year. UTIs were noted in 4 of 7 persons not successfully colonized and at a rate of 3.5 UTIs/year for the months following loss of colonization in those where E. coli 83972 was no longer found in the bladder. The overall results from these three studies point to a strong effectiveness associated with this approach while the bladder remains colonized but that more work is required to enhance the rate of successful inoculation and to examine methods for sustaining the period of colonization.
Table 22 Antibiotic Prophylaxis of UTIs
Several investigations have been conducted which explore the effectiveness of a prophylactic antibiotic approach although cost and conflicting results along with issues of adverse events and increasing likelihood of enhancing resistant organisms have led reviewers to not recommend this approach for routine use(Garcia Leoni & Esclarin De Ruz 2003). Although researchers and clinicians have reservations about this approach, an obvious and important variable is the specific antibiotic that is used for prophylaxis. For the most part investigations in SCI patients have involved different dosages and regimens of orally administered ciprofloxacin or co-trimoxazole (trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole or abbreviated as TMX-SMX) as prophylactic measures.
An RCT comparing low-dose, long-term treatment with ciprofloxacin (100mg each night) vs placebo concluded that ciprofloxacin prophylaxis for up to 39 months resulted in a marked reduction from the pre-study infection rate. (p<0.00005, corrected) with no severe side effects and only 1 instance of ciprofloxacin resistant E. coli found in the feces of 1 patient (Biering-Sorensen et al. 1994). Another RCT involved a 3 day course of ciprofloxacin (500 mg bid) or suitable placebo as a pre-cursor to urodynamic investigation (Darouiche et al. 1994) which has been associated with subsequent development of UTI (Pannek & Nehiba 2007). Of those receiving ciprofloxacin, none had a symptomatic UTI at the study follow-up visit (3-5 days post urodynamic testing), whereas 3 of 22 study participants (14%) in the placebo group developed a symptomatic UTI. This finding was statistically nonsignificant (p=0.24), but the trend for reduced UTI incidence and the fact that no subjects in the treatment group actually developed a UTI suggests that a study with greater power would be required to demonstrate the benefit of pre-urodynamic testing prophylaxis more conclusively.
Conflicting results have been obtained across separate controlled trials conducted in individuals undergoing acute SCI inpatient rehabilitation of sustained (i.e., > 3 months) prophylaxis with TMP-SMX. Gribble and Puterman (1993) reported that oral administration of a TMP (40mg) - SMX (200mg) formulation once daily was found to significantly reduce frequency and relapse rates of bacteriuria (p=0.0001) and symptomatic urinary tract infection (p=0.0003) in persons with recent SCI using intermittent catheterization for bladder management (n=129). Conversely, Sandock et al. (1995) reported on an investigation of patients at least 6 months post-injury within an inpatient SCI rehabilitation program in which the standard of care was to prescribe TMP-SMX liberally as a prophylaxis. This practice was stopped for the purpose of conducting a prospective controlled trial in 1 of 2 units and it was noted that there was no significant difference in the number of symptomatic UTIs between those stopping vs those continuing suppressive therapy (0.043 vs 0.035 UTIs/week, p>0.5). In addition, there was a significant decrease in the emergence of TMP-SMX resistant asymptomatic bacteriuria in the patients stopping suppressing therapy (78.8% vs 94.1%, p<0.05). This latter finding was also consistent with that noted by Gribble and Puterman (1993) who noted this, along with TMP-SMX related adverse events as serious limitations of TMP-SMX prophylaxis therapy. Reid et al. (1994b) also showed an inability of a higher dose of TMP (160mg)-SMX(800mg) to reduce rates of symptomatic UTI within a prospective controlled trial conducted on a rehabilitation unit in patients using intermittent catheterization for bladder management.
Given the conflicting findings noted above and in other patient groups, a novel approach to UTI prevention in SCI patients was undertaken by Salomon et al. (2006). After a prospective, pre-post study with 2 year follow-up, they concluded that a weekly oral cyclic antibiotic (WOCA) program was beneficial in preventing UTI in SCI patients, decreasing antibiotic consumption and decreasing the number and length of hospitalizations, without severe adverse events or the emergence of multi-drug resistant (MDR) bacteria. The WOCA regimen involved alternating between two antibiotics, administered once per week over at least 2 years. The specific antibiotics selected as prophylaxis were customized to the patient, chosen based on allergy and antimicrobial susceptibility. The most frequent combination of antibiotics utilized were trimethoprim / sulfamethoxazole and cefixime (30%) followed by cefixime and nitrofurantoin (25%). The combination of antibiotics was modified in 40% of the patients once, 20% twice and 10% on three occasions during the follow-up. This level 4 evidence for the effectiveness of WOCA in SCI UTI prevention, treatment and cost, and would serve well as guidance in design of a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study to confirm these results.
Table 23 Antiseptic and Related Approaches for Preventing UTIs
It is generally accepted that good hygiene practices are an important element in UTI prevention. Therefore, it is a natural extension to expect that antiseptic agents applied either directly to the bladder or to potential vectors of indirect transference might be effective in UTI prevention. Accordingly, Sanderson and Weissler (1990b) found that perineal colonization of SCI individuals was significantly correlated with bacteriuria and may be associated with contamination of the environment and indirectly of the hands of patients and staff. As a result of this finding, this group further examined the effect of chlorhexidine antisepsis on bacteriuria, perineal colonization and environmental contamination in spinally injured patients requiring intermittent catheterization (Sanderson & Weissler 1990a). In male patients not receiving antibiotics, daily body washing in chlorhexidine and application of chlorhexidine cream to the penis after every catheterization significantly reduced bacteriuria to 60% from 74% in patients who were only washed with standard soap, although the effect was not as strong as that delivered by treatment with appropriate antibiotics. Chlorhexidine antisepsis alone did not affect perineal coliform colonization or contamination of the environment although there was a trend for this effect (p<0.1). In essence, this antiseptic effect acted to amplify the bacteria-reducing effects of antibiotics.
Acidifying urinary pH for the prevention of UTIs is based on the established fact that pH reduction to ≤5.0 will inhibit growth of urinary E. coli (Shohl & Janney 1917), a prevalent pathogen in the urinary tract. An RCT conducted by Waites et al. (2006) on participants having indwelling or suprapubic catheter with existing bacteriuria and pyuria (n=89) compared sterile saline, acetic acid and neomycin-polymyxin solution bladder irrigants and demonstrated no effect on the degree of bacteriuria/pyuria, or development of antimicrobial resistance. Moreover, the twice daily bladder irrigation for 8 weeks resulted in a significant increase in urinary pH (p=0.01) for all groups to a range that was more favourable for the growth of E. coli (i.e., pH 6.0-7.0).Similarly, 2 weeks of phosphate supplementation or 2 gram per day of ascorbic acid for unspecified duration in SCI neurogenic bladder managed with IC or indwelling catheter have proved ineffective in acidifying urine or altering UTI rates (Schlager et al. 2005; Castello et al. 1996).
Feasibility of treatment is a valid issue for consideration as evidenced by the study conducted by Pearman et al. (1988). These investigators compared the use of trisdine with kanamycin-colistin, a medicated bladder instillation previously demonstrated to be effective to prevent bacteriuria and UTI in SCI (Pearman 1979). In this trial (n=18), they found no difference between incidence of bacteriuria in catheterized patients yet concluded that trisdine was preferred based on its stability at room temperature, association with a reduced likelihood for antibiotic-resistant bacteria and reduced cost compared to kanamycin-colistin. Although the latter are important factors for treatment choice, this study presents no evidence for preferential beneficial effects based on incidence of bacteriuria.
Another solution shown to have some promise in UTI prevention was studied as a combination therapy, both with antiseptic properties. Krebs et al. (1984) investigated the potential of a 5% hemiacidrin solution instilled as an intravesicular acidifying agent at each intermittent catheterization combined with oral administration of methenamine mandelate (2 mg) qid in persons undergoing SCI inpatient rehabilitation. As compared to individuals undergoing no bacterial prophylaxis, the pH of urine was significantly reduced (p<0.01) and there was a lower rate of symptomatic UTI (p<0.05) and less bacteriuria as indicated by a reduced number of positive cultures (p<0.001). The role of hemiacidrin solution alone in these findings remains uncertain.
In contrast to these findings, as part of a double-blind, placebo-controlled RCT (n=305) conducted by Lee et al. (2007), oral methenamine hippurate (another formulation of methenamine as an antiseptic) was generally ineffective in preventing symptomatic UTIs. In this well-conducted large sample trial, active and placebo formulations (oral tablet) of both methenamine hippurate and a cranberry preparation were compared as to the occurrence of asymptomatic UTI (up to 6 months) as a primary end-point. There were no statistically significant effects with either treatment alone or in combination as compared to placebo.
These various conflicting results suggest the specific antiseptic agent, alone or in combination with others, and its mode of administration might be important in determining clinical effectiveness and that the practice of antiseptic bladder instillation along with other methods of delivery, dismissed as ineffective by some or in general practice by others (Pearman et al. 1988; Castello et al. 1996; Schlager et al. 2005; Lee et al. 2007), requires further study.
Table 24 Cranberry for Preventing UTIs
Cranberry (in various forms) is in widespread use for UTI prevention and many clinicians recommend it for this purpose. This remains the fact despite uncertainty as to its effectiveness, especially in persons requiring ongoing catheterization as reported in a recent Cochrane systematic review (Jepson & Craig 2008). However, also in 2008, Hess et al. conducted a study in which subjects were given either cranberry tablets or placebo for 6 months, and then crossed to the opposite arm, showing a significant reduction in UTI incidence for those on cranberry treatment. These authors chose a robust definition of UTI (see above), and explained in their conclusion that they presume the treatment effect arose from an effect on cell wall adherence to the uroepithelial cell wall, an effect that they propose takes > 1 month to develop. As such, shorter studies may fail to note benefit from cranberry treatment (see Linsemeyer et al. 2004). While Reid et al. 2001 is a short study, significant results were noted in biofilm load and bacterial adhesion (though this study was not designed to determine effect on significant UTI). These hypotheses help build our understanding of the potential mechanisms of action cranberry may have in preventing UTI.
As noted in the section on antiseptic agents above, Lee et al. (2007) conducted a well-designed double-blind, placebo-controlled RCT (n=305) that examined the effectiveness of cranberry tablets (1600 mg) for UTI prevention alone or in combination with oral methenamine hippurate (2 g). Neither treatment alone or in combination was effective in preventing symptomatic UTIs as assessed over a 6 month study period. This rigorous study incorporated intention-to-treat and multiple analysis methods including survival analysis and multivariate analysis using Cox proportional hazards regression and investigated outcomes associated with both symptomatic UTIs (primary) and bacteriuria (secondary).
These results were confirmed by two additional RCTs. Linsenmeyer et al. (2004) found that cranberry tablets (400 mg) were not effective in changing bacterial or white blood cell (WBC) counts of 21 participants who underwent a 9 week placebo-controlled, crossover trial. Similar results were obtained by Waites et al. (2004) in community residing persons with SCI of greater than 1 years duration (n=48) which showed no difference between cranberry extract or placebo taken for 6 months in reducing bacteriuria or pyuria nor for reducing symptomatic UTI rates.
In contrast to these findings, a prospective controlled trial (n=15) conducted by Reid et al. (2001) showed that cranberry juice intake significantly reduced the adhesion of bacteria to bladder cells whereas water intake did not significantly reduce the bacterial adhesion or biofilm presence in individuals with SCI. These conflicting conclusions may be influenced by the variation in “dose” and formulation of cranberry product (i.e., tablet vs juice) and the outcome measures used across the various studies. Notably, this study (Reid et al. 2001) was not designed or intended to assess the effect of cranberry on asymptomatic UTI.
Hess et al. (2008) comment in their discussion that subjects in the Waites study may have been non-compliant given that study medication was mailed to subjects, that the UTI definition may not have been as robust, and that there was an imbalance in bladder management methods between groups. It is important to be note that Hess, Linsenmeyer, and Waites lack intent-to-treat statistical analyses which therefore reduces the quality of these investigations. The lack of consistency between results underscores the need for yet further efforts to convincingly prove or disprove the potential value of cranberry prophylaxis.
SCI patients with neurogenic bladder typically receive education while in initial rehabilitation to assist with bladder management and maintain a healthy bladder. This may continue as their bladder function changes following rehabilitation discharge.
Table 25 Individual Studies of Educational Interventions
Health care providers have an excellent opportunity to provide proper bladder management education during inpatient rehabilitation to significantly affect the quality of bladder management after discharge with the goal of assisting clients in maintaining a healthy bladder, often manifest through prevention of UTIs. Anderson et al. (1983) reported on a case-control study where patients completed a special urinary tract care education program consisting of classes, reading material, written examinations, and demonstration of acquired skills. With this approach 71% of patients were asymptomatic of UTI at 6 month follow-up. Only 32% of patients had no symptoms when a group of patients, tested 4 years earlier in 1975, did not undergo the education program. Furthermore, as a result of the education program only 5% of the educated group lost time from their usual daily activities compared to 23% of the non-educated group losing time. However, both groups registered the same incidence of confirmed or suspected UTI (62-63%). Therefore, the benefit translated into early detection and definitive action resulting in less impairment and less lost time due to the UTI. This study was assessed as comprising Level 4 evidence due to inadequate control of potential confounds between the education and non-education group among other limitations.
Once discharged, some SCI patients experience unacceptable recurrence of UTIs. Cardenas et al. (2004) examined the effectiveness of an educational program in an RCT of 56 community-dwelling SCI patients with a self-reported history of UTIs. The educational intervention included written material, a self-administered test, a review by nurse and physician, and a follow-up telephone call. The control group did not receive the intervention and final interventional data was compared to an equivalent baseline period. A significant decrease in urine bacterial colony count (but not in UTI incidence) and increased Multidimensional Health Locus of Control scale score reflected the beneficial effects of UTI educational intervention in improving bladder health and the patient’s perception of control over their own health behaviour.
These results were amplified by Hagglund et al. (2005) and Barber et al. (1999), who each examined participants with longstanding SCI and conducted their investigations in conjunction with outpatient rehabilitation follow-up services. Positive benefits of reduced UTI occurrences were seen following a 6 hour physician-mediated educational workshop conducted as part of a prospective controlled trial with 6 month follow-up periods (n=60) (Hagglund et al. 2005). Of note, Hagglund et al. (2005) directed their educational intervention at the consumer-personal assistant dyad.
Barber et al. (1999) identified 17 high risk patients (i.e., ≥ 2 UTI/6months) over 1000 consecutive outpatient SCI clinic days. These authors found that 11 (65%) of these patients were able to reduce their number of UTIs to be reclassified as not high-risk with intensive counseling on proper bladder management technique and hygiene, although 8 required multiple counseling sessions to realize an effective reduction of number of UTIs. The remaining patients in this series required pharmaceutical prophylaxis for UTI prevention although there were some issues with compliance when treatment was extended over 1 year. The authors suggested that education intervention by a clinic nurse is a simple, cost-effective means of decreasing the risk of UTIs in at-risk SCI individuals, although the sample size was small and the study was neither randomized nor controlled.
UTIs in persons with SCI with neurogenic bladder are termed “complicated UTIs” which refers to the presence of a UTI in a functionally, metabolically, or anatomically abnormal urinary tract or that are caused by pathogens that are resistant to antibiotics (Stamm & Hooton 1993). Complicated UTIs may be caused by a much wider variety of pathogens in persons with SCI and are often polymicrobial. It is generally recommended that persons with SCI be treated for bacteriuria only if they have symptoms, as many individuals especially with indwelling or suprapubic catheters typically have asymptomatic bacteriuria (Biering-Sorensen et al. 2001). Once symptomatic UTI is confirmed, the first line of empirical treatment is via antibiotics and the most common antibiotics chosen for UTI treatment include fluorquinolones (e.g. ciprofloxacin), trimethorprin, sufamethoxazole, amoxicillin, nitrofurantoin and ampicillin. Fluorquinolones are often chosen because of their effectiveness over a wide spectrum of bacterial strains (Waites et al. 1991; Garcia Leoni & Esclarin De Ruz 2003). Although much experience with treating UTIs in SCI has been gleaned from other indications, there are several studies that are reviewed below which have investigated a variety of antibiotic agents in this population.
Table 26 Antibiotics in Treatment of UTIs
The range of effective antibiotic treatment duration can vary widely depending on the specific microorganism causing the infection, the antibiotic used and the patients’ UTI history. Dow et al. (2004) conducted a RCT (n=60) to compare a 14 vs 3 day course of ciprofloxin treatment in SCI patients with UTI symptoms or microbially documented bacteriuria and concluded that a 14 day Ciprofloxin treatment results in improved clinical and microbiological outcomes. Microbiological relapse rates were significantly lower for those patients treated for 14 vs 3 days. Although, this high quality level 1 evidence advocates for the use of a 14 vs 3 day course of ciprofloxacin in SCI UTI, as the author notes, it does not address the optimal treatment period which may be 5, 7 or 10 days nor does it examine the question of whether a higher dose might have been more effective with the shorter therapy.
Ofloxacin is a fluoroquinolone antibiotic shown to be promising in its ability to penetrate and eradicate bacterial biofilms in the bladder in vitro and in SCIpatients (Reid et al. 1994a; Reid et al. 1994b). Bacterial biofilms are colonies of microorganisms along with their extracellular products that may form on surfaces as a structured community that enables the pathogens to resist antibiotics and persist in the urinary tract thereby potentially causing recurrent UTI (Biering-Sorensen et al. 2003). Reid et al. (2000) employed a randomized, double blind design (n=42) to assess the relative effectiveness of a 7 day course of ofloxacin as compared to trimethoprim-sulphamethoxazole (TMP-SMX) or other more appropriate antibiotics as detected by culture sensitivity. Study participants had symptomatic UTI and clinical cure rates, defined as patients becoming asymptomatic with sterile urine, were assessed at day 4 and day 7.Clinical cure rate was significantly greater for Ofloxacin as compared to TMP-SMX or other antibiotic at day 4 (90% vs 48%, p=0.003) and day 7 (90% vs 57%, p=0.015). In addition, both treatments were effective at reducing bacterial biofilms at day 4 and 7 (p<.001) although the biofilm eradication rate was significantly higher with Ofloxacin vs TMP-SMX or other antibiotic at day 4 (62% vs 24%, p=.005); and day 7 (67% vs 35%, p=.014). This finding was supported by an earlier study (Reid et al. 1994a) noting that fluoroquinolone therapy was more effective at reducing bladder cell adhesion counts in 63% of asymptomatic SCI UTIs vs 44% of SCI subjects treated with trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole.
Reid et al. (2000) suggested that a 3-day regimen in the treatment of SCI UTI could be sufficient based on significant biofilm eradication detected in bladder epithelial cells in patients treated with Ofloxacin compared to TMP-SMX. Shorter courses of antibiotic treatment are currently considered by clinicians and patients who are concerned with side effects, cost and antimicrobial resistance due to longer term use. Treatment course durations as short 3 days are not uncommon while the more common treatment duration is 14 days. The difference in effective treatment duration, compared to the findings of Dow et al. (2004), is due, in part, to the difference in anti-microbial used. However, further study comparing the 2 antimicrobials (and others) and differing treatment durations are required to clarify the question of optimum treatment duration for the antimicrobial being considered for use.
Gram-negative bacteria such as Pseudomonas, Acinetobacter, Enterobacter and mycobacteria are susceptible to aminoglycosides such as tobramycin and amikacin which may be chosen for complicated UTI treatment. Due to their toxicity and inconvenient route of administration (i.e. intramuscular injection), their use is limited. To investigate the effectiveness of a lower dose of these aminoglycosides, Sapico et al. (1980) compared infection, persistence and reinfection rates of SCI UTI against a standard dose. An overall low rate of success and no differences between the dose strengths and between tobramycin and amikacin even though high antibiotic concentrations were found in the urine of all subjects suggested that alternative antimicrobial agents would be better to consider for use in this population.
Although Waites et al. (1991) showed norfloxacin, another fluoroquinolone, to be 73% effective in eradicating UTIs by mid-treatment, the rate of reinfection was 84% after 8 to 12 weeks post initial eradication. Furthermore, 16% of strains isolated after eradication became resistant to norfloxacin. This trial, employing a pre-post study design (n=78) with a 14 day course of treatment, enrolled participants with symptomatic UTI and the equivocal results point to the utility of controlled study designs when assessing antibiotic effectiveness. The authors concluded that norfloxacin is a reasonable treatment choice for SCI UTI but the subsequent and problematic emergence of resistance must be monitored (as with other antimicrobials).
In addition to decisions on selecting the most appropriate antibiotic, the clinician is sometimes faced with additional treatment option challenges when multi-drug resistant bacteria or the patient’s allergy to the appropriate antibiotic are encountered. Although conflicting results have been obtained with the use of antiseptic agents as part of a prophylactic strategy to lower urine pH and thereby assist in the prevention of UTIs, Linsenmeyer et al. (1999) used a case series review (n=10) to investigate the use of medicated bladder irrigation as a method to alter the existing antimicrobial resistance. They found that intermittent neomycin/polymyxin bladder irrigation was effective in altering the resistance of the offending bladder organism(s) to allow for appropriate antibiotic treatment, therefore proving preliminary evidence advocating for a short course treatment of neomycin/polymyxin irrigant to alter existing antimicrobial resistance.
Anticholinergic Therapy for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Propiverine, oxybutynin, tolterodine and trospium chloride are efficacious anticholinergic agents for the treatment of SCI neurogenic bladder.
Toxin Therapy for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Intravesical Instillations for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Other Pharmaceutical Treatments for SCI-Related Detrusor Overactivity
Surgical Augmentation of the Bladder to Enhance Volume
Alpha-adrenergic Blockers for Bladder Emptying
Botulinum Toxin for Bladder Emptying
Comparing Methods of Conservative Bladder Emptying
Intermittent Catheterization
Triggering-Type or Expression Voiding Methods of Bladder Management
Indwelling Catheterization (Indwelling or Suprapubic)
Condom Catheterization
Continent Catheterizable Stoma and Incontinent Urinary Diversion
Electrical Stimulation for Bladder Emptying (and Enhancing Volumes)
Sphincterotomy, Artificial Sphincters, Stents and Related Approaches for Bladder Emptying
Intermittent Catheterization and Prevention of UTIs
Intermittent Catheterization using Specially Coated Catheters for Preventing UTIs
Other Issues Associated with Bladder Management and UTI Prevention
Bacterial Interference for Prevention of UTIs
Antibiotic Prophylaxis of UTIs
Antiseptic and Related Approaches for Preventing UTIs
Cranberry for Preventing UTIs
Antibiotics in Treatment of UTIs
A significant decline in hip and knee region bone mineral density (BMD) occurs after motor complete spinal cord injury (SCI) which leads to a lifetime increased risk of lower extremity fragility or low trauma fracture. Preserving and maintaining bone mass is crucial to decrease the risk of fragility fractures. Within the first few days following SCI there is an increase in excreted calcium (known as hypercalciuria) that is 2-4 times that of individuals without SCI who are confined to prolonged bedrest (Bauman & Spungen 2001) and reflects excessive bone resorption. Longitudinal studies also highlight a higher rate of hypercalcemia (excessive calcium in the blood) for people after SCI that leads to rapid bone mineral loss in the first 4-6 months that slows for the remaining first year post injury (Hancock et al. 1980; Frey-Rindova et al. 2000). Early studies also suggest that bone mineral density (BMD) stabilizes by 1-2 years after SCI (Griffiths et al. 1976; Hancock et al. 1980; Garland et al.1992) at 25-50% below that of able-bodied peers in the hip and knee region. Other investigations support a continual loss of bone mass with time since injury (Demirel et al. 1998; Bauman et al. 1999; Eser et al. 2005) and suggest that a steady-state of a lower extremity bone mineral homeostasis is not reached.
The immediate and excessive loss of bone mass post SCI is believed to result from a decrease in mechanical loading as a result of reduced or complete loss of muscle function and/or weight-bearing activities. Autoimmune, neural, vascular, hormonal and nutritional changes may also negatively impact bone but, the relative contributions of these factors are unknown (Jiang et al 2006). The reader is referred to two recent review articles which characterize the regional changes in bone density and architecture (Jiang et al. 2006, Craven et al. 2008). Further, an inadequate dietary calcium intake (Tomey et al 2005) or insufficient vitamin D may contribute to the rate and severity of BMD decline (Bauman et al. 1995). Aging and inactivity accentuate bone resorption further, resulting in site-specific decreases in bone mineral content (trabecular>cortical bone). Additionally, women with motor complete SCI experience regional declines in hip and knee region BMD during menopause that are greater than age-matched able-bodied women (Garland et al. 2001). These changes in bone density and bone architecture all contribute to the increased risk for low trauma fractures in people with SCI.
There is overwhelming evidence that supports the importance of addressing bone health issues early after SCI. A higher incidence of low-trauma fractures exist in people who sustain SCI (Table 1); the majority of low-trauma fractures occur following transfers or activities that involve minimal or no trauma (Comarr et al. 1962; Ragnarsson & Sell; 1981; Freehafer 1995;). The distal femur and proximal tibia (knee region) are most at risk, consistent with site-specific decreases in BMD such that fractures of the distal femur were previously referred to as ‘the paraplegic fracture’ (Comarr et al. 1962).
Risk factors for low-trauma fracture after SCI include: gender, age, time post injury, impairment, low BMI and low knee region BMD. Women have a greater risk compared with men (Vestergaard et al. 1998; Lazo et al. 2001; Nelson et al. 2003; Garland et al. 2004). Increasing age and longer time since injury (Frisbie 1997; McKinley et al.1999; Garland et al. 2004; Garland et al. 2005) increases fracture risk which rises significantly at 10 years post injury. Further, people with paraplegia have more fractures (Frisbie 1997) and those with complete injuries have greater bone mass loss compared with those with incomplete injuries (Garland et al. 2004; Garland et al. 2005). BMD fracture thresholds are values below which low-trauma fractures begin to occur; whereas fracture breakpoints are values below which the majority of fractures occur (Garland et al. 2005). Knee region aBMD and vBMD thresholds for fracture and breakpoint have been identified (Mazess 1990; Eser et al. 2005; Garland et al. 2005). In the general population, individuals with a prior history of low-trauma fracture or a maternal history of fracture have an elevated fracture risk; these risk factors should also be considered during a fracture risk assessments among patients with SCI.
Table 1: Fractures and risk factors for fragility fractures after SCI
In order to assess and understand your patient’s bone health, it is important to measure their BMD and document their fracture risk. We advocate diagnosing the presence of SLOP based on the following DXA criteria (Table 2).
Table 2: Definition of Sublesional Osteoporosis (SLOP)
We recommend documenting your patients fracture risk by completing the risk factor profile check-list (Craven et al. 2008, Craven et al. 2009). We propose that the presence of ≥3 risk factors implies a moderate fracture risk, while ≥5 risk factors implies a high fracture risk (Table 3).
Table 3: Risk Factors for Lower Extremity Low-trauma Fracture After SCI
There are multiple methods for assessing bone health, commonly used tools include: bone imaging, biochemical markers and histomorphometry.
DXA is considered by the World Health Organisation as the “gold standard” to diagnose osteoporosis and is the most widely used assessment technique for determining treatment effectiveness; although in some countries, peripheral quantitative computed tomography (p-QCT) is available as a research tool (Frotzler et al. 2008) Areal BMD (g/cm2) is quantified non-invasively with imaging technologies such as dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) and previously with dual energy photon absorptiometry (DPA). DXA measures areal BMD [aBMD= bone mineral content (BMC)(g)/area (cm2)]; whereas p-QCT measures volumetric BMD [vBMD = BMC(g)/volume (cm3)]. There are several established methods for measuring BMD at the knee (Garland et al. 1993; Moreno et al. 2001; Eser et al. 2004; Morse et al. 2009). Regardless of the methodology chosen, assessment of knee region BMD is crucial as it best predicts knee region fracture risk after SCI (Eser et al. 2005; Garland et al. 2005).
Volumetric BMD (g/cm3) is assessed using peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pQCT). Peripheral QCT is a relatively safe and precise technique to differentiate cortical bone from trabecular bone, assess bone geometry and volumetric density. The imaging resolution has continued to improve and a high resolution (HR) pQCT now exists (80 micrometers) to give detailed information on peripheral bone microstructure.
Increases in aBMD or vBMD are presumed to be a suitable surrogate outcome for fracture risk reduction when assessing the effectiveness of SLOP therapy. Whereby, “optimal therapy” would be defined as increases in knee region BMD above the fracture threshold in the absence of low-trauma fracture.
Biochemical markers of bone turnover can be used as an adjunct to DXA in the assessment of bone health among patients with SCI. Serum and urine markers provide useful insight into bone metabolism at specific time points after injury and are an effective tool for monitoring response to therapy. The current therapeutic utility of bone turnover markers is limited by day-to-day, diurnal, inter-individual, and inter-assay variability. For urine markers, results need to be corrected for creatinine (Reiter et al. 2007).
The bone formation markers include bone-specific alkaline phosphatase (BALP), osteocalcin (OC N-terminal propeptide of type I collagen (PINP), and C-terminal propeptide of type I collagen (PICP).
Markers of bone resorption include urinary free and total pyridinoline (Pyr) and deoxypyridinoline (DPD) crosslinks, type 1 collagen C-telopeptide (CTX), and N-telopeptide (NTX). Pyr and DPD are molecules that provide stability to collagen and, along with CTX and NTX, are released when collagen is degraded during bone resorption (Brown et al. 2009).
For a bone marker to be useful in assessing the rate of bone turnover and/or monitoring therapy effectiveness, the difference in the rate of bone turnover before and after SCI, as well as the early period versus the late period after SCI, needs to be discernable.
Alignment of the choice of biomarkers across future bone health studies may allow for cross-study comparison or future meta-analyses.
Histomorphometry are measurements from bone biopsies to provide an in-depth understanding of bone. There are two types of bone histomorphometry, dynamic and static. Dynamic histomorphometry involves using substances such as tetracycline to measure tissue growth. Static histomorphometry involves determining the size and types of cells; measurements include length, area or cell counts. Although bone histomorphometry is considered an important tool, it is not always feasible because it requires surgically obtaining bone specimens from consenting participants.
In the following sections, prevention and treatment interventions for maintaining bone health after SCI are discussed. As bone loss is greatest immediately following SCI, in this review pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions are classified as either prevention (the participants are less than 1 year post SCI) or treatment (study involved participants who are > 1 year after the injury). The intent is to address two distinct clinical questions: 1.What is the best way to prevent acute regional declines in bone mineral density?; and 2. What are the best treatments for low bone mass of the hip and knee region for people with longstanding SCI?
When selecting a treatment to offer patients, clinicians seek the best available evidence to support their practice. Ideally, one would like to see three randomized control trials (Level 1 evidence) from separate centres demonstrating the efficacy of a therapy prior to routine implementation. Having highlighted this issue, the diversity of interventions, study design and outcome measures make interpretation of the SCI bone health literature challenging and subject to controversy.
The following sections attempt to identify the best available literature to address specific clinical questions.
Within weeks after SCI, there is a marked increase in bone resorption (breaking bone down) with a decrease in bone formation (adding new bone) and this is responsible for the significant loss in bone mass. Bisphosphonates are a group of medications that are used to prevent declines in bone mass or treat low BMD; they act to slow down excessive bone resorption. They are generally divided into two types, those with or without nitrogen; each type has a different mechanism of action. Etidronate, Clodronate and Tiludronate do not contain nitrogen while Pamidronate, Alendronate, Ibandronate, Risedronate and Zoledronate contain nitrogen. Etidronate (Didrocal), Alendronate (Fosamax) and Risedronate (Actonel) are oral bisphosphonates, which are currently approved for the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis in Canada (Brown et al. 2002). Clodronate (Benefos or Ostac) is available intravenously (IV) and orally for the treatment of osteoporosis. Tiludronate (Skelid) is available in oral form in the United States. Zoledronic acid (Zoledronate) is a newer once yearly bisphosphonate which is administered via IV infusion. Concurrent supplementation with calcium and vitamin D have been important additions to bisphosphonate therapy for other medical conditions (such as post-menopausal osteoporosis) (Brown et al. 2002) and should be considered when prescribing oral bisphosphonates although the concurrent administration of all three compounds has not been prospectively evaluated.
Table 4: Prevention Studies using Pharmacology for Bone Health after a Spinal Cord Injury.
Evidence for pharmacologicalprevention of SCI bone loss includes 7 randomized controlled trials (RCT) (n=138 participants) and 1 non-randomized trial (n=124) (Table 2). These studies were difficult to interpret as a group due to the variability in selection of the pharmacological treatment, primary outcome measure, relatively short durations of follow-up, small sample sizes, and the lack of stratification based on impairment level. Preventing bone loss immediately following SCI is challenging given the rapid bone resorption especially in AIS A patients. The majority of studies found bisphosphonates resulted in a reduction of bone loss compared with a control group. The two studies which report that first generation bisphosphonates (Clodronate) can maintain bone were short in duration (3 month intervention) and participants had less severe injury (paraplegia, incomplete SCI) (Minaire et al. 1981,1987). In the studies by Pearson and colleagues (1997) and Nance and colleagues (1999), both groups continued to lose bone, except AIS D participants who had bone density preservation in the lower extremity with bisphosphonates while participants with AIS A had the greatest decline in both studies. A recent study which used a second-generation version of the bisphosphonate, Pamidronate and a longer intervention period found no significant differences between groups for bone loss after 1 year (Baumann 2005). Gilchrist and colleagues noted a significant difference in BMD at the hip with once weekly Alendronate. In a recent investigation, Shapiro and colleagues (2007) tested the effect of once yearly IV Zoledronate with significant improvement in BMD at the hip at 6 months that returned to baseline values at 12 months; the control group on the placebo treatment lost bone over the 12 months. Although there is evidence that bisphosphonates may reduce bone resorption, current medications do not totally prevent BMD decline. Nonetheless, there is a window of opportunity soon after injury where SLOP prevention may be effective, and there is sufficient evidence of moderate prevention efficacy that patients should be counseled on the available therapies and allowed to make their own decision regarding treatment.
Table 5: Treatment Studies using Pharmacology for Bone Health after a Spinal Cord Injury.
Evidence for pharmacological treatment of SCI bone loss includes 3 RCTs (n=124 participants). In these studies, the treatment group experienced improvement or maintenance in bone health at various sites. For the two studies that tested Alendronate, the extent of improvement was greater in the study by Zehnder et al. 2004 who found an increase in BMD at the spine with maintenance of BMD at the hip and tibia. In contrast, Moran de Brioto et al. 2005 only found a non-significant increase in BMD in the upper extremity and a significant increase in total BMD. The difference in response of outcomes could be a result of the younger participants with less severe injuries in the work by Zehnder and coworkers. Bauman and colleagues noted positive results in leg BMD for participants who received vitamin D.
This review has provided conflicting support for using first and second generation oral bisphosphonates for prevention of low bone mass and some support for treatment of low bone mass. Despite the benefits of these medications, they are not without their complications. Oral bisphosphonates must be ingested on an empty stomach, with 4-8oz of water, followed by sitting up for one-hour post ingestion prior to taking any other food or medication. About 1% of the ingested oral bisphosphonate is absorbed in the upper intestine, yet it remains in the body in an inactive form for several months or years thereafter. Oral bisphosphonate therapy can cause side effects; joint pain, stomach upset and diarrhea being the most frequently reported adverse effects. Intravenous formulations of bisphosphonates are available in monthly, quarterly and annual preparations, and have a greater relative potency. Although their common short-term side effects include fever, low serum calcium and transient decrease in white blood cells, IV preparations are attractive due to the flexibility in dosing regimens, assured adherence to therapy and the reduced relative risk of an adverse upper gastrointestinal event.
Bisphosphonates should be used with caution in pre-menopausal women due to the unknown effects of these medications on the fetus during pregnancy. Patients taking acetylsalicylicacid (ASA), corticosteroids or NSAIDS may require gastrointestinal prophylaxis as these medications in combination with bisphosphonates increase the relative risk of developing a gastric ulcer or bleeding. Many questions regarding the safety of these medications among people with SCI and the optimal duration of therapy remain. Zolendronate, an IV bisphosphonate, has been reported to increase the incidence of serious atrial fibrillation resulting in hospitalization or disability among 1-3% of elderly non-SCI patients (HORIZON study, Black et al. 2007). Zolendronate should be used with caution in elderly patients or patients with premorbid atrial fibrillation or arrhythmia secondary to autonomic dysfunction after SCI. The risk of osteonecrosis of the jaw is highest among people with a prior history of cancer or radiotherapy. Both osteonecrosis of the jaw and arrhythmia should be discussed during consent for oral or IV bisphosphonate therapy.
It has been shown that oral bisphosphonates may be taken safely without adverse effects on bone metabolism for 10 years in postmenopausal women (Bone et al. 2004). Data from postmenopausal non-SCI women suggests BMD should be monitored at least alternate years in patients who stop taking oral bisphosphonates; those with a rapid decline in BMD of >10% in two years or >5% from baseline should be switched to alternate treatment or resume bisphosphonate therapy (Colon-Emeric 2006).
Rehabilitation options after SCI for bone health focus on stimulating muscles and encouraging weight-bearing. This section includes five modalities; functional electrical stimulation (FES), electrical stimulation (ES), standing and walking, treadmill training and ultrasound. FES is an important option to stimulate muscle with the goal of increasing regional BMD, and involves the use of surface or implanted electrodes to stimulate standing, ambulation or bicycling (cycle ergometry). The FES-cycle ergometer uses a series of electrodes placed over the hamstrings, quadriceps and gluteal muscles of the legs to simulate a cycling pattern. Weight-bearing activities are also used for bone health after SCI; these modalities include either passive (tilt-table or standing frame) or active weight-bearing activities with or without assistance from FES. Many FES studies have enrolled participants with both acute and chronic injuries and are therefore difficult to classify as pure prevention or treatment interventions. For the purpose of this review, studies that enrolled participants that ranged from the acute phase to > 1 year were included with the treatment literature as the majority of their participants were in the chronic phase.
Table 6: Prevention Studies Using Rehabilitation Modalities for Bone Health after SCI
Evidence for non-pharmacologicalprevention of SCI bone loss includes nine investigations (n=147 participants). This includes three RCTs (54 participants), four non-randomized controlled trials (84 participants) and two pre-post studies (9 participants) (Table 9.4). As with pharmacological studies, there were difficulties with interpretation because of low numbers of participants and variability with the primary outcome measures. For each of the five different modalities there is limited evidence available and there was variability in the selection of the primary outcomes. The therapeutic ultrasound study by Warden and coworkers found no significant improvement in bone health after a 6 week intervention. Although prospective observational data (Frey-Rindova et al. 2000) highlight the loss of bone in the early phase (first 6-months post SCI), there was no significant influence of self-reported physical activity level. Overall, the evidence suggests that rehabilitation modalities did not prevent bone mass decline in the acute phase after SCI.
In this section, non-pharmacological rehabilitation treatment modalities are divided into five sub-sections: Electrical stimulation, vibration, functional electrical stimulation (FES) cycle ergometry, standing and walking (Tables 7-10). Both ES and FES use cyclical patterns of electrical stimulation that simulate muscular activity.; However, FES is directed towards the attainment of purposeful tasks such as cycling or walking. Electrical stimulation, on the other hand, is focused on producing muscle contractions (isometric, isotonic). In some interventions, ES techniques are used as a training stimulus to prepare muscles for a subsequent FES training condition.
Table 7: Treatment Studies Using Electrical Stimulation for Bone Health after SCI
Although there were no randomized controlled trials that assessed the effect of electrical stimulation, Bélanger et al. (2000) produced impressive results with a level 2, non-randomized trial which used 1 limb as the treatment and the other as the control limb. Following training, the BMD recovered close to 30% of bone loss when compared with able-bodied values. Stimulation effects only occur over the areas of stimulation and return to baseline within months once stimulation is stopped (Mohr et al. 1997).
Table 8: Treatment Studies Using Vibration for Bone Health after SCI
Vibration training is a relatively new treatment option used for potential benefits of muscle and/or bone health. This investigation found no significant changes in upper extremity BMC or BMD after 12 weeks of vibration.
Table 9: Treatment Studies Using FES Cycle Ergometry for Bone Health after SCI
For FES-Cycling there are mixed results for bone outcomes. Three studies found an increase in BMD (Chen et al. 2005; Mohr et al. 1997; Frotzler et al. 2008) at the proximal tibia or distal femur while there was no significant within-participant BMD change at the hip in 3 pre-post studies (Leeds et al. 1990; Pacy et al. 1988; and BeDell et al. 1996) The FES-cycling studies which reported a positive effect on bone parameters used protocols that were at least 3 sessions/week for 6 months in duration, and increased bone parameters over areas directly affected by stimulated muscles (e.g. quads, distal femur and proximal tibia). Although one study showed that FES-cycling intervention needed to be maintained or bone gains were lost (Chen et al. 2005), Frotzler and colleagues found BMD and BMC were preserved at the distal sites for some participants at 12 months. FES shows promise as an effective treatment around the knee; however the limited availability of cycle ergometry for home or longitudinal use may limit its generalizibility if the therapy cannot be sustained outside a clinical trial scenario.
Table 10: Treatment Studies Using Standing or Walking for Bone Health after SCI
There is inconclusive evidence for Reciprocating Gait Orthosis, long leg braces or passive standing as a treatment for low bone mass after SCI. One cross-sectional study (Goemaere et al. 1994) used a self-report physical activity measure to highlight the potential for standing to reduce bone loss at the femoral shaft; patients with long leg braces had a significantly higher trochanter and total BMD compared with standing frame or standing wheelchair. In contrast, another cross-sectional investigation of bone outcomes and self-report physical activity measures found no effect of activity on lower extremity bone parameters (Jones et al. 2002).
The risk for low trauma fractures after SCI has been established and low bone mass is an important factor to be considered. In 2002, the Canadian Medical Association published clinical practice guidelines for prevention and treatment of bone health (Brown et al. 2002). Currently, these guidelines do not specifically address persons with spinal cord injury. While, they do provide a resourcefor osteoporosis diagnosis, prevention and treatment, the lack of SCI-specific, consensus-based guidelines for SLOP, has resulted in diverse SLOP screening, prevention, and treatment practices among SCI clinicians (Morse et al. 2008; Ashe et al. 2009). Hopefully future national guidelines will provide recommendations for people who have SCI and diverse impairments that lead to reduced weight-bearing, muscle activity and physical activity levels. Recently a decision guide has been published for rehabilitation professionals on the identification and management of bone health related issues for people with SCI (Craven et al. 2008, Craven et al. 2009).
In this review we note some support for pharmacological agents, but less support for rehabilitation modalities for the prevention and management of bone health in people with SCI. Our results have some similarities with the recent systematic review by Bryson and Gourlay (2009). Our results for the non-pharmacological treatment of bone health are consistent with the review by Bering-Sorensen and colleagues (2009) highlighting promise with some modalities. However, this review differs by reporting evidence for early (acute) and late (>12 months) intervention with rehabilitation modalities and therefore provides a description of the results based on whether the goal of therapy is prevention or treatment of SLOP. In the past 40 years there have been a number of interventions (both pharmacological and rehabilitation modalities) aimed to maintain or slow down bone mass decline after SCI yet consistent methodological oversights have emerged including: small sample sizes and broad inclusion criteria that do not always account for gender, time since injury or impairment differences between participants.
The pharmacological interventions (either prevention or treatment interventions) discussed here report stronger methodologies— all except one were RCTs with PEDro scores ranging from 6-10 indicating moderate to high quality. In contrast, the studies employing rehabilitation modalities had low numbers of participants and only 3 of the 25 studies were RCTs. These factors contribute to difficulties drawing generalisible conclusions regarding the impact of rehab interventions on bone parameters. Nonetheless, despite the lack of evidence to establish the effectiveness of these rehab modalities on bone parameters, it does not negate these treatments as beneficial to other body systems. For example, FES-cycling may have small effects on bone, but this modality has been shown to have large effects on cardiovascular health (Jacobs & Nash 2004).
There are a few key points to consider when interpreting the results from interventions designed to maintain and/or improve bone parameters after SCI. These include biological differences in bone development and maintenance between men and women, the natural decline in bone mass with aging and the selected primary outcome measure. Age-related changes in bone mass affect both women and men but the pattern of change is different because estrogen plays such a dominant role in bone remodeling. Consequently in women, the loss of estrogen at menopause initiates a rapid loss of bone that eventually slows but continues throughout life. Men generally do not experience the rapid phase of bone loss with aging rather, only a slower phase of bone loss is observed. Therefore, keeping in mind that bone mass declines over time, a study that reports no significant difference in BMD between two time periods 6 months apart may be interpreted as positive because of the anticipated loss.
Due to the diversity of primary outcomes (BMD bydual photon absorptiometry [DPA], DXA or pQCT, urine or blood markers) it is difficult to pool the results from multiple studies. When measuring parameters such as urine or blood biomarkers, studies of short duration may yield significant results. However, using imaging, cortical bone remodeling can take at least 9 months in order to observe changes within participants over time. Consequently, investigations that did not maintain an intervention for at least 6 months may not show changes, but, the results cannot be interpreted as negative. Importantly, all primary outcomes for bone health after SCI are surrogate measures, that is, there has yet to be a study published in this area that investigates the effect of an intervention (either pharmacological or non-pharmacological) on fracture reduction. Fracture reduction studies are somewhat infeasible due to cost and the large number of participants that would needed and followed longitudinally. Consequently, the clinical significance of the interventions based on fractures for this population remains to be determined. Prospective multicentre intervention studies using common interventions and outcome assessments are urgently needed.
Neurogenicbowel is a syndrome commonly observed in individuals with SCI and defined as colonic dysfunctions due to lack of central nervous control. Bowel dysfunction following spinal cord injury (SCI) is a major source of morbidity (Han et al. 1998; Stone et al. 1990a). Not surprisingly, bowel dysfunctions alone or bladder/bowel dysfunctions were rated among the highest priorities among individuals with SCI in numerous studies (Anderson 2004; Glickman and Kamm 1996;). Depending on the level of injury, a variety of GI problems could arise in these individuals and it has the potential to disrupt almost every aspect of their life. Correa and colleagues found that 27 – 41 % of patients with neurogenic bowel report chronic gastrointestinal GI problems that alter their lifestyle and may require treatment (Correa and Rotter 2000). Fear of bowel accidents is common among individuals with SCI and deters them from participating in social and other outside activities (Correa and Rotter 2000). Severe constipation often follows SCI and chronic constipation has a significant impact on quality of life (Longo et al. 1995). The prevalence of chronic GI symptoms increases with time after injury, suggesting that these problems are acquired and potentially preventable (Rajendran et al. 1992).
Decreased mobility (where constipation is more prevalent) and lack of sensation may partially contribute to GI dysfunction. However, disrupted autonomic control of the GI tract is probably the dominating cause for major bowel dysfunctions observed in this population, leading to delayed gastric emptying (Leduc et al. 2002; Gondim et al. 2001;Menter 1997; Rajendran et al. 1992; Fealey et al. 1984), poor colonic motility (Lynch & Frizelle 2006; Fajardo et al.2003) resulting in prolonged bowel transit time (Brading & Ramalingam 2006; Lynch et al. 2001), constipation (Faaborg et al.2008; Finnerup et al. 2008;Lynch et al. 2000;), and postprandial (after eating a meal) abdominal distension (Stone et al. 1990a). Furthermore, a significant number of bowel dysfunctions following SCI are associated with episodes of autonomic dysreflexia (Furusawa et al. 2007; Cosman and Vu 2005).
The level and severity of SCI are important factors to consider when deciding on bowel management strategies with the goal of re-establishing some level of evacuation control. Clinical experience indicates that a successful bowel program results in predictable, regular and thorough evacuation of the bowels without the occurrence of incontinence and additional complications (i.e. autonomic dysreflexia). An effective bowel program takes into consideration diet and nutritional factors, use of medications when necessary and is consistent with the neurologic condition and needs of the individual with SCI.It is important to emphasize that each person with SCI is unique and that individual bowel programs need to be client-specific. Clinical experience indicates that the procedures used and the need for medications will depend greatly on the level of neurologic injury, the extent of impairment and subsequent effect of the injury on bowel function. The effectiveness of a bowel program should be reevaluated and modified as needed.

Figure 1: Innervation of the gastrointestinal system. Schematic diagram of the autonomic and somatic innervations of the lower GI tract and pelvic floor. The brainstem, spinal cord and sympathetic chain are shown on the left, and the colon, rectum and pelvic floor on the right. Sympathetic innervation (dashed lines) originates from the thoracic and upper lumbar regions; parasympathetic innervation (solid lines) orginates from the vagus nerve (to the upper GI and colon up to the colonic flexture) and from the sacral region of the spinal cord (to areas below the splenic flexture). Dotted lines represent the mixed nerves supplying the somatic innervation to the musculature of the external anal sphincter and the pelvic floor.
(Reprinted from Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 78(3), Steins SA, Biener Bergman S, Goetz LL, Neurogenic bowel dysfunction after spinal cord injury: clinical evaluation and rehabilitative management, S86-S102, Copyright (1997), with permission from Elsevier.)
Bowel function is a major physical and psychological problem for persons with spinal cord injury. Following a spinal cord injury, changes in bowel motility, sphincter control and gross motor dexterity interact to make bowel management a major life-limiting problem. In 2000, Lynch et al. surveyed 1200 persons with SCI and 1200 age and gender-matched controls to describe bowel function. For persons with SCI, their mean Fecal Incontinence Score (FIS) was significantly higher than controls. It was also noted that for persons with complete SCI, their mean FIS was significantly higher than those persons with incomplete SCI. Quality of life was affected by incontinence in 62% of SCI respondents compared with 8% of controls. Fecal urgency and time spent on bowel management were also significantly higher for persons with SCI. A significantly higher percentage (39%) of SCI respondents use laxatives compared to 4% of controls. The decreased ability to discriminate between gas and liquid for complete SCI patients also makes the chance for fecal incontinence more likely.
Depending on the level of injury, there are two distinct patterns in the clinical presentation of bowel dysfunction: injury above the conus medullaris results in upper motor neuron (UMN) bowel syndrome and injury at the conus medullaris and cauda equine results in lower motor neuron (LMN) bowel syndrome (Singal et al. 2006; Steins et al. 1997).
The UMN bowel syndrome, or hyperreflexic bowel, is characterized by increased colonic wall and anal tones. Voluntary (cortical) control of the external anal sphincter is disrupted and the sphincter remains tight, thereby promoting retention of stool. The nerve connections between the spinal cord and the colon, however, remain intact; therefore, there is preserved reflex coordination and stool propulsion. The UMN bowel syndrome is typically associated with constipation and fecal retention at least in part due to external anal sphincter activity (Steins et al. 1997). Stool evacuation in these individuals occurs by means of reflex activity caused by a stimulus introduced into the rectum, such as an irritant suppository or digital stimulation.
LMN bowel syndrome, or areflexic bowel, is characterized by the loss of centrally-mediated (spinal cord) peristalsis and slow stool propulsion. A segmental colonic peristalsis occurs only due to the activity of the intrinsic myenteric plexus, resulting in the production of drier and round- shaped stool. LMN bowel syndrome is commonly associated with constipation and a significant risk of incontinence due to the atonic external anal sphincter and lack of control over the levator ani muscle that causes the lumen of the rectum to open.
Completeness of injury also has a significant impact on bowel function in individuals with SCI. Those with an incomplete injury may retain the sensation of rectal fullness and ability to evacuate bowels so no specific bowel program may be required.
Table 1: Clinical Presentations in Bowel Functions Following SCI (Singal et al. 2006)
Difficulties with bowel emptying are of concern to most persons with SCI. For the tetraplegic patient, loss of control over visceral function may be seen as more important than the ability to walk (Frost et al. 1993). Urinary problems in patients with SCI have been extensively studied, and with the advent of intermittent self-catheterization, electrical stimulation of the bladder and advances in diagnostic techniques, considerable improvements have been made in managing lower urinary tract and renal function. In contrast, the management of bowel disorders, and in particular, the intractable constipation that is so common in these patients, has remained essentially unchanged over the past two decades (MacDonagh et al. 1990).
Various researchers have shown that electrical stimulation of the somatic nervous system can bring about an alteration in visceral function in humans. Riedy et al. (2000) showed that short periods of electrical stimulation with perianal electrodes resulted in an increase in anal pressures. Bowel reflex centres within the sacral spinal cord may be released from descending inhibition after SCI and may be altered with somatic input (Frost et al. 1993). Electrical sacral root stimulation induces defecation in SCI patients and is currently under examination as a new therapy for fecal incontinence. In contrast to electrical stimulation, magnetic stimulation may produce similar results and is noninvasive (Morren et al. 2001). Morren et al. (2001) studied the effects of magnetic sacral root stimulation on anorectal pressure and volume in both fecal incontinence and SCI patients. Sun et al. (1995) investigated the role of spinal reflexes in anorectal function. Their subjects underwent anorectal manometry and electromyography, before and after having a sacral posterior rhizotomy performed by the same neurosurgeon. They found that all subjects lost conscious control of the external anal sphincter as well as responses to intra-abdominal pressure and rectal distention. While the use of sacral root stimulation, either electrical or magnetic, seems to be producing positive results, further research is required.
Few SCI patients feel normal desire to defecate and most use a variety of methods to initiate defecation, including laxatives, enemas, suppositories or digital stimulation of the rectum and anal canal. SCI results in severely prolonged colonic transit times both in the acute and chronic phase. However, the type of colorectal dysfunction depends on the level of SCI (Krogh et al. 2000; Stiens et al. 1997). Colorectal problems often restrict their participation in social activities and influence their quality of life. Krogh et al. (2000) and Nino-Murcia et al. (1990) measured colonic transit time in individuals using ingested radiopaque markers and abdominal radiographs taken at 24 hour intervals. They found that the mean transit time through the entire colon in SCI patients was significantly longer than normal adults. Future studies on colonic transit times and anorectal dynamics could aid in the approach used to manage bowel dysfunction in SCI patients. Difficulty with evacuation has been attributed to prolongation of the colonic transit time in individuals with SCI.
The Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine developed guidelines for neurogenic bowel management (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1998). A comprehensive evaluation of bowel function, impairment, and possible problems is recommended at the onset of SCI and at least once annually. The evaluation may include a patient history, physical exam, an assessment of the ability of the individual or his caregiver to perform procedures safely and effectively, as well as of the bowel program design, assistive techniques/devices used, and the patient’s diet. More recently, the Multidisciplinary Association of the Spinal Cord Injury Professionals (MASCIP 2009) in affiliation with the Spinal Cord Injury Centres of the United Kingdom and Ireland released guidelines for the management of neurogenic bowel. These guidelines provide standards for care for both those being admitted for rehabilitation and those living in the community.
Management of neurogenic bowel complications is reliant on the clinician to recognize common complications and their clinical presentation (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine, 1998, MASCIP 2009). Common complications include constipation, fecal impaction and hemorrhoids. Recommended management protocols for constipation include the establishment of a balanced diet with adequate fluid and fibre intake, increased daily activity, and if possible, reduction or elimination of medication contributing to constipation. If these recommendations fail, prokinetic medication may be used to promote transit through the gastrointestinal tract. The step-wise management recommended for fecal impaction is first manual evacuation, then if not successful, oral stimulants, and finally oil retention enemas. To minimize the development of hemorrhoids, oral agents (to maintain soft-formed stool), minimize straining during bowel efforts, and minimal physical trauma during anal stimulation are recommended. Once hemorrhoids have developed, topical anti-inflammatory creams or suppositories are suggested as early treatment. Overall, the Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine recommends further research in all bowel management areas (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine, 1998).
There are several factors that may influence bowel function including diet, fluid consumption, and routine bowel evacuations. Multifaceted programs target more than one factor in an attempt to reduce colonic transit time as well as decrease the incidences of difficult evacuations.
Table 2: Multifaceted Bowel Management Programs
Improving the movement of stool through the GI tract is the most important part of any bowel management protocol following SCI. An array of interventions, as components of a bowel routine, is recommended for the management of neurogenic bowel following SCI. These include dietary recommendations, anorectal/perianal stimulation, timing the performance of the bowel routine with food intake (thus taking advantage of gastro-colonic and recto-colonic reflexes), and a variety of pharmacological agents. Unfortunately, only a limited number of studies evaluated the effects of different protocols on bowel function following SCI. From the results of three pre-post studies, it is apparent that response to the protocols is highly individualized. However, Badiali et al.’s (1997) multifaceted bowel management program effectively reduced gastrointestinal transit time while Correa and Rotter’s (2000) program reduced the incidence of difficult intestinal evacuation. Coggrave et al. (2006) modified the bowel management program originally proposed by Badiali et al. (1997) by including an additional step of manual evacuation and found a significant decrease in the number of bowel movement episodes requiring laxatives (from 62.8% to 23.1%). These authors also reported a significant decrease in the mean duration of bowel management episodes with the introduction of this protocol (Coggrave et al. 2006). As these three studies incorporated several factors into the bowel management programs including diet, fluid consumption, and routine bowel practice, it is not possible to determine the key factor. In using the same management program in their 2006 pre-post study (Coggrave et al. 2006), Coggrave et al. (2009a) more recently conducted a 6-week randomized controlled trial in which the management program was compared to the control group’s usual bowel careconsisting of each subject’s usual type, number and order of interventions to achieve evacuation. The authors wanted to examine whether systematic use of less invasive interventions (ie the first few steps in the management program:simulation of gastro-colic reflex 20 min before starting bowel care; abdominal massage; perianal digitation; anorectal digitation; and glycerin suppositories), could reduce the need for oral laxatives or more invasive interventions such as rectal stimulants and manual evacuations.Findings revealed that bowel care took longer in the intervention group, fecal incontinence was more frequent (p=0.04), and the need for oral laxatives and invasive interventions was not reduced (p=0.4). The findings in this RCT (Coggrave et al. 2009a) are in contrast with other published findings in which the use of a multifaceted program reduced the level of intervention needed for evacuation and duration of bowel management. (Coggrave et al. 2006, Badiali et al. 1997). The samples in the earlier studies, however, were younger and injured for a shorter period of time, which both are associated with less frequent use of medicated rectal stimulants, manual evacuation, and oral laxatives (Coggrave et al. 2009b).
It is well-known that fibre is an important part of any diet. There are different types of fibre, each benefiting the body in a different way. Soluble fibres mix with water in the intestine to form a gel-like substance, which acts as a trap to collect certain body wastes and then move them out of the body. Insoluble fibres absorb and hold water, producing uniform stool and helping to push content of the gut through the digestive system quickly. Insoluble fibres promote regularity and treat constipation.
The Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine (1998) recommends an initial diet with no less than 15 grams of fibre daily, and the MASCIP (2009) group identify an average intake of 18 grams, however, acknowledge that adjustments should be made if problems arise with stool consistency. The most common source of dietary fibre is bran. It is not recommended to place individuals with SCI on high fibre diets (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine, 1998
Table 3: Dietary fibre for managing neurogenic bowel after a spinal cord injury
Results of this study suggest that increasing dietary fibre in SCI patients does not have the same effect on bowel function as has been previously demonstrated in individuals with normal-functioning bowels. The effect may actually be the opposite of the desired result (Cameron et al. 1996). Therefore, adding more fibre alone does not improve bowel function, however, more evidence is required to assess the effectiveness of adding fibre to diets.
Utilization of the preserved GI reflexes could be useful in bowel management following SCI. For example, the gastro-colonic and ano-rectal reflexes could be successfully incorporated into a bowel routine for individuals with SCI. It is well-known that following breakfast, a gastric distention could activate bowel motility and morning defecation (Sloots et al. 2003; Ford et al. 1995). Furthermore, digital ano-rectal stimulation has been shown to be useful in bowel evacuation following spinal cord injury (Shafik et al. 2000).
Table 4: Reflex Stimulation of the GI Tract
Digital rectal stimulation increases peristaltic waves in the left colon, thus increasing motility in this segment (Korsten et al. 2007).
A significant number of electrical or magnetic stimulation methods have been proposed and tested for their ability to improve bowel function in SCI individuals. These techniques are varied, from less expensive and non-invasive ones such as abdominal belt stimulation (Korsten et al. 2004) and superficial peripheral nerve stimulation (Mentes et al 2007), to more complex and invasive techniques including the Praxis FES system (implantation of epineural electrodes for skeletal muscle activation) (Davis et al. 2001) and the implantation of epidural or anterior sacral root electrodes (Kochourbos et al. 2000; Chia et al. 1996; Binnie et al. 1991; MacDonagh et al. 1990) More recently, magnetic stimulation techniques have also been also used. This method, based on Faraday's Law, uses devices to generate a magnetic field in order to induce an electric field, which then generates sufficient current to stimulate the peripheral nerves (Lin et al. 2002).
Table 5a: Functional Electrical or Magnetic Stimulation for of Skeletal Muscles
Table 5b: Implanted Electrical Stimulation Systems
A variety of methods using electrical or magnetic stimulation devices have been tested to determine whether or not it improves colonic transit time in individuals with SCI. The use of functional magnetic stimulation decreased the mean colonic transit time (Tsai et al. 2009; Lin et al. 2002; Lin et al. 2001), as did stimulation of the abdominal muscles (Hascakova-Bartova et al. 2009; Korsten et al. 2004,). While preliminary results for posterior tibial nerve stimulation appear promising, it is important to note that the statistical significance of the improvements in clinical and physiological parameters were not reported and the study involved only two subjects (Mentes et al. 2007).
In terms of implanted electrical stimulation systems, Binnie et al. (1991) found that an implanted Brindley stimulator did not reduce oro-caecal time for individuals with SCI, however, subjects in the stimulator group did experience a significant increase in defecation compared to the SCI group (Binnie et al. 1991).
Subsequent studies using sacral nerve root stimulation yielded improvements in bowel function, including better spontaneous evacuation (Chia et al. 1996), reduced bowel program times (Kachourbos and Creasey 2000, Valles et al. 2009, Lombardi et al. 2009), elimination of autonomic dysreflexia related to bowel management (Kachourbos and Creasey 2000), and increased quality of life (Lombardi et al. 2009, Holzer et al. 2007, Kachourbos and Creasey 2000) and elimination of manual help for defecation (Macdonagh et al. 1990). Both Holzer et al. (2007) and Jarrett et al. (2005) found reduced number of incontinence episodes through the use of sacral nerve stimulation, but conflicting evidence on the effects of resting and squeeze canal pressures (Holzer et al. 2007, Jarrett et al. 2005). Gstaltner et al. (2008) found an improved fecal continence, quality of life, and deliberate retention of feces in their study among individuals with cauda equine syndrome. Finally, the Praxis FES system increased the frequency of defecation and decreased the time required for bowel evacuation in one subject (Johnston et al. 2005).
Persons with SCI require assistance with emptying their bowels regularly. Forms of assistance include the use of medications, suppositories, digital stimulation and/or mini-enemas. Clinical experience shows that despite their best efforts, some persons with SCI are unable to achieve an effective, regular bowel routine and thus, other methods may be explored. Pulse water irrigation is one such technique and consists of supplying intermittent, rapid pulses of warm water into the rectum to break up stool impactions and to stimulate peristalsis (Puet et al. 1997). Christensen et al. (2006) assessed the use of the newly developed Peristeen Anal Irrigation system (Coloplast A/S, Kokkedal, Denmark) for transanal irrigation. The system consists of a rectal balloon catheter, a manual pump, and a water container. The catheter is inserted into the rectum and the balloon inflated to hold the catheter in place while a tap water enema is administered with the manual pump (Christensen et al. 2006).
Table 6: Irrigation Techniques for Neurogenic Bowel After Spinal Cord Injury
Pulsed irrigation evacuation is a safe and effective method for individuals with SCI who develop impactions or do not have an effective bowel routine (Puet et al. 1997). Compared to conservative bowel management practices outlined by the Paralyzed Veterans of America, transanal irrigation, through the use of the Peristeen Anal Irrigation System, reduces time spent on bowel management, dependency on others for help, and the frequency of defecation-related symptoms (i.e. abdominal pain, anorectal pain, chills, nausea, dizziness, pounding headache, sweating, facial flushing, general discomfort) (Christensen et al. 2006). In addition, transanal irrigation appears to alleviate fecal incontinence and constipation more so than conservative bowel management (Christensen et al. 2006). Christensen et al. (2008) and Del Popolo et al. (2008) found similar results. Del Popolo et al. (2008) also found that 9 out of their 32 subjects either reduced or eliminated their use of pharmaceuticals. Finally, Christensen et al. (2000), found that the Enema Continence Catheter can be used to treat the neurogenic bowel with improved fecal incontinence and quality of life.
Chronic constipation is a common problem after SCI, affecting up to 80% of such patients (Krogh et al. 2002). Prokinetic agents are presumed to promote transit through the GI tract, thereby decreasing the length of time needed for stool to pass through the intestines and increasing the amount of stool available for evacuation. Cisapride (the most commonly used), prucalopride, metoclopramide, neostigmine (administered both with and without glycopyrrolate), and fampridine are five examples presented in the following research. The presence of constipation in patients with SCI with slow transit times has been well-documented (Geders et al. 1995).Often, medication is considered the last resort, with its use reserved for persons with severe constipation and where modification of the bowel program has failed.
Table 7: Treatment studies using pharmacology for neurogenic bowel after SCI
The efficacy of cisapride (a “prokinetic" agent with serotoninergic receptor agonist action) for treatment of the neurogenic bowel remains inconclusive. Longo et al. (1995) found subjective improvements in colonic and anorectal function, alleviation of symptoms, an increase in stool frequency, a decrease in the use of laxatives, and an increase in the ease of defecation. These findings are contradicted by an earlier study by De Both et al. (1992) in which the authors found no difference in the number of defecations per week between subjects in the cisapride and placebo groups, similar improvements in both groups in terms of ease of evacuation, and the use of digital stimulation or suppositories unaffected by both treatments. However, cisapride use does seem to improve transit times in persons with SCI. A significant reduction in colonic transit time, from 7.7 days to 5.1 days, was reported by Binnie et al. (1988) and a significant reduction in oro-caecal transit time was reported by De Both et al. (1992). Geders et al. (1995) and Rajendran et al. (1992) found that cisapride improves transit times in subjects with tetraplegia with initial abnormal transit times. In conjunction with newer and more sophisticated techniques of colonic transit times measurement, further investigations of cisapride in those with SCI and symptomatic bowel dysfunction is warranted (Geders et al. 1995).
Segal et al. (1987) investigated the use of metoclopramide (a potent dopamine receptor antagonistwith prokineticproperties) for enhancing gastric emptying in persons with SCI. They found that impaired gastric emptying is correlated with decreased drug absorption. Since constipation in patients with both acute and chronic SCI is considered primarily a consequence of prolonged colonic transit time, stimulating intestinal motility would appear to be a reasonable therapeutic approach. Improvement in constipation and increased frequency of bowel movement were also seen with the use of prucalopride - a novel, highly selective serotonin receptor agonist with enterokinetic properties that facilitate cholinergic and excitatory non-adrenergic, non-cholinergic neurotransmission (Krogh et al. 2002). Korsten et al. (2005) found that neostigmine (a reversible cholinesterase inhibitor) or the combination of neostigmine and glycopyrrolate administered intravenously improved stool expulsion over normal saline. Rosman et al. (2008) reported similar findings for the use of neostigmine and glycopyrrolate in combination over placebo. Finally, a study by Cardenas et al. (2007) reported an increase in the number of days with bowel movements in approximately one-fifth of the subjects given sustained-release fampridine (selective potassium channel blocker).
More than 20% of persons with SCI report difficulty with evacuation of their bowels (House et al. 1997). The use of chemical rectal agents (suppositories) is a common and often necessary component of a successful bowel management program. Bisacodyl (dulcolax) and glycerin are the most common active ingredients in these suppositories. The glycerin suppository is a mild local stimulus and lubricating agent. Bisacodyl (dulcolax) is an irritant that acts directly on the colonic mucosa producing peristalsis throughout the colon. The most commonly used laxative suppositories contain 10 mg of bisacodyl powder distributed within a hydrogenated vegetable-oil base (HVB) (House et al. 1997).
Table 8: Treatment studies using suppositories for neurogenic bowel after SCI
The effectiveness of the hydrogenated vegetable oil-based bisacodyl suppositories compared to the polyethylene glycol-based suppositories has been thoroughly examined. The total bowel care time with the polyethylene glycol-based suppository is significantly less (Stiens et al. 1998; Frisbie 1997; Dunn & Galka 1994). House and Stiens (1997) compared the effectiveness of hydrogenated vegetable-based, polyethylene glycol-based and docusate glycerin (mini-enema) in subjects with upper motor neuron (UMN) lesions. Results showed a significant decrease in bowel care time using the polyethylene glycol-based suppository and the mini-enema as compared with the hydrogenated vegetable oil-based suppositories. Chemical rectal agents (suppositories) are used commonly by persons with SCI to maintain or enhance a successful bowel management program.
Bowel dysfunction is perceived as one of the most disabling aspects of SCI, causing great anxiety and being a source of emotional upset. Of all the medical problems experienced by persons with SCI, many rate the loss or change in bowel habit as one of the most significant factors affecting their quality of life. A colostomy is the surgical formation of an artificial anus by connecting the colon to an opening in the abdominal wall. SCI patients who receive elective colostomy usually have exhausted all other medical treatments available to them for bowel management. Colostomy is an option when the extent of bowel dysfunction becomes severe and other non-surgical methods have failed to produce the desired result. Colostomy is also frequently advocated as an adjunct to the treatment of perineal pressure ulcers in SCI patients. However, colostomy following SCI is not routinely used and is seen by many as the failure of rehabilitation services. There is no general consensus as to when colostomy should be performed in patients with SCI because there has been no way to capture the GI problems that often necessitate colostomy.
Table 9: Colostomy after a spinal cord injury
Colostomy is a safe, effective and well-accepted method of managing severe and chronic GI problems in persons with SCI. As research shows, colostomy reliably reduces the number of hours spent on bowel care (Munck et al. 2008; Branagan et al. 2003; Rosito et al. 2002; Kelly et al. 1999; Stone et al. 1990; Frisbie et al. 1986), reduces the number of hospitalizations caused by GI problems (Rosito et al. 2002) and bowel care-related complaints (Frisbie et al. 1986), simplifies bowel care routine (Frisbie et al. 1986), and improves quality of life (Munck et al. 2008; Safadi et al. 2003; Rosito et al. 2002;Kelly et al. 1999). Colostomy increases independence, facilitates travel, elevates feelings of self-efficacy, and does not negatively affect body image (Branagan et al. 2003; Rosito et al. 2002). Colostomy was well-received by patients and either met or exceeded their expectations (Rosito et al. 2002). Most wished to have the colostomy done earlier (Branagan et al. 2003). The evolution of health care will require physicians to evaluate more critically the impact of surgical interventions, including colostomy, on the patient’s well-being.
The Malone Antegrade Continence Enema (MACE) is an approach using a surgically-created entry into the large intestine to irrigate the intestine. The procedure consists of re-implanting the appendix into the cecum and bringing the other end to the abdominal wall, thus forming an appendicostomy (Malone et al. 1990). Consequently, a catheter can be introduced to the patient through the stoma and an enema administered (Christensen et al. 2000). Due to the wash-out effect and perhaps the stimulated colonic peristaltic, the colon and rectum will empty, thus preventing fecal incontinence and constipation (Christensen et al. 2000).
Table 10: The MACE and Enema Continence Catheter
In persons with SCI for whom conservative bowel management measures prove ineffective, the MACE eliminates fecal incontinence (Worsoe et al. 2008; Teichman et al. 2003; Christensen et al. 2000; Teichman et al. 1998), reduces time spent on bowel care (Worsoe et al. 2008; Teichman et al. 2003; Teichman et al. 1998), improves quality of life (Teichman et al. 2003; Christensen et al. 2000), resolves autonomic dysreflexia secondary to the neurogenic bowel (Teichman et al. 1998), and successfully treats constipation (Christensen et al. 2000; Teichman et al. 2000).
Christensen et al. (2000) compared the efficacy of MACE with the Enema Continence Catheter (ECE). The ECE, a specially designed catheter with an inflatable balloon, was originally developed by Shandling & Gilmour (1987) for bowel management in individuals with spina bifida. The catheter is inserted into the rectum and the balloon inflated to hold the catheter in place. When the enema is administered in the bowel, the balloon is deflated, the catheter removed and the bowel contents emptied (Christensen et al. 2000). Christensen et al. (2000) reported successful treatment of fecal incontinence, slow transit or constipation, and obstructed defecation in persons with SCI. The authors recommend that if the ECC fails, the MACE is a suitable alternative to more extensive procedures.
In addition to standard bowel protocols and pharmacological modalities, numerous devices were evaluated as means to improve bowel evacuation in individuals with SCI. These include a standing table and a modified toilet seat.
Hoenig et al. (2001) reported the case of an individual with SCI who, through the use of a standing table, doubled the frequency of his bowel movements and reduced time spent on bowel care. Uchikawa et al. (2007) developed a new procedure to induce bowel movements using a toilet set equipped with an electronic bidet that provides water flow to the anorectal area. A CCD camera and light are included to facilitate location of the anorectal area. The authors report that a reduction in the time needed for bowel management, with an increase of 40% (n=8) of subjects who can complete defecation in less than 30 minutes.
Patients received at least 15 minutes of abdominal massage which began at the cecum and extended along to the length of the colon to the rectum (Ayas et al. 2006). Differences were found in the frequency of defecation and mean CTT between phase I, when subjects partook in a standard bowel program in which they received a standard diet containing 15-20 g of fiber/day and underwent daily digital stimulation, and phase II, when the subjects continued to receive this standard care and abdominal massages. However, these differences were statistically insignificant (Ayas et al. 2006).
Gastrointestinal (GI) complications are frequent following a SCI and their daily challenges can severely affect the quality of life of an individual. In addition, GI complications can lead to visits to physicians, re-hospitalizations, and even death. The evidence suggests that a multi-faceted approach to bowel management is effective and includes consideration of diet, medications, fluid intake, and evacuation schedules. When severe constipation persists and a bowel program cannot be attained, surgical options such as a colostomy or implanted stimulator may be considered.
Persons with spinal cord injury (SCI) currently have an increased life expectancy owing to improvements in medical treatment (Rick Hansen Spinal Cord Injury Registry 2004). The majority of SCIs (80%) occur in individuals who are under 30 years of age (Rick Hansen Spinal Cord Injury Registry 2004, ICORD 2003,). Therefore, persons with SCI are susceptible to the same chronic conditions across the lifespan as able-bodied persons. In fact, cardiovascular disease (CVD) is the leading cause of mortality in both able-bodied individuals and persons with SCI (Whiteneck et al 1992). However, there appears to be an earlier onset of CVD and/or an increased prevalence of CVD in persons with SCI (Bauman et al 1999b, DeVivo et al 1993, Whiteneck et al 1992, Yekutiel et al 1989). The separation of the autonomic nervous system from the superior brain centres after injury results in a series of changes that markedly affect the cardiovascular health of persons with SCI (Bravo et al 2004). Adrenergic dysfunction, poor diet, and physical inactivity are thought to play key roles in the elevated risk for CVD in SCI (Warburton et al 2007b).
As reviewed by Myers et al. (2007) there is consistent information indicating that there is a higher prevalence of CVD in persons with SCI in comparison to ambulatory populations (Groah et al 2001). For instance, the prevalence rates of symptomatic CVD in SCI have approximated 30%–50% in comparison to 5%–10% in the general able-bodied population (Myers et al 2007). Moreover, Bauman and colleagues revealed that the prevalence of asymptomatic CVD was 60%–70% in persons with SCI ( Bauman et al 1994, Bauman et al 1993). It also appears that persons with SCI have increased CVD-related mortality rates and those with tetraplegia experience mortality at earlier ages in comparison to able-bodied individuals (Myers et al 2007, DeVivo et al 1999, Whiteneck et al 1992). These are alarming statistics, which place a significant burden upon the patient, his/her family, and society as a whole.
Physical inactivity is a major independent risk factor for CVD and premature mortality (Warburton et al 2006b). Unfortunately, physical inactivity and marked deconditioning are highly prevalent among persons with SCI (Jacobs and Nash 2004). Also, it appears that the ordinary activities of daily living are not adequate to maintain cardiovascular fitness in persons with SCI (Hoffman 1986). It is likely that low levels of physical activity and fitness (as a result of wheelchair dependency) explain (in part) the increased risk for CVD (Myers et al 2007). Marked inactivity associated with SCI has been associated with lower high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol ( Manns et al 2005, Schmid et al 2000); elevated low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol (Schmid et al 2000); triglycerides ( Manns et al 2005, Schmid et al 2000); total cholesterol levels (Schmid et al 2000); abnormal glucose homeostasis (Manns et al 2005, Elder et al 2004); increased adiposity ( Manns et al 2005, Elder et al 2004); and excessive reductions in aerobic fitness ( Manns et al 2005, Schmid et al 2000). It is important to note that SCI presents an additional risk for CVD above that seen in able-bodied individuals owing to the marked decrease in physical activity and injury-related changes in metabolic function (Bravo et al 2004). Moreover, a reduction in cardiovascular fitness may also lead to a vicious cycle of further decline, which results in a reduction in functional capacity and the ability to live an independent lifestyle. Based on the available literature, it is clear that effective exercise interventions are required to slow the progression of multiple risk factors for CVD and other chronic diseases (e.g. obesity, type 2 diabetes) in persons with SCI.
The current chapter summarizes and updates the literature regarding the risk for CVD in persons with SCI. This chapter also evaluates critically the level of evidence regarding the effectiveness of varied forms of exercise rehabilitation in increasing cardiovascular fitness and attenuating the risk for CVD in persons with SCI. Table 1 contains a definition of the commonly used terms and/or abbreviations in this chapter.
Table 1: Description of Commonly Used Terms
The majority of CVD events are the result of atherosclerosis (i.e., narrowing and hardening of the arteries) (Grey et al 2003). Persons with SCI appear to be particularly susceptible to the development of atherosclerotic disease (Bravo et al 2004). Researchers have revealed that persons with SCI exhibit a series of risk factors for atherosclerotic disease and thus CVD (as shown in Table 2).
A healthy endothelium (interior lining of blood vessels) is essential for the protection against atherosclerosis (Anderson 2003). Relatively limited data exists regarding the vascular health of individuals with SCI (Zbogar et al 2008, de Groot et al 2005,). However, the majority (if not all) of the risk factors for CVD in persons with SCI will have a significant negative impact upon endothelial function. As such, it would appear that vascular dysfunction is also a central step in the development of CVD in persons with SCI.
Table 2: Risk Factors for Cardiovascular Disease in Persons with SCI
Exercise rehabilitation has been shown to be an effective means of attenuating or reversing chronic disease in persons with SCI. Similar to the general able-bodied population (Warburton et al 2006a), habitual physical activity (beyond activities of daily living) can lead to numerous health benefits that significantly reduce the risk for multiple chronic conditions (in particular CVD) and premature mortality in persons with SCI. However, supporting evidence is relatively low in comparison to the general population and other clinical conditions (e.g., chronic heart failure (Warburton et al 2006b)).
The cardiovascular research conducted within the field of SCI has examined predominantly the effects of aerobic exercise and/or functional electrical stimulation (FES) training. In the following sections we will review the literature regarding to the effects of varied exercise interventions on the risk for CVD in persons with SCI. Particular attention will be given to the changes in cardiovascular fitness, glucose metabolism, and lipid lipoprotein profiles that occur after training interventions in persons with SCI.
Our search revealed 58 studies examining cardiovascular fitness before and after an exercise intervention. It is important to highlight, that our original search included many studies that examined the acute effects of an exercise intervention. However, for inclusion in this systematic review the article must have included the examination of the changes in cardiovascular fitness that occurred as a result of the training intervention (and not simply the temporal changes in cardiovascular parameters with the exercise modality). Within this context, our current search included investigations related to treadmill training (6 studies; n = 56), arm exercise (26 studies; n = 444), and FES (26 studies; n = 307) training.
Body-weight–supported treadmill training (BWSTT) is an exercise protocol that has been used to potentially affect a number of domains, including motor recovery, bone density, cardiovascular fitness, respiratory function, as well as quality of life. Traditional BWSTT involves the upright walking on a motor-driven treadmill while a harness (suspended from an overhead pulley system) supports the participant’s body weight. Therapists conducting the session determine the magnitude of off-loading of an individual’s body weight (Phillips et al 2004). The treadmill velocity, the amount of body weight supported, and time spent on the treadmill can be individualized (Phillips et al 2004). Significant resources are often required as the majority of individuals will require one or two assistants to manually help ambulate the lower limbs.
Table 3: Effects of Body-weight Sported Treadmill Training on Cardiovascular Fitness and Health
Three pre-post studies have been conducted (Soyupek et al. 2009, Ditor et al 2005a, Ditor et al 2005b, to determine changes in cardiovascular health. In the most recent studies, Jack et al (2009) examined two participants (with thoracic injuries) after BWSTT and revealed significant improvements in peak heart rate (HR) and oxygen consumption (VO2), and a decrease in the dynamic oxygen cost. Soyupek et al. (2009), evaluated 8 subjects and found significantly lower heart rate post-training and improved forced vital capacity and inspiratory capacity.
The two earlier studies were conducted by the same Canadian research group (Ditor et al 2005a, Ditor et al 2005b). They reported that BWSTT did not have substantial group effects on HR and blood pressure in motor-complete subjects but did reveal a significant reduction in resting HR in the study with incomplete tetraplegics. There was also evidence that improvements in HR and blood pressure variability may occur after BWSTT in incomplete SCI and a subset of participants with complete SCI. The authors attributed the change in blood pressure variability to reductions in sympathetic tone to the vasculature. These findings have significant physiological relevance since it indicates that both parasympathetic outflow to the heart (as evaluated by heart rate variability) and sympathetic flow to the vasculature (as evaluated by blood pressure variability) can adapt in response to exercise training. This research group also revealed the potential for improvements in vascular health (e.g., arterial compliance) after BWSTT in individuals with motor-complete SCI. There was no indication of the effects of BWSTT on peak oxygen consumption (VO2peak).
The mechanisms responsible for the improvement in markers of cardiovascular health and regulation in individuals with incomplete SCI remain to be determined. Jack et al. 2009 postulated that an improvement in walking ability likely explained the increase in VO2peak with training (in individuals with incomplete SCI). They also highlighted how marked atrophy, fast fatiguing lower limbs and limited neural control may limit the capacity of patients with SCI to make use of their cardiopulmonary reserve.
Ditor et al. (2005a,b) attributed the training-induced changes in autonomic function to the cardiovascular challenge provided by the upright nature of BSWTT (which potentially could be a sufficient stimulus in individuals with postural hypotension) and the spasticity created during the treadmill training. However, it should also be noted that both weight bearing and the passive movement of the limbs may contribute to the observed changes in these studies.
A recent Canadian study employing a randomized cross-over design (Millar et al 2009)revealed that short-term (4 weeks) BWSTT (but not head-up tilt training) led to a significant increase in HR complexity and reduced fractal scaling distance score in persons with SCI. These changes are thought to reflect an improvement in cardiac autonomic balance after short-term BWSTT.
Two investigations (a pre-post study (level 4) and a prospective controlled study (level 2)) from the same research group used partial BWSTT (30%–50%) via neuromuscular electrical stimulation assisted by physiotherapists ( de Carvalho et al 2006, Carvalho and Cliquet 2005). The first investigation revealed that three months of this form of gait training can result in a significant increase in systolic blood pressure at rest and during gait exercise in tetraplegic males (Carvalho and Cliquet 2005). In the latter study (de Carvalho et al 2006)the authors revealed that long-term neuromuscular electrical stimulation gait training (six months) resulted in significant increases in VO2 (36%), minute ventilation (30.5%), and systolic blood pressure (4.8%) during the gait phase. The authors concluded that treadmill gait training combined with neuromuscular electrical stimulation leads to increased metabolic and cardiorespiratory responses in persons with complete tetraplegia.
In a comparison of trials using BWSTT, an interesting discrepancy arises. For instance, in the work of Ditor et al., there was no change in resting blood pressure after BWSTT in individuals with complete or incomplete SCI (Ditor et al 2005a, Ditor et al 2005b). Whereas, the work by de Carvalho and coworkers revealed an increase in resting blood pressure following partial BWSTT (with neuromuscular electrical stimulation) ( de Carvalho et al 2006, Carvalho and Cliquet 2005). It is not clear why these discrepancies exist, and, as such, further research is clearly warranted.
Given the motor loss of the lower limbs following injury, upper extremity exercise is a logical choice for improving cardiovascular fitness and health. However, improving cardiovascular function can be challenging using the smaller mass of the arms especially when muscle fatigue can often occur before exercise training targets are met. From our search, we found four RCTs (one high quality (de Groot et al 2003)and three lower quality trials (Hicks et al 2003, Davis et al 1991, Davis et al 1987), two prospective controlled (Hooker and Wells 1989, Hjeltnes and Wallberg-Henriksson 1998), one cohort study (Valent et al 2008), and 19 pre-post studies.
Given the large number of studies that have looked at upper extremity exercise, we have tabled only those studies that included a control group consisting of participants with SCI (Table 4).
Table 4: Effects of upper extremity training on cardiovascular fitness and health.
The reported improvements in aerobic capacity after aerobic arm training in SCI are approximately 20%–30%; however, it is not uncommon for improvements in excess of 50% (DiCarlo 1988). The majority of aerobic training investigations have evaluated the effectiveness of moderate (40%–59% heart rate reserve (HRR) or 55%–69% of maximum HR) to vigorous (60%–84% HRR or 70%–89% of maximum HR) intensity exercise. These studies have used arm ergometry, wheelchair ergometry, and swimming-based interventions. Based on the current level of literature, it appears that moderate intensity exercise performed 20–60 minutes per day for at least three days/week for a minimum of six weeks is effective for improving cardiovascular fitness and exercise tolerance in persons with SCI (Level 1 evidence based on one high-quality RCT(de Groot et al 2003) and several lower quality RCTs). Therefore, the general recommendations provided by agencies such as the Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology are appropriate for improving the cardiovascular fitness of persons with SCI. It is, however, important to note that training intensities may need to be established using a rating of perceived exertion (e.g., RPE) (rather than objective measures of heart rate) in individuals with SCI-induced autonomic denervation of the heart.
An exercise intensity threshold of 70% maximal HRR has been advocated for the attainment of training benefits when a minimal training duration (20 minutes) is the standard ( Bizzarini et al 2005, Tordi et al 2001, Hooker and Wells 1989). It is also apparent that improvements in exercise capacity and functional status may occur after training without significant changes in VO2peak, particularly in persons with tetraplegia (Hjeltnes and Wallberg-Henriksson 1998).
Questions remain regarding the primary mechanisms of importance for improvements in aerobic fitness after training. It is unclear whether central (heart and lung) or peripheral (skeletal muscle) adaptations are of key importance. Enhancements have been observed in peripheral muscle function. For instance, investigators have shown intrinsic cellular adaptations in the paralyzed muscle that facilitate oxidative metabolism following BWSTT (Stewart et al 2004). Only limited investigations, however, have shown an improvement in cardiac function after aerobic exercise training (Davis et al 1987). It could therefore be argued that peripheral adaptations are of primary importance to the improvement in aerobic capacity after aerobic exercise. However, this statement is somewhat misleading as the majority of studies have not evaluated directly cardiac output during maximal/peak exercise. This is owing to the fact that the assessment of maximal cardiac output during exercise is one of the most difficult procedures in clinical exercise physiology (Warburton et al 1999a, 1999b). When exercise measures of cardiac function have been taken, improvements in central function have been observed (Davis et al 1987). Further research examining the primary mechanism(s) of importance for the improved cardiovascular fitness and exercise capacity seen in persons with SCI after aerobic exercise training is warranted. It is also important to highlight that it is often difficult for patients to attain VO2max during exercise. Moreover, the submaximal prediction of VO2peak/VO2max (based on the heart rate response to exercise) is limited owing to the potential impairment in the sympathetic drive to the heart in many persons with SCI. Furthermore, it is often difficult to determine whether the changes in VO2peak/VO2max seen after training are related to changes in musculosketelal fitness rather than changes in cardiovascular fitness.
Less is known about the effects of resistance training on cardiovascular fitness. However, the incorporation of resistance training into the treatment of SCI appears to be essential. In fact, muscle weakness and dysfunction are key determinants of pain and functional status in persons with SCI. Previous studies have revealed improvements in VO2peak/VO2max ( Jacobs et al 2001, Cooney and Walker 1986), exercise tolerance (Jacobs et al 2001), and musculoskeletal fitness (Jacobs et al 2001) after resistance training (e.g., circuit training).
Computer-assisted FES during leg cycling has been shown to be an important and practical means of exercising a relatively large muscle mass in persons with SCI (Hooker et al 1992). These devices also permit the activation of the skeletal muscle pump during leg cycling. For these reasons, FES training has been advocated widely as an effective treatment strategy for SCI. It is important to note, that the physiological responses to FES training appear to be distinct from arm ergometry training. For instance, arm exercise has been shown to lead to faster VO2 kinetics (at a constant workload), greater changes in HR, and lower post-exercise blood lactates than FES leg cycling (Barstow et al 2000).
We identified 12 pre-post (Griffin et al 2009, Janssen and Pringle 2008, Zbogar et al 2008, Crameri et al 2004, Hopman et al 2002, Gerrits et al 2001, Mohr et al 1997, Hjeltnes et al 1997, Barstow et al 1996, Hooker et al 1992, , Faghri et al 1992, Ragnarsson et al 1988)studies (n = 132) that examined the effectiveness of FES leg cycle ergometry on indices of cardiovascular fitness and/or health in SCI. We also identified 6 pre-post (Thijssen et al 2006, Thijssen et al 2005, Gurney et al 1998, Mutton et al 1997, Krauss et al 1993, Pollack et al 1989)investigations (n = 55) that examined hybrid FES (combined leg and arm ergometry) on cardiovascular fitness in SCI. There were a further 7 pre-post (Berry et al 2008, Stoner et al 2007, Sabatier et al 2006, de Groot et al 2005, Wheeler et al 2002, Jacobs et al 1997, Solomonow et al 1997)investigations (n = 118) that examined the effects of other electrically assisted training programs on cardiovascular fitness and/or health.
Table 5: Effects of functional electrical stimulation on cardiovascular fitness.
Table 6: Effects of hybrid FES training on cardiovascular fitness and health.
There is a growing body of literature indicating that FES exercise training is an effective way of improving cardiovascular health, peak power output, and exercise tolerance/capacity in persons with SCI (Table 5). These studies generally employ a cycling motion, although rowing and bipedal ambulation have also been evaluated. It appears that moderate-to-vigorous intensity FES training (relative to baseline capacity) may be effective in enhancing cardiovascular fitness in persons with SCI. The majority of the investigations are pre-post designs (level 4) with investigators reporting marked changes in VO2max or VO2peak after FES training. Similar to aerobic training, 20%–40% changes in aerobic capacity are often observed after FES training. However, improvements in excess of 70% are not uncommon.(Faghri et al 1992)
Investigations with FES training have also shown an improvement in musculoskeletal fitness. Similar to arm exercise training, limited investigations have shown an improvement in cardiac function after FES training. A recent investigation has also revealed that the degree of muscular adaptation that can be achieved via FES exercise is dependent upon the load that is applied to the paralyzed muscle (Crameri et al 2004).
Researchers have also shown that hybrid exercise training (FES leg cycling combined with arm ergometry) may elicit greater changes in peak work rates and VO2peak/VO2max than FES leg- cycling exercise alone ( Mutton et al 1997, Krauss et al 1993). Moreover, it appears that the physiological adaptations to combined FES leg cycling and arm ergometry training are partially maintained after eight weeks of detraining (Gurney et al 1998). Other interventions (Table 7) that make use of hybrid FES training have also been shown to improve the exercise capacity and cardiovascular health of persons with SCI. It would appear that the potential adaptations with hybrid exercise may be greater than FES alone; however, further research is required to test this hypothesis.
A series of intrinsic muscle adaptations can also occur after FES training that enhance the ability for oxidative metabolism at the cellular level, which in turn facilitate improved endurance, exercise tolerance and functional capacity. Key intrinsic muscle adaptations that have been observed include an increase in the proportion of type 1 fibres, an enhancement in cross-sectional fibre area, an increase in capillary-to-fibre ratio, a shift towards more fatigue resistant contractile proteins, and an increase in citrate synthase activity. Given the importance of musculoskeletal fitness for health and functional status ( Warburton et al 2006c, Warburton et al 2001b, 2001a), further research is clearly warranted with persons with SCI. Accordingly, randomized, controlled exercise interventions (both arm and/or FES training) that evaluate concurrent changes in musculoskeletal fitness and health status are particularly needed.
Various forms of exercise interventions have been used in an attempt to improve the health status of persons with SCI (Ballaz et al 2008, Harness et al 2008, Ter Woerds et al 2006, Duran et al 2001, Hopman et al 1996). The forms of potential interventions are numerous and varied. As such, it is difficult to systematically review the literature regarding alternative forms of exercise interventions for SCI. Therefore, we have provided a brief summary of studies that have incorporated non-traditional forms of rehabilitation in SCI (Table 8).
Table 8: Other Forms of Exercise Interventions.
The evidence supporting non-traditional forms of exercise interventions in SCI is not clear. This is to be expected given the varied training methodologies that can be employed. The lack of concrete information should not however dissuade researchers from considering non-traditional rehabilitation models when dealing with SCI. It is clear that novel models of exercise rehabilitation are warranted and desired in the rehabilitation of SCI. For instance, stand locomotor training has been shown to be highly effective in improving blood pressure control and orthostatic tolerance in persons with tetraplegia.
Some modalities of exercise that have been applied with success in able-bodied individuals (such as interactive video games (Warburton et al 2007a)) or other clinical populations (e.g. interval training (Warburton et al 2005)) may hold great promise for persons with SCI. As with early research with FES, it is essential that researchers demonstrate innovative thinking that is based upon a strong theoretical foundation.
Glucose intolerance and decreased insulin sensitivity are independent risk factors for CVD (Hurley and Hagberg 1998). Abnormal glucose homeostasis is associated with worsened lipid lipoprotein profiles and an increased risk for the development of hypertension and type 2 diabetes ( Warburton et al 2001b, 2001a, Hurley and Hagberg 1998). It is well-established that habitual physical activity is an effective primary preventative strategy against insulin resistance and type 2 diabetes in the general population.(Warburton et al 2006c). Although comparatively less information is available for SCI, it appears that exercise training programs are effective in improving glucose homeostasis (Mahoney et al 2005, Phillips et al 2004, de Groot et al 2003, Chilibeck et al 1999, Hjeltnes et al 1998). Key terms used when assessing glucose homeostasis are provided in Table 9.
Table 9: Glucose homeostasis key terms.
Table 10: Effects of exercise training on glucose metabolism in persons with spinal cord injury.
The majority of the data is from experimental non-RCT trials. A search of the literature revealed seven investigations (n = 47). This included one RCT (de Groot et al 2003)and six experimental non-RCT (pre-post) trials(Mahoney et al 2005, Phillips et al 2004, Jeon et al 2002, Mohr et al 2001, Chilibeck et al 1999, Hjeltnes et al 1998). The single RCT involved the randomization to two different forms of exercise, and, as such, an exercise condition served as the control (Table 10). The majority (five) of these trials examined the effectiveness of FES training.
Similar to other studies in the field of SCI research, this area of investigation is limited by the lack of quality RCTs. Moreover, the majority of the research relates to the effects of FES training. Limited work has been conducted using aerobic and/or resistance exercise training. As a whole, however, these studies are consistent and reveal several important findings. For instance, the improvements in glucose homeostasis may be the result of increased lean body mass (and associated changes in insulin sensitivity) and increased expression of GLUT-4, glycogen synthase, and hexokinase in exercised muscle.
Consistent with findings in able-bodied individuals (Warburton et al 2001b, 2001a), the improvement in glucose homeostasis after exercise interventions (e.g., aerobic training or FES) does not appear to be related solely to decreases in body adiposity and/or increases in VO2max. This is due to the fact that significant improvements in glucose homeostasis can occur with minor changes in body composition and/or aerobic fitness.
It is also important to note that there appears to be a minimal volume of exercise required for improvements in glucose homeostasis. For instance, Mohr et al.(Mohr et al 2001)revealed that a reduction of FES training was not sufficient to maintain the beneficial changes in insulin sensitivity and GLUT-4 protein observed during a three days/week FES training program.
Abnormal lipid lipoprotein profiles have been associated with an increased risk for CVD (Warburton et al 2006c, 2006b, Warburton et al 2001b, 2001a, Hurley and Hagberg 1998). Several studies have revealed worsened lipid lipoprotein profiles in persons with SCI (Dallmeijer et al 1997, Maki et al 1995, Krum et al 1992, Bauman et al 1992a, Brenes et al 1986, Dearwater et al 1986). Routine physical activity has been shown to enhance lipid lipoprotein profiles by reducing triglycerides (TG), increasing HDL, and lowering LDL/HDL in the general population.( Warburton et al 2006b, Warburton et al 2001b, 2001a). Although limited, similar findings have been observed in persons with SCI (El-Sayed and Younesian 2005, Stewart et al 2004, de Groot et al 2003, Nash et al 2001, Solomonow et al 1997, Hooker and Wells 1989,)(Table 12). Table 11 describes the common lipid lipoprotein measurements.
Table 11: Lipid Lipoprotein Profiles
The information regarding the effects of exercise training on lipid lipoprotein profile is derived from one high-quality RCT (level 1),(de Groot et al 2003)one nonrandomized, prospective controlled trial (level 2),(Hooker and Wells 1989)and several level 4 studies (El-Sayed and Younesian 2005, Stewart et al 2004, Nash et al 2001, Solomonow et al 1997,)(N = 110). The majority of the investigations examined a form of aerobic training (either arm ergometry or assisted treadmill walking). Another investigation examined the effects of reciprocating gait orthosis powered with electrical muscle stimulation.
These findings provide level 1 evidence (based on one high-quality RCT and several lower quality studies) for the role of exercise in the reduction of atherogenic lipid lipoprotein profiles and the reduction of the risk for CVD in persons with SCI. It appears that a minimal threshold of training exists for changes in lipoprotein profile. For instance, authors have reported that 70% of maximal HRR (for at least 20 min/day, three days/week for eight weeks) is the threshold necessary to achieve significant improvements in lipid lipoprotein profiles. Future research is warranted, however, to quantify the effects of varying forms of exercise (including aerobic exercise, resistance exercise, and FES) on lipid lipoprotein profiles in persons with SCI.
Mountingevidence to suggests that persons with SCI are at an increased risk for CVD. Increasing data indicates that persons with SCI experience an earlier onset and increased prevalence of CVD. Similar to able-bodied individuals, physical inactivity plays a significant role in the risk for CVD in persons with SCI. In fact, the ordinary activities of daily living do not appear to be sufficient to maintain cardiovascular fitness in persons with SCI. Moreover, extremely low levels of physical activity and fitness may lead to a vicious cycle of further decline. Ultimately these changes will have significant implications for the development of CVD (and associated comorbidities) and the ability to live an independent lifestyle. It appears that SCI presents an additional risk for CVD above that observed in able-bodied individuals owing to marked physical deconditioning and injury-related changes in metabolic function (e.g., insulin resistance) ( Myers et al 2007, Bravo et al 2004).
Physical activity interventions have been shown to be effective at attenuating the progression of CVD and related comorbidities. The forms of exercise interventions are varied, and the experimental data are limited in comparison to other patient populations (i.e., chronic heart failure). However, there is compelling evidence supporting the health benefits of upper extremity aerobic exercise (level 1 and 4) and FES (level 4) training (see Tables 13 and 14). For instance, there is research indicating that upper extremity exercise at a moderate-to-vigorous intensity, three days/week for at least six weeks, improves cardiovascular fitness and exercise tolerance in persons with SCI. The optimal exercise intervention for improving cardiovascular fitness remains to be determined. There is level 1 evidence (de Groot et al 2003)that high-intensity (70%–80% HRR) exercise leads to greater improvements in peak power and VO2peak than low-intensity (50%–60% HRR) exercise. Further investigation is required to determine the relative roles that cardiac and peripheral muscle function play in the improvement of exercise capacity in persons with SCI. There is level 4 (pre-post) evidence that resistance training at a moderate intensity for at least two days/week also appears to be appropriate for the rehabilitation of persons with SCI (Mahoney et al 2005, Jacobs et al 2001, Nash et al 2001, Cooney and Walker 1986,).
There is growing evidence (predominantly level 4) from several pre-post trials that FES training for a minimum of three days/week for two months can improve oxidative metabolism (Crameri et al 2004, Crameri et al 2002, Mohr et al 1997, Andersen et al 1996)exercise tolerance (Thijssen et al 2005, Wheeler et al 2002, Mohr et al 1997, Barstow et al 1996, Hooker et al 1992, Pollack et al 1989)and cardiovascular fitness (Wheeler et al 2002, Hjeltnes et al 1997, Mohr et al 1997, Barstow et al 1996, Thijssen et al 2005, Hooker et al 1992, Pollack et al 1989,). There is limited (level 4) evidence (Ditor et al 2005a, Ditor et al 2005b)that BWSTT can improve indicators of cardiovascular health in individuals with complete and incomplete SCI.
Preliminary (levels 1 and 4) evidence indicates that aerobic and FES exercise training programs (performed 30 min/day, three days per week for eight weeks or more) are effective in improving glucose homeostasis in persons with SCI (de Groot et al 2003, Jeon et al 2002). The magnitude of change in glucose homeostasis appears to be of clinical significance for the prevention and/or treatment of type 2 diabetes in persons with SCI.
There is level 1 evidence from a high-quality RCT (de Groot et al 2003)and several pre-post studies (El-Sayed and Younesian 2005, Stewart et al 2004, Hooker and Wells 1989)to suggest that aerobic exercise training programs (performed at a moderate-to-vigorous intensity 20–30 min/day, three days/week for eight weeks) are effective in improving the lipid lipoprotein profiles of persons with SCI. The optimal training program for changes in lipid lipoprotein profile remains to be determined. However, a minimal aerobic exercise intensity of 70% of HRR on most days of the week appears to be a good general recommendation for improving lipid lipoprotein profile. Preliminary level 4 data also indicate that FES training (three hr/week for 14 weeks) may improve lipid lipoprotein profiles in SCI (Solomonow et al 1997).
As discussed throughout this article, a growing body of evidence supports the existence of an increased risk for CVD and CVD-related mortality in persons with SCI. Marked physical inactivity appears to play a central role in the increased risk for CVD in persons with SCI. Intuitively, exercise training should lead to significant reductions in the risk for CVD and improved overall quality of life in the SCI population. However, the relationship between increasing physical activity and health status of SCI has not been evaluated adequately to date. Based on preliminary evidence (primarily level 4), it would appear that various exercise modalities (including arm ergometry, resistance training, BWSTT, and FES) may attenuate and/or reverse abnormalities in glucose homeostasis, lipid lipoprotein profiles, and cardiovascular fitness. As such, exercise training appears to be an important therapeutic intervention for reducing the risk for CVD and multiple comorbidities (such as type 2 diabetes, hypertension, obesity) in individuals with SCI. Well-designed RCTs are required in the future to establish firmly the primary mechanisms by which exercise interventions elicit these beneficial changes. Similarly, further research is required to evaluate the effects of lesion level and injury severity on exercise prescription, such that exercise programs can be developed that address the varied needs of persons with SCI. Moreover, long-term follow-up investigations are required to determine whether training-induced changes in risk factors for CVD translate directly into a reduced incidence of CVD and premature mortality in persons with SCI.
Psychological adjustment to catastrophic injuries and illnesses is a topic of much interest for practitioners providing clinical rehabilitation services. This chapter attempts to summarize evidence garnered from SCI research that has investigated the treatment of post-SCI depression and depressive symptoms potentially affecting successful adjustment to SCI. Though limited, these findings can assist in developing a foundation for evidence-based practice, and hopefully lead to improved and more consistent care. It should be emphasized, however, that evidence-based practice constitutes more than the routine use of treatments supported by the best research evidence available. Such practice also necessitates that the practitioner employ his or her clinical judgment in determining the applicability of such research conclusions to the treatment provided each patient (APA 2005).
Concerns regarding “depression” are commonly reported by SCI survivors, staff, or their families. Indeed, Elliott & Umlauf (1995) report that depression is the most frequently researched psychological issue in individuals who have sustained a SCI. Given the losses and innumerable adjustments necessitated following a SCI, an individual will likely encounter repeated strains upon available coping resources. The emergence of depressive symptoms is not then a surprising outcome of such challenges (Kemp et al. 2004) and some early investigators have described it as an “inevitable” outcome (e.g. Hohmann 1975). Of added concern, rates of suicide average approximately 3 to 5 times that reported in the general population (e.g. DeVivo et al. 1991; Charlifue & Gerhart 1991; Hartkopp et al. 1998) and stand in contrast to the reductions achieved in other preventable causes of death following SCI (e.g. septicemia, respiratory illness, diseases of the urinary system) (Soden et al. 2000). The many consequences of SCI pose multiple stressors for families (e.g., 15% of caregivers reported symptoms consistent with Major Depressive Disorder) (Dreer et al. 2007) and can also result in emotional challenges for rehabilitation staff (North 1999).
The term “depressed mood” refers to a state of dysphoria that occurs routinely and is considered a normal process (Elliott & Frank 1996). In contrast, a diagnosable “depressive syndrome” refers to a constellation of observable affective, cognitive and neuro-vegetative symptoms of sufficient frequency and severity to negatively impact the functioning of an individual. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (APA 2000) is a frequently cited classification system for establishing diagnoses of various depressive and other mental disorders. According to the DSM-IV-TR5, depression is not a single entity, but instead represents a range of disorders which are classified according to symptom type, number, severity, duration and functional impact. Adiagnosis of Major Depressive Disorder in an adult requires at least a two-week period of five or more symptoms, with at least one either depressed mood or a loss of interest or pleasure in almost all activities. Further symptoms may include:
Symptoms together must result in impairment in functioning (social, occupational or other) and are not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance or medical condition. The classification of affective symptoms continues to be revised with the next edition (DSM-V) anticipated for 2013. As an example, a mixed anxiety and depressive disorder is proposed when anxiety and depression are both present, but neither set of symptoms, considered separately is sufficient to justify a diagnosis (APA, 2010).
Identifying clinical depression is often more difficult than might be anticipated. Rehabilitation staff has been shown to overestimate the incidence of depression in inpatient populations (Cushman & Dijkers 1990) while underestimating patients’ reported coping ability and mental health (Siosteen et al. 2005). Similarly, the life satisfaction and well-being of persons in the community with complete tetraplegic injuries (including those who required ventilator support) was shown to be underestimated by health care professionals (Bach & Tilton 1994). Conversely, Kemp and Mosqueda (2004) caution that symptoms of depression can be overlooked or misidentified in people with disabilities.
Various methodological issues have “served to constrain” the study of depression in the SCI population (Elliott & Frank 1996). The use of ambiguous definitions and the unclear or inconsistent use of diagnostic criteria are two of many such challenges. Others issues include a lack of theoretical models, selection biases, limited longitudinal studies and ethical concerns that limit more rigorous experimental designs.
How best should the occurrence of depression be viewed in the process of adjustment to SCI? Anecdotal models of adjustment have incorporated the “clinical lore” that depression was to be universally anticipated soon after injury (Elliott & Kennedy 2004), and demonstrating the individual’s rational acceptance of the permanence of the injury and associated losses (Frank et al. 1985). Taken further, those individuals who do not evidence depression were considered to be in “denial” and potentially vulnerable to a more precarious adjustment (e.g. Siller 1969). Accordingly, it had been also proposed that depression be induced to encourage appropriate grieving (Nemiah 1957). More recently, both the universality and the benefits of depression in the adjustment process have been questioned by numerous investigative findings (e.g. Howell et al. 1981; Judd et al. 1986). Given the many negative outcomes associated with depression post injury (e.g. longer hospitalization, decreased longevity, increased rates of suicide, reduced health, daily functioning, limited community participation) it is likely best viewed as a secondary complication or sequelae rather than an adaptive process facilitating overall emotional adjustment (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1998).
Kemp et al. (2004) noted that depression is not simply a necessary consequence of sustaining a SCI – not all who sustain a SCI become depressed. Tirch et al. (1999) studied depressive symptoms in 11 pairs of monozygotic twins where one of the pair had sustained a SCI. The SCI and non-SCI co-twins did not differ significantly in their self-reports, lending additional support to the view that SCI does not inevitably lead to increased depression. Further, there is little relationship between depression and the level of SCI or the completeness of the lesion (Kemp et al. 2004). As an example, Hall et al. (1999) sampled 82 individuals with C1-4 quadriplegia between 14 and 24 years post injury, and these individuals reported their self-esteem and quality of life to be high – with 95% feeling they were “glad to be alive”.
Depression post-SCI can be a function of difficulties coping with the multiple environmental, social and health-related problems that follow. If depression is not inevitable following SCI, then it is noteworthy that depression is related to modifiable factors that play a role in its development and maintenance (Kemp et al. 2004). In a summary of the adjustment literature, Elliott and Rivera (2003) described a model determining psychological well being and physical health post-SCI. The components include demographics, injury characteristics, preinjury behaviours and psychopathology, personality factors, social/environmental factors and styles of appraisals. The authors highlight how the consequences of physical disability exist within a larger context and that changes in public and health policies can dramatically impact post-injury quality of life.
Estimates of the prevalence of depression are affected by the nature of the measures used, how depression is defined, aging characteristics of the samples studied and when symptoms are assessed post-injury (Elliott & Frank 1996) The common research practice of employing self-report measures is both convenient and cost-effective. However, the resulting prevalence rates may reflect subjective anxiety and overall distress rather than symptoms specific to depression, per se. In clinical practice, self-report measures may serve to alert the clinician to the need for additional evaluation and can aid in monitoring symptom severity over time. For reviews of depression and other psychosocial measures frequently used in spinal injury research and practice see Vahle et al. (2000), Richards et al. (2006), SCIRE chapter 25.and Sakakibara et al. (2009).
In their review, Bombardier et al. (2004) found rates of major depression or probable major depression following SCI vary widely across studies and can range from 7% to 31% of persons, with estimates of major depressive disorder typically reported in 15%-23% of individuals. In a recent survey of 568 adult traumatic SCI inpatient rehabilitation clients, approximately 22% met self reported symptoms consistent with major depressive disorder on average less than two months post injury (Krause, Bombardier and Carter, 2008). Bombardier et al. (2004) surveyed 849 SCI outpatients at one-year post injury and found 11.4% met criteria for MDD. Krause et al. (2000) suggest a 42% overall rate of depression with a 21% probable rate of major depression – indicative of a 4-fold increase of depressive disorders among individuals with SCI when compared with samples of non-disabled individuals. Of note, many studies do not include information regarding use of antidepressants, other medications, or psychotherapeutic interventions in their reports. Accordingly, observed rates of depressive symptoms may potentially be a reflection of multiple additional factors and the “net effect of all treatments” (Krause et al. 2008).
With up to 25% of men and 47% of women affected (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1998) a recent case-matched comparison found an absence of gender differences in probable major depression and symptom severity (Kalpakjian and Albright 2006). In an Italian sample averaging 6 years post-SCI, Scivoletto et al. (1997) found 16% reported significant symptoms of depression and 13% anxiety. Migliorini et al. (2008) employed an Australian sample who averaged 19 years post-SCI, 37% were identified as depressed, 30% suffered anxiety, 25% experienced significant stress and 8.4% reported post-traumatic stress disorder. Of note, approximately 60% of individuals with one probable diagnosis were likely to suffer at least one other comorbid condition highlighting the potential complexity of mental health issues.
In a 6-year follow-up study of 233 Albertans with SCI, 28.9% were treated for depression following their traumatic SCIs, with approximately 59% of these individuals beginning treatment during their initial hospitalization (both acute and rehabilitation admissions). An additional 10% of people were treated during the remainder of the first year. This exceeded depression treatment rates reported in able-bodied controls of approximately 11% (Dryden et al. 2004), with those at highest risk reporting permanent neurological deficit, a preinjury history of depression, or substance abuse (Dryden et al. 2005). Kennedy and Rogers (2000) reported that anxiety, depression and hopelessness gradually increased beginning at week 30 post injury and continued until discharge from rehabilitation (week 48). At that point 60% of SCI clients scored above a clinical cut-off for depression (i.e. Beck Depression Inventory). Krause et al. 2008 suggested that depressive symptoms may not peak during inpatient rehabilitation and it may take additional time for the “low point of emotional adaptation to appear”.
In a cross sectional study, Richardson and Richards (2008) found that rates of clinically significant depressive symptoms (PHQ-9 scores >10) were reported by approximately 21%, 18%, 12% and 12% of SCI survivors surveyed at 1, 5, 15 and 25 years post injury, suggesting rates tended to decrease with time since injury. Data obtained in earlier studies also suggested that in newly injured persons who met criteria for major and minor depression, many remit within 3 months of onset (Kishi et al. 1994) and that the frequency of reported problems decreases over the first year (Richards 1986). In a longitudinal analysis, Pollard and Kennedy (2007) found a substantial relationship between reported depressive symptoms at 3 months and approximately a decade post injury, with 38% and 35% of SCI survivors surveyed meeting a criterion for moderate depression at these times. Hoffman et al. (2008) followed 411 SCI model system participants and found approximately 20% of at 1 year post injury and 18% at year 5 post-injury reported symptoms consistent with major depression. Further, approximately a third of those reporting scores suggestive of moderate depression at year 1 experienced remission, while approximately 9% were newly depressed at year 5. The authors summarized that the natural history of depression post SCI was variable over time with some showing improvement while others exhibited emotional decline.
It has been questioned whether, despite its reported prevalence, efforts to improve the detection and treatment of depression in individuals with SCI has improved (Bombardier et al. 2004). In an editorial comment, Faber (2005) expressed concern that given possible underestimates, about half of all persons hospitalized for traumatic SCI may benefit from treatment for depression. Similarly, while a substantial percentage of their SCI clinic sample reported symptoms suggestive of major depression, Kemp and Krause (1999) found that none were receiving treatment (psychotherapy or medications). In a review of American veterans with spinal cord injuries and disabilities, Smith et al. (2007) concluded that many may not be receiving adequate treatment for depression and the authors encouraged more aggressive screening and treatment.
As health problems can produce pain, fatigue, sleep disturbances, physical sensations and digestive troubles, the overlap of somatic symptoms can pose diagnostic challenges. Krause, Bombardier and Carter (2008) noted that on average, nearly a third of a large sample of SCI adult inpatient rehabilitation clients cited sleep, energy and appetite changes, while symptoms of persistent depressed mood and anhedonia were reported by approximately 10% and 15% of the sample, respectively. In a large outpatient sample, 80% of SCI survivors with probable MDD reported symptoms of depressed mood, anhedonia, feelings of failure, disturbed sleep and decreased energy (Bombardier et al. 2004). In general, despite the potential for an increase in “false positives”, reports of somatic symptoms merit clinician review given their strong association with affective or more general symptoms of depression (Richardson and Richards, 2008; Krause et al. 2008).
The American Psychological Association (APA 2005) states that evidence-based practice involves the integration of the best of existing research with clinical expertise and the reality of the patient’s needs and wishes. Practical and ethical concerns may limit the availability of SCI research evidence.
Difficulties inherent in conducting intervention studies are numerous (King & Kennedy 1999). The SCI population can be heterogeneous. Most sites do not have access to a large number of patients and obtaining treatment and appropriate control groups requires the participation of multiple sites. Also, ethical concerns over providing the best possible care to all SCI patients are obvious, so that withholding aspects of treatment in order to establish control conditions is no longer acceptable (e.g. Kahan et al. 2006). To date, research strategies have frequently used self-report screening measures (e.g. Beck Depression Inventory, Zung Depression Inventory, Patient Health Questionnaire-9, Center for Epidemiological Studies – Depression Scale; Older Adult Health and Mood Questionnaire; Depression, Anxiety and Distress Scale), and while they offer many benefits (e.g. low cost, quick, easy to complete), they require further evaluation to support a diagnosis of depression.
Typical SCI interventions to encourage post-SCI adjustment are often multi-faceted; thereby posing difficulties in identifying which combination of components can offer optimal care for any particular patient. Further, psychosocial interventions cannot be independent of other aspects of care (e.g. medical, rehabilitation). Wait-list control conditions do not address personal contact, attention and perceived support available in intervention conditions. In addition, many pre-morbid psychological and historical influences are very difficult to determine.
As the nature of SCI studies make it more difficult to limit certain biases, the validity and generalizability of the findings is less clear. Despite these challenges, researchers have made invaluable clinical contributions using smaller groups, non-randomized control groups, or controls chosen from historical data. However, in summarizing the limited research currently available, Elliott and Kennedy (2004) suggested “we have many untested assumptions regarding the available treatments for depression among persons with SCI” and have questioned whether the current “glaring lack of intervention data” reflects a lack of interest on the part of consumers, researchers and funding agencies with regard to various interventions for treatment of depression in those with SCI. Kahan et al. (2006) stressed that treatment of depression in people aging with a disability is “far from being developed”, noting a “massive dearth” of research of any kind for individuals with disabilities.
In the SCI population, the application of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approaches to aid in the management of anxiety and depression is described as a prudent choice given its demonstrated effectiveness in a wide range of disorders (Craig et al. 1997). CBT strategies can include addressing “irrational” or negative thoughts, increasing opportunities for participating in rewarding activities, and instruction in relaxation, among others. Within this context, issues of assertiveness, social skills and discussions of sexuality have also at times been included to address the unique concerns of SCI individuals. Employing a group setting to provide CBT can also be a cost effective opportunity for peer support, practice of social skills and the opportunity for gaining additional viewpoints. Several authors have described the effects of group CBT interventions for individuals following SCI to reduce psychological distress and/or provide “immunization” against future difficulties.
Table 1 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Group Interventions
In Australia, Craig et al. reported several studies (1997, 1998a, 1998b, 1999) employing a 10 week CBT-based group treatment format involving newly injured SCI rehabilitation inpatients with permanent injuries. They developed a CBT-based treatment protocol implemented by a psychologist and an occupational therapist. Treatment groups consisted of 4-5 individuals and sessions approximated 1.5 to 2 hours weekly. A matched control group of SCI patients received traditional rehabilitation services. Measures of depression, anxiety and self-esteem were completed when individuals were no longer immobilized in bed, after conclusion of therapy (3 months post injury) and at one year post injury. Prior to treatment, the treatment group reported greater self-esteem than did control, but did not differ on other outcome measures. Anxiety did not change over time. Both treatment and control groups reported fewer symptoms of depression at 12 months post injury. Taking into account pretreatment group differences in self-esteem, there was no significant improvement over time for either group. Given that neither group had high levels of depressive mood before treatment, a further analysis of those with elevated scores on depression revealed that the mean score for the treatment group (n= 10) showed improvement after treatment and further gains one year later. Controls (n = 12) who were moderately to severely depressed initially remained at these levels over the year. Patients with initially high levels of anxiety (in either condition) showed decreases in symptoms over the year, with a trend for those in the treatment group to improve more so than did those in the control group. CBT did not significantly impact upon self-esteem in individuals with recent onset SCI. The authors conclude that clinicians servicing SCI rehabilitation wards should evaluate individuals soon after admission to identify those with high levels of depression and/or anxiety and then recommend CBT. Further, not all persons with SCI are depressed, anxious or low in self-esteem, and may not require intervention.
In a follow-up report, Craig et al. (1998a) surveyed a subset of the SCI CBT treatment group participants and SCI controls (noted above) at 24 months post injury. Group differences were not significant for measures of depression and anxiety. At 1 and 2 years post injury, subjects were less depressed but levels of anxiety were essentially unchanged. For those subjects with elevated depressive symptoms prior to treatment, levels of depression over the long term were lower for the treatment than the control group. Differences over time were also noted, with the short-term improvements in the depressive symptoms of the treatment group maintained over the two-year period. In contrast, controls did not show improvement in the short term and were only slightly improved after 1 to 2 years. Interestingly, the authors report that none of the treatment group had sought further treatment for depression between the 12 and 24-month period. Both groups became less anxious over time. The small number of subjects precluded identification of significance, but an inspection of the data revealed that the treatment group lowered their elevated anxiety scores to within the normal range at two years, while the control subjects’ scores averaged approximately one standard deviation above general population norms. The authors conclude that not all individuals with recent onset SCI require specialized psychological intervention. For those with elevated levels of reported depression and anxiety, these symptoms hypothetically could return to normal levels in the absence of intervention. However, such improvements could require a protracted period and result in both increased health costs and a diminished quality of life. This study further suggests the merits of screening and ongoing benefits of an intervention program.
In a related study, Craig et al. (1998b) used the Locus of Control Behaviour Scale (LCB) to assess subjects’ perceptions that circumstances were within or beyond their control. No treatment differences were found when comparing SCI CBT group participants and controls over a two-year post injury period. Both groups averaged scores in the range suggestive of a more internal rather than external orientation. When subjects with scores suggestive of an external locus of control scores were identified (9 treatment subjects and 16 controls), the treatment group showed a significant reduction in externality over time while controls did not. The finding supports the conclusion that CBT was effective for those in the treatment group who perceived living with a SCI (and related concerns) to be out of their control. Associations of locus of control scores and depressive mood (Beck Depression Inventory) almost all reached significance for the control group when assessed pre treatment, post treatment, and at one and two year intervals. In contrast, no associations were evident between LCB scores and reports of depressive symptoms in SCI treatment subjects, even for those who were external in their perceptions prior to participation in the CBT group. The authors speculated that CBT “positively interfered in the determination of depressive mood”. While there may be a substantial group at risk for developing psychological difficulties following spinal cord injury, the majority did not show problematic levels of externality and helplessness. As such, the authors concluded that CBT for all SCI survivors is costly and unnecessary.
Craig et al. (1999) continued a long term (2 years post injury) assessment of persons with SCI who previously participated in a non-randomized longitudinal controlled trial of CBT during their inpatient admission to a rehabilitation ward (1991-1992). These responses were compared with those of control subjects who received only traditional rehabilitation services during their hospital stay. Treatment subjects indicated 15% fewer hospital readmissions, 25% less drug use and much more often reported a positive adjustment than did controls. Of concern, approximately 40% of controls frequently used drugs. Forty three percent of controls reported that they had not adjusted well, while only one treatment subject held a similar view. Neither group reported the occurrence of suicide over the two years. Self-reports of adjustment were negatively correlated with Beck Depression Scale scores. The groups did not differ in the frequency of relationship breakups, with the majority of those married at the time of injury remaining so at two years. Further, about half who were unmarried had formed new relationships. The findings again are seen as suggesting benefits of CBT group treatment in encouraging positive adjustment following SCI.
Two studies conducted at the National Spinal Cord Injuries Centre (NSCIC) in the UK investigated group Coping Effectiveness Training (CET). CET includes CBT, didactic, and practical elements. The first (King & Kennedy 1999) was a pilot study of CET, and the second (Kennedy et al. 2003) continued the work with additional subjects and measures. Both studies used matched historic controls from the NSCIC database, although there did remain some significant pre-intervention differences between groups. Results suggest that their intervention package produced a number of positive changes, including less depression and anxiety, less use of alcohol, and more positive self-perception. Participants said that they found the sharing of views and experiences and reviews of “real life” scenarios to be most valuable aspects of the group.
In an RCT conducted by Duchnick et al. (2010), 41 individuals from an inpatient rehabilitation hospital were randomized into either a CET group or supportive group therapy (SGT). The SGT group received minimal structure and skills training compared to the CET group. Both groups were led by two doctoral level psychologists with SCI rehabilitation experience. Sessions were 1 hour each week for the duration of their inpatient rehabilitation (8-12 weeks). No significant difference was initially evident at baseline in the Center of Epidemiologic Studies of Depression Scale (CESD) and State Anxiety Inventory (SAI) scores between the two groups. Both groups showed significant improvement in depression and anxiety scores at discharge (p<0.05). However, both depression and anxiety scores at 3 month follow-up had returned to initial levels.
In a level 2 study Norrbrink Budhet al. (2006) investigated the effects of an outpatient comprehensive pain management program for individuals with SCI and neuropathic pain. The intervention group received education, CBT, relaxation and body awareness training totaling five hours weekly over a 10 week period while matched controls received no treatment. At 1 year follow up, the sign test showed no significant change in depression and anxiety levels (Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS)) in the treatment group from baseline. However, the treatment group showed a systematic decrease in anxiety and depression as measured by relative change in position (95% confidence interval) at one year follow up. Depression also decreased systematically in the treatment group compared to the control group at 1 year follow up; however, the sign test showed no significant change. Reported levels of pain intensity, health related quality of life and life satisfaction did not differ between groups or over time.
Dorstyn et al. 2010 conducted a small prospective controlled trial to examine the effectiveness of CBT on the mood of individuals with SCI. In the study, those with subclinical DASS-21 scores were assigned to the control group, while patients with moderate to severe scores were offered individual CBT treatment for a range of 7 to 22 sessions (30-60mins each). Low dose amitriptyline was prescribed for a subset of the treatment group to help manage their distress while several control participants were similarly medicated for neuropathic pain. The authors found mood had no effect on the functional outcome of patients at admission or discharge. In the treatment group, the total DASS-21 scores did not change significantly over the treatment course; however depression, anxiety and stress subscale scores were found to decrease significantly post intervention and then increase significantly at 3 month follow-up post discharge. The control groups’ remained stable over the period of investigation. At 3 month follow-up, 78% of individuals in the treatment group met clinical levels of “caseness” on 1 or more clinical subscales while only 1 individual in the control group met these criteria.
Several case series studies have reported positive results using pharmacotherapy for depression in SCI individuals (e.g. amitriptyline (Kim et al. 1977; Fullerton et al. 1981) mianserin and nomifensine (; Judd et al. 1986); tetracyclic and tricyclic antidepressants (Judd et al. 1989)). Though reports of depressive symptoms were infrequent, Osteraker and Levi (2005) note that 25% and 30% of an inpatient Swedish SCI rehabilitation sample were prescribed antidepressants at admission and discharge, respectively. In an electronic record review of over 17,000 veterans with “SCI and disorders” who sought inpatient or outpatient services during a three year period, Smith et al. (2007) noted that 22% had at least one encounter with a diagnosis of “depression”. The majority of these depressed individuals (72%) received antidepressant therapies, typically a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) - most often sertraline. In a Canadian centre, approximately a third of traumatic spinal cord injured individuals and approximately 40% of those with non-traumatic spinal cord injuries received antidepressant therapy during inpatient rehabilitation in addition to other counseling and therapeutic services (2006-2008) (J. Conlon, personal communication, December 16, 2008).
Overall, support for pharmacological treatment of depression in individuals with SCI is largely an extrapolation from the extant literature concerning use in the general population and comparative trials of medications and cognitive behavioural interventions are “sorely needed” (Elliott & Kennedy 2004).
Table 2 Combined Psychotherapy and Pharmacotherapy for Treatment of Depression in SCI
Kemp et al. (2004) used a pre-post treatment design to assure access to services and avoid ethical concerns that might arise in a randomized trial. A total of 43 community living adult SCI survivors were identified as depressed using the Older Adult Health and Mood Questionnaire and confirmed by clinical interview. Citing distance problems, 15 subjects subsequently declined participation but served as a “quasi-control” group. The 28 remaining subjects began a combined 6-month trial of antidepressant medications and individual cognitive behavioural psychotherapy. The participants were somewhat older but did not differ from non-participants in terms of level of injury, gender, or race/ethnicity. Medications employed included SSRI and tricyclic antidepressants. A clinical psychologist provided psychotherapy that included education regarding the signs, symptoms and consequences of depression, cognitive restructuring, problem solving and encouraging greater community involvement (average of 14 sessions). During the treatment trial, four subjects discontinued their medications, one discontinued psychotherapy and three developed medical complications. When these eight subjects were excluded, all of the remaining 20 subjects improved, no longer meeting criteria scores for major depression (12 appeared mildly depressed and eight appeared non-depressed). Their participation in community activities doubled over the 24 weeks, while life satisfaction showed improvement, primarily during the final 16 weeks of the program. The average depression score for non-treated subjects did not change significantly over a 24-month follow-up period and suggests that untreated depression can become a chronic disorder.
In a subsequent investigation combining a reanalysis of previous SCI participant data (40 of 43 were presented in above study) and an expansion to include 36 community dwellers with polio, cerebral palsy, stroke, rheumatoid arthritis, or other impairments, Kahan et al. (2006) explored the effects of a 6 month program of CBT and antidepressant therapy in an adult sample reporting major depression (54 received treatment and 22 no treatment). A pre-post treatment design was employed to assure access to services and avoid ethical concerns that might arise in a randomized trial. A clinical psychologist provided psychotherapy that included education regarding the signs, symptoms and consequences of depression, cognitive restructuring, problem solving and encouraging greater community involvement (average of 8 sessions; ranging from 4 to 17). Most commonly used were SSRIs (18 participants) while 7 took tricyclic antidepressants.
On average, depression scores declined 50% over the course of treatment. Seventy six percent improved to a less severe category of depression, while 24% remained unchanged. Of those who improved, approximately 30% no longer were classified as depressed. Of those who reported continued major depression despite treatment, they showed a decrease in the number of symptoms reported. In contrast, approximately a third of the no-treatment group improved, over half remained unchanged, and the remainder became worse. While the small sample sizes precluded statistical analysis, a pattern of improvement across disability subgroups was apparent. Benefits of treatment were significant by approximately 10 weeks.
The authors conclude that community dwelling individuals who have long term impairments and report depression can derive benefit from a combined intervention, with six months of treatment suggested as a minimum standard. The frequency of participation in community activities was specifically targeted and doubled over the course of treatment. Further, reported life satisfaction also improved, despite persistent dissatisfaction in physical status.
Furthermore, In two pre-post studies, Judd et al. (1989; 1986) also found improvement in inpatients’ BDI and anxiety levels post pharmacological and psychological treatment. Fullerton et al. (1981) interviewed 30 SCI rehabilitation patients using the SADS and identified nine as depressed. While three initiated treatment with amitriptyline, one patient responded and side effects required the intervention be discontinued in the remaining two. Depression was reported to have remitted in all patients at time of discharge (average 12 weeks).
Strategies to encourage health, reduce secondary complications and consequently support positive emotional adjustment following SCI have emerged as a source of increasing research interest. As examples, the following studies review the impact of regular exercise upon various measures of physical health and emotional well-being.
Table 3 Exercise for Depression following SCI
In a series of Canadian studies, Ginis et al. (2003), Hicks et al. (2003) and Latimer et al. (2004; 2005) reported RCT investigations of sedentary community dwelling SCI adult volunteers who participated in 3, and later 9 month trials of twice weekly, 60-90 minute sessions of stretching, aerobic arm ergometry and resistance exercises or a “wait” control condition who were asked to continue usual activities and refrain from beginning an exercise program. Among other findings, Exercisers reported less stress, fewer depressive symptoms and greater satisfaction with physical functioning than did controls. While the average frequency of depressive symptoms in the intervention group did not vary substantively over the 9 months (and remained below clinically significant levels), depressive symptoms in the control group increased and the average exceeded levels considered “at risk” for clinical depression. The authors suggested the benefits of exercise as offering a prophylactic or stabilizing effect on pain – perhaps reducing the propensity for flare-ups, and the potential benefits of targeting sources of recurrent pain (i.e. shoulder pain). Consistent with the Chronic Pain Process Model, a series of regression analyses the nine-month data revealed that changes in perceived pain mediated changes in stress, and the change in stress mediated a change in reported depression. It was recommended that clinicians prescribe exercise as a therapeutic modality for improving and maintaining well-being among people with SCI.
A Canadian pre-post study (Hicks et al. 2005) examined the effect of body weight supported treadmill training provided three times a week. This study reported an increase in life satisfaction and physical function satisfaction after one year of exercise; however, there was no change in reports of depressive symptoms.
Two studies (Bradley et al. 1994; Guest et al. 1997), examined the effects of an electrically stimulated walking program on SCI individuals. Bradley et al. (1994) in a cohort study, reported a significant increase in depression in participants with “unrealistic” expectations of their program. In contrast, Guest et al. (1997) using a pre-post design, found a decrease in reported depression after completion of their study intervention. Warms et al. (2004) reported no change in participant depression levels after six weeks of increased physical activity through a “Be Active in Life” intervention program. A pre-post study (Kennedy et al. 2006), found an intensive 1-week residential program (Back Up) involving participation in recreational activities resulted in fewer symptoms of anxiety and depression.
Table 4 Other Treatments for Depression following SCI
Dunn et al. (2000) reported that veterans approaching 20 years post SCI with access to medical follow-upthrough a specialty comprehensive outpatient program reported better health, independence, and less depression than a demographically similar (civilian) group without access to follow-up care. Neither group reported “depression” with sufficient frequency to earn it a top ten ranking from a list of 40 possible complications. However, those without access to medical follow-up who did endorse depression considered it of sufficient intensity to rank it among the ten most severe problems. While the types of secondary complications were similar, these were less frequent and less severe in those receiving health care. Noting a variety of methodological concerns that limit conclusions and generalizability, the authors reported that their findings were consistent with those in other studies (involving SCI and other patient groups).
Zemper et al. (2003) examined a holistic wellness program for SCI patients. The intervention in this RCT study involved six group workshop sessions focused upon lifestyle management (including sexual health and stress management), physical activity, nutrition, and preventing secondary complications. It also included individual coaching sessions and follow-up phone calls. Assessments were completed at three times: prior to the series, two weeks following completion and four months later. Results of this study pointed to improvements in awareness and behavior in areas of health practices, nutrition, and stress. Also secondary conditions were fewer and less serious. Reports of depression intensity decreased but did not reach significance. Self-reports indicated improvements in physical activity, while more objective tests showed no improvement in physical fitness.
With a university clinic group of 20 outpatients with quadriplegic injuries, Diego et al. (2002) compared the effects of a 5-week massage therapy program to those of an independently performed exercise routine conducted over a similar period. Subjects were stratified according to range of motion and then assigned to either of the two treatment groups. While both groups averaged pretreatment depression scores approaching the clinically depressed range, only the massage therapy group showed a decrease in reported post treatment depression symptoms. The massage therapy group also reported lower anxiety immediately after treatment on the first and last days of the protocol. The authors suggested that the significant gains in upper limb muscle strength and wrist range of motion demonstrated by the massage therapy group may have contributed to their reported reduction in subjective distress
One RCT (Defrin et al. 2007) evaluated the effectiveness of transmagnetic stimulation (TMS) in reducing pain post-SCI. This study found a significant decrease in depression in individuals treated with transmagnetic stimulation compared to those in the control group at time of follow-up 2-6 weeks post treatment.
This chapter has summarized research highlighting several promising approaches to the management of post-SCI depression. Additionally, their is also some evidence for the effectiveness of these approaches for related therapeutic targets such as anxiety and self-esteem. However, many of the studies cited note limitations that may introduce caution regarding the generalizability of conclusions to other samples and settings. These have included:
When leavened with clinical judgment, this research offers preliminary empirical support to guide the practitioner in employing evidenced-based therapeutic strategies. Future investigations, particularly those employing more stringent research designs, will continue to expand the options and confidence of clinical efforts to assist those individuals who have sustained spinal cord injuries. The reader is encouraged to also consider the following topic reviews of depression and SCI (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 1998; Elliott & Frank 1996; Elliott & Kennedy 2004) and also, more generally, a recent state of the science review of SCI rehabilitation (Sipski & Richards 2006).
Quantifying diseases or clinical conditions in populations is a core domain in Epidemiology. In addition, measuring health status can facilitate the understanding of the impact of healthcare management strategies and health policies, even though measures of health status cannot always be interpreted as health care performance according to the Wildavsky’s proposition of “medical care equals health” (Wildavsky 1977).
Measuring disease frequency in populations requires stipulation of diagnostic criteria or case definition. For the purpose of this review, traumatic spinal cord injury (SCI) is defined as a lesion of traumatic nature within the spinal cord that results in the disruption of nerve fibre bundles that convey ascending sensory and descending motor information (Raineteau and Schwab 2001; Kraus et al. 1975).
Given the paucity of reviews on measures of frequency of traumatic SCI in populations, we sought to systematically review the literature with respect to the estimations of incidence, prevalence, and etiology of traumatic SCI in different countries worldwide and distinctive time periods. This review provides up to date knowledge of the global incidence and prevalence, and cause related data of traumatic SCI for clinical and policy comparisons.
The methods used for the development of this review expanded upon the traditional SCIRE methods (see SCIRE Methods). Specifically, we included only original articles that properly estimated incidence, prevalence, or causes of traumatic SCI among adults. Case reports, editorial articles and meeting abstracts were excluded.
The primary search yielded 1,538 article titles of which 69 were selected for a full article review. The secondary search captured 10 additional articles. Of those 79, 51 articles fulfilled the inclusion and exclusion criteria for incidence studies (tables 1-4) and 9 articles were selected as adequate prevalence studies (table 5).
Incidenceis the proportion of a group initially free of the condition that develops it over a given period of time. In our review, incidence is standardized as the number of cases of traumatic SCI per million inhabitants a year. Tables 1 to 4 present the incidence of traumatic SCI by geographic area.
Table 1a: Incidence rates in North America - Canada
Table 1b: Incidence rates in North America - USA
Table 2: Incidence rates in Europe
Table 3: Incidence Rates in Asia
Table 4: Incidence Rates in Oceania
In North America, the incidence rate of traumatic SCI varied from 25 to 83 people per million inhabitants a year in the most recent studies. The vast majority of the studies are based on Canadian (n=4) or American data (n=14).
In Europe, the estimated incidence rate varied from 9.2 to 130.6 individuals with traumatic SCI per million inhabitants a year. This reflects the experience of several countries including Bulgaria, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Spain, The Netherlands and Turkey.
In Asia, the incidence rate of traumatic SCI was reported between 14.6 and 174 persons per million inhabitants a year. While there were 4 Taiwanese studies and 3 Japanese studies, only 1 Russian and 1 Jordan’s study estimated incidence of traumatic SCI in other Asian countries.
In Oceania, the estimated incidence rate varied from 10 to 77 individuals with traumatic SCI per million inhabitants a year. There were 3 Australian studies, 2 articles from New Zealand and another one from Fiji.
Our search did not capture any study focused on incidence or prevalence in an African country.
Incidence time-related trends
Of the 53 articles on incidence, 9 previous studies provided estimated incidence rates of traumatic SCI in at least 2 different periods of time. While most of those studies suggest an increasing incidence of traumatic SCI over the last decades, only three articles reported a decreasing incidence in Taiwan and Australia.
Pickett et al. (2006) found that the incidence rate of traumatic SCI in London (Ontario, Canada) augmented from 21 to 49 people per million inhabitants a year between 1997 and 2000. Similarly, Starr-Bocian et al. (1991) reported that the SCI incidence in Colorado (USA) increased from 26.5 to 38.8 individuals per million inhabitants a year between 1986 and 1990. Based on a broader time series from Olmsted County (Minnesota, USA), Griffin and Opitz (1985) also found considerable increase in the SCI incidence rate from 22.2 people per million inhabitants a year between 1935 and 1994 to 70.8 people per million inhabitants a year between 1975 and 1981. In a Finnish study (Kannus et al. 2007), the incidence rate of traumatic SCI more than doubled (from 52 to 120 individuals per million inhabitants) between 1970 and 2004. Similarly, Maharaj (1996) documented a significant increase in the SCI incidence rate in Fiji from 5.6 to 17.9 people per million inhabitants a year between 1986 and 1991. In the most recent study, Hagen et al. documented an increase in the incidence rate of traumatic SCI from 6.2 to 26.3 individuals per million a year from 50s to 90s in the Western Norway.
Differently, Chen et al. (1997) reported a reduction in the SCI incidence rate in Taiwan from 24.5 to 17.2 individuals per million a year between 1993 and 1996. Yeo (1993) also found a decreasing incidence rate of traumatic SCI in New South Wales (Australia) from 21.6 people per million inhabitants a year in 1987 to 15.6 individuals per million inhabitants a year in 1992. Similarly, Knutsdittir reported a decrease in the incidence rate of traumatic SCI from 24 (in the 70s) to 18 people per million a year (in the 80s).
Prevalence is the proportion of a group of individuals having a clinical condition at a given point in time. In our review, prevalence is expressed as the number of cases of traumatic SCI per million population in a given year. Table 5 presents the prevalence of traumatic SCI by geographic area.
Table 5: Prevalence by Country
Nine studies provided prevalence of traumatic SCI rates ranging from 50 to 906 cases per million population worldwide. In addition to regional differences with regard to the prevalence rates of traumatic SCI across the globe, there has been a trend towards increasing prevalence rates over the last decades.
In the United States, the estimated prevalence rates varied from 50 to 906 individuals with traumatic SCI per million. In Sweden and Finland, the prevalence rate of traumatic SCI was estimated to be 227 and 280 individuals per million, respectively. Based on data from Nepal and India, two Asian studies reported prevalence rates of traumatic SCI to be between 92.5 and 849.8 cases per million while in Australia, O’Connor et al. (2005) documented a prevalence rate of 681 individuals with traumatic SCI per million.
Our results also indicate that the prevalence rate of traumatic SCI has increased. Griffin and O’Fallon (1985) reported an increase in the prevalence rate of traumatic SCI in Olmsted County (Minnesota, USA) from 197 to 473 cases per million population between the 50s and 80s. Similarly, Lakhey et al. (2005) found an increase in the prevalence rates from 92.5 to 849.8 individuals with traumatic SCI per million in Dharan (Nepal) between 1997 and 2001.
The results of our systematic review suggest a relatively broad variation of incidence and prevalence rates of traumatic SCI among distinctive geographic regions. While most of the prior studies indicated an increasing incidence of traumatic SCI over the last decades, a few reports suggest trends towards reduction of its incidence over the past years. Furthermore, prior studies (Griffin and Opitz1985; Starr-Bocian et al.1991; Maharaj 1996; Pickett et al.2003) consistently suggest increasing prevalence of traumatic SCI in the past few decades. While those differences can be partially attributed to methodological divergences or limitations, such as the use of national databases versus hospital databases or regional chart reviews or surveys. Discrepancies among the results can also be associated with country-related differences regarding social-economic-cultural factors, public health policies, and healthcare systems all of which can influence survival where the individual would be acknowledged as a death rather than an individual with SCI.
In our review, the European and Asian continents that have more heterogeneous populations showed a greater range of incidence rates in comparison with Oceania and Americas, which are essentially represented by Australia, Canada and United States. One may speculate that diversity of societies, economies, healthcare systems and public health policies in Europe and Asia amplifies differences regarding health status including traumatic SCI. In addition to this contextualization, there are potential methodological issues and limitations with regard to data collection and its quality assessment. The paucity of validation studies of registries and databases is alarming and suggests caution when comparing those results. For instance, underestimation of the numerator is a major methodological issues in the studies focused on incidence and prevalence of any disease or clinical condition.
Our review also indicates that the incidence rates of traumatic SCI increased in Canada, United States, Finland, Fiji and Norway, whereas they reduced in Taiwan, Iceland and New South Wales. Again, methodological considerations should be taken prior to interpreting those discrepancies. Further studies are required to confirm those trends and, more importantly, to determine the reasons for such differences which may be applied to improve health status in other countries.
The prevalence studies in our review suggest that the number of people with traumatic SCI can greatly vary depending upon the geographic region. Again, underestimation of the numerator may play a key role in the lower prevalence rates reported in some of those previous studies. Improvement of economics, quality of life and healthcare apparatus actually contributed to an increased life span of person with traumatic SCI as documented in previous studies (DeVivo et al. 1999; Strauss et al. 2006). Therefore, a boost in the prevalence is at least partially explained by an increase in the individuals’ life span after a traumatic SCI. Prevalence rates could also be amplified by a real increase in the incidence rate of traumatic SCI as previously heralded in a number of those studies.
The results of this review indicate differences among geo-political regions regarding the incidence and prevalence rates of traumatic SCI. Also, an increase in the incidence and prevalence rates of traumatic SCI has been reported in several countries worldwide. However, this comprehensive review of the literature also emphasizes the need for further studies on incidence and prevalence of traumatic SCI. By understanding of the reasons for the discrepancies in the incidence and prevalence rates among those geographic regions, one may speculate that successful strategies could favor a reduction in the global burden of this clinical condition.
It is well established that using safe practices at work and at play can prevent many SCIs. Although significant efforts have recently been made towards the prevention of SCI, further improvements can be made to prevention strategies by identifying and studying the various causes of SCI throughout the world.
In tables 6 through 13, we present a global perspective on the frequency of the leading causes of SCI (motor vehicle crashes (MVC), falls, sports, self harm, violence, work-related incidents, natural disasters, and other).
There are 59 studies reporting on SCI as a result of MVCs (table 6). These studies present statistics from 30 different countries with all the continental regions having at least one reporting country. A variety of data sources were used including national and regional registries and national, regional or local hospital admission/discharge or survey representing a variety of methodological differences. North America has the most studies (N=24) primarily from the United States (N=17 studies) followed by Europe (N=19 studies). Only one study reported data on South America.
Motor vehicle accidents related SCI ranged from 6.9% in Nepal (Shresta et al. 2007) to 89% in Nigeria (Olasode et al. 2006). The most prevalent proportion fell within the 40-49.9% range (N=18 studies) followed by the 30-39.9% range (N=16 studies). Inclusion criteria is likely one of the primary reasons for the wide variation of reported ranges as some studies included all causes of SCI while others excluded non-traumatic causes or other subgroups such as degeneration, or individuals with or without neurological deficits.
There are 58 studies reporting fall data leading to an SCI (table 7). The majority of the studies (N=20 studies) use data arising from hospital admission/discharge data sources which include either single or multiple regionally located hospitals. A total of 10 studies are based on national data from specifically designed SCI databases. Most of the studies were conducted in North America (Canada N=4 studies; United States N=15 studies) and Europe (N=19 studies) with some representation from countries in Asia (N=9 studies), Africa (N=5 studies), Oceanic (N=5 studies), and South America (N=1 study).
Fall related SCI ranges from a low of 2.2% in Italy (Caldana and Lucca 1998) to a high of 77.6% in Nepal (Lakhey et al. 2005). The high rate of falls reported in Nepal is due to the occupational hazard of working in trees. The most commonly reported proportion of fall related SCI was in the 20-30% range (N=21 studies) followed by the <20% range (N=14 studies). One obvious potential sources of variation in the proportion of fall related cause was based on age as samples that represented all ages tended to have a lower proportion of fall related SCI compared to samples that consisted of older adults. Studies from Japan (Shingu et al. 1995; Shingu et al. 1994) and Romania (Soopramanien et al. 1994) had higher proportions of fall related causes compared to other countries: the mean age of subjects in these studies tended to be older (~40 years plus) than those of the other studies.
There are 71 different studies reporting sports data (including both organized sports and recreational activities) leading to SCI (table 8). Half of these studies (N=45 studies) report rates of SCI due to sporting accidents in general, and the remaining studies provide frequencies of SCI due to a specific sporting activity. The majority of studies were conducted in North America (Canada N=8 studies; United States N=17 studies) and Europe (N=17 studies), and fewer reports are from Asia (N=10 studies), Oceania (N=12 studies), Africa (N=4 studies) and South America (N=2 studies). Ten studies reported on the frequency of SCI for more than one specific sporting activity.
Those studies reporting on SCI due to sporting accidents in general have SCI frequencies ranging from a low of 1% in Italy (Caldana and Lucca 1998) to a high of 23.8% in Russia (Silberstein and Rabinovich 1995). The majority of papers citing the frequency of SCI due to sports ranged between 7-16% (N=26 studies). Major sources of variation are likely due to reporting techniques, inclusion criteria, and differences in each study’s definition of sports. For example, in the United States, several studies (Acton et al. 1993; Thurman et al. 1994; Calance et al. 2005) report the frequency of SCI due to diving separately from those frequencies due to sports in general, while other studies include diving in their overall estimates of SCI due to sporting accidents. Moreover, some studies fail to define the sporting activities included in their estimates of SCI due to sports.
Spinal cord injuries due to diving are commonly reported around the world, and are highest in Australia (9.4%) (Ring et al. 1986), Brazil (9.3%) (da Paz et al. 1992), and Finland (9.2%) (Dahlberg et al. 2005). Studies from the US and Japan have also reported SCI frequencies due to diving as high as 8.5%(Acton et al. 1993) and 1.3% (Shingu et al. 1995) respectively.
In South America, Africa, and Oceania, rugby is reported as a leading sports-related cause of SCI. In 16 studies examining SCI due to rugby, incidence was as high as 4.6 per 10,000 player hours in South Africa (Jakoet and Noakes 1998), and prevalence ranged from 1.7 (Rugby League) to 6.8 (Rugby Union) per 100,000 players in Australia (1995-2003) (Berry et al. 2006). Other major causes of sports related SCI include skiing/snowboarding (N=7 studies), ice hockey (N=4 studies) and horseback riding (N=2 studies).
Table 8a: Sports and Recreation - Canada
Table 8b: Sports and Recreation - USA
Table 8c: Sports and Recreation - Europe
Table 8d: Sports and Recreation - Asia
Table 8e: Sports and Recreation - Africa
There are 47 papers reporting SCI as a result of violence . Fourteen studies specifically cite gunshot wounds as the cause of SCI (table 9). The majority of the studies (N=29 studies) use data arising from hospital admission/discharge data sources which include either single or multiple regionally located hospitals. A total of 10 studies are based on national data from specifically designed SCI databases. Most of the studies were conducted in North America (Canada N=3 studies; United States N=16 studies) and Europe (N = 13 studies) with other representation from countries in Asia (N=6 studies), Africa (N=6 studies), Oceania (N=2 studies), and South America (N=1 study).
In North America, the frequency of SCI due to violence in the United States was found to range from a low of 0.97% (Fasset el al. 2007) to a high of 18.9% (Macciocchi et al. 2008). In Canada, reported frequencies were all below 5%. In Europe, the frequency of violence leading to SCI is comparable to that found in North America, with rates ranging from 1% in Germany (Exner and Meicnecke 1997) to11.1% in Greenland (Pederson et al. 1989). Variation in the frequencies is likely due to both reporting and sample population differences.
Rates of SCI due to gunshot wounds are as high as 36% in South Africa (Hart et al. 1994). High rates of SCI due to gunshot wounds are also found in Brazil (26.9%) (de Paz et al. 1992), Turkey (21.3%) (Gur et al. 2005), and Jordan (25.8%) (Otom et al. 1997). High rates of SCI due to gunshot wounds tend to be found in countries with high rates of violent crimes or warfare. Other reported causes of SCI due to violence are knife wounds (N=8 studies) and assault (N=5 studies).
There are 19 papers reporting SCI as a result of self-harm (table 10). The majority of the studies use admission data (N=12 studies) from one or multiple hospitals; one study used an SCI specific registry. Eight studies were conducted in Europe (N=8 studies), four studies were from each of North America and Asia, and one study was from Oceania.
Rates of SCI caused by self-harm ranged from a low of 1.3% in Canada (Pickett et al. 2006) to a high of 25.9% in Greenland (Pedersen et al. 1989). The majority of studies reported SCI due to self-harm in the range of 0.5% to 4.5% range (N=11). In addition to Greenland, two other countries reported higher rates of self-harm: Finland (10%; Dahlberg et al. 2005) and Israel (13.6%; Catz et al. 2002). All three countries with high rates of SCI due to self-harm also reported high levels of suicide
There are 12 papers reporting SCI due to work-related injuries (table 11). Eleven papers used admission data from one or multiple hospitals, the remaining paper used data from a SCI registry. The majority of studies were from Europe (N=4) and Oceania (N=3), with representation from North America (N=2), Asia (N=2) and Africa (N=1).
Rates of SCI due to work-related injuries ranged from a low of 3% in New Zealand (Dixon et al. 1993) to a high of 26.8% in Israel (Catz et al. 2002). Of the six studies reporting the specific types of work leading to SCI, all are common in reporting industrial related accidents (ie mining, forestry, farming, etc.) (Dixon et al. 1993; Tator et al. 1993; Stavrev et al. 1994; Igun et al. 1999; O’Connor 2001; Singh et al. 2003).
An SCI is one of several types of major trauma resulting from a natural disaster. Other injuries include head injury, abdominal injury, fractures of the extremities, crush syndrome and traumatic amputations. Many survivors of natural disasters have multiple injuries. Those with SCI are a subgroup requiring specific adequate care from the beginning e.g. spinal immobilization at the place of injury. It was estimated that in the 2003 earthquake in Bam / Iran more than 40.000 persons died and about 30.000 were injured overall. Of, 854 patients referred to tertiary hospitals out of the region, 156 (12%) had spinal column or cord injury (Mohebbi Prehospital Disast Med 2008).
Adequate provision of pre-hospital and acute care and rehabilitation for spinal cord injured persons is a major problem in low resource countries hit by a natural disaster. Available local medical emergency teams are often understaffed, underequipped or cannot reach remote rural regions in a timely manner. In addition, they are not trained in adequate care for persons with SCI. The health care infrastructures often were not adequate for SCI care before a disaster occurs. Even in regions with sufficient infrastructures, health services may be overwhelmed if many patients with major trauma need to be admitted at the same time. Further, most lay persons and first responders providing rescue and medical aid to disaster survivors do not know how to transport a person with suspected SCI safely. Thus, secondary lesions may result from well-intended but harmful manipulation of the victim.
In situations of mass-casualty with a sudden high load of severely injured, triage schemes are applied in order to allocate scarce resources to those who are most likely to benefit (Benson 1996)(Jenkins Prehosp Disaster Med 2008). Patients with SCI, in particular those with high lesions, may require surgical spinal stabilization and intensive acute care, but such services are usually not available in affected areas with low resources and lack of transport facilities. Thus, patients with complex trauma including SCI might not be given immediate priority because of their smaller probability of survival (Gautschi Prehosp Disaster Med 2008). Also, surgical care may not be regarded as an immediate priority if resources are scarce (Sheng 1987).
We identified 10 studies with a focus on SCI resulting from natural disasters (table 12). These papers cover the earthquakes in Tangshan, China in 1976, Yerevan, Armenia in 1988, Hanshin, Japan in 1995, Bam, Iran in 2003, Kashmir, Pakistan in 2005, and Sichuan, China in 2008. Of note, we did not find any publications reporting on SCI resulting from other types of natural disasters such as the tsunami in the Indian Ocean in 2004 or hurricane Katrina in 2005.
The frequency of SCI ranged from 0.02% in Japan and Iran (Maruo and Matumoto 1996; Naghi et al. 2005) to a high of 1.2% (n = 5000 SCIs) in China (Chang et al. 2000). The majority of injuries reported were to the lumber region of the spine, (Chen et al. 2009; Dong et al. 2009; Tauqir et al. 2006; Chang et al. 2000; Tanaka et al. 1997; Maruo and Matumoto 1996) however, not all injuries resulted in damage to the spinal cord. The most common mechanism of SCI was being struck by a falling object while sitting or standing (Rathore et al. 2007; Maruo and Matumoto 1996).
There 32 papers reporting SCI due to “other” causes (table 13). “Other” causes may also include the causes discussed above, as well as, miscellaneous causes not mentioned above or unique causes of SCI. The majority of studies were from Europe (N=14 studies) with some representation from North America (N=9 studies), Asia (N=6 studies), Africa (N=3 studies) and Oceania (N=3 studies). Fourteen of these studies reported SCI due to being struck by an object.
Rates of SCI due to “other” causes range from a low of 0.4% in Nigeria (Obalum et al. 2009) to a high of 14.1% in Spain (Garcia-Reneses et al. 1991). The reported frequency of the majority of papers were between 5.3% and 11.0% (N = 12 studies). Rates of SCI due to “struck by object” ranged from 2.0% in New Zealand (Dixon et al. 2003) to 14.6% in Taiwan (Chen et al. 1985). The majority of papers reported frequencies between 2% and 5% (N=8).
Previous studies have indicated a lack of uniformity in data collection and reporting of information related to the various causes of SCI (Ackery et al 2004). Because of the lack of uniform reporting on the classifications of the various etiologies of SCI, it is difficult to compare results. Nonetheless, as a result of our review, we have found that the most common causes of SCI reported around the world are motor vehicle crashes, falls, sports, violence, self-harm, and work. Althoughmost SCIs result from permanent risks such as those previously mentioned, a single natural disaster such as an earthquake may result in a sudden high burden of trauma in the affected populations. Depending on the type, intensity and extent of a disaster, such incidents can cause a large number of SCIs at one time, and is therefore a cause of SCI that deserves more attention.
In order to truly understand the implications of the differing causes of SCI there is a need for a common approach to evaluate and report on the causes of SCIs in the various regions of the world (Ackery et al. 2004). Therefore, future epidemiological studies on SCI are needed to be conducted with common data collection and reporting techniques, in order better compare data between regions. Such information will lead not only to greater understanding of worldwide statistics on SCI, but also to better developed international injury prevention programs. Based on the present trends in causes of SCI, the implementation of the following measures could reduce the risk of traumatic spinal cord injury:
Heterotopic ossification (HO) is the formation of pathological bone in muscle or soft tissue. The incidence in individuals following a spinal cord injury (SCI) has been reported to vary greatly, ranging from 10-78% (van Kuijk et al. 2002, Banovac 2001). Banovac et al. (2001) notes HO occurs most frequently in the first 2 months after SCI below the level of paralysis. The etiology of HO is not fully understood which creates challenges in determining appropriate diagnostic and therapeutic approaches.
The mechanism underlying heterotopic ossification following spinal cord injury is not fully understood but it appears to be initiated by mesenchymal cells into bone precursor cells (Schuetz et al. 2005). Pape et al. (2004) has noted that mesenchymal stem cells can differentiate into osteogenic cells given the right stimuli within the right environment, even soft tissues (Chalmers et al. 1975). These mesenchymal stem cells can generate cartilage, bone, muscles, tendons, ligaments or fat (Williams et al. 1999) and are thought to play a pivotal role in the development of HO (Pape et al. 2004). HO then forms through a typical process beginning with the formation of a protein mixture created by bone cells (osteoid) that eventually calcifies within a matter of weeks (Pape et al. 2001). Over the next few months, the calcified osteoid remodels and matures into well-organized trabecular bone (Pape et al. 2001). Months following the initial trauma patients develop bone formation in muscle and soft tissues adjacent to a joint (paraarticular) with resultant restriction in range of motion, pain and ankylosis (Banovac & Gonzalez 1997, Garland et al. 1980). The bony lesion has a high metabolic rate, adding new bone at more than three times the rate of normal bone. Osteoclastic (bone removal cell) density is more than twice that found in healthy bone (Puzas et al. 1987). It is suspected there may be a neurogenic factor contributing to HO but the mechanism is poorly understood (Hurvitz et al. 1992, Pape et al. 2001, Pape et al. 2004).
Figure 1

Schuetz and coworkers (2005) has noted that the symptoms of heterotopic ossification appear 3-12 weeks after spinal cord injury. SCI patients typically present with joint and muscle pain, parasthesias and tissue swelling in the involved region, accompanied by mild fever (Thomas & Amstutz 1987; Orzel & Rudd 1985; Smith 1998;Shehab et al. 2002). In the initial stages of HO, clinical signs of inflammation are nonspecific (Neal 2003).
In the early phase of HO, three phase bone scanning demonstrates increased uptake of osteotropic radionucleotides. Bone scanning has proven to be more sensitive than plain radiography in detecting early HO. Neurogenic HO becomes evident on plain radiography approximately 2 to 6 weeks after diagnosis using the three phase bone scan (Orzel et al. 1985; Freed et al. 1982). However, bone scans have lower specificity than radiography (Freed et al. 1982). CT or MRI scanning may be a useful tool when considering surgery as it allows for better visualization of the heterotopic bone (Amendola et al. 1983). Some studies have looked into diagnosing HO through elevations of biochemical markers such as alkaline phosphatase (Singh et al. 2003; Tibone et al. 1978) and creatine phosphokinase (Singh et al. 2003; Welch et al. 1973; Rossier et al. 1973). The predictive value of alkaline phosphatase has not been validated (Singh et al. 2003; Welch et al. 1973; Rossier et al. 1973), while there is conflicting evidence of an association of HO with increased serum creatine phosphokinase levels (Singh et al. 2003; Welch et al. 1973). Schurch et al. (1997) studied individuals with acute SCI and found increases in the 24 hour prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) urinary excretion a valid indicator of early HO formation.
The published literature on treatment of HO provides evidence for non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, warfarin, bisphosphonates, pulse low-intensity electromagnetic field therapy, radiation and surgical excision.
Indomethacin and Rofecoxib have both been evaluated in the treatment of HO post SCI.
Table 1 Anti-Inflammatory Drugs as Prophylaxis
Two highly rated RCTs examined the use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in the early phase after SCI in an attempt to reduce the incidence of HO. Banovac and coworkers (2001)randomized 33 SCI patients approximately 3 weeks post SCI and treated them prophylactically with either slow-release indomethacin 75 mg daily or placebo for a total of 3 weeks. Patients were carefully followed with regular clinical follow-up and nuclear bone scans. There was a significantly higher incidence of HO, diagnosed on nuclear bone scan and on radiographs, in the placebo group when compared with the group receiving indomethacin (p<.001). Banovac et al. (2004)in a more recent study randomized 76 patients in the early phase post SCI into 2 groups: the treatment group who received 25 mg rofecoxib daily for weeks and a placebo group. A significantly lower incidence of HO was found in the rofecoxib group (13.4%) than in the placebo group (33.3%) (p<.05). Both of these RCTs provided compelling evidence that anti-inflammatory drugs, given prophylactically, reduce the likelihood of developing HO post-SCI. Rofecoxib is no longer available due to cardiovascular side effects.
Warfarin is a well-known anticoagulant which may also be useful in the prevention of heterotopic ossification post SCI.
Table 2 Warfarin as a Prophylaxis
There is only one observational retrospective study which noted an association between Warfarin use and heterotopic ossification post SCI. Buschbacher et al. (1992)studied 227 patients with SCI. None of the 33 patients treated with Warfarin an average of 5.4 weeks post SCI were diagnosed as suffering from heterotopic ossification; of the remaining 193 patients, 34 were diagnosed as suffering from HO and no patient with a diagnosis of HO had been treated with Warfarin. The authors speculated that Warfarin provided a protective or inhibitory effect against HO.
Two bisphosphonates, Etidronate and pamidronate, have been studied in the treatment of HO progression post SCI. Etidronate was introduced in the 1970s for the treatment of heterotopic ossification post SCI and is still commonly used today (Banovac et al. 1997; Fleisch 1991). Etidronate works by inhibiting the transformation of amorphous calcium phosphate into crystalline hydroxyapetite (Fleisch 1991; Fleisch et al. 1969; Banovac et al. 1997). Although commonly used its efficacy in prophylaxis has been questioned (Finerman & Stover 1981). Pamidronate is a new generation nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate (Schuetz et al. 2005).
Table 3 Bisphosphonates in the Treatment of Heterotopic Ossification Post SCI
Banovac et al. (1993)provided intravenous etidronate for 3-5 days followed by oral etidronate for 6 months to 27 SCI patients following diagnosis of heterotopic ossification and then compared to 11 SCI patients treated with oral etidronate for 6 months alone. After the initial intravenous therapy, 20 patients showed prompt reduction in swelling over the first 48 hours while 7 patients had no change or an increase in swelling. Overall, treatment reduced swelling (p<.01). There was no significant difference noted between the intravenous and orally treated groups in its effect on heterotopic ossification.
Garland et al. (1983) assessed the effectiveness of Etidronate treatment on SCI patients with clinical signs of HO over a 2 year period. Ossification appeared to plateau in only 1 of 9 patients, while an increase in HO was seen to varying degrees in the remaining patients.
Banovac et al. (1997)subsequently studied 46 patients (of whom 5 were excluded because of discontinuation of therapy) who were treated with 3 days of intravenous disodium etidronate followed by oral etidronate for 6 months. 33 patients had a positive bone scan but a negative x-ray for HO and of these 5 discontinued treatment and showed gradual progression of HO. Of the remaining 28 patients, 22 had no x-ray evidence of HO while 6 developed HO on x-ray. 13 patients had both a positive bone scan and a positive x-ray; of these progression of soft tissue ossification was inhibited by etidronate in 6 patients, while the remaining 7 did not respond to treatment and showed progression of HO.
Banovac (2000)studied 40 SCI patients with HO, diagnosed early with positive bone scan but negative x-rays, were treated with etidronate (intravenous x 3days and then oral x 6months). 11 of the 40 (27.5%) developed radiographic evidence of HO from 1.5-6.0 years post initiation of therapy.
Stover et al. (1987) conducted a pre-post trial of 87 adult SCI patients and found that there was no difference between patients treated with etidronate disodium for 3 months vs. 6 months. However, those who received earlier treatment did better on x-rays.
Secondary prevention of HO post surgical excision was examined by Subbarao et al. (1987, N=5)and Schuetz et al. (2005, N=7). The first study included etridonate treatment pre and post surgical hip wedge resection and found at followup patients still had severe restriction in their range of motion (Subbarao et al. 1987). In the second study, (Schuetz et al. 2005), pamidronate was administered pre and post surgical removal of HO with no recurrence. However, sample sizes in both studies were small.
The lack of RCTs and the different treatment scenarios make it difficult to come to definitive conclusion. It appears that etidronate is able to delay or inhibit HO progression once it is diagnosed and it tends to work better when given earlier after SCI.
Pulse low intensity electromagnetic field therapy uses magnetic fields to increase oxygen levels and decrease toxic by-products of inflammation by increasing local blood flow (Durovic et al. 2009).
Table 4 Pulse Low Intensity in Treatment of Heterotopic Ossification Post SCI
Durovic et al. (2009) randomly assigned 29 SCI patients into either the control group or the treatment group. Both received range of motion and exercise therapy; however only the treatment group received PLIMF therapy an average of 7 weeks post injury for 4 weeks. The study showed no incidence of HO in the treatment group and a 33% incidence in the control group (p<0.04).
Radiation therapy or radiotherapy is the use of ionizing therapy.
Table 5 Radiation Therapy in Treatment of Heterotopic Ossification Post SCI
A case series examined the effectiveness of radiotherapy administered to 52 SCI patients (Sautter-Bihl et al. 2001). The study found radiotherapy effectively prevented primary and secondary HO post surgical excision in 71% of patients. However, treatment did not result in regression of HO once developed as measured by the Brooker scale. Two joints increased in Brooker score, neither of them developed any functional impairments.
Sautter-Bihl et al. (2000)studied 36 patients with HO of whom 27 patients (32 joints) received radiotherapy when ossification was minimal. 11 patients (13 joints) had obvious ossifications, which had to be resected. Post-op radiotherapy was performed 24-36 hours post-operatively. 2 patients received radiotherapy both before and after surgery. Mean duration of follow-up was 23.6 months. 30 of the 36 irradiated patients showed no progression of HO. In 3 patients, reossifications after therapy resulted in a moderate decrease in joint mobility.
Surgical resection of HO post SCI is a well established treatment but still somewhat controversial.
Table 6 Surgical Resection of HO Post SCI
Meiners et al. (1997) reported on a case series of 10 quadriplegics and 19 paraplegics who underwent HO resection at the hip followed by irradiation and eventually passive range of motion exercises. Mean hip ROM increased from 21.95º pre-operatively to 94.51º intra-operatively and 82.68º at 4 year (mean) follow-up.
Garlandand Orwin (1989) examined the effect of HO excision to improve range of motion in 19 individuals with SCI. They found that the largest gain of function occurred intraoperatively followed by a large loss of function within the first 6 months. At final follow up (6 yrs post surgery), 3 of 24 hip joints where HO was surgically excised had similar or less motion when compared with preoperative motion, 15 improved between 10 and 39° while 6 showed greater than 40° improvement.
The effectiveness of surgical excision followed by bisphosphonates was examined in two case series (Schuetz et al. 2005; Subbarao et al. 1987). Etidronate treatment post surgical excision showed patients were able to function independently in a wheelchair; however they had severe restrictions in their range of motion (Subbarao et al. (1987). Surgical excision supplemented with pamidronate treatment resulted in no recurrence of HO post surgery (Schuetz et al. 2005).
Individuals go through a demanding functional rehabilitation process following a spinal cord injury (SCI). Having an SCI involves taking into account important issues (e.g., financial support, insurance, technological devices or equipment, etc.) when planning for discharge home. Appropriate housing and attendant care are cornerstones of successful reintegration. In cases where individuals are more vulnerable, the quality of these resources, in particular in term of functionality and availability, can make the difference between independent living or not.
For the past three decades these issues have been of interest to and addressed to some extent by both the academic and disability communities. The work done by the disability community has been oriented towards the perspective of increasing access to more specific resources such as support and equipment, as well as to mainstream resources such as transportation, housing, health, and educational services. These advocacy actions have been undertaken to increase choice and control over issues related to the living arrangements of persons with disabilities, in particular those with SCI. Within the academic community many of the studies related to independent living have focused largely on impact research relating to several dimensions of the life of persons with disabilities, as well as on the community as a whole. We present in this chapter the findings involving persons with SCI.
Housing is a fundamental need of all people. Finding appropriate living arrangements within the community can be difficult for many individuals with SCI after they are discharged from rehabilitation. Yet housing is key to a successful transition from rehabilitation to community reintegration. Because of the cost associated with altering the physical environment to accommodate an individual with an SCI, housing presents a financial challenge and therefore housing can be a significant obstacle limiting one’s opportunities to resume an active role and fully integrate within the community. This issue is also connected to two other important factors: 1) community resources related to availability and capacity to provide support, and 2) opportunity to choose one’s living environment. Both factors have been documented as playing an important role in the quality of community reintegration and residential satisfaction.
Attendant care services are a resource designed to provide a person with SCI with support so they can engage in activities of daily living that are considered important. This support is usually put into place after discharge from rehabilitation when the individual returns to his/her community. Several important decisions are required when considering attendant care services, such as who will provide the support, how it will work, who will pay for it, etc. At the same time, the relationship between rehabilitation services and community resources must be also considered in the context of the built environment to ensure the best opportunities for independent living among individuals with SCI. For example, the quality of the built environment, particularly housing adaptations, is very important because it can influence how the attendant care services will be provided in terms of the intensity and frequency of care.
In this chapter we provide a review of literature related to housing and attendant care services, and the influence of these factors on the quality of life of individuals with SCI living in the community. In order to develop a more comprehensive analysis of this material, the literature selection and review methods used have been expanded beyond those traditionally used for the other SCIRE reviews (see SCIRE Methods). Specifically, two new databases with a focus on the social sciences were searched (Social Sciences Abstracts and Social Work Abstracts), and the inclusion criteria were broadened to include any study (including qualitative studies) that was at least partially community-based which examined factors influencing satisfaction with housing and attendant care needs after SCI, issues with access, and/or interventions improving outcomes.
Housing is a primary need for all individuals. The necessity of having a safe home compatible with one’s personal needs increases when an individual is vulnerable. One of the first questions asked when a person has sustained and survived an SCI is where he/she will be able to live. Successful community reintegration is intimately linked to housing within the background of the person’s needs, the attributes of relevant environmental factors, and the preferred choice of living environment of the person with the injury. Until recently, SCI authors generally only discussed the issue of the suitability of a home regarding its physical accessibility and adaptations (Heywood, 2004; Forrest and Gombas 1995; McAweeney et al. 1996). Forrest and Gombas (1995) revealed that a lack of accessible housing increases a person’s length of stay on the rehabilitation unit, thus increasing the overall cost of healthcare services after SCI.
The choice of living environment for people with SCI is critical because of their increased need for human and environmental support, requiring them to carefully consider who they will live their life with and where. In some cases, individuals with SCI do not have a choice because of the lack of accessible housing inventory. Having a range of choices of housing likely hastens and enhances the transition from rehabilitation to community while improving the personal match to the living environment. Ten non-intervention housing articles are presented below. Given that stable housing is a basic human need, it is virtually impossible to develop intervention studies in this research area of inquiry.
From the onset of SCI, the rehabilitation services and the resources required for independent living remain two of the key elements for successful community reintegration. This is particularly true for people with spinal cord injury who use more services (particularly related to housing) than other consumers with disabilities such as TBI or Stroke (Fuhrer et al 1990). According to Tate and Forchheimer (1998) participation in an independent living program (e.g., peer counseling, group support, etc.) can provide better knowledge of the resources needed and may lead to better personal control and adjustment upon return to the community. However, a follow-up study of an independent living program revealed it had little or no impact on life satisfaction or personal control of participants with SCI (Forchheimer and Tate 2004). Marital status and transportation barriers are the most important predictors related to living arrangement post-SCI (DeJong et al 1984). Boschen (1996) found that the best predictor of residential satisfaction was having the perception of choice of residence, and that satisfaction with residential placement was correlated with life satisfaction.
Boschen (1988, 1990) found that the level of satisfaction with the home is also related to difficulties encountered living in the home, primarily because of environmental barriers. Moreover, the level of satisfaction was higher among persons with SCI living in their own apartment. In previous work, Boschen (1988) revealed that having one’s own apartment was preferred by the individuals with SCI and that their choice is determined by the quality of the environment, particularly in terms of accessibility. The choice of residence is limited by many factors and the limitations are magnified as the severity of disability increases. Therefore individuals with tetraplegia are at a significant disadvantage. The findings indicate that those with tetraplegia move several times after discharge from rehabilitation. The moves are influenced by factors such as information, money, accessibility, insurance, personal assistance, etc. Individuals with SCI who eventually end up living with their parents or in an institution consider such living arrangement as their last option (Bergmark et al 2008). Anzai et al (2006) found that certain social and personal factors (e.g., age, having insurance or private funding) reduce the risk of moving to a nursing home after discharge from rehabilitation. Living in an environment considered to be minimally restrictive which enables active participation in daily decisions according to the principles of independent living is more likely to contribute to improved quality of life (DeJong and Hughes 1982). Finally, safety at home is important to persons with SCI, particularly related to fire. Many participants indicated they would need assistance with that dimension of home safety (Cesar et al. 2002).
The evidence reveals the importance of the continuity of services between rehabilitation and return to the community (Fuhrer et al 1990). The lack of accessible housing is an important barrier that may have an impact on the community reintegration process as well as on rehabilitation service costs. Community services play an important role, especially in housing and peer support to return to independent living (Fuhrer et al. 1990; Tate and Forchheimer 1998). Finally, the quality of the built environment is one of the key determinants of the ability to find housing that meets the needs of persons with SCI, which also affects their level of satisfaction with respect to where they reside. Freedom of choice related to selecting where they will live constitutes a salient feature of life satisfaction for many. However those individuals who encounter obstacles (related to accessibility, financial support and so on) will likely have little choice when it comes to selection of housing (Boschen 1988; 1990). Despite opportunities to participate in transitional or independent living programs before discharge from rehabilitation, the common finding of this body of work is that the move back into the community following SCI seems to be a real test of both the supportiveness of the environment and the resilience and resourcefulness of the individual in determining the success of the reintegration.
Advances in medical technology have increased survival rates for traumatic injuries and as a result, more people are living longer with an SCI (Adams and Beatty 1998). However, functional impairment due to SCI may necessitate the use of attendant care or personal assistance services (PAS). Attendant care can be broadly defined as home-based support that assists individuals to perform tasks they would otherwise not be able to perform themselves. Attendant care service providers are usually either non-paid family members or paid workers who help with everyday personal or self-care tasks such as bathing, dressing, grooming, and transfers (Berry et al. 1995; Cockerill and Durham 1992; Meyer et al. 2007). They may also assist with instrumental activities of daily living such as cooking, chores, and shopping (Berry et al. 1995; Cockerill and Durham 1992). In this way, personal assistance or attendant care facilitates what was called independent living 20 - 30 years ago and is now commonly referred to as community integration and social participation, and which may also include accommodated employment and/or adapted sports and recreation (Adams and Beatty 1998). In addition, home-based attendant care, which is typically provided only part-time and not on a full-day basis, has long been recognized as more cost-effective when compared to institutional costs (Hoeman and Winters 1990).
It should be noted that independent living does not require that a person be able to carry out their routine tasks alone without help from someone else. While tasks are completed with some assistance, the emphasis of independent living is placed on the individual’s right to decide when, where, and how tasks are performed (Litvak et al. 1987). Indeed, recipients of paid personal care assistance (PCA) have emphasized the importance of being in control of training the assistant. How the assistance is to be provided is discussed with the attendant at the outset of the professional relationship (Meyer et al. 2007). Some individuals prefer untrained attendants so they can train and direct them to suit their own particular needs. Being able to direct attendants to assist with managing personal care post-SCI maximizes the ability to promote good health and enables the person with the SCI to live more independently and productively. Personal care attendants may be skilled or unskilled workers, licensed or unlicensed, registered nurses, nursing assistants, nurse’s aids, home health aids, or paid or unpaid family members (Berry et al. 1995; Pomeranz et al. 2006). Typically, individuals with tetraplegia in need of 24-hour care will require such care from nurses with specialized training, whereas persons with lower-level injuries may be fairly self-sufficient and require less-skilled assistance with daily tasks.
Attendant care is a common and essential aspect of daily living for many individuals with an SCI (Berry et al. 1995). The United States Federal Bureau of Statistics predicted that the number of personal care attendants would be 827,000 in 2005 (Frost et al. 1999). Attendant care services can be expensive and are therefore an important financial as well as social consideration. In 1992, the average individual yearly cost of attendant care services for all levels of SCI combined was $14,359 USD two years after injury (Johnson et al. 1996). However, costs ranged dramatically and these data are now clearly outdated. But for comparison purposes it is instructive to know that the annual mean cost of PAS for individuals with high tetraplegia (C1-C4) was $92,441 while average costs were $2,184 for persons with paraplegia (T1-S5). Another study found a range of $38-$798 spent per day on attendant care (Mattson-Prince 1997). A third costing study, also from the 1990’s, found that 44% of total costs related to SCI were for attendant care (Harvey et al. 1992).
Regardless of cost, PCA is essential for many SCI consumers and is correlated with a variety of factors. Previous studies have found that gender may influence PCA use; men tend to rely on family members whereas women are more likely to pay for services from an outside agency (Shackleford et al. 1998). A 1992 study revealed that approximately two-thirds of individuals with SCI received an average of 25 hours of paid or unpaid weekly PCA; more than half received 40 hours per week or less. The majority of this care was provided voluntarily (Harvey et al. 1992). Family caregivers tend to be female, a spouse, and over 40 years of age (Foster et al. 2005). It is important to understand the patterns of PCA use, the characteristics of family support providers, and the impact of this role on these lifelong assistants (Boschen et al. 2005a, 2005b). Families often play a central role in providing home services, which is beneficial to the injured person but has significant health, career, social, and other personal consequences for the informal provider (Boschen and Gargaro 2009). One generic rehabilitation study documented that family caregivers may experience poorer health, higher rates of anxiety and depression, and possibly develop more long-term health problems (Holicky 1996). The evidence base from the above studies of these family caregiver consequences is crucial for justifying healthcare and social support direct service allocation to SCI families, and highlights the need for promoting self-care for all PCA providers to improve stability of services.
Despite using a broad definition of attendant care or personal assistance there are very few high-quality academic articles in the literature on this topic. The articles reviewed in Table 2 below focus both on the characteristics of attendant care for the adult SCI population and on the promotion of their independent function and behaviours that will maintain or improve their health. Specifically, articles were included if they addressed the effectiveness of in-home attendant care services, factors influencing the use of and access to attendant care, and/or future interventions to improve outcomes. Qualitative data were included in this review due to the paucity of intervention articles and the utility of the data obtained from these studies which met the chapter inclusion criteria. Most of the research evidence comes from observational studies, with few randomized controlled trials (RCTs). All intervention studies involving facilitation of the individual to direct their own attendant care have been included in Table 3 in this chapter.
This attendant care literature review for non-intervention attendant care articles includes five peer-reviewed observational articles all classified at Level 5 and one qualitative article. A summary of the findings can be found in Table 2.
Table 2: Non-Intervention Articles
Two observational studies identified correlates of PCA turnover and service use. In one study, a large sample of participants with SCI reported the number of new assistants within the past six months, how often they worked, and how satisfied they were with received service (Bushnik et al. 2007). Individuals with high turnover (HT) rates were compared to those with low turnover (LT) rates. The majority of the sample (over 80%) was very or extremely happy with received services, with greater happiness associated with unpaid rather than paid work. There was no difference in turnover rates in relation to injury level. However those with HT had more needs regarding exercise and transfers than those with LT. Individuals with LT had significantly more unpaid attendant care by family members or friends, with higher reported skill level and satisfaction ratings than those with HT. Those with HT were more likely to rate attendant care as restricting their life. No differences were found for QOL, functioning, or rates of secondary complications.
The second observational study identified predictors of PCA use in a large sample of SCI participants by retroactively examining health records from a national SCI database (Weitzenkamp et al. 2002). The motor portion of the Functional Independence Measure (FIM) was the strongest predictor of PCA use, followed by days spent in a nursing home. Length of rehabilitation stay only predicted PCA use for individuals who paid for services. Surprisingly, age, gender, years since injury, and service payer were non-significant variables in predicting attendant care use.
There were two observational studies which described the characteristics of informal caregivers. The first investigated caregivers of a large sample of veterans to obtain a better understanding of future care needs of those aging with an SCI, determine the number of veterans receiving care from family, describe those caregivers, and assess perception of stability of that care (Robinson-Whelan and Rintala 2003). A total of 22% of participants reported receiving only unpaid assistance and received on average 12.9 hours of daily care. Sixteen percent received both unpaid and paid care with an average of 10.4 and 4.8 daily hours respectively. Those with high tetraplegia were more likely to use both paid and paid PCA. Of those who used unpaid care (n = 130), over half (59%) primarily received care from a spouse or partner, followed by parent, sibling/spouse of sibling, and child/spouse of child, most of whom were women. One quarter of participants were not sure their primary caregiver could continue to provide the same care five years in the future, and more than half did not have a suitable alternate person.
A related study of informal caregivers found similar results (Foster et al 2005). PCA were mostly female spouses of the SCI consumer. The most common services provided by unpaid caregivers were practical, emotional, and physical care. Over half of the participants spent more than three hours per day providing care or support. In terms of required services, family caregivers required assistance in six areas: respite/care support (concerns about health problems of caregiver); personal support (managing stress); information services (medical updates and information regarding equipment/aids); health professional services (PT or massage); home help and practical support (housework, yard maintenance); and lifestyle services (employment support for consumer).
A survey compared consumers and attendants with few financial resources on their perceptions of care, satisfaction, independence, and control (Berry et al 1995). Injury level ranged from C7-C3 and most consumers had one regular attendant who worked on a daily basis. Most attendants were family members or friends, as the majority of the sample only had Medicaid to pay for healthcare expenses with no secondary insurance. Most attendants received training during the consumer’s inpatient rehabilitation and were trained by the consumer, nurses, and occupational therapists. The majority of consumers felt assistance was always available in a timely fashion and that meals were on time. All participants felt they were in control of their financial affairs. Most (68%) felt very satisfied with quantity, quality, dependability and overall impression of care. In contrast, attendants often rated their clients as less independent in functioning and self-care than the consumers. They also thought timeliness of care and meals was more of a problem than the individuals with SCI, and they rated their clients’ satisfaction as lower than what clients rated. However, all agreed that control and substance abuse were not problems.
A qualitative study obtained information from attendants and consumers regarding the role of personal assistive services in independent living (Cockerill and Durham 1992). Consumers described the difficulty of obtaining reliable and affordable attendant care services. Attendants struggled with determining whether their agency or the consumer should set priorities and direct care. Burnout was quite common and attributed to little performance appraisal, low pay, and few opportunities for advancement. In terms of transitional centres, both consumers and attendants agreed that the emphasis of care should be promoting consumer independence. However, there was little reported on training for how this was to be accomplished. As a result, attendants created their own methods for educating the client. Obstacles in transitional centers included a lack of tailored skill development for consumers, establishing boundaries for consumer independence, and teaching consumers to direct their attendant care.
Maintaining good health practices can lead to a greater level of independence. Moreover maximizing health is an important goal for both the person with the SCI and family caregivers, and is important for the healthcare system since complications and hospitalizations are costly. Most importantly, healthy individuals are more likely to be maintained in community settings and more likely to be productive.
Attendants are often required to perform tasks such as transfers and bowel and bladder care, all of which involve knowledge, skill, and effective communication (Berry et al 1995; DeVivo et al 1989). If not done properly, secondary complications such as pressure sores and urinary tract infections (UTIs) may occur. These issues underscore the need for proper training and assessment of that training.
Personal care assistance services can be obtained through agencies or can be hired, trained, and paid independently by the consumer. The effects of these two approaches in terms of health outcomes and satisfaction is largely unknown. The impact of the type of payer on psychological functioning of SCI consumers has been investigated, and the amount of assistance and payer type may influence self-esteem (Tate et al 1994a). Those with more psychological distress are more dependent on attendant care and tend to pay for it rather than rely on informal support (Tate et al 1994b).
A total of 6 intervention articles were reviewed which included one Level 1 RCT, a Level 2 prospective study, two Level 4 pre-post studies, one Level 4 case series, and a Level 4 observational study. A summary of the methods and outcomes can be found in Table 3.
Table 3. Interventions that Promote Use of Attendant Care
Health promotion is an important area for maintenance of individuals in the community. Only three intervention studies were identified in this area and only one is of a high quality; the other two are observational studies. Cohen and Schemm (2007) conducted an RCT with a convenience sample of persons with SCI in the early phases of rehabilitation. The occupational therapist visits were intended to be client goal-focused, structured, and individualized. They were to help the participants increase their functional independence and the depth and breadth of their social roles. No statistically important differences were noted in the participants’ independence level or handicap level based on this intervention.
Barber and colleagues (1999) studied the effectiveness of skills-focused counselling for persons at risk of developing UTIs and found that the risk can be reduced below threshold levels. It should be noted that a majority of the participants required multiple sessions, suggesting that skill-based interventions such as this must be repeated over sessions and time to achieve change. The authors stressed that this is a simple and cost-effective intervention when compared to the medical interventions required with chronic UTIs.
The Beck and Scroggins (2001) post-test study has several interesting aspects. A health maintenance education program was developed to deal with a preponderance of re-hospitalizations due to spinal cord dysfunction with tetraplegia. The program was comprised of: a one-day workshop consisting of evidence-based education; a collaborative home visit; and ongoing support provided via telephone. Healthcare providers and family members were included, in recognition that the larger healthcare system needs to be educated regarding SCI consequences and available resources; the one-year opportunity for follow-up; and the collaborative home/facility visit after the workshop in order to provide individualized “real-world” follow-up to the concepts discussion in the workshop (strategies, educational resources, and supervised practice).
Attendant care training was discussed in a prospective controlled trial and a case series. Schopp et al (2007) evaluated a PAS training program with 87 consumers and 53 personal assistants in a longitudinal study that was designed to improve the relationship between consumer and caregiver in addition to increasing knowledge of health and wellness. Both groups attended a workshop which provided information about health threats, severity of various secondary conditions, and specific health behaviours to prevent complications such as pressure sores and UTIs from arising. A physician led this study and provided training for bowel and bladder management, nutrition, and weight-loss strategies. A second component to this intervention was interactive sessions involving role-playing, discussions on effective listening and communication skills, and assertiveness training. Training was completed as one large group and then separate groups consisting of caregivers and consumers. The results revealed no change in the working relationship between the two groups. However, knowledge among participants significantly increased.
A case series investigated the utility of training persons with disabilities to provide PCA for SCI consumers in an inner city via the Linking Employment, Abilities and Potential (LEAP) PVA Training Program (Frost et al 1999). Obtaining preliminary results was hampered by unsafe work environments, changing discharge locations, and limited verbal abilities of the attendants. However, one female client with a C5 injury used LEAP services and was doing well with both the agency and family help. More data must be collected to determine client satisfaction and success of the intervention.
Despite the common use of attendant care services, there have been few studies which investigate the utility of various types of personal care. One observational study compared agency-provided PCA with self-managed attendant care. Seventy-one participants with high-level tetraplegia were interviewed about their experiences with either approach using measures of health status, life satisfaction, functional ability, service satisfaction, locus of control, and cost (Mattson-Prince 1997). Results indicated significant savings using non-agency attendants ($156 per day if using 24-hour care) and are higher when non-agency nurses are used. Further, those not using agencies had better health outcomes, fewer re-hospitalizations, and greater life satisfaction and locus of control than those using agency-based attendant care services. It should be noted that paid attendant services were often complemented by attendant care provided by family members.
Loss of function in the lower limbs due to SCI can extend from complete paralysis to varying levels of voluntary muscle activation. The rehabilitation of lower extremity function after SCI has generally focused on the recovery of gait. Even when functional ambulation may not be possible (e.g. in complete tetraplegia), lower limb interventions can be targeted to maintain muscle health as well as reduce other complications, such as decreased cardiovascular health or osteoporosis. Minimizing the risk of these complications would ease health costs related to the treatment of these sequelae and also promote survivors’ participation in society as productive members of the workforce.
Conventional rehabilitation strategies for enhancing lower limb function after SCI have focused on range of motion and stretching, active exercises, electrical stimulation to strengthen functioning musculature, and functional training in daily mobility tasks. Standing and overground ambulation training are also important components of conventional rehabilitation using various bracing and assistive devices (O'Sullivan and Schmitz 1994; Somers 1992). In the last several years, we have seen increasing emphasis on providing task-specific training of functional movements, such as walking, with the help of body weight support and treadmills. We have also seen exciting advances in technology applications for facilitating or augmenting gait rehabilitation strategies, such as robotic devices for treadmill gait retraining (Hesse et al. 2004; Colombo et al. 2001) and the introduction of microstimulators for activating paralyzed muscles (Weber et al. 2004). In the following sections, we review evidence for the efficacy of these various lower limb rehabilitation interventions on lower limb muscle strength and ambulatory capacity following SCI. As will be evident from the review, injury level, severity, chronicity, as well as institutional resources must all be taken into account to help guide the clinical decision-making process and expected outcomes.
After SCI, it is well established that muscles experience deconditioning, especially those denervated following complete SCI. The most visible effect of deconditioning is muscle atrophy, characterized by a reduction in size of individual muscle fibers (Castro et al. 1999a; Castro et al. 1999b). Deconditioning is also associated with a complex cascade of biochemical events and alterations over time in muscle composition such as changes to muscle fiber type (Stewart et al. 2004; Round et al. 1993). Functionally, these changes manifest as loss of strength and endurance of muscular contractions and have been targets for various interventions. It should be noted that there might be additional benefits to enhancing muscle structure and function in addition to the immediate functional consequences of enhancing strength and endurance. For example, muscular contractions have the added potential of ameliorating loss of bone density following SCI. In addition, Anderson (2004) noted that future treatments developed for chronic SCI may require the reversal of muscle atrophy in order for benefits of the treatment to be detectable. Others have noted the potential health benefits (e.g., reduction in secondary conditions) that may be associated with reducing muscle atrophy and enhancing muscular strength and endurance (Shields and Dudley-Javoroski 2006). Various rehabilitation techniques have focused on reducing or reversing these detrimental changes to the muscles of the lower limb following SCI.
A variety of electrical stimulation techniques have been employed to enhance lower limb muscle structure and function in people with SCI. These typically involve delivering a series of electrical pulse trains to the muscle (or nerve supplying the muscle) over time such that it simulates the “normal” exercise experience. Specific stimulation parameters (i.e., pulse width, train duration, between train interval, method of application) and other exercise-related variables (i.e., frequency, duration, intensity, program length) may each be varied to attain an optimal training stimulus. Given the number and variety of these factors, it is not surprising that there is considerable heterogeneity among the specific electrical stimulation interventions that have been investigated to date. In the present review we focus on two strategies: patterned electrical stimulation (PES) and functional electrical stimulation (FES). Whereas both methods typically employ cyclical patterns of electrical stimulation that simulate natural muscular activity, FES is directed towards the attainment of purposeful movement such as cycling or walking. PES, on the other hand, is focused on producing muscle contractions that may be used to generate muscle force such as in an isometric condition. In some applications, PES techniques have been used as a training stimulus to prepare muscles for a subsequent FES training condition (e.g. Kern et al. 2005; Hjeltnes and Lannem 1990). In situations where increased muscle torque and endurance are primary goals to improve function, for example in the quadriceps in an incomplete SCI, the outcomes of these experimental studies have direct clinical relevance.
All studies involving PES and strength evaluated this in individuals with complete or motor complete SCI (Hjeltnes and Lannem 1990; Kagaya et al. 1996; Shields and Dudley-Javoroski 2006). In general, all studies produced beneficial results on muscle size (i.e., reduced muscle atrophy). In addition to enhancing muscle bulk, most interventions also focused on improving muscle function, most notably strength and endurance, as well as contractile speed and muscle fatigue.
The strongest study supporting the efficacy of PES was by Shields and Dudley-Javorski (2006), who employed an experimental non-RCT design to examine the effect of long-term (up to 3 years) PES exercise to unilateral ankle plantarflexor muscles with the untrained leg serving as a control. This study examined 7 males with complete and relatively recent injuries (~6 weeks post-injury). Peak stimulated ankle torque (i.e, non-voluntary) was found to be significantly greater in the stimulated leg as compared to the untrained leg. The trained side also generated significantly higher torque-time integrals than the untrained side (p<0.05). Other pre-post study designs of PES-assisted exercise also found increased stimulated muscle forces or torques following training although the subjects involved in these studies were generally more chronic (Sabatier et al. 2006; Kagaya et al. 1996; Hjeltnes and Lannem 1990;).
Table 2: FES Studies Examining Muscle Function and Morphology
In general, all studies reviewed involving FES produced beneficial results on muscle functions such as strength and endurance or muscle structure such as increased muscle size (i.e., reduced muscle atrophy). FES may have additional benefits over PES alone. In particular, the study by Baldi et al. (1998) should be highlighted as it was the only randomized, controlled trial (n=26) which compared FES (cycle ergometry exercise), PES (isometric exercise) and an untrained control group. These investigators assessed lean body mass in 3 distinct body areas (i.e., total body, lower limb, gluteal) as a marker of muscle atrophy in recently injured (approximately 10 weeks) individuals with motor complete SCI. Their results demonstrate that the FES-assisted cycling program is effective in reducing atrophy and resulted in relative increases in lean body mass in all areas after 3 and 6 months of participation. The PES-assisted isometric exercise group also reduced muscle atrophy but had intermediate results between FES and no treatment (their control group actually loss lean mass).
Reversal of muscle atrophy also appears feasible in more longstanding complete or motor-complete SCI (i.e, > 2 years post-injury) as shown by increases in muscle cross-sectional area and the muscle/adipose tissue ratio using FES-cycling (Crameri et al. 2002; Scremin et al. 1999). However, controlled trials in chronic SCI are lacking.
Note that PES is often used to strengthen the atrophied muscles to some extent prior to FES (Kern et al. 2005) and in some cases, FES is not possible unless PES is first used. Kern et al. (2005) used a progressive PES - FES program for quadriceps building eventually leading to FES-assisted standing in people with longstanding complete cauda equina injuries (>1.2 years post-injury). These investigators demonstrated increases to the overall mean fiber diameter and the proportion of total cross-sectional area covered by muscle fibers with training as compared to an untrained group. However, the feasibility of providing life-long stimulation therapy to subjects with denervation injuries is uncertain.
There was one null finding associated with muscle atrophy in that Gerrits et al. (2000) employed a relatively shorter program of 6 weeks of FES-assisted cycling exercise in people with longstanding motor complete SCI (> 1 year post-injury) and found no change in muscle size. These non-significant results might be due to the relative insensitivity of the measure of thigh circumference, especially with the short intervention period and the absence of a control group for comparison purposes.
In addition to improving muscle properties, FES-cycling can improve work output and endurance (Crameri et al. 2002; Gerrits et al. 2000). For example, Gerrits et al. (2000) used a short (6 weeks) pre-post trial of FES-assisted cycling intervention in people with motor complete SCI and found an increased resistance to fatigue in the quadriceps muscle and greater work output.
Some mechanistic investigations have been conducted which help to explain some of these adaptations to muscle morphology and function with ongoing electrical stimulation exercise programs. For example, using FES-assisted cycling, Koskinen et al. (2000) demonstrated an increase in total collagen content as well as up- and down-regulation of proteins consistent with muscle-building activity. Others have noted an adaptive response to FES-assisted cycling exercise that serves to limit or alter the shift in the oxidative properties or fibre type composition of muscles that typically occurs following SCI (Crameri et al. 2002).
It has been more than a decade now since it was first demonstrated that body-weight supported treadmill training (BWSTT) in animals can enhance locomotor activity after spinal cord transection (Edgerton et al. 1991; Barbeau and Rossignol 1987). In this approach, partial body weight support is provided by a harness suspended from the ceiling or a frame while limb stepping movements are assisted by a moving treadmill belt. Since then, BWSTT strategies have been introduced as a promising approach to improve ambulatory function in people with SCI (Barbeau and Blunt 1991). This area of research has raised much excitement and interest among rehabilitation specialists and neuroscientists.
In this review, we focus on the BWSTT intervention studies that report functional ambulation outcome measures (such as walking speed or endurance). These studies tend to focus on individuals with incomplete SCI lesions as the recovery of overground functional ambulation has not been shown in people with clinically complete spinal lesions (Waters et al. 1992). Although modulation of muscle (EMG) activity during body weight support treadmill-assisted stepping in individuals with complete SCI lesions has been shown (Dietz and Muller 2004 Grasso et al. 2004; Wirz et al. 2001; Dietz et al. 1998; Wernig et al. 1995; Dietz et al. 1995; Faist et al. 1994), there has not been any evidence for functional ambulatory gains in this sub-population.
In people with incomplete SCI, much motor recovery already occurs within the first 2 months post-injury; the rate of further recovery then decelerates over the next 3 to 6 months (Burns and Ditunno 2001). For the purposes of this review, we defined SCI <12 months post-injury as acute/sub-acute and SCI >12months post-injury as chronic.
Table 3: Studies using BWSTT in acute/subacute in SCI (<12 months postinjury)
Four studies (summarized in Table 3) have examined the effect of therapist-assisted (Dobkin et al. 2007; Dobkin et al. 2006; Wernig et al. 1998; Wernig et al. 1995) BWSTT in people who had incurred an incomplete SCI <12 months prior (acute/subacute phase) (aggregate N=255). Treatment time ranged from 150-300 minutes per week and total treatment duration lasted between 3 and 23 weeks.
Although lower levels of study design (non-randomized, non-blinded) suggest that BWSTT in acute/sub-acute SCI yields better outcomes than conventional rehabilitation (Wernig et al. 1995), there exists strong evidence from a single-blind RCT (Dobkin et al. 2006) (n=117) that there are no differences in effects between matched amounts of BWSTT and overground mobility practice in incomplete SCI during inpatient rehabilitation for the locomotor score of the FIM or overground walking speed. These two variables in both groups improved roughly in parallel over the 12 weeks of therapy (Dobkin et al. 2007). In both groups, improvements in walking function were particularly notable in subjects with AIS C (92%) or D (100%). Indeed, as reported by Dobkin et al (2006), the initial AIS classification of subjects is an important indicator of locomotor recovery. Among the subjects who were initially classified as AIS B, those who improved to AIS C within 8 weeks post-injury showed improved walking function while those who remained as AIS B did not (Dobkin et al. 2006). In addition, subjects who entered the trial earlier (< 4 weeks post-injury) had faster walking speeds and endurance post-training. This was particularly the case for subjects who improved in their AIS classification within 4 to 6 weeks post-injury.
Wernig et al. (1995; 1998) showed that 86% (49/57) of incomplete SCI subjects who underwent BWSTT in the acute phase of injury achieved improvements in functional ambulation. They reported that only 50% of the initially non-ambulatory subjects (historical controls) who underwent conventional rehabilitation improved functional ambulation. The results of the remaining 16 historical control subjects who were initially ambulatory were not explicitly reported, although it appears from the article’s bar graphs that they also improved in functional class. Thus, it is possible that the proportion of subjects who improved functional ambulation after Wernig’s conventional rehabilitation may actually have been closer to 70% ([16+12]/40).
The results of the recent RCT (Dobkin et al. 2006) has sparked intense debate among gait rehabilitation researchers (Dietz 2006; Wernig 2006a; 2006b). A contentious issue has been the appropriateness of the control intervention (Wolpaw JR 2006). The ‘conventional’ rehabilitation to which BWSTT was compared was not well defined in Wernig’s studies, although it appeared to focus on wheelchair mobility in addition to gait training in parallel bars and using braces (Wernig 2006a). The control group in the large RCT (Dobkin et al. 2006) underwent task-oriented overground gait retraining of equivalent intensity to the BWSTT group and therefore may not have offered enough of a contrast in treatment modality to detect significant differences. However, these studies do show that intensive task-oriented gait retraining, whether implemented by BWSTT or overground practice, facilitates the recovery of functional ambulation especially <12 months postinjury. However, there is no strong evidence that one rehabilitation approach is superior to another.
Table 4: Studies Using Treadmill Training in Chronic SCI (>1 year post-injury)
As shown in Table 4, there have been 7 pre-post studies, 3 RCT (Musselmand et al. 2009; Nooijen et al. 2009; Field-Fote et al. 2005) 1 prospective Controlled Trial (Gorassini et al. 2008) and 1 case-control study (Wernig et al. 1995) that altogether studied 226 persons with incomplete SCI, with chronicity ranging from 1 to 28 years post-injury. Treatment intensity ranged from 45 to 300 minutes per week, and treatment duration lasted between 3 and 48 weeks. Based on the stated primary outcome measure of each study, about 64% of all subjects across these studies showed some improvement following treatment.
There are two small RCTs that compared functional ambulation outcomes among four different approaches to gait training: manual- or robot-assisted BWSTT, BWSTT+FES, and overground gait training (Nooijen et al 2009; Field-Fote et al. 2005). For gait speed measured over a short distance (6 meters), participants in the BWSTT+FES group and those in the overground gait training group showed better outcomes compared to participants in the manual- or robot-assisted BWSTT group. However, for walking speed measured over a longer distance (24.4 m), there were no significant differences among the four groups (Field-Fote et al. 2005). Thus, there is level 1 evidence that these different modes of gait training result in similar effects on gait speed over longer distances. Additional analysis of the quality of the gait pattern also revealed that all these different modes of gait training yielded improvements in over ground walking cadence, step length, and stride length. Greatest improvements were seen in individuals who trained with FES and the least improvements were seen in individuals who trained with the Lokomat (Nooijen et al 2009).
Subjects with initially-slower walking speeds (< 0.10 m/s walking speed) tend to make the most improvements in locomotor function. Subjects with initially high walking capacity (> 0.10 m/s gait speed) or severely impaired, initially non-ambulatory subjects tend to show little improvement after gait retraining (Wernid et al. 1998, Wernig et al. 1995). Note that a large percent improvement from an initially low walking speed can be a result of the mathematics. More recent analysis of walking outcomes post-training showed that time post-injury, voluntary bowel and bladder voiding, functional spasticity, and walking speed before training were the strongest predictors of post-training overground walking speed (Winchester et al 2009). Taken from data from 30 subjects, this model could predict 78% of the variance of final walking speed. Of additional clinical interest is an understanding of how gains in walking speed translate to everyday function. For people with paraplegia, it has been suggested that an overground walking speed of at least 0.9 m/s is necessary for community ambulation (Cerny et al. 1980). Nevertheless, even modest gains in walking speed after treadmill training have been reported to translate into meaningful enhancements in daily function (Field-Fote et al. 2005).
Alternative gait retraining therapies or modified approaches to BWSTT for chronic SCI are being introduced. A more recent study has presented preliminary data for 4 individuals with chronic SCI comparing BWSTT with over ground skilled walking training (Musselman et al. 2009). The skilled walking training consisted of task-specific practice (without body weight support) of various gait tasks, such as stair climbing, obstacle crossing, and walking along sloped surfaces. In this small group of subjects, there was a tendency for participants to show better improvement in functional ambulation scores following skilled training vs. BWSTT, particularly in those who were more chronic (> 4 years post-SCI). Thus skilled walking training may provide additive benefits to those individuals who have already recovered some ambulatory capacity several years after their injury (Musselman et al. 2009).
There are 2 published reports (Carhart et al. 2004; Herman et al. 2002) describing the effects of epidural spinal cord stimulation combined with gait training in a single subject (male with incomplete tetraplegia, 43 years old, injury level C5-C6, AIS C, 3.5 years post-injury). The subject first underwent 12 weeks of BWSTT that resulted in some significant improvements in treadmill gait parameters although overground ambulation remained limited. Subsequently, the subject underwent surgical implantation of an epidural stimulation system placed over the T10-T12 vertebral level. BWSTT and overground gait training in combination with epidural stimulation commenced after surgical healing. The combination of epidural spinal cord stimulation with gait training resulted in a substantial improvement in treadmill gait parameters as well as in overground ambulation. The subject reported a decreased sense of effort, a doubling in walking speed, and increased walking endurance when assisted by spinal cord stimulation. This was associated with improved community and indoor functional ambulation. Obviously, controlled trials of this specific intervention are required before spinal cord stimulation combined with locomotor training can be recommended as a useful rehabilitation strategy. Nevertheless, this special case report highlights one of the innovative and exciting possibilities of technology.
Drugs such as clonidine (a noradrenergic agonist), cyproheptadine (a serotonergic antagonist), baclofen (GABA agonist), GM-1 ganglioside, L-Dopa and 4-aminopyridine have been used in association with attempts to improve ambulation in individuals with SCI. The results from animal studies indicate that some of these drugs may act on the receptors in the spinal cord which facilitate interaction with a locomotor central pattern generator (spinal circuits which produce coordinated locomotor movement) (Chau et al. 1998; Rossignol et al. 1996; Barbeau and Rossignol 1990). Although not conclusive, there is some evidence that similar “central pattern generator” circuits exist in humans (Bussel et al. 1996; Illis 1995; Calancie et al. 1994; Bussel et al. 1989; Bussel et al. 1988;) and provide the rationale for clinical use of these drugs.
Table 5: Studies of combined gait training and pharmacological agents
The interactions of these pharmacological interventions are complex and appear to affect walking ability and spasticity to varying effects. The studies on clonidine (oral or intrathecal), cyproheptadine and baclofen demonstrate improvements in various aspects of gait (i.e. walking speed, posture, spasticity), but no improvements led to significant functional changes in walking. Norman et al. (1998) found the greatest improvements in more severely disabled subjects and in many cases, the effects were retained following washout of clonidine. Bradycardia and hypotension, common side-effects of oral clonidine can be ameliorated with intrathecal injection of clonidine (150-450µg) (Filos et al. 1994). The combined effect of different drugs has not been well explored. One very small study (not tabled due to its small sample size of 2 subjects) (Fung et al. 1990) showed that a combination of Clonidine, Cyproheptadine and treadmill training improved SCI locomotion in 2 subjects.
Conflicting evidence exists on the use of GM-1 ganglioside for neurologic recovery for walking in SCI. The small RCT conducted by Walker and Harris (1993) (N=9) concluded that the use of GM-1 ganglioside improved motor scores, walking distance and walking speed in chronic SCI subjects. A large scale multicenter RCT (n=760) (Geisler et al. 2001) suggested that although GM-1 treatment may have accelerated initial SCI recovery (at 8 weeks), it did not improve the final extent of recovery (26 weeks). However, walking ability was not assessed.
Immediate release, 4-aminopyridine capsules have been shown to have no benefit to ambulation as indicated by 2 RCTs (van der Bruggen et al. (2001), n=20; DeForge et al. (2004), n=15). However, the study of van der Bruggen et al.(2001) was not directed solely at exploring the effects on walking and therefore the heterogenous nature of the subject groups may have confounded the ambulation results. Furthermore, differences in intervention (i.e. up-titration to 15-45mg/day over 4 weeks in van der Bruggen et al. (2001) vs. up to 10mg 4X/day for 2 weeks in DeForge et al, (2004)) and the lack of consistent clinically relevant outcome measures complicates the interpretation of the available evidence.
Two of the studies noted above used a combination of pharmacological and physical therapy gait training interventions. One high-quality randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blinded crossover study (Walker and Harris 1993) (N=9) provided level 1 evidence that a combination of physical therapy (including gait training) and GM-1 ganglioside improved motor scores, walking distance, and walking speed in chronic SCI participants compared to physical therapy plus placebo. Other results from the pre-test/post-test study conducted by Fung et al. (1990) provide level 4 evidence that clonidine and cyproheptadine in conjunction with BWSTT may be effective in enabling nonambulatory incomplete SCI patients to achieve overground ambulation with assistive devices.
A more recent study examined the effects of combining L-Dopa (dopamine precursor) with gait retraining in a group of individuals with acute/sub-acute incomplete SCI (Maric et al. 2008). Unlike the promising effects of L-Dopa on motor recovery following stroke (Scheidtmann et al. 2001), there was no added benefit in this SCI group. Although spinal neural circuits can certainly undergo plastic changes, the results of this study suggest that dopaminergic neurons may not have been sufficiently stimulated by the dosage used here, or that they may not contribute to motor recovery associated with gait retraining.
A recent report demonstrated the potential benefits of a nutrient supplement ingested after fatiguing ambulation on gait parameters over a 2-week period (Nash et al. 2007). Subjects were randomized to receive either a blended drink containing whey protein and carbohydrate or a placebo control consisting of soy protein in the first 2 weeks of training. Following a 2-week washout period, subjects returned to receive the other supplement. After 2-weeks of ingesting the whey protein and carbohydrate supplement post-exercise, subjects were able to walk longer and farther than if they ingested the placebo control. Whey protein and carbohydrate supplements are commonly used to facilitate recovery following intense exercise in the able-bodied population. This is the first report to demonstrate the potential benefits of such nutrient supplementation in the SCI population.
The idea of compensating for paralyzed function using electrical stimulation was introduced as early as the 1960s (Liberson et al. 1961). Functional electrical stimulation of the common peroneal nerve was found to be effective in assisting foot clearance during the swing phase (Liberson et al. 1961). There has also been a report of attempts to stimulate the ankle plantarflexor muscles to assist push-off at the end of stance and enhance the initiation of the swing phase in subjects with incomplete SCI (Bajd et al. 1999). Approaches that focus on swing phase activity are more suitable for less severely disabled individuals who have adequate balance to support their stance leg during gait. There are also more complex systems that involve several channels of stimulation that support proper extension as well as foot clearance during swing (e.g. Sigmedics 2000). These are more suitable for patients who require assistance in standing as well as gait, such as those with neurologically complete SCI. FES systems such as the Parastep or ALT-2 provide stimulation of thigh extensor muscles (quadriceps, gluteal muscles) to support extension and standing, as well as stimulation of the common peroneal nerve to assist with swing phase movements. FES may also be combined with bracing to counter trunk and hip instability (Solomonow et al. 1997).
One of the limitations of surface FES is possible skin irritation, discomfort under the electrodes, or difficulties with proper positioning of the electrodes. With improvements in electronics technology, FES systems have become smaller and more practical for everyday use. In addition, some patients have opted for implanted FES systems that may be inserted without surgery. These systems offer a more precise delivery of stimulation, enabling greater muscle selectivity, and the ability to access deeper muscles, such as the hip flexors (Kobetic et al. 1997). Percutaneous electrodes, which are inserted through the skin with a hypodermic needle, offer one possibility to circumvent complications with surface electrodes (Kobetic et al. 1997; Marsolais and Kobetic 1986). However, there may be complications due to infection or irritation at the site of insertion, and electrode movement or breakage (Agarwal et al. 2003). More recently, there was a case study reporting positive effects with a BION microstimulator in an incomplete tetraplegic subject with drop-foot (Weber et al. 2004). Thus, preliminary reports of the use of such innovative FES technology are promising, but further study is warranted to determine the long-term stability and efficacy of such implanted systems.
Table 7: Studies Using Functional Electrical Stimulation to Improve Locomotor Function
To date, there are no randomized controlled or blinded assessments of the training effects of FES to improve mobility after SCI. Furthermore, only three of the studies reviewed here (Thrasher et al. 2006; Granat et al. 1993; Klose et al. 1997) report specific usage parameters for FES during gait rehabilitation, whereby FES was applied for at least 30 minutes, 2 to 5 times/week for up to 4.5 months. In the remainder of the studies, participants were provided with FES systems to use at home “as much as possible” or “as desired” over the course of the study (Ladouceur and Barbeau 2000a; 2000b; Wieler et al. 1999Stein et al. 1993). Results from the ten pre-post studies included here show that almost all the participants showed improvements in gait parameters (walking speed or distance) when FES was used (Thrasher et al. 2006; Ladouceur and Barbeau 2000a; 2000b; Wieler et al. 1999; Klose et al. 1997; Granat et al. 1993; Stein et al. 1993; Granat et al. 1992). This is not surprising, given that the FES could compensate for weakened or paralyzed muscle function during gait. Of greater interest is the finding of carryover effects after FES training. Several investigators have also reported a carryover effect after FES training such that improvements in functional ambulation (e.g. overground walking speed and distance, step length) persisted even when the stimulator was turned off (Ladouceur and Barbeau 2000b; Wieler et al. 1999). This suggests that neuroplastic changes may have taken place in response to regular use of FES during walking. Indeed, it has been shown in non-disabled human subjects that the combination of treadmill walking and FES led to an acute increase in corticospinal excitability that persists even after the cessation of FES (Kido Thompson and Stein 2004). Improved muscle strength and conditioning after regular use of FES could also contribute to carryover effects in walking function (Granat et al. 1993).
Although laboratory studies advocate the efficacy of FES systems for improving ambulatory function in patients with SCI, the effectiveness of any technology is only as good as its acceptance by the intended users. Wieler et al. (1999) reported that the majority of their subjects found they could use the FES device easily on a regular basis and that they walked better with the FES. Those who reported difficulties reported problems with finding the proper stimulation site or technical difficulties with the leads, switches, or electrodes. There have also been reports of musculoskeletal complications such as ankle sprain, calcaneum fracture, back pain, or falls with FES use (Brissot et al. 2000; Gallien et al. 1995). Some of these complications may have been associated with commencement of upright exercise (gait) after a period of being non-ambulatory. Anecdotal reports found in several studies suggest that most subjects mainly use FES indoors or at home, for short distance walking, to prevent complications due to prolonged immobilization, and to enhance physical fitness rather than functional community ambulation (Brissot et al. 2000; Gallien et al. 1995; Klose et al. 1997). Subjects who do use FES outdoors for community ambulation tend to be those less severely impaired (Brissot et al. 2000; Granat et al. 1993).
The functional benefits derived from FES are also quite variable. For instance, Stein et al. (1993) report that most subjects showed a modest improvement in gait speed (average: 4 m/min), which was more significant for the more severely disabled subjects. Higher-functioning subjects felt that this small benefit in gait speed did not warrant the daily use of FES. In contrast, Ladouceur and Barbeau (2000b) reported that there was a tendency for the subjects with initially faster gait speed to have greater absolute improvements. Thus, outcomes from FES-use also seem to be quite variable in terms of walking speed (Ladouceur and Barbeau 2000b; Stein et al. 1993) or distance (Klose et al. 1997).
Findings from four studies, including one high-quality RCT (Field-Fote et al. 2005) and three pretest/posttest (Field-Fote 2001; Field-Fote and Tepavac 2002; Hesse et al. 2004) studies, demonstrated favourable outcomes when BWSTT was combined with FES in people with chronic, incomplete SCI. There was level 1 evidence for an overall enhancement of short-distance functional ambulation, as measured by overground gait speed over 6 meters, when BWSTT was combined with FES of the common peroneal nerve (Field-Fote 2001; Field-Fote et al. 2005; Field-Fote and Tepavac 2002). There is level 4 evidence from one pretest/posttest study suggesting that BWSTT combined with FES to the quadriceps and hamstrings muscles enhances functional ambulation (Hesse et al. 2004).
There are several available devices used for bracing the legs in order to support standing and walking function, particularly for people with complete SCI. These range from single-joint bracing (e.g. ankle-foot orthosis), which are usually for individuals with low, incomplete spinal lesions, to whole-leg/long-leg braces that extend from the lower back to the ankle. Among the most common long-leg braces studied in the literature are the purely mechanical Parawalker (Rose 1979) or the Reciprocating Gait Orthosis (RGO) (Douglas et al. 1983). These devices may also be combined with FES to augment gait function and efficiency (Marsolais et al. 2000; Nene and Patrick 1990; Yang et al. 1996). These devices must be used with a walking aid (e.g. crutches or walker) for functional ambulation.
Table 9: Studies of Bracing Interventions in SCI
Our search criteria yielded 2 pretest/posttest studies (Nakazawa et al. 2004; Saitoh et al. 1996) and 10 posttest-only studies (Marsolais et al. 2000; Scivoletto et al. 2000, Massucci et al. 1998; Franceschini et al. 1997; Harvey et al. 1997; Sykes et al. 1996b; Thoumie et al. 1995; Lotta et al. 1994; Winchester et al. 1993; Whittle et al. 1991) that reported the effects of training with braces. Subjects in the pretest/posttest studies (aggregate N=8) participated in 5 times/week gait training sessions with long-leg braces for at least 2 weeks. Overall, these 12 studies provided level 4 evidence that long-leg braces may facilitate the ability of people with subacute or chronic complete paraplegia to stand independently and to achieve some functional ambulation skills, such as stepping up on curbs or climbing stairs, with assistive devices. The maximum walking speeds achieved with orthosis use ranged from 0.13 to 0.63 m/s (Nakazawa et al. 2004; Massucci et al. 1998; Harvey et al. 1997; Saitoh et al. 1996; Sykes et al. 1996b; Thoumie et al. 1995; Winchester et al. 1993; Whittle et al. 1991), which is 13 to 57% of the optimal speed (1.1 m/s) required for successful community ambulation (Robinett and Vondran 1988). In general, however, the use of any of the braces investigated in these studies did not greatly enhance the ability of complete paraplegic subjects to be fully independent for functional community ambulation (Scivoletto et al. 2000; Harvey et al. 1997; Hong et al. 1990). In a few studies, some subjects demonstrated the ability to climb up and down stairs with the assistance of crutches or walker (Franceschini et al. 1997; Harvey et al. 1997; Whittle et al. 1991). Thus, the greatest benefit derived from orthosis/brace-use is from enhanced home or indoor mobility, for general exercise and health benefits, and psychological benefits from attaining upright posture and standing (Sykes et al. 1996b; Hong et al. 1990; Mikelberg and Reid 1981).
The successful use of orthoses/braces is also dependent on other more individual and practical factors. It has been recommended that orthoses or braces are best for people who are well-motivated, with complete SCI at T9 or below or incomplete SCI at any level, with good postural control and good level of fitness (Franceschini et al. 1997; Thoumie et al. 1995; Hong et al. 1990). Suzuki et al. (2007) showed that injury level, age, motivation, upper extremity strength, as well as spasticity and contractures were predictive of gait outcomes in long-leg brace users. Medical problems such as limited thoraco-lumbar mobility or mechanical back pain, or any musculoskeletal problems that make standing upright uncomfortable also tend to interfere with successful use of these orthoses/braces (Harvey et al. 1997; Middleton et al. 1997).
The ability for a patient to don/doff the orthosis without difficulty and relatively quickly (e.g. <5 minutes) also appears to enhance the probability of their acceptance (Scivoletto et al. 2000; Franceschini et al. 1997; Harvey et al. 1997; Saitoh et al. 1996; Thoumie et al. 1995; Hong et al. 1990; Mikelberg and Reid 1981). Frequent reports of technical problems (e.g. mechanical breakdown at the hinges, improper fitting) across many studies (Scivoletto et al. 2000; Harvey et al. 1997; Thoumie et al. 1995; Whittle et al. 1991; Mikelberg and Reid 1981) suggest that appropriate technical support of these mechanical devices is necessary to enhance ongoing use of these braces (Whittle et al. 1991).
Overall, it appears that most subjects feel that the difficulties and inconvenience encountered with orthoses/braces and the modest increase in function do not warrant their acceptance for regular, daily use in functional activities (Harvey et al. 1997; Sykes et al. 1996b; Hong et al. 1990; Mikelberg and Reid 1981). It has been suggested that the therapeutic benefits of orthosis-use (e.g. health benefits from standing practice) should be stressed to patients rather than setting forth an expectation that they will enhance functional ambulation and be a replacement for wheelchair-use (Franceschini et al. 1997). However, it must be noted that for people with incomplete SCI, bracing (AFO-use) alone during walking can enhance gait speed and endurance compared to walking without an AFO (Kim et al. 2004).
Energy expenditure of walking facilitated by bracing alone inSCI is extremely high and contributes to its low use. Hybrid systems combine conventional bracing with FES to activate large lower extremity muscles in the hopes of improving the gait pattern and reduce upper extremity exertion. The FES is used to improve trunk and hip stability and to facilitate forward progression.
Table 10: Studies of Bracing Interventions combined with FES in SCI
Our search criteria yielded 6 post-test studies (Marsolais et al. 2000; Solomonow et al. 1997; Sykes et al. 1996a; Sykes et al. 1996b; Yang et al. 1996; Thoumie et al. 1995) that examined the combined effect of lower extremity bracing with FES on functional ambulation in people with complete SCI (aggregate N = 115). The data from these studies provide level 4 evidence that the combination of long-leg bracing and FES may enable overground ambulation of between 180 and 1400 m at one time (Marsolais et al. 2000; Solomonow et al. 1997; Sykes et al. 1996a; Thoumie et al. 1995). There does not seem to be much further benefit of combining FES with orthosis-use in terms of maximal walking speed (Sykes et al. 1996b; Yang et al. 1996; Thoumie et al. 1995), although greater walking distance may be achieved (Marsolais et al. 2000; Thoumie et al. 1995). Three pretest/posttest studies (Marsolais et al. 2000; Yang et al. 1996; Thoumie et al. 1995; and one posttest study (Sykes et al. 1996b) directly compared the effect of bracing+FES with either FES or bracing alone. When subjects walked with either braces or FES alone, maximum walking distance ranged from 3 to 400 m. When braces were combined with FES, maximum distance increased to 200 to 1400 m (Marsolais et al. 2000; Sykes et al. 1996b; Thoumie et al. 1995).
Biomechanical studies (not included in the summary tables if they did not have a training period) provide some insight into the relative benefits of FES versus bracing. One study that compared FES-alone with bracing-alone found that FES provides a particular advantage in facilitating sit-to-stand movements and donning the system (Bonaroti et al. 1999). However, mobility (e.g. walking, stairs) once standing was achieved was not found to be different between FES and bracing. In incomplete SCI, FES-use was found to result in greater benefits in terms of walking speed while bracing alone (with an AFO) was found to be particularly advantageous for improving walking distance (Kim et al. 2004). However, the combination of AFO with FES provided improved gait benefits than either device used alone (Kim et al. 2004).
A recent report demonstrated the potential benefits of whole-body vibration administered for 3 minutes a day for 12 sessions over a 4-week period (Ness & Field-Fote 2009). Following this training period, the authors reported a mean improvement in walking speed of 0.062 m/s, which although statistically significant, was considered a small effect size. Training was also associated with an increase in cadence and hip-knee inter-joint coordination. Although whole-body vibration has been introduced for other neurological disorders such as Parkinson’s disease, this is the first report to demonstrate the potential benefits of whole-body vibration in the SCI population.
Table 11: Whole-Body Vibration for Gait Rehabilitation
Much research is focused on the development of effective therapies directed at enhancing locomotion. Typically, as noted earlier in this chapter, the majority of these investigations focus on individuals with incomplete SCI and also predominately employ ambulation-related outcome measures. However, some investigators have also examined the effect of locomotor training on enhancing lower limb strength as a secondary measure, or in other cases have examined the relationship between changes in lower limb strength and walking ability. For the most part, these therapies include a form of body-weight supported treadmill training. In these therapies, the patient’s limb movements may also be assisted by any (or a combination) of the following: therapist, appropriately timed stimulation (i.e., FES) or a robotically controlled servo-mechanism (Hornby et al. 2005; Wirz et al. 2005; Field-Fote 2001; Wernig et al. 1998; Wernig et al. 1995). In other locomotor studies involving strength measures, locomotor training consisted of overground walking assisted by FES (Granat et al. 1993) or a combination of this with treadmill and biofeedback training (Petrofsky 2001). In the present section, the outcomes associated with the strength benefits of these studies will be presented.
Table 12: Locomotor Training Studies Examining strength Measures
In general, investigators have noted significant increases of lower limb strength following locomotor training – despite variations between training protocols and specific methods employed. Outcome measures have included manual muscle testing of individual lower limb muscles in incomplete SCI or summated scores of several muscles (Hornby et al. 2005; Wirz et al. 2005; Field-Fote 2001; Wernig et al. 1998; Wernig et al. 1995; Granat et al. 1993). Most recent studies have adhered to AIS international guidelines for manual muscle testing (Hornby et al. 2005; Wirz et al. 2005; Field-Fote 2001). Others have employed muscle torque measurements by employing strain gauge transducers (Petrofsky 2001; Granat et al. 1993), a dynamometer, or twitch interpolation technique (Jayaraman et al. 2008).
All investigators have reported increases in lower limb muscle strength in individuals with chronic SCI. However, several investigators have noted that enhanced walking capability was not necessarily associated with parallel increases in strength (Wirz et al. 2005; Field-Fote 2001; Wernig et al. 1998; Wernig et al. 1995). Furthermore, the clinical relevance of the small strength gains following locomotor training is questionable when considering the duration and complexity of the intervention (Field-Fote 2001). However, there is weak evidence (from 1 study, n = 3) that significant improvements in muscle strength may be realized when locomotor training is combined with conventional therapy (Hornby et al. 2005). In a more recent study that examined the effects of a 12-week resistance and plyometric training program, improvements in knee extensor and ankle plantarflexor torque production were accompanied by >30% improvement in gait speed (Gregory et al. 2007).
Detecting group differences in strength gains during the acute phase may be more challenging given the natural recovery. Wernig et al. (1995) found no differences between those provided locomotor training versus those treated conventionally in muscle strength gains. However, specific subject characteristics were inadequately described other than stating that body-weight supported treadmill training was initiated within a few weeks (i.e., 2-20 weeks, median 7 weeks) following injury. There was also a lack of standardized assessment, further confounding the findings.
The studies reviewed here suggest that facilitating the practice of walking during rehabilitation can enhance the recovery of functional ambulation in incomplete SCI. Although specific treatment parameters that depend on the injury location, severity, and chronicity remain to be elucidated, there exists some evidence to help guide the clinical decision-making process. Task-oriented gait retraining with partial body weight support, whether provided by a treadmill and partial BWS or overground with assistive devices, appears to be more beneficial when applied sooner rather than later after the onset of injury in people with motor-incomplete lesions. Where resources permit, therapists may use a body-weight support system combined with a treadmill and manual assistance from additional personnel to implement task-oriented gait training. However, there is increasing evidence that equivalent outcomes can be obtained independent of the specific gait retraining strategy (Dobkin et al. 2006; Field-Fote et al. 2005). Some recent preliminary evidence suggests that gait training strategies may also be potentiated by nutrient supplements (Nash et al. 2007) or resistance training of specific muscles (Gregory et al. 2007).
For individuals with more chronic spinal lesions and who have recovered some walking, FES may provide additional gains in functional ambulation. When resources are available, more complex FES systems, with or without bracing, may be used to provide support of upright mobility in individuals with complete paraplegia. Further evidence is required to determine whether combination therapies offer significant advantages over any given approach alone. Future studies should also examine the role of falls risk and history in ambulatory performance following SCI. Early evidence suggests that the more active a person is, the less likely that they will experience a fall (Brotherton et al. 2007). Finally, although this review has focused on functional ambulation outcomes following various rehabilitation strategies, we must also keep in mind the additional health benefits (e.g. improved cardiovascular or bone health) of performing gait exercises.
Given that traumatic spinal cord injuries tend to occur among young previously well-nourished persons, declines in nutritional status most likely occur post injury. These declines are likely due to the combined effects of altered metabolism and lifestyle choices. Many secondary complications of SCI are related to changes in energy, glucose, lipid and vitamin metabolism, including undesirable weight gain, cardiovascular disease risk, insulin resistance and osteoporosis. Additional nutrition-related complications which can negatively impact quality of life include pressure ulcers and neurogenic bowel and bladder.
At this point, little is known about the most effective health promotion activities, including nutrition interventions, required to promote long-term wellness forpersons after SCI. However, it is clear thatadequate nutrition following SCI will help reduce the likelihood of further morbidity associated with post-SCI physiological and metabolic changes. This chapter will summarize what is currently known regarding nutrition issues in the post-acute SCI population.
In persons with SCI, the usual clinical measures of total body fat, such as weight and body mass index, underestimate the degree of adiposity (Spungen et al 2003; Spungen et al 2000; Bauman et al 1997; Spungen et al 1993; Mollinger et al 1985). The metabolic alterations related to adverse body composition changes, decreased physical activity and other factors in individuals with SCI are considered atherogenic (NCEP 2002; NCEP 2001; Maki et al 1995). Even mild decline in glucose tolerance is associated with insulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia, which are also considered atherogenic (Haffner et al 1990).
Many factorscontribute to increased risk ofinsulin resistance and hyperinsulinemia, glucose intolerance, cardiovascular disease and obesity in persons with SCI. These factors tend to correlate with the severity and level of the neurological deficit (Javierre et al. 2005). It is hypothesized that the decreased lean muscle mass and increased adipose tissue which follow a SCI lead to impaired glucose uptake and affect whole body glucose homeostasis (Javierre et al. 2005). Pathogenesis of SCI and lifestyle factors impact blood glucose management and increase the risk of morbidity and mortality due to cardiovascular diseases, the principal cause of death among persons with SCI (Arrowwood et al. 1987; Yekutiel et al. 1989; Javierre et al. 2005). Abnormalities in lipid metabolism in SCI develop early following injury and tend to progress over time (Brenes et al. 1986; Bauman et al. 1992; Kocina 1997; Szlachcic et al. 2001). Insulin resistance and exaggerated hyperinsulinemia in response to an oral glucose challenge are associated with the development of Type II diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis and ischemic heart disease in the SCI population (Duckworth et al. 1983; Defronzo et al. 1991; Bauman et al. 1992; Mohr et al. 2001). Conventional risk factors for coronary heart disease (CHD) should be identified and aggressively treated in individuals with SCI according to current standards of care (Bauman and Spungen 2008).
Table 1 Altered Glucose and Lipid Metabolism
Two studies examined altered glucose metabolism in individuals post SCI (Bauman et al. 1999; Bennegard & Karlsson 2008). Significantly higher serum glucose concentration and DM was seen in persons with complete tetraplegia (Bauman et al. 1999). Gender had no effect on level of serum glucose; however men had greater insulin levels than women (p<0.05; Bauman et al. 1999). In a second study, fasting glucose levels were compared between able bodied individuals and persons with SCI (Bennegard & Karlsson 2008). The study found a significantly higher glucose uptake in SCI individuals compared to the control. SCI individuals had higher plasma flow rate in their legs compared to the controls; however, lean tissue mass was lower than able bodied individuals (Bennegard & Karlsson 2008).
In a prospective controlled trial, Ketover et al. (1996), evaluated gallbladder emptying in able bodied individuals compared to persons with SCI after administering liquid meal which contained 20g of a fat. Both groups demonstrated similar gallbladder emptying and volumes post interventions; however, diabetic and obese subjects with SCI showed poor gallbladder emptying (Ketover et al. 1996).
Alterations in the central or peripheral nervous system can result in delayed gastric emptying, prolongation of intestinal transit time, and poor colonic motility, collectively known as neurogenic bowel. Neurogenic bowel has a significant impact on the quality of life of spinal cord injured patients, causing morbidity and even death (Correa & Rotter 2000). Modifications to dietary fibre consumption may assist with the management of neurogenic bowel following SCI. For further discussion on neurogenic bowel and specific nutrition interventions, see Neurogenic Bowel Chapter.
Functional foods are products that are demonstrated to have health benefits and/or reduce the risk of chronic disease beyond their basic nutritional functions(Health Canada 1998).Cranberry juice as it pertains to urinary tract infection risk may fall under the category of a functional food. Refer to Neurogenic Bladder Chapter for further information on the potential impact of cranberry juice on urinary tract infection in the SCI population.
Pressure ulcers are common following SCI, and healing can be compromised by suboptimal nutrition status. SCI patients with pressure ulcers have lower zinc, albumin and prealbumin levels than those without pressure ulcers (Cruse et al. 2000a). Impaired nutritional status contributes to delayed or incomplete wound healing (Cruse et al. 2000b). Refer to Pressure Ulcers Chapter for additional information regarding pressure ulcers in the SCI population.
Osteoporosis is common in SCI and results in increased bone fragility and fracture risk (Warden et al. 2001). In addition to pharmacological and other management strategies, supplementation with nutrients such as calcium and vitamin D may play a role in bone health following SCI. Refer to Bone Health Chapter for further details.
Obesity is a common secondary complication of chronic SCI and is associated with adverse metabolic sequelae. In order to maintain a healthy weight, one must stay in energy balance, with energy intake equaling energy expenditure. Total daily energy expenditure is determined by three factors: resting metabolic rate, physical activity and the thermic effect of food. Each of these factors is altered following a SCI, rendering it challenging for SCI patients to achieve and maintain energy balance. The resting metabolic rate of people with chronic SCI is estimated to be 14–27% lower than their able-bodied counterparts, largely due to reductions in fat-free mass and reduced sympathetic nervous system activity (Buchholz & Pencharz 2004). Physical activity levels of persons with SCI are generally lower than that of able-bodied persons (Buchholz & Pencharz 2004). In addition, a lower thermic effect of food has been reported in persons with a SCI compared to able-bodied controls (Monroe et al. 1998). Without appropriate modification of dietary intake following SCI, energy intake readily exceeds daily energy expenditure, thus predisposing persons with SCI to undesirable weight gain (Cox et al. 1985).
Given alterations in resting energy expenditure, it can be challenging to accurately estimate daily energy requirements for individuals with post-acute SCI. Equations validated and used in able-bodied populations to predict resting metabolic rate overestimate actual measured energy needs in the SCI population (Buchholz & Pencharz 2004). For this reason, it has been suggested that energy needs following SCI are best assessed by indirect calorimetry using a metabolic cart (Hadley 2002). Because not all health care centers have access to metabolic carts to measure resting metabolic rate, validated equations specific to the SCI population are needed.
It is important to note that despite widespread emphasis on obesity-related health risks in persons with SCI, limited research has been carried out to address this problem. There is a lack of information regarding the health outcomes of weight loss in this population. In addition, there are limited educational resources available on nutrition issues and weight control for this high-risk group (Chen et al. 2006).
Table 2 Energy Expenditure and Overweight/Obesity
Chen et al (2006) conducted a study to assess the effect of a weight loss program on body weight, body mass index, waist and neck circumference, skinfold thickness, fat vs. lean mass, bone mineral content, blood pressure, serum lipids, hemoglobin, albumin, eating habits, nutrition knowledge, bowel function and indicators of psychosocial well-being. A total of 16 subjects with chronic SCI who were overweight or obese completed the intervention program (15 = traumatic SCI; 1 = spina bifida). Subjects attended 90 minute counseling sessions once per week for 12 weeks, led primarily by a registered dietitian. The dietary approach emphasized high-fibre, nutrient-dense foods (fruits, vegetables, grains, cereals) and the moderation of meats, cheeses, sugars and fats (Weinsier et al. 1983). The program included exercise and behaviour modification. Reported results included an average weight loss of 3.5 kg (3.8% of initial weight), significant reductions in body mass index, anthropometric measures and fat mass. Lean mass, hemoglobin, albumin and bone mineral content were maintained. There was no significant change in blood pressure or LDL cholesterol. There was a decrease in HDL cholesterol. There was a trend between weight lost and decrease in waist circumference, increase in nutritional quality of diet, increase in fibre consumption and decrease in time required for bowel movement. Changes in psychosocial and physical functioning were also reported.
Little is known about the most effective health promotion activities, including nutrition interventions, to meet the long-term wellness needs for persons after SCI. A holistic wellness program intervention was developed, conducted and assessed by Zemper et al (2003).
Table 3 Nutritional Intervention and Long-Term Wellness Needs for Individuals after SCI
In the Zemper et al (2003) study, 43 adults with SCI were randomly assigned to intervention or control groups. The intervention group attended 6 half-day wellness workshops over a 3-month period which included nutrition, physical activity, lifestyle management and prevention of secondary conditions. Among other measurements, total cholesterol and body mass index were assessed. Health Promoting Lifestyle Profile-II (HPLP-II) was used to assess nutrition and other health promotion habits. There was improvement in the HPLP-II nutrition subscale mean score for the intervention group. Mean body mass index values actually increased for both groups. Total cholesterol values rose for both groups (the study reported on total cholesterol only; changes in HDL and LDL cholesterol values were not reported). There were significant improvements in reported eating and weight related behaviours.
A study was conducted by Liusuwan et al (2007) which investigated the effects of behavioural intervention, exercise and nutrition education to improve health and fitness in adolescents with spinal cord dysfunction as the result of myelomeningocele and SCI. Fourteen of a total of twenty original adolescent subjects completed all testing sessions conducted prior to and after completing a 16-week intervention program. Testing included measurements of aerobic fitness, heart rate, oxygen uptake, peak isokinetic arm and shoulder strength, body composition, body mass index and blood work assessment which included total, HDL and LDL cholesterol and triglycerides. Participants were given a schedule of aerobic and strengthening exercises and attended nutrition education and behaviour modification sessions every other week accompanied by their parents. Results suggested that there was no significant overall change in weight, body mass index or blood work. There was a significant increase in whole body lean tissue without a concomitant increase in whole body fat. Fitness measures revealed a significant increase in maximum power output, work efficiency and resting oxygen uptake. Shoulder extension strength increased. There were no significant changes in total, HDL or LDL cholesterol or triglycerides during the 16-week program.
Cardiovascular disease appears prematurely in persons with SCI. It is the most frequent cause of death among persons surviving more than 30 years following injury and accounts for 45% of all SCI deaths (Devivo et al. 1999). Abnormalities in lipid metabolism in individuals with SCI develop shortly after injury and tend to progress over time (Brenes et al. 1986; Bauman et al. 1992; Kocina 1997; Szlachcic et al. 2001). Despite the high risk for CVD morbidity and mortality in individuals with SCI, few studies have addressed the benefits of risk reduction interventions aimed at modifiable factors and those that exist have been limited to exercise interventions. This section discusses what is known about the value of nutrition counseling in improving dyslipidemia in persons with SCI.
Table 4 The Effect of Nutrition Counseling on Dyslipidemia and Cardiovascular Disease Risk
Szlachcic et al (2001)evaluated the effects of dietary education for individuals with SCI at least 2 years post-injury who had moderately elevated total cholesterol levels (>5.2mmol/L) and reported significant decreases in total and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDLC). Individuals who were assessed at baseline as having total cholesterol (TC) values greater than 5.2 mmol/L (200 mg/dL) (N = 86; control group)were referred to the staff registered dietitian for counseling. Specifically, individuals were advised to limit daily fat intake to <30% of total daily calories (kcal), daily saturated fat intake to <10%, dailycholesterol intake to <300 mg and to consume 60% of total daily calories as carbohydrate. Subjects in the treatment group were seen by a dietitian at least twice to assess their dietary compliance. The remaining 136 subjects (control group) did not receive nutrition consultation. Subjects in the treatment group were significantly older and had a greater number of years post-injury than those in the control group; therefore, changes in lipid profile were analyzed controlling for differences in age and duration post-injury. A summary of results is as follows – Total cholesterol – Treatment group demonstrated a significant decrease in TC; control group showed a significant increase in TC; 69% of those in the treatment group had decreases in TC compared to 43% in the control group. LDLC – The treatment group demonstrated significant declines in LDLC while LDLC in the control group showed a non-significant increase between baseline and follow-up. In the treatment group, 67% had decreases in LDLC compared with 47% of those in the control group. High-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLC) – Although there were no significant changes in either group, one third of all subjects in both groups had HDLC values below the recommended range at baseline. Triglycerides (TG) – Although there was a significant group-by-examination interaction for the mean triglyceride values, univariate analyses did not detect a significant difference between the initial and follow-up values for either groups; 60% of the treatment group compared with 45% of control group had declines in TG values.
Recent studies suggest that n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (found primarily in fatty fish, and in smaller amounts in flax, soy, canola, olive and wheat germ oils and black walnuts) have beneficial effects on cardiovascular disorders including anti-inflammatory, antithrombotic, hypolipemic and vasodilatory effects and contribute to primary and secondary prevention of ischemic heart disease in the general population (Hirafuji et al. 2003; Simopoulos 1999).
Table 5 Nutrient Supplementation and Lipid Profile Post SCI
Javierre et al. (2005)assessed the effects on lipid profile and fasting blood glucose in 19 adult males with SCI at 3 and 6 months following daily supplementation of 1.5 grams docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) and 0.75 grams of eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA). Despite significant increases in the plasma concentration of DHA and EPA, plasma concentrations of glucose, total, HDL and LDL cholesterols, very low density lipoprotein cholesterol and triglycerides did not show differences as the result of n-3 fatty acid supplementation.
Studies have suggested that EPA and DHA supplementation may result in changes in red blood cells (Andersson et al 2002; Bruckner et al 1987; Cartwright et al 1985; Terano et al 1983) which in turn may improve oxygen delivery to working muscles. Another study has shown that fish oil supplementation may facilitate fat oxidation (Delarue et al 2003). Supplementation with EPA and DHA may improve VO2max and aerobic performance.
Table 6 Nutrient Supplementation and Physical Performance Post-SCI
Javierre et al. (2006) conducted a study to determine whether omega-3 fatty acid supplementation may contribute to improved muscle strength and endurance capacity in persons with SCI. Twenty-one males, 18 with paraplegia and 3 with tetraplegia, underwent global physical evaluations at the beginning of, at 3 months and 6 months of omega-3 fatty acid supplementation. Participants continued with their usual diet while taking 1.5 grams per day of docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) and 0.60 grams per day of eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) plus 9 mg of alpha tocopherol provided in capsules; 2 capsules at each of 3 meals were consumed. No adverse effects were observed during the supplementation period. Increases in the concentrations of plasma DHA and EPA were observed. Body weight of the participants was stable during the study. There was an observed improvement in the functional capacity of the neuromuscular system as shown in enhanced strength and endurance of the upper-body musculature in the tests performed by the subjects.
Although little work has been done examining the vitamin profiles of individuals following SCI it is generally thought that vitamin deficiency is a significant issue. Moussavi et al. (2003) reported that 16 to 37% of community-dwelling SCI subjects had serum levels below the reference range for vitamins A, C and E compared with general population norms.
A case controlled study by Lynch et al. (2002) assessed complete blood count, white blood cells, iron status, ferritin, red blood cell folate, vitamin B12, magnesium, zinc, albumin and prealbumin in persons with chronic SCI and compared values to those of age and gender-matched non-SCI controls. Results were not outside the normal ranges for either group; however, the SCI group had significantly different median values than the control group for hemoglobin, white blood cell count, albumin, prealbumin, serum iron and % saturation.
Vitamin D deficiency is widespread and may result in a vast array of health consequences including osteoporosis, falls, increased cancer risk and altered glucose and lipid metabolism – the pathogenesis of diabetes and cardiovascular disease. It plays an essential role in muscle and bone health, immunity and muscle signaling and has been linked with autoimmune disorders such as multiple sclerosis (Cherniak et al 2008; Ford et al 2005; Mathieu et al 2005; Cantorna et al 2006). Obesity has been associated with decreased bioavailability of vitamin D, and percentage body fat is inversely related to vitamin D levels and directly correlated with parathyroid hormone (PTH) levels (Snijder et al 2005; Wortsman et al 2000).
The skeletal effects of hypovitaminosis D are evidenced in progressive stages – calcium malabsorption with secondary elevation of PTH, increased bone remodeling and osteoporosis and further histologic changes related to continued lack of calcium and poor mineralization (Heaney 1999).
Individuals with SCI have an increased occurrence of vitamin D deficiency, resulting from a number of factors including decreased exposure to sunlight, inadequate dietary intake and the effect of medications. In turn, vitamin D deficiency promotes calcium deficiency and secondary hyperparathyroidism, resulting in further bone loss and exacerbating osteoporosis. Myopathy and nonspecific musculoskeletal pain may also develop as a consequence of vitamin D deficiency (Bauman et al. 2005; Holick 2005).
Observational studies have shown that vitamin D deficiency is common among individuals with SCI. Bauman et al. (1995) reported that 32 of 100 SCI subjects had 25(OH)D levels below normal range; 11 of the 32 had elevated serum PTH levels. Zhou et al. (1992) measured the 25(OH)D, serum calcium, magnesium and albumin concentrations of 92 men with SCI, 38 of whom had single or multiple pressure ulcers, and compared these values with those of able-bodied controls. The SCI group had lower serum 25(OH)D, total calcium and albumin concentrations. Quadriplegics had lower 25(OH)D levels than paraplegics. Additionally, the SCI subgroup with pressure ulcers demonstrated significantly lower serum 25(OH)D, calcium and magnesium levels than the SCI subjects without ulcers.
There is increasing support for vitamin D supplementation beyond present recommendations. Additional studies are needed to establish the best diagnostic and supplementation guidelines for different populations (Cherniak et al 2008).
Table 7 Vitamin D Supplementation Post SCI
Bauman et al. (2005)determined that healthy individuals with chronic SCI living in the community have vitamin D deficiency. Ten subjects with chronic SCI and a diagnosis of absolute vitamin D (25(OH)D) deficiency received 50 ug (2000 IU) of vitamin D3 twice per week for 2 weeks in addition to 1.5 grams (1500 mg) of elemental calcium daily. Serum 25(OH)D levels significantly increased by day 14; however, levels remained below normal range in 8/10 subjects. Serum calcium level was not significantly different but urinary calcium significantly increased. Serum PTH levels significantly decreased. Forty subjects with chronic SCI, regardless of initial serum vitamin D status, received 10 ug (400 IU) of vitamin D3 daily in addition to a multivitamin that contained 10 ug (400 IU) vitamin D3 for a total of 20 ug (800 IU) daily for 12 months. Subjects were encouraged to have at least 0.8 grams (800 mg) of calcium in their daily diet and were supplemented daily with 0.5 grams (500 mg) elemental calcium. Vitamin D levels significantly increased from baseline at 6 and 12 months. There was no significant association of level of injury with baseline 25(OH)D levels. Serum and ionized calcium were not significantly different after 12 months of treatment. Serum PTH was significantly reduced at 6 and 12 months. It is important to note that at baseline, 33 of the 40 subjects had 25(OH)D levels that were below the lower limit of normal, and that after 12 months of supplementation at 800 IU, only 8 of the 40 subjects had serum 25(OH)D values greater than 30 ng/mL which is not adequate to reverse elevated parathyroid levels and reduce bone turnover, despite significant decreases in PTH at 12 months. Finally, 40 subjects were simultaneously enrolled in a placebo-controlled study on the effect of a vitamin D analog (4 ug/day of 1-alpha hydroxyvitamin D2) on lower extremity bone mineral density. Following randomization, 19 of the 40 subjects received the analog or placebo. The vitamin D analog was not considered to appreciably affect the serum 25(OH)D response to vitamin D supplementation. Subjects were encouraged to have at least 0.8 grams (800 mg) of calcium in their daily diets and were supplemented daily with 0.5 g (500 mg) elemental calcium. There was no significant difference at 6 and 12 months in serum PTH level between individuals who were receiving 1-alpha hydroxyvitamin D2 or placebo.
Vitamin D3 supplementation resulted in significant increases in 25(OH)D levels and reductions in parathyroid hormone; however, suboptimal 25(OH)D levels persisted, suggesting the need for higher doses of vitamin D3 supplementation and/or longer periods of administration.
The prevalence of vitamin B12 deficiency in persons with SCI is reported to be between 5.7 and 19% (Petchkrua et al. 2002). Symptoms may include declining gait, depression or fatigue, upper limb weakness, memory loss and worsening pain (Petchkrua et al. 2002; Petchkrua et al. 2003). Vitamin B12 deficiency usually responds to supplementation.
Petchkrua et al. (2003) conducted a cross-sectional study with prospective blood collection and retrospective medical record review to assess the prevalence of vitamin B12 deficiency in persons with SCI. Biochemical vitamin B12 deficiency was reported in 13% of the subjects. While hematologic abnormalities were infrequent, neuropsychiatric symptoms were observed in half of the subjects. The age range most associated with vitamin B12 deficiency was 40 – 59 years; among subjects older than 59 years, 9% had B12 deficiency. No deficiency was noted in subjects within the age range of 20 – 39 years. Deficiency was more predominant in subjects with complete SCI.
Petchkrua et al. (2002) followed a retrospective chart review of patients with SCI who had received serum vitamin B12 testing over a 10 year period. The most common symptoms among subjects identified as having deficient, subnormal or low normal vitamin B12 levels were declining gait, depression, fatigue, upper limb weakness, memory loss or worsening pain. In this report, greater than half of the cases of probable vitamin B12 deficiency occurred in young persons with no known risk factors. Neurologic and/or psychiatric symptoms improved in 88% of SCI subjects following high-dose oral or monthly parenteral vitamin B12 supplementation. It is recommended that clinicians conduct early screening and treatment of vitamin B12 deficiency. However, definitive trials have not been done.
Given the potential for permanent neurological deficits, the relatively low cost of screening and the low cost and high efficacy of high-dose oral supplementation, Petchkrua et al. (2002) suggest that clinicians conduct early screening and treatment of vitamin B12 deficiency. Additional investigations into the predisposing risk factors for vitamin B12 deficiency in persons with SCI are warranted.
Synthesized by the liver, kidney and pancreas, creatine occurs naturally and is found primarily in skeletal muscle. It can be obtained from eating foods rich in creatine such as meat and fish or be consumed in the form of supplement powders.The most predominant form of creatine is phosphocreatine which contributes to the rapid resynthesis of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) during short-term, high-intensity exercise. Dietary supplementation of creatine has been shown to improve strength, power and recovery from high-intensity exercise in the able-bodied population (Casey et al 1996; Balsom et al 1995; Earnest et al 1995; Greenoff et al 1993; Harris et al 1993). Creatine serves as a short duration reservoir for the energy required for muscle contraction in skeletal muscle. Low levels of intramuscular creatine are seen in some neuromuscular diseases. Creatine supplementation improves muscle strength in some patient populations with neurological disorders (Kendall et al 2005).
Table 8 Creatine Administration Post SCI
Kendall et al (2005) reported findings of a study that sought to determine whether creatine supplementation improves muscle strength, endurance and function in weak upper limb muscles in person with tetraplegia. Eight individuals with tetraplegia and mild wrist extensor weakness were randomized to receive creatine or a placebo in a double-blind crossover design. During creatine supplementation, participants received oral doses of creatine monohydrate powder (10 grams orally twice per day for 6 days then were maintained on 5 grams daily until they underwent testing). There was no change in any of the functional tests performed by the participants and none of the participants had a change in self-reported motor Functional Independence Measure (FIM) scores.
Persons with SCI have decreased upper extremity work capacity. Individuals with cervical-level SCI have limited proficiency in the repeated tasks of daily living that require endurance and strength (Lin et al., 1993; Hopman et al., 1992; Jehl et al., 1991; Van Loan et al., 1987). A study by Jacobs et al (2002) sought to determine the effects of oral creatine monohydrate supplementation on upper-extremity work capacity in persons with complete cervical-level SCI. Sixteen men with complete tetraplegia (C5 – 7) were randomly assigned to one of two groups and received either 20 grams per day of creatine monohydrate supplement powder or placebo for the first treatment phase; treatment was reversed in the second phase. Each treatment phase lasted for 7 days with a 21-day washout period. Peak power output, time to fatigue, heart rate and metabolic measures including oxygen uptake, minute ventilation, tidal volume and respiratory frequency were assessed. Significantly greater values of oxygen uptake, tidal volume and carbon dioxide production were observed in the groups receiving the creatine monohydrate supplementation. The investigators concluded that creatine supplementation enhances exercise capacity in persons with complete tetraplegia and may promote greater exercise training benefits.
Persons with chronic primary autonomic failure and widespread sympathetic denervation and postural hypotension often have postprandial hypotension (Mathias, 1991). Food consumption often exacerbates symptoms and the degree of postural hypotension in certain groups. The cardiovascular responses to food ingestion in individuals with tetraplegia have not been investigated.
Table 9 Cardiovascular and Hormonal Responses to Food Ingestion
A fall in blood pressure following the ingestion of food has been described in individuals with secondary autonomic failure of various causes; however, the cardiovascular and hormonal responses to food ingestion in individuals with tetraplegia with cervical spinal cord transection have not been studied. Baliga et al. (1997) investigated the effects of a standard liquid meal (300 mL total liquid volume, 550 kilocalories, 66 grams carbohydrate, 22 grams fat, 18 grams protein) on blood pressure (BP), heart rate (HR) and neurohormonal levels in tetraplegics with physiologically complete cervical cord transection. Five paraplegics with complete lesions (T12-L3) and essentially intact sympathetic nervous systems who did not experience postural hypotension served as the control group. The experimental group consisted of 6 tetraplegics (C4 – 7) with chronic and complete cervical spinal cord transection. All had postural hypotension. After food ingestion there was no fall in BP in tetraplegics or controls. HR did not change in either group. Following food ingestion plasma noradrenaline was unchanged in tetraplegics but rose in controls. Plasma renin activity (PRA) rose in tetraplegics but not in controls. The fall in BP and rise in HR on head-up tilt after the meal in tetraplegics was similar to that before the meal. There was no change in PRA following the pre-prandial tilt in either group; post-prandial tilt raised levels in the tetraplegics but not in the controls. The authors summarized that there is a difference in the responses to food ingestion between tetraplegics and paraplegic controls and even more pronounced differences from other autonomic disorders with sympathetic dysfunction which may relate to the site and nature of the sympathetic lesion and compensatory mechanisms.
Reconditioning exercises pursued by persons with incomplete SCI have shown to reverse the decline in function imposed by the paralysis (Jacobs et al 2001). Nutrition-related modifications that optimize physical performance for individuals with SCI have not been studied extensively compared to that of individuals without disability.
Table 10 Nutrient Intake on Ambulation Performance
Dietary, pharmacologic and nutrient modifications that may optimize physical performance for individuals with SCI have not been extensively studied. In the able-bodied population an effective nutrient supplementation combination to hasten recovery from intense activity and to improve performance in subsequent bouts of exercise is whey protein and carbohydrate (Ivy, 2001; Ivy 1998). Nash et al (2007) investigated the effect of protein and carbohydrate intake on ambulation in three persons with incomplete SCI (C5 – T4). The subjects walked to fatigue on 5 consecutive days; upon fatigue, participants consumed 48 grams of whey plus 1 gram per kilogram of body weight of carbohydrate. The process was repeated following a weekend of rest. Following a 2-week wash-out period the process was repeated using 48 grams of soy supplement. Oxygen consumption, carbon dioxide production, respiratory exchange ratio, distance and time of walk and calculated calorie expenditure were measured. The authors concluded that the combination of whey protein plus carbohydrate supplement ingestion following fatiguing ambulation improved subsequent ambulation by increasing distance, time to fatigue and caloric expenditure compared to soy supplement consumption.
Food ingestion increases the metabolic rate to levels above basal (Jequier 1986; Lusk 1930). This rise in metabolic rate in the able-bodied population is initiated within minutes following meal ingestion, reaches its maximum after approximately one hour and lasts up to 6 hours after food consumption. The mechanisms whereby nutrients stimulate energy expenditure are not fully understood. The potential role of the central sympathoadrenal system in the stimulation of nutrient-induced thermogenesis requires investigation.
Table 11 Post-Meal Resting Energy Expenditure Post SCI
The increase in the metabolic rate above basal levels following food ingestion is known as nutrient-induced thermogenesis (Jequier 1986; Lusk 1930).This post-meal rise in metabolic rate is significant to daily heat production and body weight homeostasis and may have a potential role in counteracting the development of obesity. In many obese individuals and in other conditions of insulin resistance nutrient-induced thermogenesis is reduced below normal levels (Brundin et al 1992; Segal et al 1990; Segal et al 1985; Shetty et al 1981; Pittet et al 1976). The rise in resting energy expenditure following food consumption has been generally considered to be mediated by central activation of the sympathoadrenal system; the purpose of a study by Aksnes et al (1993) was to determine the possible role of central sympathoadrenal stimulation for thermogenesis after ingestion of a normal mixed meal, in liquid form, in seven male subjects with chronic complete lesions of the cervical spinal cord (C4 – C7) (group A). The thermogenic responses were compared to those in healthy males as well as to the responses in a control group of tetraplegic patients who received equal volumes of water instead of the liquid meal (group B). The authors concluded that nutrient-induced thermogenesis in tetraplegic individuals with low sympathoadrenal activity is not diminished compared to healthy controls; efferent sympathoadrenal stimulation from the brain is not necessary for nutrient-induced thermogenesis in man.
The kidneys are richly innervated by the sympathetic nervous system (Gazdar and Dammin, 1970, Muller and Barajas, 1972 in Sutters 1992). The role of the sympathetic renal nerves in the adaptation to changes in dietary sodium intake in persons with spinal cord injury and impaired sympathetic nervous systems warrant study.
Table 12 Responses to Dietary Sodium Restriction in Persons Post SCI
In a study by Sutters et al (1992) the effects of change from a high to low sodium diet on renal sodium and water excretion and hormonal responses were studied in nine individuals with tetraplegia and dissociated sympathetic control (DS) and in six controls with paraplegia with intact sympathetic systems (IS). Total and fractional urinary sodium excretion, supine mean arterial pressure, creatinine clearance, plasma renin activity and plasma atrial natriuretic peptide concentration were measured. The authors reported that the results suggested that direct sympathetic control of the kidney is not required for renal sodium conservation in response to dietary salt restriction; however, is likely involved in the hemodynamic and hormonal responses.
There is a paucity of intervention studies investigating nutritional status and associated risk for persons with SCI. Many descriptive and observational publications address the risk for obesity, dyslipidemia and cardiovascular disease, impaired glycemic control and diabetes mellitus. Blood lipid profiles and indicators of impaired glucose tolerance and hyperinsulinemia of persons with SCI have been compared with those of able-bodied controls. Despite the high risk for CVD morbidity and mortality in individuals with SCI as evidenced by blood values, metabolic and lifestyle factors, few studies have addressed the benefits of risk reduction interventions aimed at modifiable factors and have been limited to exercise. Other studies have investigated vitamin and mineral status of persons with SCI and compared values to those of able-bodied controls or to general population norms and have found lower levels of a variety of nutrients in the SCI population. Few publications have suggested screening and supplementation strategies to address these trends.
The Consensus Committee of the American Autonomic Society and the American Academy of Neurology (CCAAS&AAN 1996) defined orthostatic hypotension (OH) as a decrease in systolic blood pressure of at least 20mmHg, or a reduction in diastolic blood pressure of at least 10mmHg, upon the change in body position from a supine position to an upright posture, regardless of the presence of symptoms. Several studies have documented the presence of OH following SCI (Chelvarajah, 2009, Cariga et al. 2002, Faghri et al. 2001; Mathias 1995). This condition occurs during the acute period of injury and persists in a significant number of individuals for many years (Claydon et al. 2006; Frisbie & Steele 1997). Standard mobilization treatment during physiotherapy (e.g., sitting or standing) is reported to trigger blood pressure decreases that are diagnostic of orthostatic hypotension in 74% of SCI patients, and cause symptoms of orthostatic hypotension (such as lightheadedness or dizziness) in 59% of SCI individuals (Illman et al. 2000). Thus, this may discourage SCI individuals from participating in rehabilitation. Management of OH consists of pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions.
The low level of efferent sympathetic nervous activity and the loss of the reflex vasoconstriction following SCI are the two major causes of OH (Table 1). The decrease in blood pressure following the change to an upright position in individuals with SCI may be related to excessive pooling of blood in the abdominal viscera and lower extremities (Krassioukov & Claydon, 2006; Claydon et al. 2006; Mathias 1995). This decrease is compounded by the loss of lower extremity muscle function post-SCI that is known to be important in counteracting venous pooling in the upright position. Excessive venous pooling in the lower extremities coupled with reduced blood volume in the intrathoracic veins lead to a decrease in ventricular end-diastolic filling pressure and end-diastolic volume thereby decreasing left ventricular stroke volume (Ten Harkel et al. 1994). The reduced ventricular filling and emptying ultimately lead to a reduction in cardiac output, and thus, arterial pressure (provided the reductions in cardiac output are marked). Unloading of the arterial baroreceptors induces a reflexic reduction in cardiac parasympathetic (vagal) activity. As a result, tachycardia may occur, although this is usually insufficient to compensate for decreased stroke volume. A reduction in cardiac output results and in turn, arterial blood pressure is reduced. Subsequently, pooling of blood in the lower extremities and decreased blood pressure results in reduced cerebral flow, which presents as a number of signs and symptoms (Table 2).
In addition to central causes of OH following SCI, there is also some evidence suggesting peripheral contributions. For example, upregulation of the potent vasodilator nitric oxide (NO) could potentially contribute to the orthostatic intolerance in this population (Vaziri 2003). In animal studies, it has been shown that NO synthase expression is dysregulated following SCI (Zhao et al. 2007). Moreover, Wecht and co-investigators found that intravenous infusion of NO synthase inhibitors facilitated normalization of blood pressure in individuals with SCI (Wecht et al. 2007).
Several other factors may predispose individuals with SCI to OH, including low plasma volume, hyponatremia, and cardiovascular deconditioning due to prolonged bed-rest (Claydon et al. 2006; Illman et al. 2000; Mathias 1995). The prevalence of OH is greater in patients with higher spinal cord lesions, and thus it is more common in tetraplegia (Claydon et al. 2006; Mathias 2006; Frisbie & Steele 1997). Furthermore, individuals with cervical SCI also experience greater posture-related decreases in blood pressure than those with paraplegia ( Claydon et al. 2006; Mathias 1995). There is also an increased risk of OH in individuals who sustain a traumatic SCI than in nontraumatic injury such as spinal stenosis (McKinley et al. 1999).
Table 1: Factors Predisposing to OH following SCI
| Multifactorial | Claydon et al. 2006 |
| Loss of tonic sympathetic control | Houtman et al. 2000; Wallin & Stjernberg 1984 |
| Altered baroreceptor sensitivity | Wecht et al. 2003; Munakata et al. 1997; |
| Lack of skeletal muscle pumps | Faghri & Yount 2002; Raymond et al. 2002 Ten Harkel et al. 1994 |
| Cardiovascular deconditioning | Hopman et al. 2002; Vaziri 2003 |
| Altered salt and water balance | Frisbie 2004 |
Table 2: Signs and Symptoms of OH
|
The majority of our knowledge in managing OH is obtained from patients presenting OH consequent to non-SCI causes (e.g. heart disease, Parkinson’s disease, dyautonomia). Numerous medications, including Midodrine, fludrocortisone, and ephedrine, have been successful in managing OH in these chronic conditions. However, as the mechanisms underlying the development of OH are different in individuals with SCI, it is important to assess the effectiveness of these medications specifically in people with SCI.
Table 3: Pharmacological Management of OH in SCI
Midodrine (ProAmatine)
Midodrine, a selective alpha1 adrenergic agonist, exerts its actions by activating the alpha-adrenergic receptors of the arteriolar and venous vasculature, thus producing an increase in vascular tone and blood pressure. In the body, Midodrine has a half-life of approximately 25 minutes. Specifically, plasma levels of Midodrine peak at about half an hour, with this amount halved every 25 minutes. However, the primary metabolite reaches peak blood concentrations about 1 to 2 hours after a dose of Midodrine and has a half-life of about 3 to 4 hours. Usual doses are 2.5mg two or three times daily. Doses are increased quickly until a response occurs or a dose of 30 mg/day is attained (Wright et al. 1998). Midodrine does not cross the blood-brain barrier and is not associated with CNS effects. Benefits of Midodrine in the OH management in individuals with SCI were reported in a level 2 RCT (Nieshoff et al. 2004), two level 4 studies ( Barber et al. 2000; Senard et al. 1991) and one level 5 study (Mukand et al. 1992). Of note, a recent case report on 2 male subjects demonstrated urinary bladder dysreflexia with the use of midodrine (Vaidyanathan et al. 2007) and suggests Midodrine should be employed cautiously.
Although the only controlled trial consisted of 4 subjects (Nieshoff et al. 2004), this study used a rigorous double-blind placebo-controlled, randomized, within-subjects cross-over trial. Not only was systolic blood pressure increased during peak exercise (3/4 subjects), but exercise performance was also enhanced. Thus, there is level 2 evidence (Nieshoff et al. 2004) that Midodrine enhances exercise performance in some individuals with SCI, similar to other clinical populations with cardiovascular autonomic dysfunction. Nevertheless, it would be useful to confirm this evidence with a larger trial.
Fludrocortisone (Florinef)
Fludrocortisone is a mineralocorticoid that induces more salt to be released into the bloodstream. As water follows the movement of salt, fludrocortisone increases blood volume. Furthermore, fludrocortisone may enhance the sensitivity of blood vessels to circulating catecholamine (Van Lieshout et al. 2000; Schatz 1984). The starting dose is 0.1 mg daily. Blood pressure rises gradually over several days with maximum effect at 1-2 weeks. Doses should be adjusted at weekly or biweekly intervals. Adverse effects include hypokalemia (low potassium), which occurs in 50% of individuals, and hypomagnesemia, which occurs in 5%. Both may need to be corrected with supplements. Fludrocortisone should not be used in persons with congestive heart failure due to its effect on sodium retention. Headache is a common side effect. The benefit of Fludrocortisone has not been sufficiently proven in individuals with SCI. One level 4 case series (Barber et al. 2000), one level 5 case report (n=1) (Groomes & Huang 1991), and one level 5 observational (Frisbie & Steele 1997) study described the use of Fludrocortisone for management of OH in the SCI population.
In Barber et al.’s (2000) study involving two patients, no effect of fludrocortisone was observed. However, Groomes & Huang (1991) found an improvement in one patient within 10 days of treatment. The other study conducted by Frisbie and Steele (1997) combined fludrocortisone with other pharmacological and physical agents in three patients; unfortunately, since outcomes specific to this group were not described, the specific effects of fludrocortisone could not be discerned. Therefore, at this point, there remains only level 4 evidence (Barber et al. 2000) from one case series of two patients that fludrocortisone is not effective for OH in SCI.
Dihydroergotamine
Dihydroergotamine, or Ergotamine, is an ergot alkaloid that interacts with alpha adrenergicreceptors and has selective vasoconstrictive effects on peripheral and cranial blood vessels. Plasma levels peak around 2 hours after ingestion. One case report combined Ergotamine with fludrocortisone to successfully prevent symptomatic OH in one individual with SCI (Groomes & Huang 1991). Hence, there is level 5 (Groomes & Huang 1991) evidence that Ergotamine, taken daily combined with fludrocortisone, successfully prevents OH in one individual with SCI.
Ephedrine
Ephedrine, a non-selective, alpha and beta receptor agonist, acts centrally and peripherally. Its peripheral actions are attributed partly to norepinephrine release and partly to direct effects on receptors. Ephedrine is usually given at a dosage of 12.5-25 mg, administered orally, three times a day. Side effects may include tachycardia, tremor and supine hypertension. Ephedrine raises blood pressure both by increasing cardiac output and inducing peripheral vasoconstriction. Its plasma half-life ranges from 3 to 6 hours (Kobayashi et al. 2003). Systematic review of the literature elicited level 5 evidence from one retrospective chart review (Frisbie & Steele 1997) and a cross-sectional observation study (Frisbie 2004). Frisbie (2004) reported that daily urinary output of salt and water was inversely related to the prescribed dose of Ephedrine in 4 patients with OH. While results suggest that Ephedrine resulted in an improvement in hyponatremia, renal conservation of water still exceeded that of sodium in 3 of the 4 cases. Frisbie and Steele (1997) report in their retrospective review of 30 patients taking ephedrine that one dose in the morning is usually sufficient to reduce OH symptoms but that some patients failed to recognize the need for a repeated dose later in the day. Hence, there is level 5 evidence (Frisbie & Steele 1997) that Ephedrine may reduce symptoms of OH.
L-threo-3,4-dihydroxyphenylserine (L-DOPS)
L-DOPS is an exogenous, neutral amino acid that is also a precursor of noradrenalin. Only one published study (Muneta et al. 1992)evaluates the effects of L-DOPS on OH. This level 5 study involving one person with nontraumatic SCI, showed that treatment with salt supplementation in combination with L-threo-3,4-dihydroxyphenylserine, markedly improved the syncope and drowsiness associated with hypotension and increased the patient's daily activity. There is level 5 evidence (Muneta et al. 1992) based on one case study that L-DOPS, in conjunction with salt supplementation may be effective for reducing OH.
Nitro-L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME)
L-NAME decreases the production of the vasodilator nitric oxide by inhibiting the expression of its enzyme, nitric oxide synthase. Increased nitric oxide release has been associated with orthostatic intolerance after cardiovascular deconditioning and is proposed to play a role in OH after SCI (Wecht et al. 2007). Only one study (Wecht et al. 2009) was found that examined the use of L-NAME in the treatment of OH following SCI. The study found that after infusion of 1.0 mg/kg of L-NAME, people with tetraplegia had a higher mean arterial pressure in response to head tilt procedure compared with people who received a placebo and this pressure was not significantly different than non-SCI controls. It should be noted that the increase in mean arterial pressure in the treatment group was not maintained over the entire head tilt procedure. In summary, there is level 2 evidence that L-NAME increases the blood pressure of SCI subjects following a head up tilt procedure.
In summary, the studies addressing the pharmacological management of OH following SCI involve a small number of trials with low number of subjects and numerous case reports. Furthermore, it is often difficult to determine the effects of individual medications when used as combination therapies. Midodrine hydrochloride should be included in the management protocol of OH . Further research needs to quantify the effects of the many pharmacological interventions which have been shown to be effective in conditions other than spinal cord injury.
Of the non-pharmacological studies, three involved the regulation of fluid and salt intake while 14 investigated physical modalities such as abdominal binders, physical activities, and electrical muscle stimulation.
OH is common among patients with higher levels of paralysis, presents variable symptoms, and often coexists with abnormal salt and water metabolism. Increases in fluid intake and a diet high in salt can expand extracellular fluid volume and augment orthostatic responses. This simple intervention appears to be effective in patients with idiopathic OH without SCI (Claydon & Hainsworth 2004; Davidson et al. 1976).
Table 4: Fluid and Salt Intake for Management of OH in SCI
Three out of 4 subjects taking salt supplementation with meals in Frisbie and Steele’s (1997) study became independent of their use of Ephedrine. In 4 patients with OH, Frisbie (2004) demonstrated that the estimated daily intake of salt and water was inversely related to their Ephedrine requirements and suggested that greater salt and water intake may lead to a more balanced renal action. Thus, level 5 evidence from two observation studies (Frisbie & Steele 1997; Muneta et al. 1992) suggest that salt and fluid regulation in conjunction with other pharmacological interventions may reduce symptoms of OH. However, as no evidence exists on the effect of salt or fluid regulation alone for OH management in SCI, these conclusions should be interpreted with caution. As of now, there are no guidelines suggesting appropriate water and salt intake specific to individuals with SCI.
The application of external counterpressure by devices such as abdominal binders or pressure stockings is thought to decrease capacitance of the vasculature beds in the legs and abdominal cavity, both major areas of blood pooling during standing.
Table 5: Pressure Interventions for Management of OH in SCI
The studies examining pressure interventions generally test different pressure conditions with the same group of individuals (e.g. with and without stockings) either in a randomized order (RCT) (Hopman et al. 1998a,b) or assigned order (non-RCT) (Krassioukov & Harkema 2006).
The application of these interventions must be interpreted with caution, as none of these studies assessed more than the acute effect of pressure application. Thus, whether these effects would persist with chronic use or cause any detrimental effects upon removal after extended use is unknown. Rimaud et al. (2009), after observing a decrease in venous capacitance, suggest that graduated compression stockings worn by individuals with paraplegia may prevent blood pooling in the legs. The effects were observed when the subjects were at rest and in the absence of orthostatic stress however.Kerk et al. (1995) found no statistically significant effects of abdominal binder use on any of the cardiovascular or kinematic variables at submaximal or maximal levels of exercise. In his review, Bhambhani (2002) concluded that the use of abdominal binders does not influence cardiovascular responses. Conversely, Hopman et al. (1998b) demonstrated in a small group of SCI subjects (n=9) that stockings and an abdominal binder do have effect on cardiovascular responses during submaximal exercises, but not during maximal exercises (Hopman et al. 1998a). Krassioukov & Harkema (2006) found that the use of a harness (which applies abdominal pressure) during locomotor training increased diastolic blood pressure in those with SCI, but not in able-bodied individuals. Therefore, there is level 2 evidence (from 1 RCT) that pressure from elastic stocking and abdominal binders may improve cardiovascular physiological responses during submaximal, but not maximal, arm exercise.
The application of FES triggers intermittent muscle contractions that activate the physiologic muscle pump. The physiologic muscle pump produces a pumping mechanism of both the superficial and deep veins of the legs, thus facilitating venous blood return.
FESmay be an important treatment adjunct to minimize cardiovascular changes during postural orthostatic stress in individuals with SCI. Several studies have suggested that FES-induced contractions of the leg muscles increases cardiac output and stroke volume, which increases venous return (Raymond et al. 2002). Subsequently, this increases ventricular filling and left ventricular end-diastolic volume (i.e., enhanced cardiac preload). According to the Frank-Starling effect, an increase in ventricular preload will lead to a greater stretch of the myocytes and a concomitant increase in left ventricular stroke volume. The increased stroke volume may produce greater cardiac output and in turn, greater arterial blood pressure. In this manner, FES-induced contraction of the leg muscles may attenuate the drop in systolic BP in response to an orthostatic challenge.
FES-induced contraction of the leg muscles may also artificially restore the body’s ability to redistribute blood from below the level of the lesion back to the heart.In fact, it is through this means that Davis et al. (1990) attributes FES’s effectiveness during an orthostatic challenge. In their study, Davis et al. found FES of leg muscles resulted in increase of cardiac output and stroke volume in 6 males with paraplegia performing maximal arm-crank exercise. These results suggest that FES of leg muscles could alleviate the lower limb pooling effect during the orthostatic challenge. Chi et al. (2009) suggest that the alleviation of the pooling effect could be further enhanced when FES of leg muscles is combined with passive mobilization. The clinical utility of this combination must be examined further as the subjects used in Chi et al. (2009) were able-bodied.
FESresults in a dose-dependent increase in blood pressure independent of stimulation site that may be useful in treating orthostatic hypotension (Sampson et al. 2000) andmay be an important treatment adjunct to minimize cardiovascular changes during postural orthostatic stress in individuals with acute spinal cord injury. Three level 2RCTs (Faghri & Yount 2002; Elokda et al. 2000; Sampson et al. 2000) and five non-randomized controlled trials (Chao & Cheing 2005; Raymond et al. 2002; Faghri et al. 2001; Faghri et al. 1992; Davis et al. 1990) with small sample sizes provide support for use of FES in individuals with SCI.FES of the lower extremity could be used by persons with SCI as an adjunct during standing to prevent orthostatic hypotension and circulatory hypokinesis. An FES-induced leg muscle contraction is an effective adjunct treatment to delay orthostatic hypotension caused by tilting; it allows people with tetraplegia to stand up more frequently and for longer durations (Elokda et al. 2000; Sampson et al. 2000).This effect may be more beneficial to those with tetraplegia who have a compromised autonomic nervous system and may not be able to adjust their hemodynamics to the change in position (Faghri et al. 2001).
Following exercise, individuals with SCI may experience improvements in the autonomic regulation of their cardiovascular system (Lopes et al. 1984). Exercise, or even passive movement of the legs, could potentially attenuate reduced central blood volume in individuals with SCI during an orthostatic challenge. For example, Dela et al. 2003, found a pronounced increase in blood pressure in individuals with tetraplegia when their legs were passively moved on a cycle ergometer. There is also some evidence that exercise training could enhance sympathetic outflow in individuals with SCI, as shown by an increase in catecholamine response to maximal arm ergometry exercise (Bloomfield et al. 1994).
Table 7: Exercise on OH in SCI
Only three exercise studies have attempted to assess the effect of exercise on OH in SCI and these are very diverse in protocol. Lopes et al. (1984) found no effects on orthostatic tolerance with the addition of upper extremity exercises during a progressive vertical tilt protocol. Such findings are not surprising given the small muscle mass involved in the upper limbs and the fact that venous pooling occurs primarily in the lower limbs. Ditor et al. (2005) demonstrated that individuals with incomplete tetraplegia retain the ability to make positive changes in cardiovascular autonomic regulation with body weight-support treadmill training. Six months of BWSTT did not substantially affect the ability of SCI subjects to tolerate orthostatic stress, however, the authors found this encouraging as it suggests that orthostatic tolerance is retained after exercise training, even though this intervention probably reduced peripheral vascular resistance. Otsuka et al. (2008) found that individuals with complete tetraplegia who were involved in regular physical activity training (2 hrs/day, 2 days/wk, ≥2 yrs) demonstrated greater tolerance to orthostatic stress than individuals with SCI who were not active (<30 mins/wk).
Active stand training that emphasizes active weight bearing is thought to stimulate the neuromuscular system below the level of injury in individuals with SCI and affect the response to orthostatic stress by increasing venous return (Harkema et al. 2008).
Table 8: Standing on OH in SCI
Only one study examines the effect of active stand training using the body weight support treadmill system on cardiovascular function among individuals with complete SCI. Harkema et al., (2008) found that after 80 sessions (60 mins 5x/wk) of active stand training, individuals with complete cervical SCI demonstrated increased resting blood pressure and improvements in the cardiovascular responses to standing.
The major part of our present understanding of pathophysiology and management of incapacitating symptoms of OH is derived from the management of this condition in individuals with both central autonomic neurodegenerative disorders, such as multiple system atrophy and Parkinson’s disease, and peripheral autonomic disorders, such as the autonomic peripheral neuropathies and pure autonomic failure (Freeman 2003; Mathias 1995). From previous studies in non SCI individuals it is well established that combining patient education with the use of pharmacological and non-pharmacological modalities could lead to successful management of OH. The therapeutic goal for management of OH is not to normalize the blood pressure values but rather to ameliorate symptoms while avoiding side effects. (Kaufmann et al. 2006) The general approach in management of OH is that the therapeutic interventions should be implemented in stages dependent upon the severity of symptoms (Kaufmann et al. 2006). It is also well known from previous studies in non-SCI population that nonpharmacologic measures alone are often insufficient to prevent symptoms of OH. Pharmacological interventions are needed, particularly in SCI patients with moderate to severe OH symptoms.
Although a wide array of physical and pharmacological measures are recommended for the general management of OH (Kaufman et al. 2006), very few have been evaluated for use in SCI. Of the pharmacological interventions, only midodrine has some evidence supporting its use and FES is one of the only non-pharmacological interventions having limited evidence to support its utility. Furthermore, the number of studies addressing the pharmacological management of OH following SCI are few and most are case reports comprised of a small sample size. It is often difficult to determine the effects of individual medications when they are used in combination therapies. Nonetheless, Midodrine hydrochloride should be included in the management protocol of OH in individuals with spinal cord injury while further research needs to quantify the effects of the many pharmacological interventions which have been shown to be effective in conditions other than spinal cord injury.
The last few decades have witnessed increasing sophistication and advances in the rehabilitation of spinal cord injured (SCI) patients with marked improvements in the quality of care accompanied by significant reductions in morbidity and mortality. Despite these impressive gains in bladder, skin, cardiovascular and respiratory care, the treatment of chronic pain in SCI has proven largely refractory to medical management. This lack of treatment efficacy has been complicated by an incomplete understanding of pain in individuals with spinal cord injuries and lack of a standardized framework upon which to classify these injuries (Burchiel and Hsu 2001).
Pain is a frequent complication of traumatic spinal cord injury. Reported estimates of the incidence of pain following SCI range anywhere from 11 to 94% (Botterell 1953, Burke 1973, Davidoff 1987, Davis 1947, Donovan 1982, Kaplan 1962, Kennedy 1946, Munro 1948, 1950, Nashold 1981) with more recent studies reporting an incidence from 48-94% (Davidoff et al. 1987, Cohen et al. 1988, Rose et al. 1988, Britell and Mariano 1991, Mariano 1992, Cairns et al. 1996). Estimates of debilitating or disabling pain range from 11-34% (Botterell 1953, Davis 1947, Kaplan 1962, Munro 1948, Nepomunceno 1979). Bonica (1991) noted that on combining the data on 6 reported studies of pain in SCI and 1,028 subjects (Botterell 1953, Burke 1973, Davis 1947, Nepomunceno 1979, Rose 1988, Woolsey 1986), 53% had various types of “deafferent” pain. These wide ranging estimates are felt to be a reflection of significant heterogeneity in defining pain in this population.
Bonica (1991) reviewed data contained in 10 reports that surveyed 2,449 SCI patients (Botterell 1953, Britell 1986, Burke 1973, Davis 1947, Kaplan 1962, Munro 1950, Nepomunceno 1979, Richards 1980, Rose 1988, Woolsey 1986). Chronic pain was present in 1,695 (69%) and in 30% of these patients it was rated as severe. Six of the reports (Botterell 1953, Burke 1973, Davis 1957, Nepomunceno 1979, Rose 1988, Woolsey 1986) analyzed the different types of pain. Out of a total of 1,965 patients, 608 (31%) of the patients had central pain/dysesthesia/phantom limb pain, 219 (12%) had root pain, and 198 (10%) had visceral pain caused by a central mechanism. There were 1,028 (53%) SCI patients with deafferentation pain.
It is estimated that 30-40% of patients with SCI experience severe disabling pain (burke and Woodward 1976). Pain is often reported as the most important factor for decreased quality of life. Nepomuceno (1979) noted that 23% of individuals with cervical or high thoracic SCI and 37% of those with low thoracic or lumbosacral injury would trade the loss of sexual and/or bowel and bladder function as well as hypothetical possibility for cure to obtain pain relief.
Rose et al. (1988) sent a questionnaire to 1,091 spinal cord injured individuals. “Suitable” replies were received from 885 subjects with a total of 615 reporting pain at or below the level of the injury. In 110 subjects this occurred in a nerve root distribution with the remainder below the neurological level of SCI. Pain, which was reported as constant in 43%, was considered severe at some point in the day in half the sample and mild to moderate in 21% of respondents. Prior to the SCI, 595 of the sample were employed; afterwards only 325 were employed. Interestingly 98 SCI individuals (11%) reported it was the severity of their pain and not their paralysis, which stopped them from working. 269 of the 325 SCI subjects (83%) who were employed reported that the pain interfered with their work. A total of 118 SCI subjects found that the pain was severe enough to stop social activity. Pain appeared to be more severe in the evening and at night, interfering with sleep in 325 of respondents (37%). This study clearly pointed out the importance of chronic pain in determining disability and morbidity in SCI patients (Rose 1988).
Persons with SCI who complain of severe pain are more likely to have low spinal cord or cauda equina lesions (Ragnarsson 1997, Davis and Martin 1947, Botterell et al. 1953, Nepomuceno et al. 1979). Severe pain was noted in 10-15% of persons with quadriplegia; 25% of those with thoracic paraplegia and 42-51% of those with lesions of the cauda equina (Ragnarsson 1997)
One study examining the timing of the development of pain post-SCI noted that in 901 patients with SCI, pain started immediately after SCI in 34%, within the first year in 58%, pain increased over time in 47% and decreased over time in 7%. (Turner et al 2001). Turner et al. (2001) noted that pain most often started within the first 6 months following SCI. This has also been noted in several other studies (Turner and Cardenas 1999, Stormer et al.1997, Nepomuceno et al. 1979, Siddall et al. 1999).
Widerstrom-Noga et al. (2001) conducted a careful analysis of the relationship between the location of the pain and the patients’ description of the pain. In this study 217 of 330 patients reporting chronic pain in a previous survey agreed to participate in the study. Participants had been injured for an average of 8.2 ± 5.1 years and 55.4% were quadriplegic. Most subjects in this study marked multiple areas on a pain drawing with the back area being most frequently implicated (61.8%). 59.9% complained of a burning pain while 54.9% described an aching pain. Interestingly burning pain was significantly associated with pain localized to the front of the torso and genitals, buttocks and lower extremities. In contrast, aching type pain was significantly associated with pain localized to the neck, shoulders and back.
Widerstrom-Noga et al. (2001) noted that the descriptor “burning” is often associated with neuropathic pain (Siddall et al. 1999, Ragnarsson 1997, Fenollosa et al. 1993) whereas “aching” is often associated with musculoskeletal pain (Siddall et al. 1999, Tunks 1986). However, since there is a significant overlap in the quality of pain types it is difficult to establish a definitive clinical relationship(Eide 1998, Bowsher 1996, Widerstrom-Noga et al. 2001). The authors then go on to suggest that musculoskeletal-type pain (best characterized by the aching pain in the neck, shoulders and back) is potentially amenable to therapeutic interventions and aggressive attempts should be made to ameliorate this type of pain. All of this underscores the need for a reproducible classification system of the pain experienced following SCI. Bennett et al (2007) have noted that the increasing reliance on validated screening tools may help “form the basis of forthcoming clinical diagnostic criteria”.
Siddall et al. (1997) noted that one of the concerns regarding SCI-related pain was a lack of consensus over a classification system for SCI pain. This has led to considerable variation in incidence and prevalence rates for pain post SCI depending on the classification system used. Twenty-eight (28) classification schemes have been published between 1947 and 2000. A Task Force on Pain Following Spinal Cord Injury of the International Association for the Study of Pain has introduced a taxonomy, which classified SCI pain based on presumed etiology (Burchiel and Hsu 2001, Siddall 2000).
Table 1 Proposed IASP Classification of Pain Related to SCI (Burchiel & Hsu 2001)
Table 2 SCI pain types according to major classification
Table 3 Reliability of SCI pain classification systems
A new International Classification of Spinal Cord Injury Pain (ICSCIP) has been proposed. This new classification aims to be more comprehensive in the types of pain directly related to or commonly found in individuals with SCI.
Musculoskeletal or mechanical pain occurs at or above the level of the lesion and is due to changes in bone, tendons or joints (Guttmann 1973). This is referred to as nociceptive pain caused by a variety of noxious stimuli to normally innervated parts of the body (Ragnarsson 1997). Overuse of remaining functional muscles after spinal cord injury or those recruited for unaccustomed activity may be of primary importance in some patients (Farkash 1986). Pain may also be secondary to spinal osteoporosis or facet arthropathy (Farkash 1986). Instability of the vertebral column may also be a problem (Farkash 1986). Pain is usually dull and aching in character and although more common soon after SCI, it may become chronic.
Sie et al. (1992) studied 239 SCI outpatients for the presence of upper extremity pain. Of the 136 patients with quadriplegia, 55% reported upper extremity pain, most commonly at the shoulder (46% of all subjects). In the case of shoulder pain, 45% were orthopedic-related including tendonitis, bursitis, capsulitis and osteoarthritis. Of the 103 paraplegics, 66 reported upper extremity pain with two-thirds reporting symptoms of carpal tunnel syndrome and 13 reporting musculoskeletal-related shoulder pain. Daylan et al (1999), in a questionnaire returned by 130 SCI patients, found that 58.5% of patients reported upper extremity pain. Of these, 71% had shoulder pain, 53% wrist pain, 43% hand pain, and 35% elbow pain. Pain was most likely to be associated with pressure relief, transfers, and wheelchair mobility. Subbarao et al (1995), in a survey of 800 SCI patients, found that 72.7% of responders reported some degree of chronic pain at the wrist and shoulder, with wheelchair propulsion and transfers being responsible for most of the pain. McCasland et al (2006) noted that in their survey, 70% of SCI had shoulder pain, one-third had a previous injury to their shoulder and 52% reported a bilateral pain. Quadriplegics were more likely to have shoulder pain (80%). Previous shoulder trauma increased the risk of having shoulder pain.
"Central" dysesthesia or "deafferentation" pain is the most common type of pain experienced below the level of SCI and is generally characterized as a burning, aching and/or tingling sensation. In many cases this dysesthetic or deafferentation pain has defied a pathophysiological explanation (Britell, 1991) although most researchers firmly support a central nervous system origin for this pain. Nashold (1991) goes as far as stating that except for radicular pain, all other pains of paraplegia are central or deafferentation in origin. This pain is most often perceived in a generalized manner below the level of the lesion, often a diffuse burning type of pain (Britell 1991, Tunks 1986). Burning pain is reportedly most common with lesions at the lumbar levels, although it may be found with SCI at thoracic and cervical levels (Tunks 1986). Nashold (1991) reported this pain occurred almost immediately after SCI and persisted.
Beric (1997) refers to this pain as central dysesthetic pain (CDP) and found dissociative sensory loss and absence of spinothalamic-anterolateral functions, with different degrees of dorsal column function preservation present almost exclusively in incomplete SCI patients. CDP takes weeks or months to appear and is often associated with recovery of some spinal cord function. Paradoxically CDS is often characterized by complete loss of temperature, pinprick, and pain perception below the level of the lesion. It rarely occurs in spinal cord Injuries with complete sensory loss or loss of both sensory and motor functions below the level of the lesion. Davidoff et al. (1987a) concurred and further noted dysesthetic pain was more likely to be found in incomplete paraplegia resulting from penetrating wounds of the spinal cord, and in spinal fractures treated with conservative management.
A number of factors may contribute to exacerbations of these "central" pain syndromes; these include visceral diseases or disturbances, movement, smoking or alcohol, emotional factors, fatigue, and even weather changes (Botterell 1953, Davis 1947, Davis 1975, Tunks 1986). Pressure sores, particularly if infected, or an occult injury such as a fracture, may result in an increase in burning, dysesthetic pain. These stimuli often provoke autonomic dysreflexic-like symptoms and simultaneously also may aggravate this "burning" pain.
Individuals with SCI frequently experience a band of pain and hyperalgesia at the border zone between diminished or abnormal and preserved sensation (Tunks 1986, Botterell 1953, Davis 1975, Heliporn 1978, Kaplan 1962, Maury 1978, Melzack 1978, Michaelis 1970). In the more recent literature, this segmental pain is further described as occurring at or just above the level of sensory loss in the cutaneous transition zone from the area of impaired/lost sensation to areas of normal sensation, involving at least one to three dermatomes (Friedman 1989, Nashold 1991, Ragnarsson 1997) and is often associated with spontaneous painful tingling or burning sensations in the same area. Ragnarsson (1997) also noted that in an individual with a cervical cord injury, segmental pain may be described as tingling, burning or numbing pain in the shoulders, arms or hands, those with a thoracic cord injury frequently describe a circumferential, feeling of tightness and pain around the chest and abdomen while lumbar lesions tend to be localized to the groins and different parts of the lower extremities. According to Nashold (1991) paraplegics often complain that touching the skin in the pain region activates the pain causing it to radiate into the lower parts of the body, especially the legs. Pain can be triggered by stroking and/or touching the skin in adjacent painful dermatomes (Nashold 1991). Even light touch or the pressure of clothing or bed sheets over this region may provoke marked discomfort (Tunks 1986). It may be accompanied by sweating or vasodilation at or below the level of hyperalgesia. Segmental pain is generally symmetrical although a partial spinal cord injury with asymmetrical neurological involvement will produce asymmetries (Nashold 1991).
This pain has also been described as "neuropathic at level pain" (Siddall et al 1997) Although several theories have been proposed (Tunks 1986, Nashold 1981, Pollock 1951, Matthews 1972, Levitt 1983, Melzack 1978) the neurological mechanism responsible for this area of hyperalgesia after spinal injury is not well understood (Farkesh 1986). Although radicular pain is most severe in incomplete SCI lesions, it is also seen in transected cauda equina lesions which are by definition radicular types of pain (Heaton 1965, Siddall et al. 1997). It may also be secondary to spinal cord instability by facet or disc material, or to direct damage to the nerve root during the initial injury (Burke 1973, Nashold 1991). This “radicular” pain is associated with sensory change in the involved painful dermatome (Nashold 1991) and is most common to cervical or lumbosacral nerve roots. Non-neural structures, such as the dura mater, have also been suggested as a source of radicular pain (Cyriax 1969, Farkash 1986). In addition, it has been suggested that central borderzone pain may be generated in the damaged spinal cord just proximal to the spinal cord injury (Nashold 1991, Pollock 1951). Unfortunately, unless there is definitive evidence on imaging of nerve root damage, it is difficult to distinguish between these various mechanisms of pain.
To reflect this uncertainty Siddall et al. (1997) in their proposed classification of SCI pain note that this "neuropathic at level pain" is divided into radicular and central pain. Radicular pain is due to nerve root pathology while central pain is due to changes within the spinal cord or possibly supraspinal structures. Pain attributable to nerve root damage is suggested by features of neuropathic pain (i.e. burning, stabbing, shooting, electric-like pain, allodynia) and increased pain with spinal movement. Sjolund (2002) notes that this pain is thought to occur from nerve root entrapment and may occasionally benefit from decompression.
However, pain, which appears radicular in nature, may occur in the absence of nerve root damage. This leads to the second grouping of borderzone pain, namely central pain or that which is due to pathology within the spinal cord thought to be the result of damage to the gray matter of the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Ragnassaron 1997, Woolsey 1995). According to Ragnassaron (1997), such an injury “has been said to result in hyperactivity of the nociceptor cells within the dorsal horn (Nashold and Bullitt 1981, Nashold and Ostdahl 1979)which can be electrically recorded (Nashold and Alexander 1989).” Sojlund(2002) notes that this second type of at level neuropathic pain is experienced as a girdle pain uni- or bilaterally in 2-4 segments of the transitional region. This pain is described as stimulus independent, often accompanied by troublesome allodynia or hyperalgesia and thought to arise from segmental deafferentation (Sjolund 2002).
Most studies of chronic SCI pain have focused on the medical causes and clinical manifestations of pain while much less is understood about how psychosocial factors impact SCI pain (Summers 1991). A negative psychosocial environment along with increased age, depression, anxiety and intellect were found to be associated with reports of greater post-SCI pain severity interfering with activities of daily living (Richards et al. 1980). Greater pain severity was not associated with physiological factors such as injury level, completeness of injury, surgical fusion and/or instrumentation or veteran status. The authors were unable to distinguish whether the psychological factors were a consequence of, or contributors to, greater pain severity. Summers et al (1991) studied 54 SCI patients (19 with quadriplegia and 35 with paraplegia) and of these, 42 patients assessed with the Pain questionnaire found that anger and negative cognitions were associated with greater pain severity. Severity of pain was higher in patients who reported pain in response to a question on general well being , those that were less accepting of their disability and those that perceived that a significant other would express punishing responses to their pain behaviours. Pain itself was found to be associated with greater emotional distress than the SCI itself. The authors concluded that the experience of pain was associated with psychosocial factors. Hence treatment of post-SCI pain should involve these multidimensional aspects.
Cohen et al. (1988) found that patients with complete SCIs reported significantly less severe pain than did pain clinic patients. However, they did not differ from patients with incomplete lesions. Patients with complete SCIs and pain clinic patients showed a significantly more disturbed MMPI (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory)profile than did patients with incomplete SCIs. It was hypothesized that those patients with complete lesions view themselves as more functionally limited than patients with incomplete lesions, and the completeness of the SCI may be more important in determining psychosocial adjustment than pain per se. Rintala (1998) in community-based men with SCI found that chronic pain was associated with more depressive symptoms, more perceived stress and poorer self-assessed health.
Woollaars et al (2007) administered questionnaires to persons with a SCI. Of the potential 575 subjects, 49% provided responses. SCI pain prevalence was 77%. Factors associated with less pain intensity included more internal pain control and coping, less catastrophizing, a higher level of lesion and a non-traumatic SCI cause. More pain was associated with greater pain-related disability. Lower catastrophizing was related to better health. Factors related to greater well-being included less helplessness and catastrophizing, greater SCI acceptance and lower anger levels. Greater levels of depression were associated with higher levels of SCI helplessness, catastrophizing and anger. The authors noted that chronic SCI pain and quality of life were both largely associated with several psychological factors of which pain catastrophizing and SCI helplessness were more important. Surprisingly, pain intensity showed no independent relationships with health, well-being and depression.
Widerström-Noga et al (2007) studied 190 patients with SCI and chronic pain and were able to identify 3 subgroups. The first group was described as ‘dysfunctional’, characterized by higher pain severity, life interference, affective distress scores, and lower levels of life control and activities scores. The second group was described as ‘interpersonally supported’, characterized by moderately high pain severity, and higher life control, support from significant other, distracting responses, solicitous response, and activities scores. The final group was described as ‘adaptive copers’, characterized by lower pain severity, life interference, affective distress , support from significant others, distracting responses, solicitous responses, activities and higher life control scores. Compared with dysfunctional subgroup, the interpersonally supported group reported significantly greater social support.
When pain post SCI is refractory to pharmacological and surgical treatment, it is important to fully understand the negative impact of the patient’s psychosocial environment prior to undertaking more invasive approaches to treatment.
Table 4 Catastrophizing and Pain Post SCI
Giardino et al (2003)noted that pain-related catastrophizing, or exaggerating the negative consequences of a situation has been associated with greater pain intensity, emotional distress and functional disability in patients with chronic pain conditions and SCI. This was thought to provide partial support for a “communal coping” model of catastrophizing, where catastrophizing in persons with pain may function as a social communication directed toward obtaining social proximity, support or assistance.
Before moving to pharmacological and surgical interventions, it is important to deal with those factors which may intensify or worsen the experience of pain. As mentioned previously, SCI pain may be worsened by decubitus ulcers, a urinary tract infection or stone, autonomic dysreflexia, increased spasticity, anxiety, depression, psychosocial factors and other contributors to post-SCI pain (Davis 1998, Tunks 1986). There are a number of non-pharmacological interventions for post-SCI pain which have been studied from massage to hypnosis.
Massage and heat are used primarily to treat musculoskeletal pain. Their benefit is well known in a number of musculoskeletal pain disorders, although there are significant differences among therapists as to how treatment is delivered.
Table 5 Massage and Heat in Post-SCI Pain
It stands to reason that local heat and massage therapy would be most effective for musculoskeletal pain post-SCI.Budh and Lundeberg (2004)in a survey of SCI patients 3 years post-injury found massage and heat were the best non-pharmacological treatments. No prospective studies examining heat and massage as treatment modalities for post-SCI pain have conducted.
Acupuncture is a component of traditional Chinese medicine that has been used for the treatment of pain for thousands of years and is based on the premise that illness arises from the imbalance of energy flow (Qi) through the body (Dyson-Hudson et al. 2001). Needle acupuncture involves inserting fine needles into specific points to correct these imbalances (Pomeran 1998; NIH Consensus 1998; Wong & Rapson 1999; Dyson-Hudson et al. 2001). Acupuncture has been shown to activate type II and type III muscle afferent nerves or A delta fibers, blocking the pain gate by stimulating large sensory neurons as well as releasing endogenous opioids, neurotransmitters and neurohormones (Pomeran 1998; Wong & Rapson 1999; Dyson-Hudson et al. 2001).
Table 6 Acupuncture in Post-SCI Pain
Dyson-Hudson and colleagues conducted two RCTs (2001; 2007) examining the effect of a 10 treatment, 5 week program of manually stimulated acupuncture on shoulder pain compared to two different control interventions. In the first study, Dyson-Hudson et al. (2001),compared acupuncture treatment to Trager Psychosocial Integration performed by a certified Trager practitioner. Trager therapy is a form of bodywork and movement re-education designed to induce relaxation and encourage the patient to identify and correct painful patterns. It was hypothesized that chronically contracted muscles shortened by stress led to pain (Dyson-Hudson et al. 2001). There was a significant effect over time for both treatments in reducing shoulder pain but there was no difference between the two groups. The second RCT, (Dyson-Hudson et al. 2007) examined acupuncture against sham acupuncture (i.e. minimal depth needle insertion at nonspecific anatomic sites). The results suggested that acupuncture was no more effective than sham acupuncture for the treatment of shoulder pain post SCI and/or that there may be a significant placebo effect associated with these interventions.
Nayak et al. (2001)administered 15 acupuncture treatments over a 7.5-week period of time. Pain intensity decreased from pre-treatment to post-treatment with post-treatment decline in pain intensity being maintained at 3 month follow-up. Despite these results, 54.5% of those treated reported a worsening of pain after treatment.Those that reported pain below their injury did not respond to treatment (p<.05). Those who reported pain relief at 3 month follow-up reported only moderate levels of pain intensity at the beginning of the study compared to those who did not report pain relief at follow-up (p<.01). With the overall reduction in pain intensity there were also a decrease in pain interference with ADLs and an improvement in overall well being. The authors felt that 50% of patients demonstrated improvement in their pain with acupuncture.
Rapson et al. (2003)asked patients to rate their pain intensity according to a visual analogue scale after electroacupuncture treatments. Sixty-seven percent (24/36) of patients reported improvement, with improvement best for those with bilateral symmetric constant burning pain.
Banerjee (1974) reported on five patients who developed burning, distressing pain below the level of SCI and who responded to transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS) strong enough to lead to muscle contraction below the level of injury. The exact mechanism of action for this analgesic response was not delineated.
Exercise has been shown to improve subjective well-being for individuals with chronic disease and disability.
Table 7 Exercises for Post-SCI Pain
Ginis et al. (2003) studied SCI patients who underwent a regular exercise program and compared them to SCI patients who did not. Those who underwent the regular exercise program experienced a significant improvement in pain scores which in turn accounted for improved depression scores. Ditor et al. (2003) found that pain scores were negatively correlated with adherence to a later exercise program.
Shoulder pain is a common form of musculoskeletal pain following SCI and is often the result of increased physical demands, awkward or over-use of the upper extremities as the individual with SCI compensates for loss of lower limb functioning (Curtis et al, 1999). Curtis et al. (1999) has noted, “tightness of the anterior shoulder musculature, combined with weakness of the posterior shoulder musculature both seem to contribute to development of shoulder pain in wheelchair users (Curtis et al 1999, Burnham et al. 1993, Powers et al. 1994, Millikan et al. 1991)and may be further complicated by paralysis and spasticity in the individual with tetraplegia (Silverskiold and Waters 1991, Powers et al. 1994)”. The prevalence of shoulder pain in SCI individuals ranges between 30-100% (Curtis et al. 1999) and is a consequence of increased physical demands and overuse (Pentland and Twomey 1991, 1994, Nichols et al. 1979).
Table 8 Shoulder Pain Management Post SCI
Curtis et al. (1999) in a RCT studied the effectiveness of a 6-month exercise protocol on shoulder pain experienced by wheelchair users where 42 patients were randomized into a treatment and a control group. Over 75% of all subjects reported a history of shoulder pain since beginning wheelchair use and 50% in both groups had current shoulder pain at the start of the study. The treatment group performed two exercises designed to stretch the anterior shoulder musculature and 3 exercises for strengthening the posterior shoulder musculature. Compliance rates were higher-over 83% of the subjects completed the 6-month protocol. Subjects in the treatment group decreased their average PC-WUSPI score by an average of 39.9% vs. only 2.5% in the control group. Despite this very significant change, 48.3% decreased in the paraplegic group and 27.2% in the tetraplegic group, the treatment group still had a higher mean score than the control group at the end of the study because of disparate baseline scores.
Nawoczenski et al. (2006) in a prospective controlled trial, found 21 SCI patients who participated in an ‘at-home’ exercise program experienced significant improvement in their WUSPI scores and on the Shoulder Rating Questionnaire (SRQ), when compared to subjects who did not participate in the exercise program. Exercises were designed to strengthen and stretch specific scapular and rotator cuff muscles. The authors concluded the exercises were effective at reducing pain and improving function.
In a pre-post study, Nash et al. (2007) reported that strength and anaerobic power of the upper extremities increased following 16 weeks of circuit training, while shoulder pain scores decreased significantly (p=0.008).
Finley and Rogers (2007) studied 17 patients including 9 SCI patients with a special wheelchair (MAGIC wheels 2-gear wheelchair). They found use of this particular chair reduced shoulder pain.
Hypnosis has been used to reduce pain in a number of painful clinical conditions as well as experimental pain (Jensen et al 2000). Hypnosis is appealing as a potential treatment because it is nonpharmacological although its use is controversial given the variability in hypnotic responsiveness.
Table 9 Hypnotic Suggestion and Post-SCI Pain
Jensen et al. (2000), in a before and after study, examined the impact of hypnosis on pain post-SCI. Eighty-six percent (86%) of the SCI patients reported a decrease in pain intensity and unpleasantness after hypnosis. There was no control group.
Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) is a commonly used psychological intervention for chronic pain. Often used as a part of a more comprehensive pain management program, it attempts to modify beliefs and coping skills, particularly when these beliefs and coping skills are dysfunctional.
Table 10 Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
Norribrink-Budh et al. (2006) treated post-SCI pain patients with a pain management program consisting of education, behavioural therapy, relaxation therapy, exercises, and body awareness training. This pre-post design study found no change in pain intensities or treatments with this approach.
In a prospective controlled trial, Perry et al. (2010) placed SCI individuals with chronic pain into either a multidisciplinary cognitive behavioural pain management program involving pharmacological and CBT treatment or in an usual care control group. The study found significant improvement in both the MPI and SF-12 MCS scores in the treatment group compared to the control group post treatment. A trend towards improved pain intensity and HADS score was also seen in the treatment group post treatment; however, scores returned to pre-treatment scores by 9 month follow-up.
Visual imagery therapy is a cognitive technique which uses guided images to alter perceptions and modify behaviour. It has been used in various studies to alleviate pain responses by changing feelings of perceived discomfort (Kazdin 2001; Korn 2002; Kwekkeboom 2001). It is based on a cortical model of pathological pain (Harris, 1999). This model states that the injury causes a mismatch between motor output and sensory feedback which in turn contributes to the pain. Studies have found normalization of the cortical proprioception representation results in recovery from pain (Floor, 2000; Maihofner et al. 2004; Pleger et al. 2005).
Moseley (2007) reported on five individuals with both a T12-L3 paraplegia (AIS B) and neuropathic pain who engaged in a virtual activity, where they were led through a guided walking exercise, visualizing that they were walking pain free. Of the four subjects who completed the trial (one patient withdrew from the study earlier due to distress), there was a mean 42 mm reduction in neuropathic pain following individual treatments, and 53 and 42 mm reductions immediately and 3 months following virtual walking daily for 3 weeks based on a 100 mm visual analog scale. Control treatments were visual imagery alone, and watching a movie, both of which resulted in less dramatic pain reduction; however, no statistical comparisons were done
Transcranial Electrical Stimulation (TCES) treatment involves applying electrodes to an individual’s scalp to allow electrical current to be applied and presumably stimulate the underlying cerebrum (Tan et al. 2006).
Table 12 Transcranial Electrical Stimulation Post-SCI Pain
Despite the fact that TCES is a relatively new treatment for post-SCI pain, 3 RCTs (Tan et al. 2006; Fregni et al. 2006; Capel et al. 2003) have been published, all suggesting it may be useful in reducing SCI-related chronic pain. Each of these investigations employed a sham stimulation control condition, using modified equipment. Although patients in all 3 studies reported some pain relief following treatment, there was no comment on how long the treatments should continue or how often they should be used.
Tan et al. (2006) conducted a double-blind RCT with 38 SCI participants with either chronic musculoskeletal or neuropathic pain receiving either active transcranial electrical stimulation (TCES) or inactive TCES (sham control) over 21 days. The electrical stimulation was set at a subthreshold level ensuring that patients were blind to their treatment group. The study found that SCI patients receiving transcranial electrotherapy stimulation (n=18) experienced a significant reduction in post-SCI neuropathic and musculoskeletal average daily rating of pain intensity (p=0.03); however, there was no significant reduction in pain as noted on the Brief Pain Inventory (BPI).
Capel et al. (2003) reported transcranial electrostimulation resulted in lower pain scores on the McGill Pain Questionnaire for those in the treatment group (n=15), while those in the control group (n=15) reported no change. No statistical differences were noted across different pain types, although the authors did comment that subjects had greater relief of visceral pain following each active 4-day treatment phase of the study. Transcranial electrostimulation was associated with a reduction in the use of analgesics and antidepressants.
Fregni et al. (2006)found similar results after examining the effects of transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) on central neuropathic pain. The treatment group (n=11), those receiving active tDCS for 5 consecutive days, experienced a significant reduction in pain relief over time (p<0.0001) compared to those receiving sham treatments (n=6)
Table 13 Static Magnetic Field Therapy Post-SCI Pain
Static Magnetic Field (SMF) therapy has been studied as a treatment for pain post SCI. Panagos et al. (2004) in a pre-post study involving 8 individuals, on average 12 years post injury, found that placing a static field magnet of 500 gauss over a self-identified ‘trigger point’ resulted in patients reporting less stabbing, sharp and tender pain (p<0.05); however, there was no significant change noted on a VAS pain severity scale. These results are severely limited by the uncontrolled study design and relatively few study participants.
Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation (TENS) is commonly used as an electroanalgesic and has been shown to be efficacious in the treatment of chronic musculoskeletal pain (Johnson et al. 2007). TENS is believed to preferentially stimulate large alpha sensory nerves and reduce pain at the presynaptic level in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord through nociceptive inhibition (Cheing et al. 1999).
Table 14 TENS in Post-SCI Pain
Davis and Lentini (1975) reported on a series of patients (n=31) in whom transcutaneous nerve stimulation was applied to painful areas. Among those with a thoracic (n=11) or caudal level injury (n=16), only 36% reported that the treatment was successful in reducing pain at the injury site; meanwhile, none of those with a cervical injury (n=4) experienced any reduction in pain. In general, TENS was not deemed effective for radicular or below-level injury site pain.
Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is a noninvasive and relatively safe technology where electromagnetic currents in a coil produces magnetic pulses which crosses the cranium and induces neuron depolarization (Defrin et al. 2007). Magnetic stimulation of the motor cortex has been shown to attenuate post-stroke pain (Migita et al. 1995).
Table 15 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
Defrin et al. (2007) studied transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and found both real and sham TMS stimulated treatments significantly reduced pain. The real TMS treatment resulted in a much greater reduction in pain (and depression) scores at follow-up.
Pharmacological interventions are the standard treatment for SCI pain. The limited effectiveness of non-pharmacological treatments has contributed to increasing use of pharmacological interventions to deal with what is often very severe and disabling pain.
Table 16 Pharmacological Interventions and Post-SCI Pain
Widerstrom-Noga and Turk (2003),not unexpectedly, found that SCI patients with more severe pain, in more locations, those with allodynia or hyperalgesia, and those in whom the pain was more likely to interfere with activities were more likely to use pain medications.
Trials of simple non-narcotic analgesics, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), acetaminophen or non-narcotic “muscle relaxants” are common clinical practice in SCI pain. Unfortunately, these medications are often ineffective in complete SCI neuropathic pain relief and have potential risks such as gastric ulceration with prolonged use.
For neuropathic or “central” pain seen following SCI, psychotropic drugs such as antidepressants and anticonvulsants are reportedly the most effective (Donovan 1982). Despite increasing popularity, few drugs (with the exception of Gabapentin and pregabalin) have regulatory approval for use in neuropathic pain and selection for individual patients is largely based on anecdotal evidence, of off-labelled use.
Anticonvulsant medications are often utilized in treating neurogenic or deafferent pain following SCI based on the theory that these drugs alter sodium conduction in uncontrolled hyperactive neurons (“convulsive environment”) in the spinal cord. Carbamazepine has been reported as being somewhat effective in the paroxysmal, sharp, shooting pain of trigeminal neuralgia (Swerdlow 1984). Gibson and White (1971) described relief resulting from carbamazepine treatment in two cases of L2 and T8 SCI with intractable pain below the level of SCI. A similar effect of Carbamazepine (200 mg 2 x daily in combination with Amitriptyline 50 mg 3 x daily) was reported in a complete C8 patient with dysesthesia below the level of the injury (Sandford et al. 1992). Again, controlled studies utilizing these drugs in SCI pain are lacking with the exception of gabapentin and pregabalin.
Gabapentin and pregabalin are now regarded as first-line treatments of neuropathic pain (Ahn et al. 2003; Moulin et al. 2007). Gabapentin and pregabalin have been recommended as first line treatments for neuropathic pain in Canadian and international guidelines (Gajraj 2007). The mechanism of action for Pregabalin and Gabapentin is through binding the alpha-2 delta receptors in the central nervous system. These receptors are present on the presynaptic nerve terminals. When bound by gabapentin or pregabalin they decrease the influx of calcium into the presynaptic terminal there by decreasing the release of excitatory neurotransmitters. Gabapentin and pregabalin appear to potentiate GABA effects centrally through enhancement of GABA synthesis and release. Levendoglu et al. (2004) note that neuropathic pain is ultimately generated by excessive firing of pain-mediating nerve cells, insufficiently controlled by segmental and nonsequental inhibitory circuits. Gabapentin and pregabalin work by increasing GABA and reducing the release of glutamate thereby suppressing the sensitivity of N-metyl-D-asparate (NMDA) receptor. This has been shown to reduce neuronal hyperexcitability recorded at the spinal dorsal horn near the level of injury (Ahn et al. 2003). Gabapentin and pregabalin are relatively well tolerated with only a few transient side effects, lack of organ toxicity, and no evidence of significant interaction with other medications (Levendoghu et al. 2004, Gajraj 2007).
Table 17 Anticonvulsants for SCI Pain
Gabapentin
To et al. (2002)studied the impact of gabapentin on pain in a case series of 44 SCI patients with neuropathic pain and reported a significant decrease (p<0.001) in visual analogue pain scale (VAS) in 76% of subjects. Tai et al. (2002) studied the impact of gabapentin for pain treatment in a small RCT of only 7 patients. There was a significant reduction of “unpleasant feeling” with gabapentin vs. placebo (p=0.028) while “pain intensity” and “burning pain” only trended to significance (p=0.094 and 0.065, respectively) and no differences were detected for other pain descriptors such as “sharp”, “dull”, “cold”, “sensitive”, “itchy”, “deep”, “surface”. Levendoglu et al. (2004) in a cross-over design of 20 paraplegics with neuropathic pain > 6 months found that Gabapentin was more effective (p<0.05) than placebo in reducing neuropathic pain. Ahn et al. (2003) in a before and after trial found that Gabapentin was effective (p<0.05) in decreasing neuropathic pain which was refractory to conventional analgesics for SCI patients with pain < 6 months and > 6 months and that the impact was greater for those patients with pain < 6 months in the most recent pain group. Putzke et al. (2002) found that, among the 21 patients who answered their questionnaire, 67% (n=14) reported a reduction in pain while on gabapentin.
Rintala et al (2007) was the only study to report Gabapentin to have no benefit over placebo in the treatment of pain in spinal cord injury. This study may have been complicated by the fact that the placebo treatment was dimenhydramine and not a true inert placebo and the number of subjects was only twenty two.
Pregabalin
Pregabalinis an analogue of the neurotransmitter gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) with demonstrated analgesic, anxiolytic, and anticonvulsant activity. It’s mechanism of action is similar to gabapentin, but it has a higher affinity for the alpha-2-delta receptor and has linear pharmacokenetics. Sidall et al (2006) published the results of a double blind randomized control trial evaluating the use of flexible dose pregabalin in the treatment of neuropathic pain in spinal cord injury. A total of 137 subjects with central neuropathic pain post spinal cord injury participated. The primary outcome was the VAS pain scale and secondary outcomes included sleep interference and anxiety scales. Seventy patients were randomized to receive pregabalin and 67 patients received placebo. At the end of the trial the pregabalin treated patients had significantly more pain relief. The pregabalin treated subjects also reported significantly improved sleep and anxiety. Side effects were mild and transient and included dizziness, drowsiness and edema (similar to gabapentin).
In a RCT conducted by Vranken et al. (2007) patients in the treatment group received escalating doses of pregabalin (150-600 mg daily), while those in the control group received a placebo. Subjects in the treatment group reported a significant decrease in pain (p<0.01), along with improvements in the EQ-5D VAS and utility scores (p<0.01), as well as the Bodily Pain subscale of the SF-36 (p<0.05), relative to the control group.
Lamotrigine
Finnerup et al. in 2002 studies the effects of lamotrigine on post SCI pain. Although the overall result showed no difference between placebo and lamotrigine, there was a significant reduction in pain in the incomplete spinal cord group.
Levetiracetam
Finnerup et al. (2009) conducted a randomized, double blind, crossover trial of levetiracetam in SCI individuals with pain. Participants were placed in either the levetiracetam or placebo group for 5 weeks and then crossed over after a 1 week washout period. This study found no significant difference between the levetiracetam and the placebo treatment group in improving pain intensity (p=0.46).
Valproate
In a double-blind cross-over study (n=20), Drewes et al. (1994) examined the effects of a 3 week treatment course of valoproic acid on chronic central pain in individuals who had sustained a SCI. Overall, they found no significant differences between the control and treatment groups; however, there was a trend towards improvement in the treatment group.
Table 18 Summary of Anticonvulsant Pain Treatment Post SCI
Tricyclic antidepressant drugs are thought to modulate pain by inhibiting the uptake of norepinephrine and serotonin in the CNS. Sandford et al. (1992) have suggested that the tricyclic antidepressants exert an analgesic effect by making more serotonin available in the CNS, thereby potentiating the inhibitory action of the dorsal horn of the spinal cord. Unfortunately, these medications are often sedating and produce a variety of anticholinergic side effects.
The partial effectiveness of tricyclic antidepressants (TCA) in some SCI patients with dysesthetic pain suggests that this drug is simply affecting the pain by treating the depression. Sandford et al. (1992) noted that pain and depression maybe chemically linked. Depression can lower pain thresholds or pain tolerances thereby increasing the patient's experience of pain. However Max et al. (1987) were able to show that tricyclic antidepressants (TCA) had analgesic properties despite low doses or short treatment cycles with analgesic activity occurring independent of mood changes.
Davidoff et al. (1987) reported trazodone's lack of effectiveness in relieving pain in 19 SCI patients with chronic dysesthetic pain, using a double-blind placebo controlled trial. Trazodone reportedly selectively inhibits serotonin and norepinephrine uptake in a ratio of 25:1, and is thought to produce greater analgesia and less anticholinergic side-effects compared to non-selective agents such as amitriptyline.
Table 19 Tricyclic Antidepressants in Post-SCI Pain
Tricyclic antidepressants are often recommended for the treatment of neuropathic pain following non-SCI causes. Therefore, it is important to study the use of tricyclic antidepressants in the treatment of post-SCI pain.Cardenas et al. (2002) reported no significant difference in randomized spinal cord injury patients receiving either amitriptyline or placebo given 1-2 hours before bedtime for a period of 6 weeks. Heilporn (1977) using combinations of melitracin and TENS reported relief of pain in 8 of 11 SCI patients with dysesthetic pain. In an interesting study by Rintala et al. (2007), amitripyline was no better than gabapentin in depressed and nondepressed subjects but was better than diphenhydramine for depressed subjects only.
Davidoff et al. (1987), in a 6 week double-blind placebo-controlled trial, found that trazodone was ineffective at relieving pain in 18 SCI patients with chronic neuropathic pain
Anaesthetic medication such as lidocaine and ketamine are sodium channel blockers and can be delivered by a number of routes. Ketamine is a noncompetitive N-methyl-D-Aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist can be administered epidurally and intrathecally (and orally) to treat neuropathic pain syndromes (Hocking & Cousins 2003).
Table 20 Anaesthetic Medications for Post-SCI Pain
Lidocaine
Given the severity of post-SCI pain, treatments such as lumbar epidural and subarachnoid infusions or anaesthetics are sometimes utilized and there is some evidence for these treatments. Loubser and Donovan (1991) conducted an RCT of 21 patients who were provided 2 separate lumbar subarachnoid injections of placebo and 5% lidocaine in dextrose. Following the lidocaine injection (n=13) there was a significant mean reduction in pain (p<0.01) for an average of 2 hours despite the fact that 8 patients showed no changes. However, this treatment provided short-term relief of pain only. The authors regarded the value of this treatment as more a diagnostic procedure than a therapeutic one.
Attal et al. (2000)reported on 15 patients who received lidocaine intravenously and experienced a greater reduction in pain than those who received placebo, with an effect lasting up to 45 minutes post injection, and a reduction in the intensity of brush-induced allodynia and mechanical hyperalgesia. In a RCT study by Finnerup et al. (2005) those patients who received lidocaine intravenously (n=24) in two treatment sessions 6 days apart reported significantly less pain than those who did not receive intravenous lidocaine.
Kvarnstrom et al. 2004 found no evidence for the effectiveness of intravenous lidocaine in reducing neuropathic pain when compared to placebo.
Mexilitine
Chiou-Tan et al. (1996) provided 15 SCI individuals with either oral mexiletine (an orally administered derivative of lidocaine) or placebo (150mg 3 x daily) in a double-blind cross-over RCT. There was no appreciable improvement in pain severity, as measured either on a VAS or using the McGill Pain Questionnaire, within either group.
Ketamine
In one RCT of 10 subjects, Kvarnstrom et al. (2004) found ketamine was successful in reducing spontaneous neuropathic pain post SCI. Eideet al. (1995)in an RCT of intravenous ketamine hydrochloride (NMDA receptor antagonist), alfentanil (m-opioid receptor agonist) or placebo were provided as combination of bolus and continuous intravenous infusions. There was a significant benefit to ketamine or alfentanil vs. placebo for allodynia. Alfentanil reduced wind-up pain compared toplacebo but not ketamine overall; however, there was a high correlation between the serum concentration of ketamine and the reduction in continuous pain and wind-up pain. The effects of ketamine and alfentanil were significant when compared to placebo.
Table 21 Summary of Anaesthetic Treatments Post SCI Pain
Herman et al. (1992) note that baclofen, an α-aminobutyric acid (GABA)B receptor agonist,acts to suppress spasticity in SCI patients centrally within the spinal cord itself. GABA is known to be involved in several analgesics pathways (Savynok 1987) and experimentally induced allodynia has been shown to be suppressed by baclofen (Henry 1982). However, baclofen, by treating spasticity, may reduce the musculoskeletal pain associated with spasticity. Continuous intrathecal infusion of baclofen can be effective, when oral baclofen is ineffective, in further reducing post-SCI spasticityand/or pain (dysesthetic, musculoskeletal, neurogenic) (Penn & Kroin 1987; Herman & D’Luzamsteg 1991; Boviatsis et al 2005; Plassat et al 2004). For an in-depth discussion of intrathecal baclofen and it’s effects on spasticity in SCI, please refer to Spasticity chapter.
Table 22 Antispastic Medications for Post-SCI Pain
Baclofen
Boviatsis et al (2005) and Plassat et al (2004) presented case series data that reflected improvements in self-reported pain ratings after intrathecal baclofen administration. Herman et al. (1992)in a RCT found that intrathecal baclofen significantly suppressed the dysesthetic (burning) pain among 6 of the 7 subjects (p<0.001). Only one of the placebo patients noted the dysesthetic pain was abolished. Intrathecal baclofen did not have a significant impact on pinch induced pain. Therefore, in this study, intrathecal baclofen appeared to have an impact on post-SCI dysesthetic pain in addition to treating the spasticity. Loubser and Akman (1992) performed a before and after study of implanted Baclofen infusion pumps provided for spasticity. Twelve (12) of 16 patients described pre-existing chronic pain but there was no significant difference in the VAS neurogenic pain symptoms at 6 and 12 months (p=0.26) while musculoskeletal pain symptoms and pain severity decreased in conjunction with control of spasticity in 5 of 6 patients. In this study, it appeared musculoskeletal pain was reduced more with intrathecal baclofen, presumably by reducing spasticity.
Hence it would appear that intrathecal baclofen improves chronic post-SCI pain but the actual mechanism has not been adequately established. There is evidence that baclofen infusion pumps may be helpful for both neuropathic and musculoskeletal pain after SCI (Loubser et al. 1996). However, studies have shown that intrathecal baclofen only reduces SCI pain when pain is related to muscle spasms (Coffee et al. 1993; Meythaler et al 1992). Suppression of central pain through baclofen antagonism of substance P has been postulated (Herman et al 1992)
Motor Point Phenol Block
In a case series, Uchikawa et al. 2009 followed 7 spinal cord injury individuals with spastic shoulder pain underwent a motor point phenol block procedure. A significant improvement in VAS shoulder pain was seen post injection (p<0.05).
Botulinum Toxin
Marciniak et al. (2008) treated 29 SCI patients with Botulinum toxin type A injections to treat focal spasticity. Pain was improved by 83.3%.
To date there are few research studies examining opioids in the treatment of SCI pain. There is a substantial body of research investigating the benefits of opioid analgesics in the treatment of non-cancer chronic pain and some of those studies examined the impact of opioids on neuropathic pain. There are no studies employing opioid analgesics in post-SCI pain. Furton et al (2006) conducted a meta-analysis of effectiveness and side-effects of opioid analgesics for chronic non-cancer pain. Their meta-analysis found that opioids reduced pain and improved functional outcomes when compared to placebo for both nociceptive and neuropathic pain syndromes. Strong opioids (oxydone and morphine) were significantly superior to naproxen and nortriptyline for pain relief but not functional outcomes. Weak opioids (propylene, tramadol and codeine) did not significantly do better than NSAIDS or tricyclic anti-depressants for either pain relief or functional outcomes (Furton et al. 2006). The same authors found that clinically, only constipation and nausea were significantly more common with opioids (Furher et al 2006). The big concern with opioids is of course addiction or opioid abuse. Unfortunately, as Furton et al. (2006) notes in their meta-analysis, the existing randomized trials were not designed to evaluate addiction.
Table 23 Opioids for Post-SCI Pain
Attal et al. (2002) found the intravenous morphine titrated to maximal tolerated dosage, significantly reduced dynamic mechanical allodynia but not necessarily spontaneous or burning pains. Oral opioids remain untested in this population.
Norrbrink and Lundeberg (2009) conducted a double-blind RCT to assess the efficacy of tramadol in 35 SCI individuals diagnosed with at- or below- level neuropathic pain. The authors reported significant differences between the two group pain ratings (p<0.05). Tramadol was also found to be effective in improving anxiety, global life satisfaction and sleep quality in individuals with post SCI pain (p<0.05). However, no significant improvement was seen in pain unpleasantness and depression levels.
Eide et al. 1995 randomly assigned individuals with chronic SCI pain into three groups receiving ketamine hydrochloride, alfentanil (m-opioid receptor agonist)or placebo treatment. The study found alfentanil and ketamine effectively reduced SCI pain compared to placebo treatment (p<0.04, p<0.01); however no difference was seen between the two treatments in overall pain. Alfentanil significantly reduced wind up like pain while ketamine did not.
Wade et al. (2003) note that delta-9-tetra hydrocannabinol (THC) and other cannabinoids have been shown to improve both tremor and spasticity in animal models of multiple sclerosis supported by anecdotal reports that cannabis relieves some of the troublesome symptoms of multiple sclerosis and spinal cord injury (Dunn & Davis 1974; Petro & Ellenberger 1981; Ungeleider et al. 1987; Meinck et al. 1989; Martyn et al. 1995; Consroe et al. 1997; Baker 2000). There is a clinical impression that marijuana smoking is very common among patients post-SCI; however, there are social and legal implication to its use and medical concerns about smoking as a delivery system.
Table 22 Cannabinoids and Post-SCI Pain
Hagenbach et al. (2007) conducted a study examining primarily the effectiveness of THC in improving spasticity and secondarily, in improving pain with SCI individuals. In the first phase of the study, 22 individuals received 10mg of oral THC which was then dose titrated until maximum tolerance or treatment dose was reached for 6 weeks. The study found a significant reduction in the pain of SCI individuals post treatment (p=0.047). The third phase of the study involved a double blind randomized control trial which included 13 of the previously mentioned individuals receiving either individual maximum treatment dosage previously determined or a placebo dose. In this phase, Hagenbach et al. (2007), found individuals in the treatment group had no significant pain reduction compared to those in the placebo group.
Given that marijuana has anecdotally been thought to have benefits for post-SCI pain, Wade et al. (2003) conducted an RCT of sublingual 2.5 mg tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and/or cannabidiol and found that it helped to reduce pain, muscle spasm, spasticity and sleep in a group of largely multiple sclerosis patients with neuropathic pain. It is of note that only a small percentage of the patients in this study had spinal cord injuries hence did not meet inclusion criteria. Cannabinoids are a promising treatment, which would benefit from other studies.
Clonidine is an alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonist which has been shown to activate spinal receptors that reduce responses to painful stimuli (Yaksh 1985). Ackerman et al. (2003) note that clonidine inhibits nociceptive impulses by activating alpha-2 adrencoceptors in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Rainov et al. 2001). The anti-nociceptive effects of clonidine are thought to be mediated via inhibitory interaction with pre- and post-synaptic primary afferent nociceptive projections in the dorsal horn (Osenbach and Harvey 2001) and possibly by inhibition of substance P release (Hassenbusch et al. 1999; Ackerman et al. 2003). Ackerman et al. (2003) noted selective alpha-2 adrenergic antagonists (e.g. Yohimbine) have been shown to reverse clonidine-induced analgesia (Osenbach & Harvey 2001). Teasell and Arnold (2004) were able to show that venous alpha-adrenoceptor hyperresponsiveness was present in patients with RSD, in diabetic peripheral neuropathy (Arnold et al. 1993) and below the level of lesion in quadriplegics (Arnold et al. 1995). They speculated that this alpha-adrenoceptor hyperresponsiveness was in fact due to alpha-2 adrenoceptor dysfunction leading to overstimulation of the post-synaptic alpha-1 adrenoceptor peripherally. This would fit with the observation that clonidine reduces pain post-SCI below the level of the lesion, presumably through its alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonist function.
Ackerman et al. (2002) noted that clonidine may be useful for patients who are non-responsive to opioids. Clonidine appears to work synergistically with opioids to provide pain relief (Plummer et al. 1992; Tollerida et al. 1999; Siddall et al. 2000; Osenbach & Harvey 2001)
Table 23 Clonidine for Treatment of SCI Pain
Siddall et al. (2000) in a RCT/cross over trial of 20 subjects with post-SCI neuropathic pain. Intrathecal morphine clonidine or placebo was given at the lumbar level. Once the subject received satisfactory pain relief or drug side effects they were given a mixture of clonidine and morphine. Morphine or clonidine showed a trend in pain reduction, which was not statistically significant but when the combination of morphine and clonidine was administered there, was a significant reduction in pain. Siddall et al. (2000) did postulate that by administering half the effective minimum dose of clonidine and morphine together resulted in a synergistic addictive effect above the simple summing up of each drug in isolation. Uhle et al. (2000) in a study of study 10 patients were given morphine followed by clonidine via a medical pump. Patients when given clonidine experienced a good to excellent reduction in their pain.
Capsaicin is an active alkaloid in hot peppers. It has been successfully used to reduce pain in herpes zoster, diabetic neuropathy and post-mastectomy pain syndrome (Sandford & Benes 2000). It works as an inhibitor of substance P.
Table 24 Topical Capsaicin in Post-SCI Pain
Topical capsaicin was used to treat radicular post-SCI pain for 1-2 weeks (Sandford & Benes 2000). Patients showed improvement in pain and 2 of the 8 patients were still improved for over 2 years.
Spinal cord stimulation has been used to try to treat intractable pain. The procedure is both expensive and invasive.
Table 25 Spinal Cord Stimulation Post SCI
Cioni et al. (1995)in a case series reported inserting epidural electrodes percutaneously over the posterior columns of the spinal cord to allow for spinal cord stimulation. During spinal cord stimulation, 22 patients reported parasthesias overlapping the painful area. 9 patients reported 50% pain relief and 3 patients experienced no pain relief.
Table 26 Dorsal Longitudinal T-Myelotomy Post-SCI Pain
Livshits et al. (2002) conducted a case control study comparing two approaches of dorsal longitudinal T-myelotomy (i.e., Pourpre vs. Bischof II) with respect to their effectiveness in reducing pain and spasticity in people with SCI, initially refractory to more conservative approaches (N=40). Systematic follow-up assessments at 6 months, 5 and 10 years were conducted. In this study, significant pain reduction was obtained with either of these surgical techniques, as measured using scores obtained from the Short Form – McGill Pain Questionnaire, the Present Pain Intensity scale, and a visual analog scale, but this appeared to be more notable with the Pourpre versus the Bischof II procedure.
Dorsal rhizotomy is a procedure where the sensory roots are divided either intradurally or extradurally. According to Nashold (1991) a single one or two level root rhizotomy may be appropriate when the pain is localized as in those patients with paraparesis and single root pain. Moreover, Nashold (1991) reported the Dorsal Root Entry Zone (DREZ) procedure was more likely to be successful in these patients.
Table 27 Dorsal Root Entry Zone Procedure Post-SCI Pain
Notably, Nashold et al. (1990) reported 14 of 18 individuals (77%) with paraplegia who underwent cyst drainage and the DREZ surgical procedure reported pain relief following surgery. In general, approximately 50% or more of the patients across these case series achieved greater than 50% pain relief or experienced no pain-related activity limitations and no need for narcotics following the surgery (Nashold et al. 1990; Sintou et al. 2001; Sampson et al. 1995; Friedman & Nashold. 1986; Spaic et al. 2002; Spaic et al. 1999; Sindou Rath et al. 1997). However, all of these were retrospective, uncontrolled reports with obvious methodological limitations, such as ill-defined eligibility criteria (i.e., potential selection bias) and inadequate outcome measurement which limits the generalizability of the results.
Sympathectomy is not recommended for pain following SCI (Nashold 1991). As mentioned previously, sympathetic blockade and sympathectomy have reportedly failed to relieve the central pain of SCI (White 1969; Melzack 1978; Friedman 1986).
Hazouri and Mueller (1950) described three selected cases of patients with intractable root pain, subsequent to severe trauma to the cauda equina which resulted in paraplegia (L2-4 lesions). All three patients demonstrated a distinct increase in the threshold for perception of pain and "an even more remarkable increase in the threshold for reaction to pain." Lateral spinothalamic tractotomy in all three of these patients resulted in complete relief from pain. Threshold studies subsequent to the tractotomy "revealed a striking return of perception and reaction thresholds to a normal range."
This procedure can be performed openly or percutaneously. Anterior spinothalamic tracts subserving pain and temperature function are sectioned, often requiring a bilateral approach. Spinal cordotomy is an option but is rarely employed and there is little evidence that it works.
Pain following SCI is quite common. The most common type of pain post SCI is central or neuropathic in nature characterized by a dysesthetic, burning pain below the level of SCI. Borderzone or segmental pain is much less common; occurring along the border between normal and absent sensation. The precise etiology of central/neuropathic or borderzone segmental pain is not known. There is some evidence suggesting an association may exist between the central or neuropathic dysesthetic burning pain and abnormalities of the sympathetic nervous system. Musculoskeletal pain, either secondary to the original trauma or to overuse is both common and well understood. Unfortunately, the management of central or neuropathic pain remains difficult and largely ineffective.
Many authors have noted the importance of participation in physical activity and exercise programming for persons with spinal cord injury (SCI) and several of these have provided reviews of the various purported benefits that may occur with regular and appropriate physical activity (Cowell et al. 1986; Washburn & Fignoni 1999; Jacobs & Nash 2001; Nash 2005; Devillard et al. 2007; Fernhall et al. 2008). Despite this assertion and the relative plethora of studies cited within these reviews, especially in some areas (e.g., cardiovascular fitness), there is much that remains to be established about the relationship of exercise and physical activity to the health and well-being of persons with SCI. It has been noted that the majority of physical activity studies are often lower quality with few randomized controlled trials (RCTs) (Valent et al. 2007; Fernhall et al. 2008), which is not surprising as exercise studies are challenging to conduct in and of themselves and this is compounded by multiple further challenges that are presented within the SCI population (Ginis & Hicks, 2005). Little is known about the details of what exercise modality might be best suited for individuals with SCI relative to their varying physical levels of function. Specific information about frequency, intensity and duration is typically lacking. In general, there is a dearth of evidence-based information on which to provide guidance for the promotion and prescription of exercise, especially for the various subsets of individuals that comprise this population (Ginis & Hicks 2007; Myslinski 2005).
The present chapter aims to describe the level of evidence that exists for physical activity and its effect on various aspects of health and wellness for persons with SCI. In particular, we review the evidence that exists for the effectiveness of physical activity on enhancing strength, muscle function, rehabilitation recovery (i.e., functional outcomes) and subjective well-being (including depression and quality of life) as well as the relationship of physical activity to the prevention and minimization of various secondary complications and other health conditions associated with SCI. Following this, we examine the studies that assess the rates of physical activity participation and identify barriers to participation noted in the literature. Finally, we describe the level of evidence associated with interventions targeted at persons with SCI designed to enhance participation in physical activity.
SCI impacts many body systems both immediately and in the long-term as noted in numerous reviews (Bauman et al. 1999; Shields 2002; Nash 2005). In particular, Nash (2005) and Jacobs and Nash (2004) point to physical deconditioning across the musculoskeletal system (i.e., bone, muscle and joint) and alterations in both cardiac and peripheral vascular structure and functioning in persons with SCI. These issues, when combined with continued inactivity, result in seemingly inevitable body system decline and are linked to the increased incidence of various secondary complications and other health conditions associated with SCI such as cardiovascular disease, respiratory complications, osteoporosis, pain, spasticity and diabetes. Evidence for routine physical activity has been noted as an important factor in maintaining health and wellness and preventing many of these conditions in the able-bodied population and in those with chronic disease such as arthritis (US Department of Health and Human Services 1996; Warburton et al. 2006; Kruk 2007). However, the evidence linking health and physical activity in persons with SCI or similar conditions is far from established, despite the importance placed on physical activity by clinicians, consumers and researchers alike in optimizing recovery and maintaining health (Rimmer 1999; Anderson 2004; Fernhall et al. 2008).
In reviewing the literature associated with various physical activity and exercise interventions in SCI, it was apparent that the vast majority of studies examine physiological parameters (e.g., VO2, cardiovascular responses to exercise) that would be characterized as relating to body function and structure within the framework of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF). We do not report here the numerous studies that address these physiologic outcome measures other than to note the various conclusions made surrounding specific risk factors associated with the development of cardiovascular disease or other health conditions. There is a relative dearth of studies examining the effect of physical activity interventions on functional outcomes, especially those that might be characterized as measures of activity or participation (as per the ICF). This suggests a target for future research in elucidating either the functional consequences or societal participation benefits associated with physical activity interventions for persons with SCI.
It should be noted that while one of the aims of this chapter is to bring the information about physical activity and SCI into one place, most of these topic areas comprise individual chapters with SCIRE. Therefore, when there may be substantial duplication with an existing SCIRE chapter we have selected to simply reference the existing chapters that contain information about physical activity interventions and to also bring forward the conclusions (evidence statements and bottom-line conclusions) from these chapters so the reader will gain a sense of the degree of evidence across these various conditions. The reader is encouraged to examine the referenced chapter for surrounding discussion and more information concerning the various studies and details about the specific interventions comprising the evidence. Of note, many of the therapies associated with upper limb or lower limb management involve therapeutic exercise programming (often associated with physical or occupational therapy) and for these we simply refer the reader to SCIRE Chapter’s: Upper Limb Rehabilitation Following Spinal Cord Injury (Connolly et al. 2010) and Lower Limb Rehabilitation Following Spinal Cord Injury (Lam et al. 2010) respectively. This has meant that the conclusions related to specific rehabilitation interventions (e.g., Body weight supported treadmill training, FES upper and lower limb applications) may not be comprehensive within the present chapter, but should be augmented by those from the noted chapters.
The following section describes the evidence for physical activity as an intervention directed towards persons with SCI in enhancing strength, muscle function, rehabilitation recovery (i.e., functional outcomes) and subjective well-being (including depression and quality of life) as well as in preventing or minimizing common secondary conditions typically encountered following SCI. These include the role of physical activity in maintaining or enhancing cardiovascular health and bone health as well as preventing or mitigating disability associated with respiratory complications, pain, spasticity and periodic leg movements.
Even though the most visible aspect of SCI involves impaired muscle function ranging from slight weakness to complete paralysis, there is far more research addressing aerobic training than pure resistance training for enhancing strength, endurance and other aspects of muscle function (Jacobs and Nash 2004). The effects of aerobic exercise on aerobic capacity will be summarised in a subsequent section that is focused on cardiovascular health. The present section describes the effects of various forms of exercise (i.e., not only pure resistance training but also those that incorporate the more frequently implemented endurance training as well) and the various adaptations that result in muscle. These adaptations are characterized as those pertaining to muscle morphology or muscle function. Muscle morphological changes in response to appropriately configured physical activity interventions are reflected in such outcomes as overall changes to muscle cross-sectional area (i.e, direct or indirect measures such as limb circumference) or in changes to individual muscle fibres as reflected by changes in individual muscle fibre size or fibre type. Changes in muscle function are often assessed by direct measurement of muscle strength or power output or might be reflected in muscular endurance (i.e., exercise capacity changes) such as that seen in the ability to manage greater loads over a longer period of time during a progressive exercise program.
Table 1 Physical Activity and Adaptations to Muscle Morphology and Strength
A variety of benefits related to gross muscle morphology have been demonstrated in numerous investigations employing multi-week progressive exercise programs of FES-assisted cycling in which lower limb muscles (i.e., typically quadriceps, hamstrings and gluteal muscles) are stimulated to produce cycling movements against resistance (Sloan et al. 1994; Hjeltnes et al. 1997; Mohr et al. 1997; Chilibeck et al. 1999; Scremin et al. 1999; Crameri et al. 2004; Heesterbeek et al. 2005; Griffin et al. 2009). Each of these FES-assisted cycling programs consisted of a minimum of three 30 minute sessions per week with program duration ranging from 8 weeks to 1 year with progressive resistance customized to the individual participant. Of note, Heesterbeek et al. 2005 employed a hybrid FES-assisted cycling protocol in which upper limb cycling was also incorporated into the physical activity intervention and Scremin et al. 1999 had a 4 phase intervention in which the final phase consisted of adding upper limb ergometry to FES-assisted lower limb cycling. These were the only investigations that incorporated upper body exercise although outcome measurement was limited to the muscles of the lower limb. All studies, other than that conducted by Crameri et al. 2004, were uncontrolled investigations incorporating either a prospective pre-post or retrospective case series study design. In addition, all of the studies were relatively small with sample sizes of 18 persons or less. Benefits to gross muscle morphology consisted of significant increases in total body lean muscle mass (Griffin et al. 2009), thigh muscle mass (Mohr et al. 1997), cross-sectional area of overall thigh muscle (Sloan et al. 1994; Hjeltnes et al. 1997, Scremin et al. 1999) and overall thigh volume (Heesterbeek et al. 2005) as well as significant reductions in muscle atrophy (Mohr et al. 1997). Significant increases were also seen in overall cross-sectional area or mean muscle fibre cross-sectional area within individual muscles (Chilibeck et al. 1999; Scremin et al. 1999; Crameri et al. 2004).
Other forms of neuromuscular electric stimulation resistance exercise training have also been shown to produce beneficial muscle adaptations. In a relatively large study, persons with complete denervation due to a conus or caudal lesion (n=20 completing) underwent a 2 year home-based progressive electrical stimulation program which culminated in 30 minute sessions, 5 days/week involving a combination of twitch and tetanic stimulation patterns focusing on quadriceps but also on gluteal, hamstring and other lower limb muscles (Kern et al. 2010). Quadriceps and hamstring muscle cross-sectional areas were significantly larger with training with these results being more pronounced for the quadriceps. Similarly, significant increases in quadriceps muscle cross-sectional areas were produced in 5 males with ASIA A SCI with a home-based, two day/week program over twelve weeks in which four sets of ten unilateral, dynamic knee extensions were elicited by appropriate stimulation (Mahoney et al. 2005). A later report extended these observations with similar results following 18 weeks (Sabatier et al. 2006).
Other modes of endurance-based resistance exercise also led to similar muscle adaptations. For example, sustained participation in body weight support treadmill training 2 or 3 times/week resulted in significant increases in overall muscle cross-sectional areas in the thigh and lower leg muscles (Giangregorio et al. 2005; Giangregorio et al. 2006; Carvalho et al. 2008)as well as increases in mean individual muscle fibre sizes (Stewart et al. 2004) and partial reversal of muscle atrophy (Giangregorio et al. 2006). Of note, Carvalho et al. 2008; Carvalho et al. 2009 conducted a controlled trial (n=15) which showed significantly greater increases in MRI-derived quadriceps cross-sectional area with neuromuscular stimulation combined with body-weight supported treadmill gait training as compared to that seen with conventional physiotherapy. This was conducted over a 6 month period after which the gait training was offered to the control group. Gait training sessions consisted of 20 minute sessions at a frequency of twice/week.
To this point, of all studies noted in this section, each of the interventions were applied to individuals with chronic SCI (i.e., > 6 months post-injury) with the exception of Giangregorio et al. 2005 who performed body weight support treadmill training on those more newly injured (i.e., 2-6 months post-injury). In addition, across studies participants had mostly complete or in rare instances near-complete SCI (i.e., AIS A, B or C).
A novel methodology was employed by Crameri et al. 2004 to investigate the effects of load on these types of muscle adaptations. These investigators used a forty-five minute/day, three day/week FES-assisted cycling exercise protocol over ten weeks in which only one leg of each study participant was permitted to cycle against minimal load. The contralateral leg was also provided similar stimulation parameters as the “cycling” leg but these were applied against a fixed load so as to provoke rhythmic isometric contractions of the quadriceps and hamstrings against resistance. Exercise progressions were implemented with increases to the work-rest cycle and not to resistance as is often done in trials of FES-assisted cycling ergometry. This controlled investigation demonstrated that the amount of resistance is important in producing a training effect as greater increases in isometric force generation and muscle fibre cross-sectional area were demonstrated for the static, high-resistance training condition.
Additionally, muscle biopsies have been performed before and after training, permitting investigation of the effects of physical activity on fibre type. Following SCI, (especially in those with complete or near complete lesions), there is an established transformation of muscle fibres away from type IIa toward type IIx fibres reflecting a functional shift towards less aerobic, more easily fatigable muscle (Grimby et al. 1976; Round et al. 1993). This shift was reversed over ten weeks (Crameri et al. 2002) and also at 6 months of a 1 year program (Andersen et al. 1996) of three day/week FES-assisted cycling exercise and with six months of three day/week body weight-supported treadmill training (Stewart et al. 2004) as each of these studies reported an increase in type IIa fibres and a corresponding reduction in type IIx (or IIb) fibres following training. More interestingly, similar results were seen in Crameri et al. 2004’s investigation of the effect of static load vs. dynamic minimal load conditions with shifts of type IIx to type IIa muscle fibres apparent for both conditions along with the additional finding of a significantly greater increase in type I fibres only for the static, high-resistance trained leg. This represents an even more dramatic adaptation toward the aerobic, oxidative capacity of muscle with this type of training. Kern et al. 2010 demonstrated similar findings with their home-based neuromuscular stimulation promotion with increases in muscle fibre size that reverses the atrophic processes noted in denervated muscle.
There is also some evidence that passive cycling using upper-body assistance to drive paralyzed leg muscles involving 2 day/week sessions over 12 weeks may be sufficient to prevent these inactivity-related shifts towards more “fast” type muscle fibers. Willoughby et al. 2000 demonstrated significant increases in mRNA expression for type IIa fibres (and also for type IIx fibres) in the presence of decreasing proteolytic activity typically associated with muscle degradation. This passive exercise was insufficient to produce a significant increase in muscle size as indicated by no change in thigh girth and it is important to note that the leg movement required upper body voluntary exercise.
In contrast to those investigations assessing outcomes related to muscle morphology, those assessing strength or muscular endurance were much more diverse with respect to the exercise modes employed. Notably, five investigators incorporated RCT study designs (Needham-Shropshire et al. 1997; Hicks et al. 2003; Hartkopp et al. 2003; Glinsky et al. 2008; Jacobs 2009) despite the acknowledged difficulty in fully implementing such features as participant blinding with the physical activity interventions typically associated with this design (Ginis and Hicks 2005).
Of these RCTs, four of five trials resulted in statistically significantly increases in strength, although there were different training paradigms used to achieve these results across the trials. Needham-Shropshire et al. 1997 used a paired-randomization approach to assign subjects with chronic cervical SCI (n=27) to one of three groups:1) those receiving 8 weeks of neuromuscular stimulation-assisted arm ergometry exercise (NMS); 2) those receiving 4 weeks of NMS assisted exercise followed by 4 weeks of voluntary arm crank exercise; and 3) those participating in a control condition – voluntary exercise for 8 weeks without the application of NMS. Muscle strength was assessed by manual muscle testing in the triceps and the largest treatment effect (i.e., more muscles showing an increase of at least one muscle grade) was seen in Group 1 subjects (p<0.0005) although there were also a significant number of muscles that demonstrated an increase in muscle grade in Group 2 (p<0.03) relative to the control condition. In a pre-post study, Cameron et al. (1998) used a prototype of the NMS-assisted arm crank ergometer used by Needham-Shropshire et al. 1997 to elicit significant improvements to triceps muscle strength following a three days/week upper body training program conducted over eight weeks.
These results are consistent with those reported by Hicks et al. 2003 who conducted an RCT (n=34, with 11 of 21 completing in the exercise group) of a twice weekly progressive voluntary arm ergometry cycling and resistance training exercise.program with sessions of 90-120 minutes over nine months. These investigators noted significant increases (p<0.05) in muscle strength for 3 different upper body maneuvers involving triceps, biceps and anterior deltoid bilaterally at nine months as compared to baseline, although these increases in muscle strength showed progressive improvement over the nine months.
Jacobs (2009) compared a resistance training paradigm involving 3 sets of 10 repetitions across six stations at 60-70% of a maximal single effort vs endurance training for 30 minutes involving arm cranking at 70%-85% of peak HR in persons with neurologically complete paraplegia (n=18). There were 3 sessions/week over a 12-wk training period with standardized exercise progressions for both the resistance training and endurance training groups and participants were matched between groups by body mass and gender. Muscular strength was significantly increased (p<0.01) with resistance training for each of the 6 isotonic strength testing maneuveurs corresponding to those involved for each of the resistance training stations. There were no strength changes apparent for those in the arm ergometry group (i.e., endurance training). However, muscular endurance, as indicated by performance on the Wingate anaerobic power test, was significantly improved with both forms of training, although these improvements were most pronounced with resistance training.
The RCT conducted by Glinsky et al. 2008 failed to show statistically significant increases in strength or muscular endurance (i.e., fatigue resistance) in wrist extensor or flexor muscles that were at least partially paralyzed in persons with tetraplegia (n=32). There was an overall mean increase of 8% and 11% in strength and muscular endurance respectively with training vs no training groups but this was deemed clinically insignificant. This study involved a resistance training program involving 3 sets of 10 repetitions using a customized device that permitted those with even minimal force generation to participate in a progressive exercise program. These authors noted that unlike other trials (e.g., Hicks et al. 2003), all participants had at least some paresis although it should be noted that there was a slight imbalance between experimental (i.e., training) vs control (i.e., no training) groups with respect to a slightly greater impairment in participants in the training group (i.e., 9 vs 6 persons with ASIA A and 4 vs 0 persons with an initial muscle grade of 2).
A similar training system to that employed by Glinsky et al. 2008 was used by Hartkopp et al. 2003 to examine the effect of electrical stimulation on strength and fatigue resistance in wrist extensor musculature in persons with tetrapegia (n=12 completing trial). This RCT used the nontrained arm as a control and demonstrated significant strength gains with a high resistance protocol, but not a low resistance protocol – each involving 5, 30 min sessions/week over 12 weeks. The high resistance protocol consisted of stimulation against a maximal load, whereas the low resistance protocol used a resistance of 50% of maximal load. Both training protocols were effective in improving resistance to fatigue.
There were also several investigations involving mostly pre-post study designs resulting in improved muscle function with different forms of electrically-stimulated exercise. For example, FES-assisted cycling programs involving the lower limbs and of varying durations and frequencies have demonstrated beneficial effects on muscle function. Griffin et al. (2009) demonstrated improved ASIA motor (and sensory scores) for the lower extremity following FES cycling for 2-3 times per week over 10 weeks in a group of persons with mostly incomplete SCI from C4-T7 (i.e., 13 of 18 with incomplete SCI). In persons with complete chronic SCI, FES-assisted cycling is effective for improving resistance to muscular fatigue as indicated by increases to sustained torque generation with repetitive stimulation in programs employing as little as 3, 30 min sessions/week over 6 weeks (Gerrits et al. 2000). A more extensive long-term program involving 5, 1 hour sessions/week over 1 year also was effective in improving fatigue resistance as well as producing a fivefold increase in maximal electrically stimulated torque (i.e., strength of contraction), although this remained lower than in able-bodied individuals (Duffell et al. 2008). Interestingly, in a later study, Gerrits et al. 2002 demonstrated that fatigue resistance was improved more effectively by low frequency (i.e., 10 Hz) vs high frequency (i.e., 50 Hz) stimulation, although each was equally effective in improving force generation (i.e., tetanic tension development).
In addition, several investigators have employed other approaches to lower limb neuromuscular stimulation such as the long-term home-based stimulation program by Kern et al. (2008) which resulted in a near ten-fold increase in stimulation-elicited muscle force in addition to the benefits to muscle morphology noted above. Sabatier et al. 2006 conducted a smaller pre-post study (n=5 persons with complete SCI) of an eighteen week home-based neuromuscular electrical stimulation resistance training program involving bi-weekly quadriceps training comprised of four sets of 10 dynamic knee extensions against resistance while in a seated position. This resulted in significant increases in strength (i.e., weight lifted), as well as a 60% reduction in muscle fatigue (p = 0.001).
Given the results of these studies, it is clear that there are a variety of approaches involving neuromuscular stimulation to the lower limb that accrue benefits to muscle function. However, information regarding the minimum requirements with respect to frequency, intensity, duration of a training program and how each of these might interact with different patient subgroups remains to be definitively established. Interestingly, Petrofsky et al. 2000 conducted a study to assess the effect of altering various parameters associated with a ten week training program of quadriceps muscle stimulation. These investigators assigned subjects (n=90) to 10 different treatment groups and examined the effect of altering some of the parameters associated individual treatment sessions. Greater strength changes were seen for 30 minute sessions as compared to 5 or 15 minute sessions and for 3 day/week training as compared to 1 or 5 day/week training programs. In addition, strength gains and total work capacity was optimized by incorporating a pattern of 3 s extension - 3 s flexion – 6 s rest as compared to longer or shorter durations of work-rest cycles.Several investigations of voluntary exercise employing pre-post study designs have demonstrated strength benefits (in addition to other benefits). These studies have been conducted mostly in persons with paraplegia and have included circuit resistance training for 3 days/week (Durán et al. 2001; Jacobs et al. 2001; Nash et al. 2007), a combination of resistance training and plyometric training (Gregory et al. 2007) and 3, 60 minute sessions/week of kayak ergometer training over 10 weeks (Bjerkefors et al. 2006).
As demonstrated in the previous section, appropriately configured exercise has been demonstrated to increase muscle strength and reduce atrophy. Most rehabilitation professionals presume there is also a clear link between therapeutic exercise and functional improvement that might manifest in enhanced performance of activities of daily living (ADLs). The present section examines the literature that assesses the functional consequences of physical activity programming. As described in of SCIRE Chapter: Rehabilitation Practices (Wolfe et al. 2010), there are numerous reports of substantial gains achieved over the period of inpatient rehabilitation for outcome measures associated with functional independence (e.g., Functional Independence Measure (FIM(TM))) but the definitive attribution of these gains to specific aspects of rehabilitation programming remains to be fully elucidated.
Table 2 Physical Activity and Functional Improvement Including ADLs
Of the interventional studies noted in Table 2, only four could be described as examining functionally-based outcome measures as a primary measure of interest and one of these was a very small pre-post study (n=3) incorporating a single-subject design with mixed results and no group results reported in response to a body-weight support treadmill training intervention (i.e., Effing et al. 2006). Of note, Klose et al. 1990 used an RCT design to examine the effect of four different combinations of conventional physical exercise therapy (PET i.e., strengthening, mat mobility, and transfer, self-care and wheelchair skills training), neuromuscular stimulation (NMS)-assisted exercise or EMG (EMG) biofeedback training focused on the upper limbs of males and females with tetraplegia (C4-C6) who were at least 1 year post-injury (n=43, 39 completing). Treatment subgroups received one of the following: 1) 8 weeks each of EMG biofeedback followed by PET; 2) 8 weeks each of EMG biofeedback followed by NMS; 3) 8 weeks each of NMS followed by PET; 4) 16 weeks of PET. All four of these treatment groups showed significant improvement on mobility and self-care scores (p<0.05) although there were no differences between groups with each method equally beneficial in terms of functional improvement.
In addition, da Silva et al. 2005 conducted a prospective controlled trial (n=16) examining the effect of a 4 month swimming program (45 minute 2x/week) on persons with complete SCI (14 with paraplegia) who had just been discharged from inpatient SCI rehabilitation. The primary outcome measure was the FIM and significant differences were noted for the FIM transfer subscale score (p=0.02), overall motor subscale score(p=0.01) and overall score (p=0.01) between those participating in the swimming program as compared to those in the control group who performed only their routine daily activities.
Duran et al. 2001 also incorporated the FIM in assessing the effects of a mixed exercise program involving three 120 minute sessions/week over 16 weeks. Participants were outpatients with paraplegia and 12 of 13 were ≥5 months post-injury (median 10 months). This structured program consisted of activities that were focused on mobility, aerobic resistance, strength, coordination, recreation and relaxation. Significant increases were seen in total FIM score relative to baseline (p<0.001) and time was reduced for all nine wheelchair skills tested (p<0.04 or less) associated with the exercise program. These benefits along with increases in strength and exercise capacity were seen in the absence of statistically significant changes in various physiological parameters (i.e., lipid profile, body composition) although each of these variables did approach significance (p=0.076 to 0.2).
Other investigations incorporated measures associated with the performance of ADLs or other functional measures as secondary objectives. Subjective self-reports of improved walking (with an aid), transferring, dressing and other tasks of daily living along with concomitant strength improvements associated with a FES cycling program were reported by Sloan et al. 1994 for all the incomplete study participants with chronic SCI (n=11 of 12). Hjeltnes and Wallberg-Henriksson 1998 demonstrated significant improvements in the Sunnaas ADL index and muscle strength in persons with tetraplegia in response to a 6-8 week program of 3 day/week 30 minute arm ergometry sessions. This latter investigation was conducted in persons with sub-acute SCI as part of inpatient rehabilitation. Without a suitable control condition, it was uncertain if these benefits were due to the arm ergometry intervention or other aspects of the rehabilitation program or were associated with natural recovery.
Subjective well-being (SWB) refers to how people evaluate their lives. It is a broadly-defined construct that encompasses an array of factors such as psychological well-being, satisfaction with health and physical functioning, and overall life satisfaction. Within the general population, considerable research has shown that regular participation in physical activity is associated with improvements in a wide range of SWB outcomes. In contrast, relatively little research has examined the effects of physical activity on aspects of SWB among people living with SCI.
Although a couple of Level 1 and 2 studies have been conducted, most research examining physical activity and SWB has been cross-sectional (e.g., Manns and Chad 1999; Muraki et al. 2000; Stevens et al. 2008; Tawashy et al. 2009) and is excluded from the present analysis. A wide range of SWB outcomes have been examined such as perceptions of community integration, pain, mood states, anxiety, perceived health, and self-efficacy. Some of these aspects--and their relationship with physical activity--are discussed in different chapters (e.g., community reintegration, pain). Other aspects (e.g., mood states, self-efficacy) have been examined in too few high quality studies to generate reliable conclusions, and have been excluded from the present analysis. Two aspects--depression and quality of life-- have been relatively well-studied in relationship to physical activity. As such, this section reviews only those studies that have included a measure of depression or quality of life.
Table 3 Physical Activity and Subjective Well-Being
With regards to depression, all but two studies (Hicks et al. 2005; Warms et al. 2004) showed positive effects of exercise on depressive symptoms (Guest et al. 1997; Hicks et al. 2003; Latimer et al. 2004; Latimer et al. 2005; Martin Ginis et al. 2003). In addition, Kennedy et al. 2006 showed significant reductions in anxiety but not depression using the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale with their 1 week physical activity course. Given the variety of modes of physical activity examined in these studies, the consistent findings speak to the robustness of the relationship between physical activity and depression among people living with SCI. In the studies that showed no significant effects of exercise on depression (Hicks et al. 2005; Kennedy et al. 2006; Warms et al. 2004), participants’ baseline depression scale scores were already extremely low, indicating minimal depressive symptomatology and very little room for improvement. As exercise has been shown to exert its greatest effects on people with greater depressive symptomatology, these findings are not particularly surprising.
With regards to quality of life, all of the Level 1, 2, and 4 studies showed that exercise training was associated with better quality of life (Ditor et al. 2003; Effing et al. 2006; Hicks et al. 2003; 2005; Kennedy et al. 2006; Latimer et al. 2004; Latimer et al. 2005; Martin Ginis et al. 2003; Semerjian et al. 2005). Again, given that this association held across different types of physical activity modalities and in studies that used different measures of quality of life, the physical activity-quality of life relationship appears to be robust. However, the one case-study (Effing et al. 2006) did not find quality of life improvements for two of its three participants. When contrasted with the findings of the higher quality studies, these null findings speak to the importance of examining changes in quality of life over time, and in sufficiently large and representative samples, in order to properly assess the effects of physical activity on SWB.
How does physical activity improve depression, quality of life, and potentially other aspects of SWB? This question was examined in a series of papers using data from Hicks et al. 2003’s RCT. Overall, these studies showed that exercise-induced reductions in stress and pain mediated the effects of exercise on quality of life and depression (Latimer et al. 2004; Martin Ginis et al. 2003). In other words, exercise training led to reductions in stress and pain, which, in turn, led to improvements in quality of life and depressive symptoms. There was also evidence that among people who were experiencing stressful life events, exercise helped to buffer the effects of the stress on their SWB (Latimer et al. 2005).
In general, several of the studies examining subjective well-being are constrained by an inadequate control group, making it difficult to discern whether it is the physical activity itself or some other aspect of a structured program that may be contributing to beneficial effects. Regardless, the conclusions below are based on the relative consistency across studies, despite these limitations. Of note, the trials conducted by Hicks et al. 2003 and Latimer et al. 2004 did provide an opportunity for education about exercise to their control group participants which afforded a more effective comparison than other trials which simply asked control group participants to maintain their usual activity patterns and defer initiation of an exercise program until after the study trial.
Numerous investigators and program planners have pointed to the occurrence of secondary complications or other health conditions that are encountered all too frequently by those with SCI as a means of providing rationale for their particular program of exercise or physical activity promotion (e.g., Rimmer 1999; Zemper et al. 2003; Block et al. 2005; Kosma et al. 2005). As noted previously, there is generally more support for an overall health benefit of physical activity in the able-bodied population including evidence for its role in the prevention of chronic disease (US Department of Health and Human Services 1996; Warburton et al. 2006; Kruk 2007). The present section is intended to outline the evidence that exists in SCI for specific interventions involving physical activity in preventing or mitigating the effects of various secondary health conditions. Specific secondary conditions addressed include those associated with maintaining or enhancing cardiovascular health and bone health as well as preventing or mitigating disability associated with respiratory complications, pain, spasticity and periodic leg movements.
The intent of this section is to bring the information about physical activity associated with various secondary health conditions into one place, as most of these secondary conditions comprise individual chapters with SCIRE. Therefore, we have selected to simply reference the existing chapters that contain information about physical activity interventions and to also bring forward the conclusions (i.e.,evidence statements and bottom-line conclusions) from these chapters so the reader will gain a sense of the degree of evidence across these various conditions. The reader is encouraged to examine the referenced chapter for surrounding discussion and more information concerning the various studies and details about the specific interventions comprising the evidence. Of note, many of the therapies associated with upper limb or lower limb management involve therapeutic exercise programming (often associated with physical or occupational therapy) and for these we simply refer the reader to SCIRE Chapters: Upper Limb Rehabilitation Following Spinal Cord Injury (Connolly et al. 2010) and Lower Limb Rehabilitation Following Spinal Cord Injury (Lam et al. 2010) respectively.
Cardiovascular disease, when considered after the first year post-injury within the US Model Systems database, has been acknowledged as the leading cause of death in persons with SCI, supplanting respiratory complications and previous to that septicaemia (Whiteneck et al. 1992; DeVivo et al. 1999). Cardiovascular disease is currently also the leading cause of death in the able-bodied population. A recent review by Myers et al. (2007) noted that there is a significantly high prevalence of cardiovascular disease in persons with SCI with rates of symptomatic cardiovascular disease in SCI of 30%–50% in comparison to 5%–10% in the general able-bodied population. Physical activity interventions comprise a significant part of the strategy in dealing with cardiovascular disease and the reader is referred to SCIRE Chapter: Cardiovascular Health and Exercise Following Spinal Cord Injury (Warburton et al. 2010) for more information on this topic. In the following section, we present those specific evidence-based statements and bottom-line conclusions from this chapter related to physical activity.
Treadmill training
Upper Extremity Exercise
Functional electrical stimulation (FES)– Lower Limb Cycle Ergometry and Hybrid (Upper and Lower Limb) and Other Electrically-Assisted Training Programs
Other than death due to external causes (e.g., motor vehicle accident, violence), respiratory complications, have consistently been among the two leading causes of death in persons with SCI when considered after the first year post-injury, and the highest cause of death within the first year post-injury, over the past 35 years within the US Model Systems database (DeVivo et al. 1999). As noted in SCIRE Chapter: Respiratory Management Following Spinal Cord Injury (Sheel et al. 2008):
“The lungs and airways do not change appreciably in response to exercise training. It is likely that exercise is not sufficiently stressful to warrant an adaptive response. This may be even more so when considering the small muscle mass used in wheelchair propulsion or arm cranking exercise. On the other hand, respiratory muscles are both metabolically and structurally plastic and they respond to exercise training. ... Exercise training may influence the control of breathing and respiratory sensations (i.e., dyspnea). It is generally accepted that exercise training results in a lower minute ventilation at any given absolute oxygen consumption or power output. This is likely due to a reduction in one or more of the mechanisms (neural and/or humoral) purported to cause the hyperpnea (increased respiratory rate) associated with exercise. As such, the positive effects of exercise training in SCI may reside in an increase in respiratory muscle strength and endurance as well as a reduced ventilatory demand during exercise.”
For more information about these and other interventions related to exercise and muscle activation related to respiratory complications, the reader is referred to SCIRE Chapter 8 - Respiratory Management Following Spinal Cord Injury (Sheel et al. 2008). In the following section, we present those specific evidence-based statements and bottom-line conclusions from this chapter related to physical activity.
Osteoporosis is a condition characterized by low bone mass and deterioration of the skeletal system and is often cited as a secondary complication associated with SCI (Giangregorio and McCartney 2006; Jiang et al. 2006). This bone deterioration results in skeletal fragility and leads to an increased risk of fractures. Physical activity interventions have been suggested as potential strategies for both prevention and treatment of loss of bone mineral density and the reader is referred to SCIRE Chapter: Bone Health Following Spinal Cord Injury (Ashe et al. 2010) for more information on this topic. In the following section, we present those specific evidence-based statements and bottom-line conclusions from this chapter related to physical activity.
There is level 4 evidence (from 1 pre-post study) (Chen et al. 2005) that 6 months of FES cycle ergometry increased regional lower extremity BMD over areas stimulated.
There is inconclusive evidence for Reciprocating Gait Orthosis, long leg braces, passive standing or self-reported physical activity as a treatment for low bone mass.
Pain is a frequently noted complication in persons with SCI. Although reports vary widely, given historical variation in pain classification and differences in rating pain severity across the various pain categories (i.e., at-, above- or below-lesion neuropathic pain; visceral; musculoskeletal) it is generally established that an average of about two-thirds of people with SCI report some form of pain and nearly one-third of these rate their pain as severe (Siddall and Loeser 2001). Physical activity interventions have been linked to mitigating some of the effects of chronic pain in SCI and the reader is referred to SCIRE Chapter: Pain Following Spinal Cord Injury (Teasell et al. 2010) for more information on this topic. In the following section, we present those specific evidence-based statements and bottom-line conclusions from this chapter related to physical activity.
There is level 1 evidence from a single RCT (Martin Ginis et al. 2003) that a regular exercise program significantly reduces post-SCI pain.
Regular exercise reduces post-SCI pain.
Spasticity, defined as “disordered sensori-motor control, resulting from an upper motor neurone lesion, presenting as intermittent or sustained involuntary activation of muscle” (Pandyan et al. 2005), is a frequent condition associated with SCI with as many as 78% of persons with chronic SCI reporting spasticity (Adams and Hicks 2005). Spasticity may not worsen with age or time, however uncontrolled spasticity has been suggested as having an impact on emotional adaptation, dependency, secondary health problems and environmental integration (Krause 2007). Physical activity interventions have demonstrated to reduce spasticity in SCI and the reader is referred to SCIRE: Spasticity Following Spinal Cord Injury (Hsieh et al. 2010) for more information on this topic. In the following section, we present those specific evidence-based statements and bottom-line conclusions from this chapter related to physical activity.
Restless legs syndrome and the associated phenomena of periodic limb movement have been noted to occur relatively frequently in persons with SCI (de Mello et al. 1996; Lee et al. 1996). In particular, periodic leg movements are characterized by rapid leg movements during sleep, especially ankle dorsiflexion combined with extension of the large toe and less frequently knee and/or hip flexion. These may occur for several minutes to several hours and may be associated with insomnia and daytime somnolence and the inherent effects this can have on one’s quality of life.
Table 4 Physical Activity and Periodic Limb Movements
Following 2 pilot studies showing positive effects with either a single session (de Mello et al. 1996) or multiple sessions (de Mello et al. 2002) of exercise training, de Mello and colleagues conducted a prospective controlled trial comparing the effect of 30 days of initial L-dopa or placebo treatment versus 45 days of three/week 30 minute aerobic arm ergometry exercise training sessions in reducing the incidence of periodic limb movements during sleep (de Mello et al. 2004). Participants were all male, with complete chronic paraplegia (AIS A, lesion levels between T7-T12) with participants crossing-over from 1 treatment to the next. The incidence of periodic limb movements was determined with polysomnographic analysis conducted as part of a sleep study and the effect of each treatment was noted relative to a baseline period. There was a 15 day washout period between the drug and exercise treatments to limit any carry-over effects. Both treatments were equally effective in reducing the amount of periodic limb movements such that the authors suggested a physical activity intervention as the first line of treatment and treatment with dopaminergic agonists to be reserved for persons who prove refractory to the exercise approach (De Mello et al. 2004).
It is generally accepted that physical activity is associated with numerous physical and psychological benefits for both the able-bodied and for persons with SCI. The previous section outlined numerous investigations providing evidence that various forms of physical activity and exercise programming are effective for a variety of SCI-related issues. However, more research is needed to determine the effect of specific parameters such as mode, duration, frequency and intensity to more fully delineate the specific characteristics that would guide exercise prescription for individuals with SCI. There are even fewer studies that are directed towards investigating interventions that are designed to increase participation in physical activity and also that provide the background information needed to effectively design these interventions. Even though it seems obvious and is generally assumed that participation in physical activity is severely limited in persons with SCI, the research base on existing levels of physical activity participation and the specific barriers that persons with SCI must overcome to participate is lacking.
It should be noted that determinations of participation levels and investigations of barriers to participation are not amenable to experimental investigation and typically do not involve an intervention, and therefore comprise subject areas which are typically not addressed according to SCIRE methodology. However, descriptions of the observational studies examining participation levels and barriers to participation are included here as an understanding of these factors is critical for rehabilitation care providers and health promoters to successfully develop and apply physical activity-promoting interventions directed toward persons with SCI. Finally, the effectiveness of interventions that promote physical activity participation of persons with SCI is assessed from the existing literature.
Although it is often stated that people with SCI are the most physically inactive segment of society, surprisingly few studies have actually measured physical activity in the SCI population. This lack of research is partly due to the fact that, until recently (Latimer et al., 2006a), there was no valid and reliable measure of physical activity for people with SCI that could be used in large-scale studies. Although several smaller studies (i.e., n < 50) have reported on physical activity levels among persons with SCI, given the considerable heterogeneity of the SCI population, the results of these studies are not necessarily generalizable. Thus, for the purpose of this review, we have focused only on larger-sample investigations.
Estimates of physical activity are affected by the approaches used to define and measure physical activity in a given study. In the reviewed studies, physical activity has been defined both narrowly (e.g., participation in sports activities), and more broadly to capture participation in all activities requiring physical exertion (e.g., leisure-time physical activity, activities of daily living), and even some “exercise” activities that are not at all exerting (e.g., relaxation exercises). With regard to measurement, all of the larger studies utilized self-report measures of physical activity, with considerable variability in the types and amounts of physical activity information collected. This information has ranged from simply the rate of participation in the sample, to more comprehensive data on the types of physical activities performed, and in some cases, participation frequency, duration, or intensity.
Table 5 Physical Activity Participation in the SCI Population
Physical activity participation rates have been reported in three studies -- two Canadian, and one British. Notably, Martin Ginis and colleagues have reported results from a large cross-sectional study (n=695) based in Ontario, Canada designed to accurately measure the types, amounts, and intensities of LTPA (LTPA; defined as any physical activity that people choose to do during their spare time) performed by people with SCI (Martin Ginis et al. 2008; Martin Ginis et al. 2010a; Martin Ginis et al. 2010b). In these reports, which describe the methods and the baseline data from a prospective, longitudinal cohort study over 1.5 years, the initial overall participation rate was found to be 49.9% with these participants reporting a mean of 27.1 ± 49.4 minutes of LTPA a day, whereas 50.1% of participants reported no LTPA whatsoever (Martin Ginis et al. 2010a). Of those participants reporting >0 min/day of LTPA (n=347), there was a mean of 55.2 ± 59.1 min/day of LTPA at a mild intensity or greater with a median of 33.3 min/day (Martin Ginis et al. 2010b). Being male and greater than 11 years post-injury was associated with inactivity while having motor complete paraplegia and being a manual wheelchair user was associated with the most minutes of daily LTPA (Martin Ginis et al. 2010a). Although there was considerable variability among the various activities preferred by individuals, most participants reporting LPTA did activities at a moderate level of intensity than mild or heavy and the 3 activities most frequently reported were resistance training, aerobic exercise and wheeling. The activities reported as being performed for the longest durations were craftsmanship and sports activities (Martin Ginis et al. 2010b).
In the other Canadian study (Carpenter et al. 2007), 75% of respondents reported participating in “fitness activities” which included breathing and relaxation exercises (i.e., activities that do not necessarily require physical exertion or have fitness-enhancing benefits). The British study (Tasiemski et al. 2005) defined physical activity as involvement in sports and reported participation rates of just 47%. The large between-studies differences in participation rates likely reflect the broader range of activities measured in the Carpenter et al. (2007) study (i.e., activities that are not typically considered physical activities).
Information beyond simple participation rates was reported in two studies (Latimer et al. 2006a; Tasiemski et al. 2005) in addition to the aforementioned information noted by Martin Ginis and colleagues (2010a, 2010b). Tasiemski et al. (2005) reported that the most commonly practiced sports were swimming, archery, weight-training, basketball, and table tennis. Of those who were active, about half spent 3-6 hours/week engaged in sports and the remainder were active for < 2 hours/week. Latimer et al. (2006a) reported that on average, people with SCI spent 30 minutes/day engaged in LTPA and 213 min/day on activities of daily living that required at least mild intensity physical exertion. There was, however, tremendous variability in the amount of daily activity reported. Most of the LTPA was performed at mild and moderate intensities, and most of the activities of daily living were performed at a mild intensity. In general, men engaged in more LTPA than women, and younger people did more LTPA than older people. There were no differences in LTPA as a function of lesion level or completeness. It should be noted that the Latimer et al. (2006a) study was designed to validate the measure of physical activity for the SCI population (i.e., PARA-SCI) to be used in later larger-scale studies (i.e., Martin Ginis et al. 2010a; Martin Ginis et al. 2010b) rather than to measure LTPA in the SCI population. As a result, the study design and potential sampling biases may undermine the generalizability of their findings to the larger SCI population.
The inactive lifestyle of individuals with SCI is a serious functional and health liability. Consequently, developing effective interventions to promote physical activity should be a research and public health priority (Rimmer 1999). In order to tailor interventions to the needs of individuals with SCI it is necessary to understand the factors affecting their participation in physical activity.
Among adult populations of persons with disabilities, frequently cited barriers impeding participation include: intrapersonal barriers (i.e., personal factors such as health concerns, motivation, and knowledge), systemic barriers (i.e., obstacles such as program costs and accessibility resulting from infrastructure and policy preventing participation or access), attitudinal barriers (i.e, stigma and negative stereotypes held by persons who are not impaired), and expertise barriers (i.e., gaps in practitioners’ knowledge and skill to effectively prescribe and supervise physical activity for adults with disability). The objective of this section is to examine the prominence of these barriers specifically in the SCI population. Indeed, barriers are a critical factor affecting participation in the SCI population (Latimer et al. 2004). For example, among a group of individuals with SCI exercising at an adapted exercise facility, participation rates were lowest among people experiencing more physical symptoms related to their injury (i.e., intrapersonal barriers; Ditor et al. 2003).
Table 6 Barriers to Physical Activity Participation in SCI
This series of four observational (level 5) studies provide an indication of frequently encountered barriers affecting physical activity participation in the SCI population (Martin et al. 2002; Scelza et al. 2005; Vissers et al. 2008; Kehn and Kroll 2009). Although all types of barriers as described above (i.e., intrapersonal, systemic, attitudinal, and expertise) were cited as obstacles to physical activity participation, intrapersonal, systemic, and expertise barriers were the most prominent and consistent. Further research should determine which of these barriers are most influential and modifiable. In turn, practitioners and researchers should direct their effort towards developing interventions to alleviate these key barriers.
Interestingly, two of the studies suggest that the physical activity barriers that people with SCI encounter vary depending on lesion level and time post injury. People with tetraplegia reported being more concerned about health conditions preventing exercise and exercise being too difficult than individuals with paraplegia (Scelza et al. 2005). Moreover, participants in the study by Vissers et al. (2008) indicated that they encountered more barriers to participation such as a need for more information and opportunity to participate in sport soon after discharge compared to later. Together these findings suggest that strategies for overcoming barriers to physical activity participation may be most effective when they are individualized to suit specific needs.
The evidence that a large segment of the SCI population does not engage in any leisure-time physical activity whatsoever emphasizes the need for effective interventions to help people with SCI to become more physically active. In the SCI population, the majority of physical activity intervention studies are efficacy trials establishing the effects of physical activity on specific health outcomes. Few studies have examined strategies for increasing physical activity participation in this population. Thus, it is not surprising that programs and information to increase physical activity are two of the services most desired but least available to people with SCI (Hart et al. 1996; Boyd and Bardak 2004). To begin addressing this gap, this section reviews the physical activity intervention studies that include a measure of physical activity participation as a study outcome.
In the general population, three types of physical activity interventions have strong evidence of effectiveness: (1) Informational interventions that focus on delivering information to change knowledge and attitudes about the benefits of and opportunities for physical activity (e.g., a community-based media campaign), (2) Behavioural interventions that focus on teaching behavioural skills to promote physical activity participation (e.g., goal-setting), and (3) Environmental and policy interventions that focus on changing the physical environment, social networks, organizational norms and policies to enable physical activity participation (Kahn et al., 2002). Our review of physical activity interventions in the SCI population focuses solely on behavioural interventions. This narrow scope is due to the complete lack of research testing the effectiveness of informational and environmental interventions in the SCI population.
Table 7 Interventions Promoting Physical Activity Participation in SCI
Although the sample sizes (n’s = 12-54) are small and the research methods are limited, the findings from the four published studies promoting physical activity for individuals with SCI are encouraging. Each of the level 1 and 2 studies (Arbour-Nicitopoulos et al. 2009; Latimer et al. 2006b; Zemper et al. 2003) reported a significant increase in physical activity participation following an intervention. The level 4 study (Warms et al. 2004) indicated a promising trend in which the majority of participants increased their participation over the course of the intervention.
In addition to providing evidence that physical activity participation in the SCI population is amenable to change, these studies begin to provide initial insight into essential intervention elements. All four studies used an established theoretical framework to guide the intervention content. Specifically, Zemper et al. (2003) developed their intervention based on self-efficacy theory (Bandura, 1986), Warms et al. (2004) applied the transtheoretical model (Prochaska et al. 1992), and Latimer et al. (2006b) and Arbour-Nicitopoulos et al. (2009) used the action phase model (Gollwitzer, 1993), with the latter study also incorporating coping planning methods (See Table 9 for descriptions of these models and underlying concepts). The application of these theories in intervention development ensured that important determinants of physical activity behaviour were being targeted thus, boosting the odds of behaviour change.
Table 8 Descriptions of Theoretical Frameworks and Underlying Concepts
From the studies by Latimer et al. (2006b) and Arbour-Nicitopoulos et al. (2009), we begin to gain an understanding of the impact of a specific intervention strategy on physical activity participation. Latimer et al. (2006b) demonstrated that assisting persons with the creation of implementation intentions is a simple and efficacious intervention technique. Arbour-Nicitopoulos et al. (2009) extended these observations by incorporating a coping planning strategy as part of systematic action planning to circumvent anticipated barriers with self-regulatory strategies. Because the studies by Zemper et al. (2003) and Warms et al. (2004) delivered multifaceted interventions including education, goal setting, and barrier management counselling, the isolated impact of each of these intervention strategies remains unknown.
There is level 4 evidence that the MAGIC wheels 2-gear wheelchair results in less shoulder pain.
There is level 1 evidence from a single study that passive ankle movements may not reduce lower limb muscle spasticity in persons with initial mild spasticity.
There is level 4 evidence from a single study that externally applied forces or passive muscle stretch as are applied in assisted standing programs may result in short-term reduction in spasticity. This is supported by individual case studies and anecdotal reports from survey-based research.
Pressure ulcers are a serious, lifelong secondary complication of spinal cord injury (SCI) that have the potential to “interfere with physical, psychological and social well being and to impact overall quality of life” (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; p9). Although preventable in most situations, pressure ulcers may disrupt rehabilitation, prevent individuals with SCI from working or attending school and interfere with community reintegration. As well, the occurrence of a pressure ulcer can lead to rehospitalization often with an extended length of stay (Fuhrer et al. 1993; Krause 1998; Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Jones et al. 2003).
It has been estimated that pressure ulcers can account for approximately one-fourth of the cost of care for individuals with SCI. In the United States alone, it has been estimated that the cost of care for pressure ulcers is about 1.2-1.3 billion dollars annually while prevention could cost about one-tenth of this (Bogie et al. 2000; Jones et al. 2003). Because of the costs associated with treating pressure ulcers, Krause et al. (2001) state, “they have received more attention among rehabilitation and public health professionals than any other type of secondary condition associated with SCI” (p107). Despite the attention given to prevention strategies, pressure ulcers are common among individuals with SCI (Krause et al. 2001).
Pressure ulcers (term used in the current document), also known as decubitius ulcers, ischemic ulcers, bed sores or skin sores, have been defined as a “localized injury to the skin and/or underlying tissue usually over a bony prominence as a result of pressure or pressure in combination with shear and/or friction” (NPUAP 2007). The primary cause of pressure ulcers is felt to be externally applied pressure for a prolonged period of time over bony prominences such as the sacrum and ischial tuberosities. This applied pressure leads to decreased blood supply to the overlying soft tissues; tissue ischemia and can ultimately lead to tissue necrosis (Lamid & Ghatit 1983; Crenshaw & Vistnes 1989; Bogie et al. 1995). DeLisa and Mikulic (1985) have noted that “the visible ulcer represents only the tip of the iceberg or the apex of the lesion” (p 210). It may take weeks before the actual size and depth of the ulcer is known. Deeper tissues such as muscle are more sensitive than skin to ischemia caused by pressure (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). Deep tissue injury has been added as a distinct pressure ulcer in the National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel’s 2007 updated pressure ulcer staging system (Black et al. 2007).
Pressure ulcer formation is a complex process that is still not clearly understood despite years of research. While the amount, duration and frequency of the applied pressure, the soft tissue’s response to loading, and the role of shear and/or friction are crucial, individual patient characteristics need to be assessed as well. Intrinsic factors such as diagnosis, history of previous tissue breakdown or surgical repair, body build, posture, muscle atrophy, nutritional status as well as magnitude and distribution of interface pressures must be considered. Extrinsic factors are also important including number of hours sitting or lying in wheelchair or bed; types of activities performed while sitting; level of functional independence; type of wheelchair, cushion and bed surface used and the support surface microenvironment; environment (climate, continence, temperature); finances; family/caregiver support; living arrangements and ease of follow up (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Garber et al. 2007; Fleck & Sprigle 2007, Reger et al. 2007).
Annual incidence rates range from 20 – 31% and prevalence rates from 10.2 – 30% (DeLisa & Mikulic 1985, Byrne & Salzberg 1996). Chen et al. (2005) reported an increasing pressure ulcer prevalence in recent years not explained by aging, years since injury or different demographics. Risk of pressure ulcers was steady for the first 10 years and increased 15 years post injury. Fuhrer et al. (1993) noted that less extensive pressure ulcers, stages I & II, comprise about 75% of the total number of ulcers observed, leaving 25% as more severe or stage III and IV ulcers.
When a pressure ulcer is severe and not treated aggressively it can lead to further disability such as decreased mobility and loss of independence, surgical interventions, amputation, and even fatal infections (Krause 1998). It has been estimated that 7-8% of those who develop pressure ulcers will die from related complications (Richards et al. 2004). Due to the increasing life expectancy for those who sustain an SCI, the risk of developing pressure ulcers is even greater; thus making prevention a priority and a daily concern for individuals with SCI and health care providers.
Prevention of pressure ulcers requires recognizing risk factors. The number of risk factors that have been associated with pressure ulcers post SCI is numerous and yet there is limited evidence that with more understanding of these risk factors a decrease in pressure ulcer incidence will occur (Salzberg et al. 1996). Risk factors that have been identified most often include: limitation in activity and mobility, injury completeness, moisture from bowel and bladder incontinence, lack of sensation, muscle atrophy, poor nutritional status and being underweight (DeLisa & Mikulic 1985; Salzberg et al. 1996; Krause et al. 2001). Studies have also found that those most likely to develop pressure ulcers are male, have lower levels of education, are unemployed and do not practice standing (Byrne & Salzberg 1996; Schryvers et al. 2000; Ash 2002; Richards et al. 2004). Other risk factorsinclude: smoking (Lamid & Ghatit 1993; Salzberg et al. 1996; Niazi et al. 1997; Krause et al. 2001), number of comorbidities especially renal, cardiovascular, pulmonary disease and diabetes (Salzberg et al. 1996; Niazi et al. 1997; Ash 2002); residing in a nursing home/hospital (Byrne & Salzberg 1996); autonomic dysreflexia (Salzberg et al. 1996), anemia and hypoalbuminemia (DeLisa & Mikulic 1985; Scivoletto et al. 2004); spasticity and a history of previous ulcers (Vidal & Sarrias 1991; Byrne & Salzberg 1996, Guihan et al. 2008); and an increase in tissue temperature (Fisher et al. 1978); race and ethnicity (Guihan et al. 2008, Saladin and Krause,2009).
Identifying the significant risk factors associated with pressure ulcer development and being able to predict which individuals are most at risk are considered key elements of prevention. A formal assessment is required as research has shown that clinicians tend to intervene only at the highest levels of risk when an informal risk assessment is completed (Ayello & Braden 2002; AHCRP Executive Summary #3, 1992; Keast et al. 2006). Many risk assessment tools in existence were designed for the general population and for this reason their “predictive value” is imprecise in the SCI population (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000).
A review of pressure ulcer risk assessment scales used with the SCI population was conducted by Mortensen & Miller (2008). Findings indicated that the SCIPUS (Salzberg et al. 1996) and SCIPUS-A (Salzberg et al. 1999) while developed specifically for the SCI population could not be recommended for use without further testing as they lacked reliability data and were developed and tested using the same retrospective data, limiting their validity. While the two scales showed promise, the Braden scale (Bergstrom et al. 1987) seemed to be the best tool available currently, as it is well validated. The Braden scale does require more testing with individuals with SCI.
“The assessment of an individual with a pressure ulcer is the basis for planning treatments, evaluating treatment effects and communicating with other caregivers” (AHCPR, Executive Summary #15 p 3). One key piece of this assessment is the staging of the pressure ulcer to classify the degree of tissue damage observed by the clinician (AHCPR, Executive summary # 15 1992). In 1989, the following staging system was recommended by the National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel (NPUAP 1989). As knowledge of the many factors associated with pressure ulcer formation continues to emerge, the staging system has been revised, most recently in 2007 (NPUAP 2007).
Since 1989, this staging system has been used consistently in the literature and is widely used and supported (AHCPR 1992; Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; RNAO 2002). However, authors of earlier studies have used numerous ways of documenting the severity of pressure ulcers making it challenging to draw parallels between studies.
Preventing pressure ulcers is ultimately the best medicine and begins at the time of injury. Lifelong prevention recommendations include: examining skin daily to allow for early detection of a pressure ulcer, shifting body weight in bed and wheelchair on a regular basis independently or with assistance, keeping moisture accumulation to a minimum and cleaning and drying skin promptly after soiling, having an individually prescribed wheelchair, pressure redistribution cushion and power tilt mechanism if manual pressure relief is not possible, ensuring all equipment is maintained and functioning properly, decreasing or stopping smoking and limiting alcohol intake (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). Krause et al. (2001) notes that effective prevention strategies require the individual with SCI to take responsibility for his/her skin care. Prevention strategies must be individualized to promote sustainable outcomes. Individuals with SCI need assistance from health care professionals to integrate realistic prevention strategies into daily schedules (Clark et al 2006). King et al. (2008) indicated that the value of preventative behavior needed to be emphasized. While in hospital, individuals with SCI need to practice skin care skills daily, know and direct their skin care program, learn to problem solve potential barriers while getting regular feedback on their performance. Support from family and the health care team is essential. As well, patients need to understand how quickly and quietly a pressure ulcer may appear and how it must be treated promptly. Other strategies suggested for education include training by peers, presenting information in a variety of methods including group learning, simulation exercises and case studies (Dunn et al. 2009).
It should be noted that outcome assessment for pressure ulcer prevention can be measured via either direct or indirect means. That is, the effectiveness of preventative interventions can be determined by direct indicators, like pressure ulcer incidence, or by indirect indicators, like ischial tuberosity (IT) pressure mapping or transcutaneous oxygen tension (PTCO2) levels. The former are preferred as they reflect definitive indications of the success (or failure) of preventative interventions. Sheppard et al. (2006) indicated that knowing one’s skin tolerance was related to intention to do pressure relief. Attendance at a seating clinic would be helpful as skin tolerance can be measured.
Whenever possible, individuals who are at risk for pressure ulcer development or who are being treated for a pressure ulcer should be referred to a registered dietitian for assessment and intervention as necessary (Keast et al. 2006). In a study by Houghton & Fraser (2008), paraplegic and tetraplegic spinal cord injured individuals living in the community with pressure ulcers (stage II to unstageable) underwent assessment that included medical and wound characteristics and screening of blood values for the presence of anemia, hydration status, glycemic control and hypoproteinemia. Study subjects with two or fewer abnormal blood values at the time of screening achieved complete wound closure following standard wound care and treatment with adjunctive therapy. Individuals who presented with greater than two abnormal blood values related to nutrition and hydration status did not achieve wound closure. The authors recommended that all individuals with pressure ulcers be screened for underlying inadequacies in nutrition and hydration and receive intervention to address these issues to promote optimal wound healing. Alexander et al. (1995) found that patients with paraplegia and a pressure ulcer had a resting energy expenditure that was hypermetabolic underscoring the need for thorough assessment and adequate nutritional support.
Recommendations for prevention or treatment of a pressure ulcer would include eating a well balanced, nutritionally complete diet with appropriate calories, proteins, micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and fluids. The nutrition plan must be individualized based on the assessed needs (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Keast et al. 2006). If a pressure ulcer is present, the plan would need to be optimized using foods, supplements and/or enteral nutrition if warranted. The individual’s weight would need to be monitored as an undesirable weight trend has been identified as an early indicator of risk (Keast et al. 2006).
There have been numerous recommendations for the prevention of pressure ulcers post SCI but it is important to consider the evidence that informs those recommendations. Potential preventative techniques found in the SCI literature that have been reviewed and will be discussed in the following section include: effect of electrical stimulation on ischial pressures and blood flow, pressure relief practices, wheelchair cushion selection, effect of lumbar support thickness on ischial pressures, specialized seating clinics, pressure ulcer prevention education, behavioural contingencies, and telerehabilitation.
Once a pressure ulcer has begun it is important to prevent if from worsening and ultimately to have it heal quickly but this is challenging. Rappl (2008) examined the metabolic and physiological changes that happen in tissue below the level of a SCI in relation to the events which take place during wound healing. The author examined that every step of wound healing is affected by the physiological changes that occur post SCI explaining why pressure ulcers may heal more slowly in individuals with a SCI. As previously stated, severe pressure ulcers can lead to further disability, surgery, amputation and death (Krause 1998). According to Chen et al. (2005) pressure ulcers are among the leading cause of unplanned rehospitalization post SCI and can contribute to longer lengths of stay and more costly treatment than other medical conditions. Once an individual has had an ulcer they are at increased risk for recurrence (Krause & Broderick 2004). Pressure ulcer treatment is more costly than prevention (Bogie et al. 2000; Jones et al. 2003). In addition to standard wound care, many adjunctive therapies are used to accelerate closure of wounds that are hard to heal. It is important to identify appropriate clients who are likely to benefit for these treatments as they are often time consuming and expensive (Houghton & Fraser 2008; Allen & Houghton 2003).
Research has looked at the effect of: electrical stimulation, laser, US/UVC, non-thermal pulsed electromagnetic energy, topical negative pressure, normothermia, recombinant human erythropoietin, anabolic steroid therapy, effectiveness of various dressings, maggot therapy and topical oxygen for healing of pressure ulcers post SCI. Each of these treatments will be discussed in subsequent sections.
Electrical stimulation has been used since the 1960’s to enhance healing of various chronic wounds including pressure ulcers in both the able bodied and spinal cord injured individual (Kloth & Feeder 1988; Baker et al. 1996, Bogie et al. 2000). More recently electrical stimulation has been studied to assess its potential for pressure ulcer prevention post SCI.
Given that the primary cause of pressure ulcers is felt to be externally applied pressure over bony prominences such as ischial tuberosities (Bogie et al. 1995), researchers have studied the role of electrical stimulation in reducing ischial pressures and redistributing seating interface pressures both of which could assist with pressure ulcer prevention (Bogie et al. 2006). Prevention studies are focusing on skin vs. muscle stimulation, dynamic vs. long-term effects and surface vs. implanted devices (Levine et al. 1990; Bogie et al. 1995; 2000; 2006).
Table 2 Effects of Electrical Stimulation on Reducing Ischial Pressure Post SCI
Two articles were found that examined the effects of electrical stimulation on ischial pressure. Bogie and Triolo (2003) studied changes in interface pressure distribution at the support/surface interface following 8 weeks of neuromuscular electrical stimulation (NMES) delivered via an implanted neuroprosthesis. With NMES, mean ischial regional interface pressure had a uniform tendency to decrease post exercise assessment, p<0.01.
Lui et al (2006b) studied the effects of electrical stimulation delivered via an implanted sacral anterior root stimulator (SARS) on seat interface pressure distribution. With electrical stimulation of the S2 nerve root sufficient to result in gluteal muscle contraction, there was an average decrease of 33% in peak pressure p<0.01 and a 38% decrease in gradient peak pressure p<0.05 at the ischial tuberosities of the seated participants.
While it is difficult to compare these results because one study used 8 weeks of NMES versus dynamic electrical stimulation, it does appear that electrical stimulation decreases ischial pressures. More research is needed to study the effect of long term electrical stimulation on reducing ischial pressures and whether this can be used in a clinical setting to prevent pressure ulcers post SCI.
As was stated previously, researchers are focusing on the effects of electrical stimulation, which may have a role in pressure ulcer prevention post SCI. One effect under investigation is the ability of electrical stimulation to change blood flow to skin and muscle. Bogie et al. (2006) state that with increasing interface pressures over bony prominences, regional blood flow is adversely affected. It is believed that by increasing regional blood flow, tissue health would be enhanced assisting with pressure ulcer prevention (Levine et al. 1990; Bogie et al. 1995; 2000; 2006).
Table 3 Electrical Stimulation for Increasing Tissue Blood Flow Post SCI
Lui et al (2006a) administered dynamic electrical stimulation to the S2 nerve root through an implanted sacral anterior nerve root stimulator (SARS) and studied the effects on cutaneous blood circulation as measured by changes in the index of Hemoglobin (IHB) and index of oxygenation (I0X). With stimulation there was a statistically significant increase in IHB p = 0.005 and I0X p = 0.02. The mechanism of how electrical stimulation altered IHB and I0X is unclear.
Bogie and Triolo (2003) administered 8 weeks of NMES to 8 subjects using gluteal electrodes. They then assessed unloaded gluteal tissue blood flow through assessment of local transcutaneous oxygen levels (PTCO2). While the results did not reach statistical significance, baseline mean unloaded tissue oxygen levels increased by 1-36% in 5/8 subjects.
Mawson et al. (1993) administered high voltage pulsed galvanic stimulation (HVPGS) to 29 SCI subjects lying supine. Baseline PTCO2 levels were compared to levels reached at the end of 30 minutes of HVPGS. The authors found PTCO2 level at the end of stimulation was 66±18 mmHg – 35% higher (p<0.00001).
While the evidence to date is promising, more research is needed to determine the effect of electrical stimulation on blood flow to tissues at risk for pressure ulcer development post SCI.
Teaching individuals with spinal cord injuries to shift their weight regularly while seated is a common and intuitive recommendation for pressure ulcer prevention as it is hypothesized that this relieves pressure on at risk tissues and allows for recovery of blood flow and oxygenation (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Coggrane & Rose 2003; Makhsous et al 2007a). Several techniques have been suggested depending on the physical and cognitive status of the individual and include a lateral, forward lean or vertical push up (Bogie et al 1995; Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). When a manual weight shift cannot be performed the use of a power tilt feature has been recommended (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000).
Table 4 Pressure Relief Practices on Preventing Ulcers Post SCI
There are very few studies that have researched which techniques provide adequate pressure relief and how long a weight shift must be performed to unload weight-bearing areas such as the ischia.
Spijkerman et al. (1995) assessed interface pressure while individuals were tilted at 5°, 15° and 25° from horizontal. Results indicated that body tilt had a significant effect on mean pressure p=0.003. The lowest overall mean pressure (82.91mmHg) was demonstrated at 25° tilt.
Coggrave and Rose (2003), in a retrospective chart review of 46 SCI subjects seen in a seating clinic, assessed the duration of various pressure relief positions required for loaded transcutaneous oxygen tension (tCPO2) to recover to unloaded levels. Results indicated that it took approximately 2 minutes of pressure relief to raise tissue oxygen to unloaded levels for most subjects. This length of pressure relief was more easily sustained by the subjects leaning forward, side to side or having the wheelchair tipped back at > 65º compared to a pressure relief lift.
Similar to Coggrave and Rose (2003), Makhsous et al (2007a) demonstrated full recovery of tcPO2 with the dynamic protocol in the off loading configuration but it took > 2 minutes to achieve this result. Those individuals with paraplegia using a wheelchair pushup were only able to sustain the lift for 49 seconds leading to incomplete recovery of tissue perfusion.
Henderson et al. (1994) pressure mapped 10 SCI subjects and recorded pressures at the ischial tuberosity (IT) and a circumscribed area around the IT. The authors then pressure mapped the subjects with their wheelchairs tipped back at 35º, 65º and after the subjects were assisted into a forward leaning position >45°. Results showed that the wheelchairs tipped back at 65º and the subjects in a forward leaning position demonstrated statistically significant pressure reduction at the IT and circumscribed area (p<0.05) with the forward lean showing the greatest reduction (78% reduction at IT, 70% reduction circumscribed area).
Hobson (1992) showed that for individuals with SCI, changes in posture can reduce maximum pressures that occur while seated. Recline of the backrest to 120º, full body tilt to 20º, forward flexion to 50º and lateral bending to 15º all resulted in decreases in maximum pressures. Maximum reductions in tangentially induced shear forces (TIS) occurred with forward trunk flexion of 50º and full body tilt of 20º; backrest recline to 120º increased TIS by 25%.
The studies reviewed demonstrate that pressure relief by position change, if sustained for an appropriate length of time, results in pressure reduction and recovery of tcPO2 to unloaded levels. The type and duration of pressure relief required to achieve these results varied from individual to individual. Sustaining a pressure relief lift/pushup for the time required to allow for recovery of tcPO2 to unloaded levels (1-2 min) would be difficult for most individuals with SCI.
Bogie et al (1995) stated that 47% of pressure ulcers occur at the ischial tuberosities or sacrum and are therefore more likely to have been initiated while seated. Provision of a wheelchair cushion that relieves and redistributes pressure and reduces risk of pressure ulcer formation is an important prevention recommendation. Historically, cushion design has been based on the belief that sitting interface pressure should be distributed evenly to reduce areas of high pressure underneath bony prominences (Yuen & Garrett 2001). Cushion selection can be difficult as there are numerous cushions on the market each citing specific characteristics along with various amounts of pressure reduction and redistribution that make a cushion “superior.” When assessing an individual for a cushion, factors such as the degree of pressure reduction and redistribution (Garber 1985), temperature effects (Fisher et al 1978; Seymour & Lacefield 1985); level of SCI, pressure relief abilities, transfer technique and lifestyle (Garber 1985; Markhous et al. 2007a) are typically considered. As well as a reduction in pressure ulcer risk, cushions must also promote adequate posture and stability for the individual with SCI (Sprigle et al. 1990). Seat cushions can be made from a variety of materials, can be static or dynamic (Garber 1985; Markhous et al. 2007a) and incorporated into a variety of wheelchairs. See Table 20.4.
Table 5 Wheelchair Cushion Selection and Pressure Ulcer Prevention Post SCI
Numerous authors have investigated various wheelchair cushions and seating systems to try and determine which offer the most pressure or risk factor reduction to prevent occurrence of pressure ulcers in individuals with SCI.
Makhsous et al. (2007b), in a case-control study, exposed subjects to two 1-hour protocols: alternate, where sitting posture was alternated dynamically every 10 minutes between normal (sitting upright with ischial support) and sitting upright with partially-removed ischial support and lumbar support (WO-BPS), and normal (normal posture plus pushups performed every 20 minutes). These investigators found that the anterior portion of the seat cushion had a larger contact area among those with tetraplegia compared to those in the other groups. It also was determined that those with a SCI had a larger contact area in the mid portion of the seat cushion. There were significant differences between the groups when looking at the average pressure over the whole seat (p<0.001) and the total contact area on the seat cushion. With the WO-BPS posture, the average pressure for the tetraplegia group was higher than it was for the other groups (p<0.001). Most importantly, the total contact area on the posterior portion of the cushion was less for the WO-BPS posture group. As well, peak interface pressure was lower for all groups, with the greatest decrease from normal posture seen in the tetraplegia group. The average pressure increased on the anterior and middle portion of the cushion in all groups.
In the study conducted by Burns and Betz (1999), 3 wheelchair cushions were tested: dry flotation (ROHO High Profile), gel (Jay 2), and dynamic (ErgoDynamic), the last consisting of two air-filled bladders (H-bladder, IT-bladder). These were compared to each other under high pressure conditions (upright sitting or IT-bladder inflated) and low pressure conditions (seat tilted back 45° or H-bladder inflated). When analyzing the pressure placed on the ischial tuberosities, it was found that the pressure was higher during upright sitting than in the tilted back position for both the dry flotation and the gel cushion (p<0.001), with the dry flotation cushion providing more pressure relief than the gel cushion during upright sitting (112 versus 128 mmHg, p=0.01). Mean pressure with the IT-bladder-inflated cushion (157 mmHg) was greater than upright pressures for either the dry flotation or gel cushions (111 and 128 mmHg, respectively p<0.01). Most importantly, ischial tuberosity pressure for the dynamic cushion during H-bladder inflation in an upright position was comparable to the pressure for the dry flotation cushion in a tilted back position (71 versus 74 mmHg, p=0.91) and significantly less than the pressure obtained with the gel cushion (71 versus 86 mmHg, p<0.05).
Brienza and Karg (1998) had subjects sit on 3 different surfaces (flat foam, initial contour and final contour). Interface pressures were measured using a pressure-sensing pad. Results indicated that when SCI subjects were compared to the elderly subjects without SCI, depth values increased and the mean maximum depth of the final contour was deeper for the SCI group, suggesting that pressure distributions for the SCI group were more sensitive to support surface characteristics than elderly subjects without SCI.
Seymour et al. (1985) evaluated 8 cushions for pressure, temperature effects and subjective factors influencing cushion purchase. While data indicated a wide variability in pressure measurements in individual subjects, the air filled cushion (Bye Bye Decubiti) had the best pressure readings. The alternating pressure and foam cushions had consistently higher temperature readings across both groups.
Gilsdorf et al (1991) studied subjects sitting on ROHO and Jay cushions. Normal force, shear force, centre of force, lateral weight shifts and amount of weight supported by armrests were studied under static and dynamic conditions. The ROHO cushion showed a tendency to carry a larger percentage of total body weight; have a more anterior centre of mass; and showed more forward shear force. There were more lateral weight shifts on the Jay cushion. Armrests supported a portion of body weight.
Garber (1985) evaluated 7 cushions based on amount of pressure reduction. The author also looked at how frequently each cushion was prescribed to subjects with quadriplegia and paraplegia. The ROHO cushion produced the greatest pressure reduction in the majority of subjects (51%) but was prescribed more often for subjects with quadriplegia vs. paraplegia (55% vs. 45%).
Takechi & Tokuhiro (1998) studied the seated buttock pressure distribution in six patients with paraplegia using computerized pressure mapping. Five wheelchair cushions were evaluated (air cushion, contour cushion, polyurethrane foam cushion, cubicushion, silicone gel cushion). Tests showed that if the area of contact was more widespread, the peak pressure was lower. The air cushion and the silicone cushion were found to have the lowest peak pressures.
These studies demonstrate that there are individual variations inherent in those with SCI (e.g. paraplegia vs. tetraplegia). As a result the need for objective measures such as pressure mapping is needed to assist with individualizing a wheelchair cushion prescription. Objective findings together with the clinical knowledge of the prescriber, individual characteristics and the client’s subjective reports need to be considered when prescribing a wheelchair cushion to minimize pressure ulcer risk factors. None of these studies included direct evidence of pressure ulcer prevention associated with a particular cushion type.
Shields and Cook (1992) discussed the role spinal deformities such as kyphosis, may play in the formation of pressure ulcers in individuals with chronic SCI. In previous research with non-disabled subjects, they had demonstrated that the addition of lumbar support reduced highest seated buttock pressure and was associated with a change in pelvic tilt. If those findings were to hold true in the SCI population, the authors noted this could lead to ways to assess seated postures for appropriate pressure distribution and augment electric wheelchair seating systems to provide continuous pressure shifts.
Table 6 Lumbar Support Thickness on Reducing Ischial Pressures Post SCI
Shields and Cook (1992) studied 18 SCI and able-bodied subjects to test the effect of varying lumbar support thickness (0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5 cm) on seated buttock pressures at the ischial tuberosities. With the SCI group a 2% decrease in mean high pressure was seen with the 7.5 cm lumbar support compared to a 90% reduction for the control group. With the 2.5 cm and the 5 cm lumbar support there was an increase in mean high pressure of 12% and 13% respectively compared to reductions in the control group of 25% and 80%, respectively. Surprisingly, the findings showed that the addition of lumbar support to wheelchairs had a minimal effect on reducing highest seated buttock pressure at the ischial tuberosities of subjects with chronic ≥ 3 years SCI. Given the minimal effect noted on reducing pressures at the IT, adding lumbar support to the wheelchair of those with chronic SCI is unlikely to have a role in prevention of pressure ulcers post SCI.
Developing the ability to maintain skin integrity and prevent pressure ulcer formation is an important component of any SCI rehabilitation program. Prevention education includes an emphasis on taking personal responsibility for maintaining healthy skin through personal care, inspection of skin, pressure relief and correct use of prescribed equipment (Bogie et al. 1995). The incorporation of seating clinics into both the inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation program has been shown to reduce the incidence of pressure ulcers and readmission rates due to pressure ulcers (Dover et al. 1992). Seating clinics not only provide education but also make recommendations for appropriate seating systems based on interface pressures, thermography and assessment of tissue viability. Verbal and visual feedback is provided to the individual with SCI and active participation is encouraged (Dover et al. 1992; Coggrave & Rose 2003; Kennedy et al. 2003).
Table 7 The Effect of Specialized Clinics on Pressure Ulcer Prevention
Kennedy et al. (2003) studied 50 individuals with SCI participating in a comprehensive rehabilitation program. The individuals were divided into 3 groups to determine if attendance at a specialized seating assessment clinic (SSA) would improve skin management ability as evidenced by lower “to be achieved” scores on the skin subscale of the Needs Assessment Checklist (NAC); optimal timing of attendance at the SSA was also studied. Results indicated significant differences between group 1 (attendance at SSA prior to NAC 1 (within one month of mobilization)) and group 3 (no attendance at SSA) at both NAC 1 (p<0.05) and NAC 2 (on admission to pre-discharge ward) (p<0.01). Skin management “to be achieved” scores were significantly lower for individuals who attended SSA before their first NAC at both time points. Significant differences were also observed between “to be achieved” scores at first and second NAC within all groups: Group 1(p<0.0001), Group 2 (p<0.01) and Group 3 (p<0.01). Results indicate that attendance at a SSA did improve individual’s skin management abilities and that early attendance was optimal. The results also indicate that attendance at SSA is an adjunct to the skin management abilities taught during a comprehensive rehabilitation program. More research is needed to determine if early attendance at a SSA translates into prevention of pressure ulcers over time.
Pressure ulcer prevention education programs for individuals with SCI provide knowledge and emphasize behaviours intended to reduce the risk of pressure ulcer occurrence (Bogie 1995; Rodriguez & Garber 1994; Schubart et al. 2008). Typically this education is delivered while the individual is an inpatient at a time when they and their family are adjusting to a diagnosis of SCI and are likely suffering from information overload. Under these circumstances, the individuals’ ability to appreciate the knowledge and behaviours necessary to prevent pressure ulcers over their lifetime is compromised (Garber et al.1996; Schubart et al. 2008). With shorter lengths of stay, there is less time to deliver prevention education and fewer opportunities for reinforcement of acquired knowledge. This means that individuals with SCI are being discharged with potentially less information on pressure ulcer prevention (Garber et al.1996). As well, there is little data on the specific education needs required by individuals with SCI at risk for pressure ulcer formation (Schubart et al 2008) (See Table 20.9).
Table 8 Pressure Ulcer Prevention Education Post SCI
In an RCT conducted by Garber et al. (2002), subjects in the intervention group (n=20) while an inpatient for pressure ulcer surgery were provided with four 1-hour sessions of enhanced education on the prevention and management of pressure ulcers. Information presented at the sessions included education regarding preventative strategies such as skin inspection, weight shifts/turns, nutrition and pressure redistribution surfaces for the bed and wheelchair, as well as pressure ulcer etiology. The control group (n=21) received standard education regarding preventative practices. After discharge, the groups were followed for 2 years or until recurrence of pelvic pressure ulcer.
Improvement on the pressure ulcer knowledge test was noted in both groups upon discharge from hospital; however, it was significantly different between the groups (p<0.03), with those in the intervention group gaining more knowledge about preventing pressure ulcers. No significant differences were noted on the multidimensional Health Locus of Control Scale and the Health Beliefs Questionnaire between the two groups at discharge. Two years post treatment, it was noted that both groups had retained most of the knowledge they had gained during their hospitalization, but the level of knowledge retained by the control group was below that of the treatment group: 60.8% versus 68% on the pressure ulcer knowledge test.
In a parallel study, Rintala et al. (2008), randomized the same subjects into three groups: Group 1 (N=20) had received the enhanced education sessions. They were followed through structured monthly telephone contact where they were questioned regarding skin status, pressure ulcer preventative behaviors and reminded of behaviors they were not using. Group 2 (N=11) were contacted monthly by mail to assess skin status only and Group 3 (n=10) were contacted every 3 months by mail to assess skin status. If those in groups 2 and 3 had not responded in 2 weeks, they were contacted by telephone. Group 1 had a significantly longer time before recurrence of pressure ulcers (19.6 months, p=0.002) while no significant difference was seen between group 2 or 3. For persons who had not had previous pressure ulcer surgery, the enhanced education and structured follow-ups extended their ulcer free time. As well, less people in group 1 had a recurrence of a pressure ulcer (33.3%) versus group 2 (60%) and group 3 (90%).
In summary, those individuals who received an enhanced education and structured follow-up, showed more improvement on the pressure ulcer knowledge test at discharge, retained more of this knowledge 2 years post intervention and had fewer recurrences of pressure ulcers. For those individuals who went on to have a recurrence, time to recurrence was much longer.
Despite the attention given to prevention of pressure ulcers, they continue to be a common occurrence among individuals with SCI (Krause et al. 2001). For many patients admitted to hospital with a pressure ulcer it is their first time but there is a group of patients who have recurring pressure ulcers. For some of these individuals the recurrence is due to noncompliance with prevention strategies possibly related to lack of incentives to maintain healthy behaviours (Jones et al. 2003). What is not known is whether rewarding positive prevention strategies would reduce the severity of pressure ulcers or prevent them entirely, and are the results sustainable once the rewards are withdrawn?
Table 9 Effect of Behavioural Contingencies on Pressure Ulcer Prevention Post SCI
Results of study 1 showed average Pressure Ulcer Scale for Healing (PUSH) scores were lower by 10.5 points from baseline; no hospitalizations were required and ultimately costs during the intervention phase went from $6263.00 (US) to $235.00 (US). In the post-intervention phase, 3 subjects were able to maintain the lower PUSH scores and 3 were not. In study 2, the results were highly variable. Mean PUSH scores decreased from baseline by 8.3 points (visits only) and a further 3.1 points when payments were added. For 2 out of 3 participants PUSH scores rose again during the post-intervention phase. The mean number of hospitalizations dropped from 1.67 (baseline) to 0.33 (intervention and post-intervention).
Although this was a very small study, the data from study 1indicates that when behavioural contingencies were introduced, positive behaviours resulted. As well, this is one of the few prevention studies that did not use indirect outcome measures. For some participants results were sustainable once behavioural contingencies were withdrawn. More research is needed to determine the role of behavioural contingencies in pressure ulcer prevention post SCI.
“Telerehabilitation is the use of telecommunication technology to deliver rehabilitation services at a distance” (Vesmarovich et al. 1999; p 264). Telerehabilitation allows visual and verbal interaction between the individual with SCI and the health care provider. Impaired mobility and distance to specialized SCI centers often make follow up care difficult for individuals with SCI (Mathewson et al. 2000; Galea et al. 2006). Telerehabilation has the potential to deliver medical rehabilitation including education, nutritional and psychosocial elements of health care at a distance facilitating continuity of care (Galea et al. 2006). Shorter lengths of stay have potentially increased the need for education post-discharge and technology can be used to continue education begun during inpatient rehabilitation including education on pressure ulcer prevention and care of ulcers if they occur. Continuation of pressure ulcer prevention education and early detection and intervention via technology may reduce the need for hospitalization related to pressure ulcers (Phillips et al 2001). The use of a videophone capable of transmitting high resolution images, and verbal interactions between nurse, patient and caregiver could mean accurate and timely assessment and treatment of wounds and improved healing (Mathewson et al 1999). In a study conducted at a mock home setting, Hill et al. (2009) found “video conferencing was better overall than the use of the telephone when assessing the detailed clinical characteristics of a pressure ulcer (p 200).” Both were found to be useful when assessing for the presence of a pressure ulcer.
Table 10 Telerehabilitation and Pressure Ulcer Management Post SCI
Vesmarovich et al. (1999) described the use of telerehabilitation delivered via a videophone system that transmitted still images and audio to treat stage III and IV ulcers. While no statistical results were reported, 7 out of 12 ulcer sites healed.
Philips et al. (1999) using the same videophone system divided SCI participants into 3 groups. The videophone group had the highest number of identified and/or reported ulcers. The annualized data for emergency room (ER) visits, hospitalizations and health care visits were similar for the video and telephone groups while hospitalizations and visits were less in the standard care group. No differences were significant at p<0.05.
Results of these two small studies fail to support the use of telerehabilitation in delivery of cost effective prevention strategies and early pressure ulcer identification and treatment. More research is needed to determine how telerehabilitation can be used to deliver and monitor compliance with pressure ulcer prevention strategies as well as its use in identification and treatment of pressure ulcers post SCI.
The use of various forms of electrical current in augmenting tissue repair was reported as early as the 1600’s when charged goldleaf was used to prevent scarring in smallpox survivors (Kloth & Feedar 1988). The therapeutic effects of electrical stimulation for wound healing have been well documented since the 1960’s especially for wounds not responding to standard forms of treatment (Kloth & Feeder 1988; Baker et al. 1996; Bogie et al. 2000).
One theory as to why electrical stimulation is effective in promoting wound healing includes the possibility that the electrical current promotes migration of cells such as epithelial, macrophages, neutrophils and fibroblasts-galvanotaxis (Feedar et al. 1991; Baker et al. 1996; Bogie et al. 2000). Under normal circumstances there is a flow of charged particles from an uninjured area to an injured area triggering a biological repair system. The belief is that application of exogenous electrical current should be able to enhance healing in non-healing wounds by mimicking the body’s own healing system. (Carley & Wainapel 1985; Baker et al. 1996). A second theory purports that application of electric current activates cutaneous nerves and creates a centrally mediated increase in circulation to the wound thereby promoting healing (Baker et al. 1996). Despite the usage of electrical stimulation to promote wound healing, there remains a lack of clear understanding as to how it works to repair tissue (Bogie et al. 2000).
Some of the documented effects of electrical stimulation on wound healing include decreased healing time, increased collagen synthesis, increased wound tensile strength, increased rate of wound epithelialization and bactericidal effects (Kloth & Feedar 1988). Electrical stimulation has also been shown to improve tissue perfusion and reduce edema formation indirectly stimulating healing by improving oxygen delivery to tissues (Houghton & Campbell 2007). The studies on electrical stimulation for wound healing have looked at low intensity direct current, high voltage pulsed direct current, and alternating current. The literature shows a high variability as to which protocols are the most effective for a specific patient or ulcer (Bogie et al. 2000).
The use of electrical stimulation to promote closure of pressure ulcers when combined with standard wound interventions has been recommended in both the able bodied and spinal cord injured individual. Most studies discuss the role of electrical stimulation in pressure ulcers which have failed to respond to standard treatments and electrical stimulation is seen as an adjunctive modality to standard wound treatments (Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Keast et al. 2006; AHCPR, Executive Summary # 15 1992).
Table 11 Electrical Stimulation for Pressure Ulcer Healing Post SCI
Griffin et al. (1991) showed the efficacy of high voltage pulsed direct current (HVPC) for the healing of pelvic pressure ulcers in subjects with SCI. When compared with the placebo group, the subjects healed with HVPC showed a greater percentage of change decrease in wound surface area (WSA) at day 5 (p=0.03), day 15 (p=0.05) and day 20 (p=0.05). Several studies also reported similar findings (Stefanovska et al. 1993; Baker et al.1996; Adegoke & Badmos 2001). Stefanovska et al. (1993) showed that the healing rate for wounds treated with low frequency pulsed current (AC) was significantly better than the groups treated with direct current or conventional treatment alone (p=0.003). Baker et al. (1996) showed that for ulcers that responded to any form of electrical simulation (“good responses”), asymmetric biphasic stimulation (group A) was most effective for enhanced wound healing. Wounds that were already showing healing in the control group, with the addition of either protocol A or B (symmetrical Biphasic) showed that healing rate was greater (43.3% Δ/week) when compared to control period (9.7% Δ/week). Adegoke and Badmos (2001) showed that the surface area of grade IV pelvic pressure ulcers treated with interrupted direct current (IDC) and nursing care decreased by 22.2% versus 2.6% in the placebo group. Karba et al. (1997) demonstrated that when using direct current, placement of the positive stimulation electrode covering the pressure ulcer and the negative electrodes on intact skin resulted in a greater relative healing rate per day (7.4%, p=0.028) compared to when the positive and negative electrodes were both placed on intact skin on opposite sides across the wound (4.8%).
While there were differences in the type and duration of electric current applied in the 5 studies and in some cases, electrode placement, all demonstrated that when used in conjunction with standard wound management, electrical stimulation did accelerate the healing rate of pressure ulcers in patients with SCI. More research is needed to determine which type of electric current and application protocol will be most useful to enhance healing of pressure ulcers post SCI.
Lasers have been used in the treatment of wounds since the 1970s. Lasers are believed to exert their effects on the proliferative phase of wound healing, prompting fibroblast activity and granulation tissue formation in non-healing, chronic wounds. Currently the use of laser to promote wound closure in chronic wounds is not supported by evidence (Houghton & Campbell 2007; Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). The two studies presented in this document support this conclusion.
Table 12 Laser Treatment for Pressure Ulcer Healing Post SCI
Taly et al. (2004) studied 35 subjects (64 ulcers) using multi-wavelength light therapy compared to “standard” wound care alone. Overall no significant differences were found between the two groups with regard to the number of ulcers healed and time taken to heal.
Nussbaum et al. (1994) studied 16 patients and compared standard wound care alone to standard care combined with either laser or Ultrasound/Ultraviolet C (US/UVC). Results showed that laser treatment combined with standard wound care had the least effect on wound healing compared to the control group and US/UVC group. A significant difference was found between the US/UVC and laser group with the US/UVC treatment showing the greater effect on wound healing.
Both of these studies demonstrated that laser treatment was no more effective in promoting wound healing than standard wound care alone post SCI.
Houghton and Campbell (2007) note that both ultrasound (US) and ultraviolet light C (UVC) have been used in the treatment of chronic wounds. Ultrasound acts mainly at the “inflammatory stage of the wound healing cascade to stimulate the release of chemical mediators of cells which in turn produces changes in the amount and strength or integrity of the scar tissue” (p 409-410). The bactericidal effects of UVC suggest that it is indicated for the treatment of chronic infected wounds where there is much surface bacteria or where bacteria have become resistant to antibiotic therapy. The authors go on to say that there is research to support the use of UVC in the treatment of chronic infected wounds but that therapeutic US gave no added benefit when used to treat pressure ulcers. The Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine (2000) found minimal data specific to the use of US or UVC to treat pressure ulcers in SCI. Schmuckler (2008) in a case series of 5 SCI patients with sacral pressure ulcers used low frequency, noncontact, nonthermal ultrasound (Acoutic Pressure Wound Therapy, MIST Therapy Systems) to prepare the wound bed for subsequent treatments. The author demonstrated that in 4 out of 5 wounds the therapy was effective in reducing slough and eschar, promoting granulation tissue and reducing wound area and volume. One small RCT will be discussed that combined US/UVC and compared its effects to laser and standard wound care.
Table 13 Ultrasound/Ultraviolet C for Pressure Ulcer Healing Post SCI
In one small RCT (n=16) Nussbaum et al. (1994) demonstrated that when compared to standard wound care alone or laser combined with standard wound care, Ultrasound/Ultraviolet C (US/UVC) plus standard wound care showed a greater effect on wound healing in a shorter period of time. As US/UVC was alternated over 5 days and seen as one treatment, conclusions cannot be drawn as to the individual effects of US or UVC. More research is needed to study the effects of US and UVC (alone or in combination) on pressure ulcer healing post SCI.
Keast et al. (2006)in updating best practices recommendations for the prevention and treatment of pressure ulcers, recommends considering electromagnetic fields as one adjunctive modality for stimulating closure of chronic non-healing pressure ulcers. Electromagnetic energy is believed to act at the proliferative stage of wound healing to promote production of granulation tissue formation (Houghton & Campbell 2007).
Table 14 Non-Thermal Pulsed Electromagnetic Energy for Healing of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
One RCT was found that studied the effects of electromagnetic energy on pressure ulcer healing in patients with SCI. Salzberg et al. (1995) evaluated the effects of non-thermal pulsed electromagnetic energy (PEE) for healing of stage II and III ulcers in patients with SCI. In the stage II treatment group (n=10), a greater proportion of ulcers healed (84%) after 1 week versus control (40%), p=0.01. For complete healing, the treatment group healed in a median 13 days versus 31.5 days for controls (p<0.001). In the stage III group, healing was also associated with PEE treatment. 3/5 ulcers healed on average within 43 days; while 0/5 healed in control group. Ulcer area decreased 70.6% versus 20.7% in control group.
Olyaee Manesh et al. (2006) in a systematic review for the Cochrane Database looked at two articles, Salzburg et al. (1995) being one of them, and found that neither study found a statistically significant difference between the healing rate of people treated with electromagnetic therapy when compared to those in the control group.
More research is needed to further our understanding of the mechanism of action of PEE and its role in pressure ulcer healing in individuals post SCI.
Topical negative pressure therapy (TNP) distributes negative pressure (subatmospheric pressure) across an ulcer wound surface via a special dressing and can be applied continuously or intermittently. The intent of TNP is to promote wound healing and it has been used to treat a variety of acute and chronic wounds including pressure ulcers (Smith et al 2007; Argenta & Morykwas 1997). An airtight system is created using special foam, sterile tubing and canister, and an adhesive film drape (Houghton & Campbell 2007). Vacuum is applied via a suction bottle or pump (Műllner et al 1997). The negative pressure in the wound bed increases blood flow, reduces local tissue edema, decreases bacterial colonization and increases granulation tissue formation and mechanical wound closure (Smith et al 2007; Houghton & Campbell 2007; Argenta & Morykwas 1997).
Table 15 Topical Negative Pressure Therapy for Pressure Ulcer Healing Post SCI
Coggrave et al. (2002) applied topical negative pressure (TNP) continuously to pressure ulcers of seven individuals with SCI. The TNP was applied to prepare the wound for surgical closure. Treatment time varied from 11-73 days with percent decrease in wound volume varying from 33-96%. Granulation tissue was seen to develop and bacterial colonization decreased in 5 cases. Given the small sample size and variable responses, more research is needed to determine the role of TNP as a treatment for pressure ulcers post SCI.
Heat has been used for centuries because of its positive effects on wound healing (Kloth et al 2000). Heat when applied to healthy skin causes vasodilation resulting in an increase in blood flow and oxygen delivery to tissues (Rund & Sussman 2007). This has lead to a belief by some, that these effects may be beneficial for wounds such as pressure ulcers where perfusion is compromised due to pressure (Kloth et al. 2000). Normothermia is the application of controlled levels of radiant-heat energy to a wound (Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Kloth et al. 2000).
Table 16 Effects of Normothermic Dressing in Pressure Ulcer Healing Post SCI
Kloth et al. (2000) in a 4 week controlled trial of fifteen stage III and IV pressure ulcers, reported a 61% reduction in ulcer surface area for wounds treated with a normothermic dressing. In the 6 control wounds treated with standard wound care, there was a 19% reduction in ulcer surface area. Of the 21 wounds studied, 10 involved SCI patients.
Chronic pressure ulcers result in not only a significant negative impact on the quality of life of persons who are living with these wounds but also in extensive economic costs to the individual and the health care system. Chronic ulcers experienced by individuals with hemoglobin values less than 100 g/L may be difficult to heal because of impaired tissue oxygenation. It is important to distinguish between iron deficiency anemia and anemia of chronic disease (ACD). ACD occurs in individuals with chronic inflammatory and/or infectious processes; a chronic non-healing pressure ulcer is a chronic inflammatory condition. ACD is thought to be the result of impaired red blood cell production because of persistent elevated levels of circulating inflammatory cytokines (Spivak 2002). The endogenous hormone erythropoietin, and recombinant human erythropoietin (rHuEPO) play crucial roles in the regulation of hematopoiesis and induce red blood cell production. It has direct hemodynamic and vasoactive effects and modulates the inflammatory process, thereby potentially reversing the conditions believed to underlie chronic pressure ulcers. Treatment with rHuEPO has been shown to be effective in increasing hemoglobin values in five individuals with stage IV pressure ulcers related to ACD (Turba et al. 1992) and in the complete healing of a chronic leg ulcer in a single case report (Al-Momen 1991). Few clinical studies have been performed that investigate the value of rHuEPO in the healing of chronic wounds.
Table 17 Recombinant Human Erythropoietin for Healing of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
A retrospective chart review of 4 individuals with SCI and stage IV chronic pressure ulcers was performed by Keast and Fraser (2004). Following treatment with 75 IU/kg of rHuEPO subcutaneously 3 times weekly for 6 weeks, the mean baseline hemoglobin for the 4 subjects increased from 88 g/L (+/- 7.4) to 110 g/L (+/- 3.7). Mean ulcer surface area decreased from 42.3 cm2 (+/- 40.2) to 38.4 cm2 (+/- 44.3) over 6 weeks of treatment despite the fact that one of the subjects showed a significant increase in wound surface area as a result of surgical de-roofing performed to eliminate all undermining. All subjects showed a decrease in the depth of the target ulcer from 2.3 cm (+/- 1.2) to 1.2 cm (+/- 1.0). Observations suggested that some of the subjects demonstrated increased ability to fight recurrent infections; all subjects reported that they felt more energetic and better able to participate in their rehabilitation activities. No adverse effects were observed. Human recombinant erythropoietin shows promise not only in resolving the anemia of chronic disease associated with stage IV pressure ulcers but also in the healing of these wounds in persons with SCI. Further study is warranted.
Impaired nutritional status and decreased nutritional intake are significantly associated with development and healing of pressure ulcers (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). Spungen et al. (2001) stated that use of anabolic steroids and increased protein intake have been associated with promoting anabolism, weight gain and in turn wound closure in burn patients. Since a “hypermetabolic, potentially catabolic state also is associated with pressure ulcers” (p 140), the use of an anabolic steroid agent may also promote closure of nonhealing, pressure ulcers in the SCI population.
Table 18 Anabolic Steroid Agents for Healing of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
In a case series of nine subjects with stage III and IV pressure ulcers, Spungen et al. (2001) demonstrated complete healing in 8/9 subjects 3-12 months after daily administration of 20mg of oxandrolone. Given that this is only one small case series, more research is needed to determine the role of anabolic steroid agents (oxandrolone) for promotion of healing of stage III and IV pressure ulcers post SCI.
Dressings are one of several interventions required to treat a wound. The appropriate choice of a dressing aids the body’s ability to heal a wound. Purposes of dressings include keeping the wound bed moist, removing excess exudate, providing a barrier against contamination and gas exchange. An appropriate dressing increases healing rate, reduces pain, and decreases infection rates while being cost effective and affordable (Broussard 2007). Due to the estimated costs associated with pressure ulcers and their treatment, various dressings used with the SCI population have been investigated.
When hydrocolloid dressings are placed over a wound, the dressing absorbs the exudate and changes into a gel. The outside of the dressing allows for gas exchange and protects against outside contamination. Hydrocolloid dressings maintain a moist wound environment and support autolytic debridment. Dressings can be left in place for 3-5 days, decreasing time and costs (Heynemen et al. 2008; Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Houghton & Campbell 2007). Hydrocolloid dressings are typically used for stage II and III pressure ulcers (Heynemen et al. 2008).
Hydrogel dressings act to retain moisture and rehydrate wounds, provide autolytic debridment and fill dead space. They provide minimal absorption of exudates. Hydrogel is available as a sheet or in an amorphous viscous form which requires a secondary dressing (Broussard 2007; Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). Dressings can be left in place for 48-72 hours depending on the type of hydrogel in use (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Broussard 2007).
Phenytoin is an anti-epileptic medication. The healing properties of topical phenytoin were first reported over 50 years ago. Over the years, various topical preparations of phenytoin have been studied and while its exact mechanism of action is unknown, it may enhance healing by stimulation of fibroblast proliferation, promotion of collagen deposition, antibacterial activity and decreased collagenase activity (Anstead et al. 1996; Hollisaz et al. 2004; Subbanna et al. 2007). It has not been widely used because its efficacy has not been sufficiently established through controlled clinical trials (Ovington 1999; Subbanna et al. 2007).
Table 19 Effectiveness of Dressingsfor Treatment of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
Hollisaz et al., in a RCT involving 83 subjects, found that those in the hydrocolloid dressing (HD) group (n=28) seemed to have the greatest completion of healing regardless of ulcer location and stage (74%, p<0.005), compared to those in the phenytoin cream (PC) group (40%, n=28) or simple dressing (SD) group (27%, n=27). For stage I ulcers, those in the HD group healed faster than those in the other two groups; however, for stage II ulcers, there was no difference in healing between the HD and PC groups (67% vs 48%, p>0.05). When looking at the area of injury, gluteal ulcers also healed more completely in the HD group than in the other two, whereas the healing of sacral ulcers did not differ between the 3 groups.
Subbanna et al. (2007) using a phenytoin solution (5mg/ml) found improvements in PUSH 3.0 and ulcer size when compared to normal saline but the differences did not reach statistical significance (p=0.261, p=0.132).
Whittle et al. (1996) treated 5 pressure ulcers (stage II-IV) with hydrogel dressings. After approximately 4-6 weeks of treatment, 3 ulcers healed completely with the others showing a large improvement. Kaya et al. (2005) compared the effectiveness of applying an occlusive hydrogel type dressing to a poviodine-iodine soaked gauge dressing. There were no statistically significant differences in rate of healing but significantly more ulcers healed with the hydrogel dressing
The beneficial effects of fly larvae have been known for centuries. The intentional use of fly larvae (maggot therapy) for the treatment of wounds was used extensively in the 1930s and 1940s but was discontinued when antimicrobials and surgical debridment were introduced. Maggot therapy (MT) was reintroduced to treat intractable wounds in the 1990s (Mumcuoglu et al. 1999). Sterilized larvae of the Phaenicia sericata species are often used for MT (Mymcuoglu et al. 1999; Sherman 2002). MT is believed to work through three processes: debridment of necrotic tissue, disinfection of the wound and promotion of tissue growth (Sherman 2002).
Table 20 Maggot Therapy for Healing of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
In one non-RCT conducted by Sherman et al. (1995), 8 of 20 patients diagnosed with stage III and IV pressure ulcers were treated with maggot therapy. All 8 patients underwent 3 weeks of conventional treatment, followed by maggot therapy. All necrotic wounds were debrided within one week of maggot treatment and wound healing was faster among the 8 who had received maggot therapy than in the 12 who had not.
Chronic hypoxia of a wound and periwound tissues is known to impede wound healing by impairing collagen formation, angiogenesis and epithelialization. Hypoxia also lowers a wounds resistance to infection (Stotts et al. 2007). Oxygen supply to chronic wounds has been augmented by treatment with systemic (hyperbaric) oxygen therapy or through a less studied modality, topical oxygen therapy (Stotts et al. 2007; Kalliainen et al. 2003). No controlled studies have looked at the efficacy of hyperbaric oxygen on the healing of pressure ulcers (Houghton & Campbell 2007; Consortium of Spinal Cord Medicine 2000). Kalliainen et al. 2003, in a case series analysis studied topical oxygen and its effects on the healing of chronic wounds, some of which were noted to be pressure ulcers but the exact number was not reported. 38 out of 58 wounds (65.5%) healed during treatment with topical oxygen alone but pressure ulcers were included in wounds found to be least responsive to topical oxygen.
Table 21 Topical Oxygen for Treatment of Pressure Ulcers Post SCI
In one very small case series of 3 patients, Banks & Ho (2008) demonstrated that when topical oxygen (EpiFLO device) was applied to stage IV pelvic pressure ulcers, comparism of pre and post treatment linear measurements showed 49%, 48% and 31% improvement respectively from baseline. While a positive effect was shown, more research is needed to determine the role of topical oxygen therapy as a adjunctive therapy for the healing of pressure ulcers post SCI.
Numerous studies cited in this document have spoken to the fact that pressure ulcers, though largely preventable, are still a common, potentially serious lifelong secondary complication of SCI. Pressure ulcers have the potential to impact overall quality of life (Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000), disrupt rehabilitation, vocational and educational pursuits and community reintegration (Fuhrer et al. 1993; Krause 1998; Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine 2000; Jones et al. 200), and lead to increased hospital readmission rates with longer lengths of stay (Chen 2005). Pressure ulcer prevention is more cost effective than treatment (Bogie et al. 2000; Jones et al. 2003). Despite the attention given to prevention strategies, pressure ulcers still occur.
Pressure ulcers are potentially preventable but without evidence to guide practice and education, pressure ulcers will continue to occur. Given the human and economic costs of pressure ulcer formation post SCI, more quality research needs to be done on all aspects of pressure ulcer prevention so that solid evidence is available to individuals with SCI, their families and health care providers.
There are several treatment interventions for pressure ulcers which are supported by level 1 evidence. These include: use of electrical stimulation, US/UVC and pulsed electromagnetic energy as adjunctive therapies and hydrocolloid dressings to assist with the complete healing of stage I and II pressure ulcers post SCI. Well reasoned treatment interventions supported by evidence should be incorporated into treatment plans for individuals with SCI who have pressure ulcers. Providing enhanced pressure ulcer education and structured follow-up has been shown to reduce recurrence of pressure ulcers post SCI.
Primary care has been shown worldwide to be one of the most significant factors in maintaining the health of individuals and populations (Starfield 1997). In recent years, there has been a renewal and reshaping of primary care around the world, with an unprecedented emphasis on funding models, accessibility and quality. In the last decade, there has been an increased interest in the role and effectiveness of primary care in spinal cord injury. However in most typical primary care practices, there are only a handful of patients with spinal cord injuries, and there is considerable uncertainty among family physicians about how to provide them with an optimal standard of care (Holcomb 2008; McColl et al. 2008; Middleton 2008; Potter 2004; Stanley 1981).
Family physicians play a key role in maintaining the health of people with spinal cord injuries. According to Bluestein (1988), family physicians play an important coordinating role, acting as a link between the spinal cord injured patient and multiple health care providers. The family physician also acts as a patient advocate, and as a central clearinghouse for information. Kroll and Neri (2008) and Holcomb (2008) discuss the essential role that family physicians play in health maintenance and promotion for patients with spinal cord injuries, particularly with regard to routine age and sex-appropriate preventive health care. Family physicians are often conflicted in the expectation that they will provide a gatekeeper role in the health care system (Batavia, 1999). They are simultaneously expected to be the patient’s carer, supporter and advocate, while at the same time screening patients for access to specialists, programs and benefits.
Primary care is good, economical, holistic care, but the literature suggests that family medicine does not serve patients with spinal cord injuries as well as other patients. What are the barriers to providing optimal care? Are they physical, knowledge-based, attitudinal or systemic (McColl et al. 2009)? People with spinal cord injuries report that family physicians typically lack the specific expertise necessary to provide them with optimal primary care (Kroll et al. 2003; Batavia 1999; Tolbert 2002; Stanley 1981). Several approaches have been tried to remedy this problem. Some authors favour multidisciplinary approaches, where nurses and other rehabilitation specialists work in collaboration with the family physician. Bernardez (1994) recommends specially trained physician assistants; however, physician assistants are neither available nor registered to practice in many countries outside of the US. Holcomb (2008) recommends specialist community-based nurses as adjuncts to family physician care. Of note, he argues against the use of medical specialists (such as physiatrists) as a substitute to good community-based primary care. Scarcity, geographical mal-distribution, and lack of training in health promotion and illness prevention mitigate against the utility of specialists as primary care providers for the SCI patient.
A series of articles have been written as primers to family physicians who may have a patient with a spinal cord injury in their practice (Tepperman 1989; Stanley 1981; Middleton et al. 2008a & b; Brooker 1999). Groah (2002) offers a self-training module with 4 case studies. Mann, Middleton and Leong (2007) offer an assessment tool for improving health care to people with spinal cord injuries.
This review outlines empirical evidence regarding primary care for adults with spinal cord injuries. In order to develop a more comprehensive analyses of this material, the methods used expanded upon those traditionally used for the other SCIRE reviews (see SCIRE Methods). Specifically, two new databases with a focus on the social sciences were searched (Social Sciences Abstracts, and Social Work Abstracts), and the inclusion criteria was broadened to include any relevant qualitative studies.
This literature has been divided into three subsections: 1) access and utilization; 2) outreach program; and 3) health issues.
Access to primary care has been a key health issues in many jurisdictions in recent years. However typically when the media refer to access, they mean issues like wait times, geographical distribution and supply of providers. However for people with spinal cord injuries, there is another layer of access issues – the simple ability to enter and use the facilities of the practice, and the ability to receive an appropriate standard of care. Thus, whereas access issues may delay and inconvenience patients in the general population, for patients with disabilities, access issues can actually prevent care. This section summarizes the findings of 11 studies that provide information on access and utilization of primary care among adults with SCI.
Table 1: Access and utilization issues for primary care of adults with SCI
Donnelly and colleagues (2007) and Bockeneck (1997) agree that most people with spinal cord injuries (approximately 90%) have access to primary care; that is, they identify a family physician who is their regular doctor. These results came from surveys of people with long-standing spinal cord injuries in the US, Canada and Great Britain.
In a Dutch sample, van Loo and associates (2009) found that 77% of their community-dwelling sample with spinal cord injuries of average 13 years duration had contacted their family physician in the past year for an issue related to their disability. Glickman and associates (1996), in a survey of primary care providers in England, found that on average, patients with SCI attended their clinics 4 times per year, with an additional 4.5 home visits made by the family doctor, and as many as 51 home visits made by other members of the health care team working out of the primary care setting. This finding highlights the extensive network of community rehabilitation available in the UK. Munce and colleagues (2009), focusing on the Canadian context, found that women tend to make more visits to their family physician than men; however, very high utilization of primary care (more than 50 visits per year) was related to being over 70 years of age, having significant complications, and living in a chronic care facility.
Bockeneck (1997) surveyed patients attending outpatient clinics in the US, and found that 50% considered their physiatrist as their family physician, and were happy to receive their primary care at the rehabilitation centre. Warms (1987) also found that more than half of community-dwelling adults with SCI in the US received primary care from their physiatrist. However, in a survey of physiatrists treating patients with spinal cord injuries, Francisco and colleagues (1995) found that only 40% of physiatrists were willing to assume this role, and 53% believed that physiatrists were competent to fulfill this role. Only 38% felt that their residency training had adequately equipped them to provide primary care.
Donnelly and others (2007) found that 63% of their international sample had a spinal cord injury specialist or physiatrist; 56% had both SCI specialist and family doctor, and only 1% had neither. Beatty and colleagues (2003) found that 57% of those surveyed with an SCI reported a need for specialist care, but 25% had unmet needs. With regard to specialist visits, Munce and colleagues (2009) found that Canadians with SCI were most likely to be high users of specialist services if they were younger and if they lived in chronic care. Both Bockeneck (1997) and van Loo and associates (2009) found that patients preferred specialist care, and were most happy to receive their follow-up care from rehabilitation specialists rather than community care.
Donnelly and colleagues (2007) show that people with long-term spinal cord injuries develop complex rubrics for navigating their personal health care systems. There is considerable confusion about which issues are most appropriate to bring to the family physician versus the physiatrist, and there are significant international differences in who does what. Beatty and colleagues (2003) surveyed adults with a variety of disabilities in the US, and found that about 63% of those with SCI indicated a need for primary care, while 33% reported an unmet need for primary care (meaning a self-report of service needed but not received). A troubling finding of the same study was that unmet needs were greatest among those with the poorest health and lowest incomes. van Loo et al. (2009) reported that 72% of their sample reported unmet needs, particularly related to rehabilitation consultation, telephone consults and home visits.
The most prevalent impediment to accessible primary care is the need for specialized expertise in order to adequately serve as the first line provider for patients with spinal cord injuries. In Australia, Cox and associates (2000) found that 81% of people living in the community with SCI reported limited local provider expertise; 25% indicated a high need for specialist outreach services. Goetz and colleagues (2005) show that clinical guidelines for specialized primary care can improve outcomes for people with spinal cord injuries, but that adherence to guidelines does not necessarily follow publication. They describe strategies, such as improved documentation forms and procedural flowsheets, which significantly increased adherence and promoted improved care.
Donnelly and colleagues (2007) noted that physical accessibility of the office and equipment could be an issue in primary care. These results came from surveys of people with long-standing spinal cord injuries in the US, Canada and Great Britain. Munce et al (2009) noted that geography might be an impediment to access, since emergency room visits were twice as common for those living in rural areas. In the absence of a local family practice, patients might be more inclined to attend the emergency department of a local hospital. Often in rural areas, family physicians provide the medical service in emergency rooms after hours, and the central location of the emergency department in a rural community may provide easier access for patients. Cox and colleagues (2000) found that home visits and telephone consultations were preferred methods for increasing accessibility to primary care.
According to Donnelly and colleagues (2007) satisfaction was high (~75%) with quality and accessibility of care for both family physicians and rehabilitation specialists. One program where satisfaction was particularly high was the annual Comprehensive Preventive Health Evaluation (CPHE; Colllins 2005). In a large sample of American veterans with SCI, compliance with CPHE was related to having health needs and issues successfully addressed. van Loo and colleagues (2009) found that 23% of visits to family physicians in their sample were to obtain annual follow-up.
A number of models have been proposed in the literature for enhancing access and quality of primary care for people with disabilities. This review found evidence only regarding outreach models, where expert providers, usually from an institutional rehabilitation setting, reach out to supplement the resources of community primary care settings. Table 2 presents information on four such multidisciplinary outreach programs.
The highest quality evidence found in this review showed no effect of an outreach program for maintaining health after discharge from rehabilitation (Bloemen-Vrencken et al. 2007). Bloemen-Vrencken and associates (2007) saw no difference in complications, readmissions, or quality of primary care when a nurse provided liaison from rehabilitation to community primary care.
Another approach to outreach involved a nurse-led clinic aimed at enhancing bowel and bladder care. Participants reported more up-to-date and practical information was obtained from nurses than from their usual primary care providers (Williams 2005).
Beck and Scroggins (2001) also describe an educational intervention aimed at people with tetraplegia and their caregivers. They found significant increases in knowledge and skills related to respiratory complications, autonomic dysreflexia, spasticity, reportable symptoms, effects of aging and availability of community resources.
Other strategies for improving primary care to people with spinal cord injuries include the use of home visits. Prabhaka and Thakker (2003) showed a decrease in readmissions, and an increase in functional status and quality of care using a home visiting program.
The final section of this review presents articles discussing the most common health concerns experienced by people with SCI in the community, and those issues most typically seen in primary care. This section is made up of 13 surveys of patients and providers, aiming to increase awareness of the nature and scope of health concerns typically experienced by people living in the community with spinal cord injuries. Table 3 summarizes the health issues and information needs of individuals with SCI when they seek primary care.
Table 3: Health issues of key importance
There is consensus in the literature about the issues that are of most concern to people with spinal cord injuries when they seek primary care. Fifty-eight percent (58%) of contacts with the family physician were related to secondary complications (van Loo et al. 2009). Most consistently mentioned were bowel and bladder problems and pain (Donnelly et al. 2007; Collins 2005; Glickman 1996; Warms 1987; Williams 2005). Eighty percent (80%) of SCI patients in primary care bring multiple problems to their family physician (Glickman 1996), and according to Warms (1987), 80% of the issues raised in the typical family medicine encounter are disability-related.
Both Collins (2005) and Beatty (2003) refer to the need for adaptive equipment and prescription medications as concerns in primary care. Collins (2005) notes that these are key reasons why individuals seek an annual check-up. Beatty (2003) notes that 94% of patients with SCI have needs for prescription medications, and 69% for adaptive equipment. In both instances, the primary care physician is the coordinator for these needs. They also found that 93% of prescription medication needs and 69% of equipment needs were met.
Ashe and associates (2009) provide support for the importance of bone density, and the need for pharmacological treatment if indicated. Two articles highlighted the need for attention to skin care and spasticity. Glickman and associates (1996) claim that 42% of patients have dermatological issues and 65% need help with the management of spasticity. van Loo’s sample in the Netherlands (2009) demonstrated that 34% of all secondary complications were preventable, especially skin complications, which were judged to be 53% preventable.
Unfortunately, there are a number of issues where unmet needs have been observed in primary care. Donnelly and colleagues (2007) noted that there are issues that appear not be well covered by primary care, whether it came from a family physician or physiatrist – specifically issues of psychological health, sexual and reproductive health, lifestyle and community functioning. McDermott and colleagues (2005) noted that depression is significantly higher among people with disabilities, and that it has a significantly earlier onset when the disability is of a traumatic origin. Warms (1987) also found unmet needs for health promotion and lifestyle issues.
One frequently overlooked area of primary care for people with spinal cord injuries is the area of sexual and reproductive health. Oshima and colleagues (1998) note that physicians are typically not prepared for the special issues associated with the gynaecological or obstetric needs of women with spinal cord injuries, or of the procedures necessary to provide them with a reasonable standard of primary care.
Finally, several studies referred to the information needs of people with spinal cord injuries in primary care. Vaidyanathan and colleagues (2001) found unequivocally that patients wanted clear information about their health, preferably in written form. They wanted information shared among health providers as well as with themselves. Gontkovsky and colleagues (2007) also identified information needs in a spinal cord injured population, especially information about aging, current research and other educational offerings. Ethnic minorities in particular had a difficult time having their information needs met.
This scoping review set out to discover the current state of knowledge in the research literature about primary care for people with spinal cord injuries. Only 20 articles were found published in the last 29 years that met the inclusion criteria for this review. Of these, only 1 resulted in Level 2 evidence; that is, generalizable findings based on quasi-experimental research (Bloemen-Vrencken et al. 2007; a prospective randomized controlled trial). One offered Level 3 evidence (McDermott et al 2005; a case control study), 5 offered Level 4 evidence (post-tests, pre-post tests, and case series)), and 13 surveys provided Level 5 evidence.
Despite the paucity of research, it is encouraging to note most people with spinal cord injuries report that they do have primary care coverage, either from their family physician or from a spinal cord injury specialist, and most are satisfied with the care they receive (Bockeneck 1997; Collins et al. 2005; Donnelly et al. 2007). There appears to be some agreement that an annual follow-up visit, whether with the family physician or the rehabilitation specialist, is compatible with having one’s concerns addressed and having a plan for health maintenance and prevention of secondary complications. However, significant unmet needs persist – needs for specialized expertise regarding spinal cord injury, needs for information, and needs for health promotion, lifestyle and prevention services (Beatty et al. 2003; Donnelly et al. 2007; Gontovsky et al. 2007; Munce et al. 2009; van Loo et al. 2009). These unmet needs are most likely a product of the complexity of lifelong spinal cord injury, and the ongoing need for creative, vigilant, responsive primary care.
Patients with spinal cord injuries are undoubtedly among the small percentage in any typical caseload who have multiple, complex health needs. According to Wallace and Seidman (2006) and Rosen (2006), 5-6% of the patients in a standard family practice consume about 1/3 of the practice’s resources. These patients require the services of a multi-disciplinary team to adequately manage their array of health and social concerns. Interestingly, this statistic of 5-6% coincides precisely with the prevalence of severe disabilities in the Canadian population (Statistics Canada 2006). We suggest it is no coincidence that those with severe disabilities, such as spinal cord injury, are high users of primary care, and bring with them multiple needs and expectations (McColl and Shortt 2001). Despite the best of intentions, these needs may not all be met in the standard 10-20 minute family physician interaction, where there are often restrictions on the number of issues that may be raised. For patients who routinely attend with 5 or 6 issues, of which only 3 can be raised, it is little wonder that unmet needs persist, regardless of the quality of care that is delivered in that standard brief interaction.
The answer to this dilemma is not to simply ask more of family physicians, but rather to suggest alternative models of primary care for these subsets of the population with extraordinary needs. Bloemen-Vrencken et al. (2005) and McColl et al. (2009) provide review articles on models of community care for people with spinal cord injuries. Bloemen-Vrencken and colleagues (2005) found that models such as tele-consultation, out-patient clinics, case management and home visiting could not be definitively evaluated based on the available research, however several studies produced positive results in terms of secondary complications, service utilization and well-being. McColl and colleagues (2009) found that the clinic model is the most common approach in primary care to community follow-up of patients with severe disabilities; however, other promising models, such as shared care, case management and community-based rehabilitation, should be considered. Booth and Kendall (2007) provided qualitative evidence that specialized multidisciplinary outreach increased coordination with local care providers and enhanced resources needed for successful transition to the community.
The broader health literature is unequivocal that a robust system of primary care is the best assurance available of good health outcomes for the population, and reasonable health service utilization. Historically, a subset of the population with spinal cord injuries has used specialists (particularly physiatrists) to provide their primary care. While this approach ensures a high degree of expertise in spinal cord injury, there are a number of arguments against it. Not least among these is the clear preference by physiatrists to resist responsibility for primary care (Francisco et al. 1995). The primary care system is best positioned to provide comprehensive, multidisciplinary, holistic care for all, including people with spinal cord injuries.
The SCI rehabilitation practices of today were influenced greatly by the pioneering efforts of Sir Ludwig Guttman who was instrumental in the creation of specialized spinal units to care for injured soldiers returning to England during and after WWII (Guttmann 1967). Eventual adoption of this more specialized and integrated approach followed in many additional jurisdictions (Bors 1967; Bedbrook 1979), bolstered by reports of reduced mortality and enhanced long-term survival which was attributed in part to more effective management of secondary conditions associated with SCI (e.g., UTI’s, pressure sores, respiratory conditions) (Richardson & Meyer Jr. 1981; Le & Price 1982; Geisler et al.1983).
At present, the “ideal” scenario for modern SCI care is purported to be treatment in specialized, integrated centres with an interdisciplinary team of health care professionals providing care as early as possible following injury and throughout the rehabilitation process with appropriate discharge to the community characterized by ongoing outpatient care and follow-up (Donovan et al. 1984; Tator et al. 1995). This is best facilitated under one roof or within an organized “system” which is distinguished by seamless transitions as patients proceed from acute care through rehabilitation to outpatient care. While it is generally accepted that this “ideal” more specialized, integrated approach should result in better outcomes, there is very little robust evidence that supports this directly. This is understandable, given the relatively low incidence of SCI, limitations in designing trials with adequate controls and the inherent difficulty in ascribing potential outcomes to such a multi-faceted process as rehabilitation. For these reasons, we have adopted an alternative approach within the present chapter with respect to the reviewed articles as compared to most other chapters in SCIRE. Many of the articles presented in the current chapter do not investigate a specific intervention although they do describe rehabilitation outcomes and the various factors that are associated with producing optimal outcomes. Accordingly, when no specific intervention is assessed experimentally, a PEDro or Downs and Black (Downs & Black 1998) score is not provided. These articles were separated into five categories: Description of Rehabilitation Outcomes, Factors for Optimal Outcomes, Specialized vs. General SCI Units, Early vs. Delayed Admission to Specialized Units and Health Care After SCI Inpatient Rehabilitation.
In addition, in some studies the distinction between acute vs. rehabilitative care is somewhat blurred as studies may have been conducted in centers or systems where these services are more integrated. The present chapter is focused on issues associated with rehabilitation care and we have attempted to clearly identify when acute care practice may have been merged within the reporting of rehabilitation research results.
AIS – ASIA Impairment Scale
ASIA – American Spinal Injury Association (and associated International Guidelines for Neurological Classification)
BI – Barthel Index
FIM – Functional Independence Measure
LOS – Length of Stay
MBI – Modified Barthel Index
OT – Occupational Therapy
SLT – Speech & Language Therapy
PT – Physical Therapy (Physiotherapy)
UTI – Urinary Tract Infection
There is little consensus among rehabilitation specialists for what constitutes the essential elements of SCI rehabilitation. As with most forms of rehabilitation, rehabilitation programming directed towards persons with SCI has been likened to a “black box”, with research endeavours focused on the entire “rehabilitation package“ but little emphasis on investigating the effectiveness of specific therapeutic practices (Whiteneck et al. 2009).
Although an internationally accepted definition of SCI rehabilitation and its essential elements remains to be determined, we have provided an operational definition that distinguishes between specialized and general programs of SCI rehabilitation on which this Chapter is based. This definition was informed by a preliminary review of service offerings among the 16 SCI US Model System rehabilitation programs (http://www.spinalcord.uab.edu/show.asp?durki=104757&site=1226&return=21392) and of Canadian SCI rehabilitation programs (SCISN Rehabilitation Escan; SCI Definitions Framework: http://www.gtarehabnetwork.ca/downloads/self-assessment-tool-sci-inpatient.pdf). In addition, other resources were reviewed including the WHO definition of rehabilitation (World Health Organization, 1981), the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (World Health Organization 2001) and efforts of clinicians and researchers to characterize the specialized treatment outcomes and methods involved in general (Stucki et al. 2007) and SCI-specific rehabilitation (Harvey et al. 2009; DeVivo 2007; Blackwell et al. 2001). Given these resources, a definition of specialized SCI rehabilitation could be described as follows:
A specialized SCI rehabilitation program provides comprehensive, and patient-focused rehabilitation services, for inpatient, transitional living, outpatient and follow-up care, to empower people with SCI and their families to achieve optimal quality of life continuing into the community (focusing on increasing self-reliance and gaining independence). Through organized regional referrals, care is delivered through a multidisciplinary team provided by board certified physician specialists and accredited allied health professionals (i.e. physical/occupational/speech/ recreational therapists, nurse specialists, psychologists, dieticians, engineers, social workers, etc.). As a rehabilitation program specialized in the care of people with SCI (experienced through trauma or disease), active participation in research is facilitated through university affiliated teaching institutions.
Areas of further expertise may include specialized clinics (i.e. seating, audiology, pain, wound, sexuality/reproduction), respiratory/paediatric services, community/peer-support/fitness-wellness/health-maintenance/injury-prevention/day/combined (i.e. brain injuries, strokes, amputations, orthopedic conditions, neuromuscular diseases, burns and related disabilities) programs, support groups, vocational counseling, innovation/research updates, education, etc. Such specialized programs will be nationally (and possibly internationally) recognized and may be accredited through independent accreditation bodies (e.g., CARF/Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities; JCAHO/Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations; AC/Accreditation Canada).
Up to date, general rehabilitation programs would likely follow the ICF-based conceptualization of rehabilitation that “aims to enable people with health conditions experiencing or likely to experience disability to achieve and maintain optimal functioning in interaction with the environment” (Stucki et al 2007). In contrast to a specialized SCI rehabilitation program, the general rehabilitation program is designed for individuals who have a medically stable disability, without additional active medical problems that could affect participation in therapies, with identifiable rehabilitation goals and a high potential to achieve those goals towards upgrading or maintenance of independence in the home and community. General medical oversight, nursing, and physical/occupational/speech therapies are commonly provided to facilitate a return to work or to functional independence for activities of daily living. A general program of rehabilitation may not be able to provide acute medical services and diagnostics, especially for complex medical conditions that involve multiple body systems such as spinal cord injury with or without impaired cognition. Special considerations could be made for these latter individuals but referral to an appropriate specialized rehabilitation program is the preferred option. Services are intended for residents of the regions immediately surrounding the rehabilitation facility and are not usually affiliated with a university-based teaching institution. Some general rehabilitation programs may have further areas of expertise such as wound treatment or pain management, etc.
There are currently efforts underway to “unravel” the “black box” of rehabilitation as applied to persons with SCI (Whiteneck et al. 2009). These investigators are employing a practice-based evidence approach across multiple centres to identify and investigate the myriad of practices that are conducted across the rehabilitation enterprise. They intend to link this information with appropriate and systematic outcome measurement so as to evaluate the effectiveness of rehabilitation interventions (or combinations thereof). A critical step that was required before embarking on this ambitious endeavour was to develop a taxonomy of rehabilitation interventions associated with every discipline contributing to SCI rehabilitation (Gassaway et al. 2009). The taxonomies provide a systematic means to enable clinicians to document the specific interactions and interventions they conduct with their patients and this has been completed for seven disciplines including physical and occupational therapy, psychology, speech language pathology, therapeutic recreation, social work and nursing (e.g., Natale et al. 2009; Ozelie et al. 2009; Wilson et al. 2009; Gordon et al. 2009; Cahow et al. 2009; Abeytal et al. 2009; Johnson et al. 2009).
Much research has been directed at describing outcomes following SCI rehabilitation and examining various factors that might be associated with good (or poor) outcomes. Ethical and practical considerations limit the application of randomized controlled designs or other experimental designs in investigating methods for enhancing patient outcomes. Typically, investigators employ case series, case control or pre-post trial designs and often utilize correlational or predictive analyses (e.g., univariate or multivariate regression) of large single or multi-centre patient databases to determine specific associations or factors that are associated with optimal rehabilitation outcomes. Often these studies are quite large in scope as investigators explore relationships among a variety of socio-demographic and injury-related variables as they endeavour to determine optimal rehabilitation practice. Given the inherent breadth of findings present in individual studies in this area in which large databases are mined for relationships among large arrays of variables, it is difficult to follow the same pattern of brevity and topic focus found in most chapters of the present review. In the present section we have taken a slightly different approach. First, a comprehensive table can be found in Section 9.0 Appendix 1 that lists specific studies in more detail and which outlines various findings directed at describing outcomes associated with comprehensive inpatient SCI rehabilitation. This is intended as an overall resource for those interested in the specific findings relating to outcomes associated with rehabilitation practice. In the text are more focused tables summarizing specific data culled from the more comprehensive table (contained in the appendix), thereby permitting an assessment of similar types of rehabilitation outcomes. The subsequent section then describes more focused investigations that examine the effect of the various factors in producing optimal outcomes. These include studies that assess the effect of the intensity of rehabilitation, age, gender and race on rehabilitation outcomes.
There are many types of outcomes that have been associated with SCI rehabilitation. In the present review, we will focus on the most commonly employed measures and have outlined these along with a few typical examples in Table 1. In particular, these include measures that examine the effectiveness of health delivery as well as measures that assess functional, neurological and general health status of patients. Each of these measurement types comprise the topic areas of separate summary tables assembled from the more comprehensive table in Appendix 1. It should be noted that other measures of obvious importance to SCI rehabilitation care providers and people with SCI such as measures of health-related quality of life and those that assess different facets of community integration (e.g., employment status, Reintegration to Normal Living Index) have not been included in the present chapter as they are considered in the chapter entitled “Community Reintegration Issues Post Spinal Cord Injury”. In addition, studies examining health status have not been fully addressed in the present chapter as these typically report the incidence of specific secondary conditions (most notably, pressure sores and UTIs) and these will be described more fully in the specific chapters devoted to these issues.
Table 1 Outcome Measure Types and Examples Relevant to SCI Rehabilitation
|
Outcome Measure Type |
Specific Outcome Measures |
|
Health Delivery Indicators |
LOS, Hospital Charges, Discharge Destination |
|
Functional Status |
FIM, MBI |
|
Neurological Status |
AIS, ASIA motor scores, Frankel Index |
|
Health Status |
Incidence of secondary complications |
It should also be noted that specific outcome measures can combine 2 of these outcomes such as in measures of efficiency. Most commonly, change scores for functional (e.g., FIM) or neurological (e.g., ASIA motor scores) measures are divided by LOS to get an average change for that particular measure, thereby providing an indication of the efficiency of the rehabilitation process in effecting change. Measures of this nature will be profiled in the sub-section for which the numerator is related. For example, ASIA motor score efficiency would be addressed under findings associated with neurological status.
Several authors have made comparisons of rehabilitation length of stay (LOS) between countries or across other jurisdictions (Burke et al. 1985; Muslumanoglu et al. 1997; Pagliacci et al. 2003; Chan & Chan 2005). Additionally, others have noted the trend for progressively shorter LOS over the past several decades, especially in the US (DeVivo 2007; DeVivo et al. 1991; Morrison 1999; Eastwood et al. 1999) although there is also data from Israel that shows this as well (Ronen et al. 2004). Stover noted that reductions in the 1970s and early 1980s were likely due to increased efficiency of rehabilitation teams (Stover 1995). More recent reductions in the US have been attributed to restrictions imposed by payers (Morrison 1999). Table 2 summarizes various reports in the literature for LOS organized by jurisdiction and also by the time period for which the data was collected. Data were only included in this table if the underlying sample was deemed representative of an overall heterogeneous population of individuals with SCI (i.e., unselected sample of a single or multi-centre study). Some data was included and grouped for evaluating specific issues and this has been appropriately indicated. In addition, data from studies for which it was not clear that the purpose of admission was for comprehensive inpatient rehabilitation (and may have involved acute care) were not included.
Table 2 Rehabilitation Length of Stay (by Country and Sample Period)
Rehabilitation LOS is also known to vary according to neurological status and data from studies reporting LOS organized by level of injury (i.e., paraplegia vs. tetraplegia) or completeness are shown in Table 3. Again this is organized by jurisdiction (country) and the time period over which the sample was analyzed.
Table 3 Rehabilitation Length of Stay (by Neurological Status)
As seen in Tables 2 and 3, rehabilitation LOS varies widely from country to country. While no investigators have systematically analyzed country-by-country variation it is apparent that the US has typically shorter rehabilitation LOS times than other countries reporting data. Most data has originated in the US, bolstered by the development of the US model systems database, with reports from other countries for the most part limited to a handful of descriptions of single-centre experience.
Within the US, it is clear that the trend for progressively shorter rehabilitation LOS has continued to 2009. Across 5 separate reports, the National SCI Statistical Centre (2005, 2009), DeVivo (2007), Morrison (1999) and Eastwood et al. (1999) indicated reduced LOS from the period between 1973 to 2006. Eastwood et al. (1999) examined the large US Model systems database of individuals with traumatic SCI (N=3,904) and reported annual mean LOS values from 1990 to1997. For these years, the highest value was 80.9 days in 1992 and the lowest was 54.3 days in 1996. Mean LOS values for 1990-1992 seemed fairly stable at higher values, with 1994-1997 values lower and 1993 at an intermediate value. DeVivo (2007) has reported on the same dataset over a longer period of time beginning in 1973 (N=24,333), to extend the trend to a LOS of 45 days in 2006. Morrison (1999) performed a direct comparison of 1991 vs 1995 mean LOS values in the largest SCI rehabilitation in the US in order to assess the effect of shorter rehabilitation LOS on functional outcomes. These authors confirmed an even more striking difference between these 2 years given an average LOS of 95.8 days in 1991 as compared to 54.2 days in 1995 (p<0.001). Other reports have described reductions over earlier periods, most notably multi-centre investigations associated with the US Model Systems databases (De Vivo et al. 1991). These same trends are apparent by looking at the public data available from the US National SCI Statistical Centre (NSCISC 2005, 2009).
It is uncertain if the same patterns have been seen in non-Model System centres or in other countries, although it is clear from a single-centre report from Israel analyzing LOS decade by decade that significantly lower LOS was seen beginning in 1996 as compared to earlier time periods (Ronen et al. 2004). Data from this report and also reports from other countries (Tooth et al. 2003, Burke et al. 1985, Australia; Chan & Chan 2005, China; Pagliacci et al. 2003, Italy; Sumida et al. 2001, Japan; Schonherr et al. 1999, Netherlands) indicated LOS remains significantly longer than reported in US data. LOS data from these reports is displayed over time and across several countries in Figure 1 (Note: US Model Systems data for this figure is that reported in the National SCI Statistical Centre 2005 Annual Report).
A low-cost, low intensity, outpatient rehabilitation program is reported by a Columbian group (Lugo et al 2007; N=42) where in-patient rehabilitation was shortened to an average of 13.5 days and augmented with 18 month, interdisciplinary out-patient rehabilitation follow-up. This low cost intervention achieved adequate functional goals, although these were achieved over a longer period of time due to the lack of accessibility to continuous and intensive therapy. This report might inform payer-directed LOS reduction efforts which may be driven by a focus on costs and may not necessarily circumvent any consequences associated with reductions to LOS by an increased attention to outpatient services.
Also apparent from Table 3 is the relationship of longer LOS associated with higher level of injury and greater severity of injury. Similar patterns were seen in all studies describing rehabilitation LOS for individuals with varying injuries. That is, the greatest mean rehabilitation LOS values were seen for those with complete tetraplegia (especially high level) whereas the shortest mean values occurred for those with incomplete paraplegia (DeVivo et al. 1990; Tooth et al. 2003; Chan & Chan 2005) although this relationship of level and injury severity was only a non-significant trend in the data from Israel (Ronen et al. 2004).
Figure 1 Mean Rehabilitation Length of Stay Reported From Different Countries
Several studies have identified patterns of neurological and/or functional improvement over the first few months post-injury. The majority of these studies examine neurological and/or functional status and associated changes between rehabilitation admission and discharge. In addition, the Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine (1999) has published a review of expected neurological and functional outcomes following SCI. This Clinical Practice Guideline refers to the work of Bracken et al. (1993; 1997), Geisler et al. (1991) and Waters et al. (1994a; 1994b) in noting that over half of the expected recovery occurs in the first 2 months following injury and recovery may continue but slows noticeably after 3-6 months. This change in neurological status may represent the natural course of recovery, however, it is uncertain as to the extent that rehabilitation practices play in enhancing this recovery.
The Consortium for Spinal Cord Medicine (1999) Clinical Practice Guideline provides a comprehensive consensus review itemizing expected functional achievements for individuals at every level of SCI. Table 4 summarizes various reports in the literature for neurological and/or functional status organized by jurisdiction and also by the time period for which the data was collected. As above, data were only included in this table if the underlying sample was deemed representative of an overall heterogeneous population of individuals with SCI (i.e., unselected sample of a single or multi-centre study).
Table 4 Neurological and/or Functional Status (by Country and Sample Period)
The AIS represents an internationally recognized system for the classification of individuals with SCI, and as such, has been employed to characterize overall improvement in the neurological status of people with SCI (ASIA 2002). It is somewhat similar to earlier systems such as the Frankel grading classification system. The AIS is an ordinal 5 grade scale classifying individuals from “A” to “E” with “A” designating those with complete SCI and “E” designating individuals with normal sensory and motor function. Most notably, DeVivo (2007), Pagliacci et al. (2003), Celani et al. (2001), Marino et al. (1999) and DeVivo et al. (1991) employed large multi-centre databases and found that individuals with incomplete injuries (especially AIS B or C) were more likely to improve at least 1 grade over the course of rehabilitation. In particular, DeVivo et al. (1991) reported that 45.2% and 55.9% of those initially admitted as AIS B and C respectively improved at least 1 AIS grade as compared to only 10.3% and 7.3% of individuals initially classified as AIS A or D respectively. Over the period of 1973-2006, DeVivo (2007) reported that there was an 8.8% increase in likelihood that those classified as AIS A at admission would improve to AIS B at discharge. Other reports have presented similar findings and data culled from a sample of these investigations have been summarized in Figure 2. This Figure illustrates the proportion of persons assessed at each AIS (or Frankel) grade status (i.e., A, B, C or D) at discharge from rehabilitation relative to the proportion of people at each AIS level at rehabilitation admission for each of the studies (Burke et al. 1985; Marino et al. 1999; Sumida et al. 2001; Catz et al. 2002; Pagliacci et al. 2003; DeVivo 2007). This provides an indication of the degree of neurological recovery that occurs over the period of rehabilitation. It should be noted that for each study (i.e., jurisdiction) the admission and discharge time points are variable relative to the time of injury although these all are typically within the first six months following injury. In addition, all datasets consisted of relatively unselected patients with traumatic SCI, other than the report by Sumida et al. (2001) which included patients with SCI of both traumatic and nontraumatic etiology.
As one can see, it is striking how similar these patterns of AIS conversion rates are across health systems (i.e., Australia, Israel, Italy, Japan, USA) with only Catz et al. (2002) (i.e., Israel) providing somewhat disparate results. Overall, AIS A patients comprise from 40-50% of individuals admitted to SCI rehabilitation centers and a similar, but slightly reduced percentage of those are assessed AIS A at discharge. AIS B and AIS C patients comprise ~5-15% and ~10-30% respectively with moderate reductions in these percentages manifest at discharge. Conversely, those assessed AIS D comprise ~15-25% of those admitted which increases to ~25-35% by discharge.
Figure 2: Discharge AIS (or Frankel) Grades for each Initial Admission AIS Grade
The majority of patients assessed AIS A at admission remain so at discharge, whereas a much greater proportion of individuals assessed AIS B recovered significant motor function during rehabilitation so as to be assessed AIS C or D. The conversion rate is even greater for those assessed initially as AIS C but much less so for those assessed as AIS D.
These conversion rates appear similar across these studies and therefore provide a base for comparison with other findings. For example, Moslavac et al. (2008) reported data for a centre-based study in Croatia at which all national cases of SCI resulting from road traffic accidents received rehabilitative care. In this case, although 49% of people were AIS A at admission and 93% of these remained AIS A at discharge, there was a tendency for greater proportions of persons making conversions to AIS D or E of those assessed with an incomplete injury at admission.
Similarly, many individuals also make significant functional gains during comprehensive inpatient rehabilitation. Most often, functional status has been assessed at admission and discharge from rehabilitation using the FIM (De Vivo et al. 1991; Muslumanoglu et al. 1997; Tooth et al. 2003; Chan & Chan 2005) or MBI (Yarkony et al. 1987). Typically, functional gains are greater with rehabilitation for those with incomplete injuries as compared to complete injuries and for those with paraplegia as compared to those with tetraplegia (De Vivo et al. 1991; Muslumanoglu et al. 1997;Tooth et al. 2003; Chan & Chan 2005). In particular, DeVivo et al. (1991) reported similar average FIM gains for those with incomplete and complete paraplegia and incomplete tetraplegia (i.e., 37, 36 and 34 respectively) but much reduced gains for those with complete tetraplegia (i.e., 15). For the most part increases seen in the FIM have been attributed to motor FIM changes with little change in cognitive FIM scores at least partly due to an apparent ceiling effect (Chan & Chan 2005).
Although it is commonly assumed that the therapies delivered during inpatient rehabilitation are effective, there is generally little direct evidence that demonstrates a clear relationship between typical therapeutic practice and enhanced functional outcomes (Heinemann et al. 1995). Moreover, there is no evidence that establishes a recommended intensity or amount of therapy that should be delivered to produce a desired result. In SCI rehabilitation, there exists a paucity of studies that examine this issue.
Table 5 Individual Studies - Intensity of Rehabilitation
Heinemann et al. (1995) employed a case series design to examine the effect of increased therapeutic intensity on functional rehabilitation outcomes as indicated by motor, cognitive and total FIM scores as well as FIM efficiencies. These investigators performed a comprehensive chart review of patients with SCI (N=106) and traumatic brain injury (N=140) to determine the number of 15-minute therapy units delivered in the provision of PT, OT, SLT and Psychology services. They then performed multiple regression analyses to determine if the amount of therapy was associated with positive outcomes. For the most part, there was little evidence that increased therapeutic intensity had any effect on improving outcomes for the SCI sub-sample although the paucity of well-controlled studies in this area limits the strength of the conclusions that can be drawn.
Historically, traumatic SCI has been viewed as a young, male concern although there have been recent shifts in the demographics of SCI such that an increasing proportion of recently injured individuals are older (both male and female). In fact, recent epidemiological evidence from Ontario, Canada found that the highest rates of SCI-related hospital admission following trauma in this jurisdiction was for those over 70 years of age although the frequency of specific etiologies (e.g., falls vs motor vehicle crashes) varied with age (Pickett et al. 2006). In the US the average age at injury has increased steadily over the last 30 years with the US Model Systems National SCI Statistical Center (2006) reporting an average age of injury of 38.0 years for the period from 2000-2006 as compared to 28.7 years for the period from 1973-1979. In addition, many centers in various jurisdictions around the world also provide rehabilitation services to individuals with spinal cord damage as the result of a variety of nontraumatic etiologies and often these people are much older than those injured due to trauma (McKinley et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002; Scivoletto et al. 2003; New 2005).
Given these trends for increasing age in those undergoing rehabilitation it is important to understand the effects of age on rehabilitation outcomes. Several investigators have employed retrospective assessments of single or multi-centre patient databases to examine this issue (Cifu et al. 1999a; Cifu et al. 1999b; Seel et al. 2001; Scivoletto et al. 2003; Kennedy et al. 2003).
Table 6 Individual Studies – The Effect of Age on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Similar approaches involving case control study designs have been employed by various investigators to examine the effect of age on rehabilitation outcomes. However, in the present review, studies employing some form of matching across different age groups were assessed as representing a higher level of evidence (i.e., Level 3) (Cifu et al. 1999b; Devivo et al. 1990; Seel et al. 2001; Scivoletto et al. 2003; Yarkony et al. 1988) as compared to those deemed as having an inadequate method of controlling for potential confounds (i.e., Level 4) (Cifu et al. 1999a; Kennedy et al. 2003). Several of these studies have demonstrated differences between age groups for a variety of rehabilitation outcomes although there were also some contradictory findings within these studies, albeit some of this may have been due to variation between the sampling frames and methods employed in each study.
For example, Seel et al. (2001) and Cifu et al. (1999a) reported reduced rehabilitation LOS for those with paraplegia due to trauma whereas no differences were seen in investigations of those with tetraplegia due to trauma (Cifu et al. 1999b) and also with the mixed sample of people with both traumatic and nontraumatic SCI (Scivoletto et al. 2003).
Yarkony et al. (1988) was the first study to look at the independent effect of age on rehabilitation outcomes in SCI. This study found functional outcome was only related to age in patients with complete paraplegia. Within these individuals, Yarkony et al. (1988) demonstrated a trend between increase in age and increase dependence in seven functional skills including: bathing, upper and lower body dressing, stair climbing, and transfers to chair, toilet and bath. Yarkony attributed this trend to the fact that there is a “greater residual muscle function” in these individuals. Devivo et al. (1990) later supported this trend by demonstrating an inverse relationship between patient’s age and their level of independence in self-care activities. Anzai et al (2006) reported that older individuals were at increased risk of being discharged to an extended care facility due to pre-existing co-morbidities and lack of social and financial supports.
Conversely, all studies examining functional change showed that younger individuals demonstrated greater functional improvements as indicated by increases with the FIM (i.e., motor FIM scores, change scores, efficiencies) (Cifu et al. 1999a; Cifu et al. 1999b; Seel et al. 2001) or BI (Scivoletto et al. 2003). These similar results were obtained from studies involving those with paraplegia (Cifu et al. 1999a; Seel et al. 2001), tetraplegia (Cifu et al. 1999b) and a mixed sample comprised of those with both traumatic and nontraumatic SCI (Scivoletto et al. 2003). On the other hand, Kennedy et al. (2003) employed the Needs Assessment Checklist (NAC) developed internally at Stoke-Mandeville, UK and demonstrated that there were few systematic age-related differences associated with goal attainment in a mixed traumatic, nontraumatic sample. The NAC is a client-focused outcome measure that assesses the degree to which specific behavioural outcomes particularly relevant to the client are achieved. Tchvaloon et al (2008; N=143) also reported no significant effect on recovery due to age at injury on an Israeli population of people with traumatic SCI.
In addition to functional outcomes, effective rehabilitation has also been associated with increases in neurological status as indicated by AIS or ASIA motor scores. Of the studies reviewed and possessing measures of neurological status, both studies limited to those with paraplegia showed no age effects (Cifu et al. 1999a; Seel et al. 2001;). Conversely, similar studies of those with tetraplegia or a mixed traumatic and nontraumatic SCI sample demonstrated that younger individuals were more likely to make significant neurological gains during inpatient rehabilitation (Cifu et al. 1999b; Scivoletto et al. 2003).
Those individuals sustaining damage to the spinal cord due to nontraumatic causes are often treated in specialized inpatient SCI rehabilitation centres more commonly associated with those with SCI due to traumatic etiologies. Various reports have estimated that one-quarter to one half of all cases seen in specialized SCI rehabilitation centers are associated with nontraumatic etiologies (Muslumanoglu et al. 1997; McKinley et al. 1999b; van der Putten et al. 2001). Despite these significant numbers, relatively little systematic research is directed at nontraumatic SCI (van der Putten et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002). Common causes of nontraumatic SCI includes space occupying lesions such as tumours or prolapsed intervertebral discs, spondylosis such as that seen with degenerative spinal changes resulting in compression of the spinal cord, vascular ischemia as in arteriovenous malformations or spinal infarction, inflammation (e.g., idiopathic transverse myelitis, tropical spastic paraparesis, sarcoid) and those associated with congenital or familial etiologies ( Adams & Salam-Adams 1991; McKinley et al. 1999b; McKinley et al. 2001). Although estimates of the incidence of nontraumatic SCI have been provided (e.g., 8 per 100,000) (Kurtzke 1975), it is difficult to ensure accuracy given the heterogeneous nature of nontraumatic SCI and the variety of facilities and programs where these patients may receive care.
Studies comparing those with damage to the spinal cord due to nontraumatic vs. traumatic etiologies have demonstrated a variety of systematic differences between these 2 patient groups. In general, those with nontraumatic SCI are more likely to be older, female, have paraplegia and have an incomplete injury than those with traumatic SCI (McKinley et al. 1996; McKinley et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002; New 2005). In the present section, we review the studies characterizing rehabilitation outcomes between those with SCI due to nontraumatic vs traumatic causes.
Table 7 Individual Studies – Differences in Traumatic vs. Non-Traumatic SCI Rehabilitation Outcomes
Studies examining nontraumatic SCI typically make use of retrospective case series designs describing rehabilitation outcomes directly (Citterio et al. 2004; McKinley et al. 1996; van der Putten et al. 2001; New et al. 2005; New 2006) or involve case control designs employing matching techniques to make comparisons with traumatic SCI while controlling for such things as age and level and completeness of injury (McKinley et al. 1999; McKinley et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002, 2008). As noted above, those with nontraumatic SCI were more likely to be older, female, have paraplegia and have an incomplete injury than those with traumatic SCI (McKinley et al. 1996; McKinley et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002; New 2005). No difference in age, marriage, education, socioeconomic factors, LoS and functional outcome was reported for a case control analysis originating from India (Gupta et al 2008, N=76)
Patients with nontraumatic SCI were primarily discharged home after rehabilitation (Citterio et al. 2004; McKinley et al. 1996). Citterio et al. (2004) found that discharge to home was predicted by many factors including: marital status, completeness of injury, clinical improvement, efficient bowel and bladder management, and absence of pressure ulcers. Another important predictor was shown to be a longer length of stay. This was due to the finding that there is an increased probability of functional and neurological improvement after longer hospital stay.
Ones et al. (2007) and Yokoyama et al. (2006) showed no significant difference in LOS between individuals with traumatic vs. nontraumatic spinal cord injury. Conversely, when direct comparisons of traumatic and nontraumatic SCI of various etiologies have been conducted using matching procedures, it is clear that shorter rehabilitation LOS was seen for those with nontraumatic SCI (McKinley et al. 2001; Osterthum et al 2009). In addition, this shorter LOS was associated with reduced hospital charges for both an overall and a per diem basis (McKinley et al. 2001). These findings were replicated with similar studies examining subsets of those with nontraumatic SCI including those with stenosis (McKinley et al. 2002) and those with neoplastic cord compression (McKinley et al. 1999) although this was not the case for a review involving infection-based SCI (McKinley et al. 2008). Most of these findings have been established with data from the US Model Systems, although at least two reports from other jurisdictions have reported longer rehabilitation LOS (van der Putten et al. 2001; New 2005).
None of the studies employing matching procedures noted differences in discharge destinations for those with nontraumatic SCI as compared to those with traumatic SCI (McKinley et al. 1999; McKinley et al. 2001; McKinley et al. 2002). although New et al. (2005) did note that within nontraumatic subjects, those individuals male, younger, more mobile, more independent with bowel and bladder function and having less severe AIS grades were more likely to be discharged home. In addition, the relatively poor prognosis and low survival rate of those with neoplastic cord compression has specific implications for discharge disposition (McKinley et al. 1996) although no specific differences were noted in a matched comparison (McKinley et al. 1999).
Comparing the rehabilitation of individuals with traumatic SCI with or without concomitant TBI, Bradbury et al (2008) reported no significant differences in LOS and FIM change score. However the presence of dual diagnoses was deemed to result in clinical but not statistically significantly greater costs associated with the FIM change score.
All studies reviewed employed the FIM to assess the functional status of individuals and generally demonstrated improved function with rehabilitation. Typically, motor FIM scores were employed or in the event total FIM scores were used it was acknowledged that changes were due primarily to the motor FIM subscale given a ceiling effect associated with the cognitive FIM subscale (McKinley et al. 1999; New 2005). There was conflicting evidence in admission and discharge FIM scores between traumatic and nontraumatic SCI groups. A study by Ones et al. (2007) found patients with traumatic SCI had significantly lower admission FIM scores than those with nontraumatic SCI. However, other studies found no such trend (McKinely et al. 1999; McKinely et al. 2001). FIM discharge scores were shown to be lower in the nontraumatic SCI population than traumatic (McKinely et al. 1999; McKinely et al. 2001) while Ones et al (2007) showed no such difference. When examining only those with stenosis vs those with traumatic SCI, those with nontraumatic SCI had higher FIM scores on admission, similar scores on discharge, resulting in reduced change scores and lower efficiency (McKinley et al. 2002). On the other hand, those with neoplastic cord compression demonstrated similar FIM scores on admission, reduced scores on discharge, resulting in reduced change scores but no difference in efficiency (McKinley et al. 1999).
McKinely et al. (1999) and McKinely et al. (2001) found no significant difference between traumatic vs. nontraumatic SCI populations in FIM efficiency. However, Ones et al. (2007) showed a significantly higher FIM efficiency for persons with a traumatic as compared to a nontraumatic etiology. Given this and other conflicting findings in these studies it seems that it is especially important to appreciate the heterogeneity inherent in rehabilitation outcomes of persons with nontraumatic etiologies. In particular, much variation might be expected, especially between centre-based reports with relatively small sample sizes and which include various nontraumatic etiologies within a single nontraumatic grouping. Future research should focus on large scale, case control methodologies employing subject matching strategies that control for potential confounding variables or that examine the effect of potential mediating variables. It is also important to consider logical subgroups based on specific etiologies of nontraumatic SCI.
Van der Putten (2001) assessed a variety of factors using multiple linear regression techniques in order to predict those most associated with increases in FIM motor scores during rehabilitation. They included 100 consecutively admitted patients with nontraumatic SCI with rehabilitation periods of > 1 week. The primary factors associated with improved motor FIM scores accounting for 54% of the variance were having a lower score on admission and reduced time between symptom onset to admission. Age, specific diagnostic subgroup (i.e., space-occupying, vascular, spondylosis, inflammation or hereditary), or lesion level did not improve the prediction significantly.
Potentially, there are many additional factors that may affect rehabilitation outcomes following inpatient SCI rehabilitation. Two of these factors include gender and race, although neither has been examined comprehensively. With respect to gender effects, studies investigating rehabilitation outcomes associated with women have focused on long-term psychosocial outcomes associated with issues such as marriage or motherhood or issues associated with community and vocational reintegration (Westgren & Levi 1994; DeVivo et al. 1995; Shackelford et al. 1998; Krause et al. 1998). Studies of the effects of race on rehabilitation outcomes have been limited to evaluations of the differences between whites and African Americans using US Model Systems data (Meade et al. 2004a; Putzke et al. 2002), although as with studies of gender, investigations of the effects of race have focused more on vocational issues and satisfaction with life (James et al. 1993; Krause et al. 1998; Krause 1998; Meade et al. 2004b).
Table 8 Individual Studies – The Effect of Gender on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Table 9 Individual Studies – The Effect of Race on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Gender
Greenwald et al. (2001) employed a mixed, block design, matching male and female subjects so as to control for covariant effects of injury characteristics (level and AIS) and age at injury. They retrospectively analyzed 1,074 subjects over a 10-year period from 1988-1998 by using US Model Systems data culled from 20 different SCI centers over a variety of geographic regions. In general, there were no significant differences between males and females for rehabilitation outcomes including discharge disposition, LOS, FIM motor scores (including change scores and efficiencies) or ASIA motor scores. There were also no reported gender-related differences for the incidence of most medical complications encountered during rehabilitation stay including pneumonia, autonomic dysreflexia, pulmonary embolism, cardiac arrest, kidney calculi or gastrointestinal hemorrhage. However, men did have significantly higher rates for pressure sores although the authors reported that these differences were not robust and did not result in increased stays, charges or lower functional outcomes.
Studies have found mixed evidence for gender-related differences in the incidence of DVT in the spinal cord injured population. Greenwald et al. (2001) demonstrated a significantly higher rate of DVT in men while Furlan et al. (2005) found a higher trend of DVT in women.
The prevalence of psychiatric complications was found to be higher in women than men in the spinal cord injured population (Furlan et al. 2005). After SCI, women in the chronic stage had more symptoms of depression than men in the chronic stage (Furlan et al. 2003) but Krause et al. (2006) did not report a gender difference with regard to number of days adversely impacted by poor mental health in women.
Sipski et al. (2004) demonstrated that as a whole no gender related differences were seen in ASIA score improvement 1 year after injury. However, in contrast to the Greenwald et al. (2001) and Furlan et al. (2005) studies, Sipski et al. (2004) found women’s ASIA motor scores were significantly higher than men’s 1 year after injury. Also in contrast to Greenwald et al. (2001), Sipski et al. (2004) found men showed significantly more FIM motor improvement than women by discharge.
Overall, it appears there is only minimal evidence that suggests gender differences for most rehabilitation outcomes. Of note, the study with the strongest design (i.e., case control with matching to limit potential confounding) found few gender-related differences (Greenwald et al. (2001). Of note, Krause et al. (2006) found a significant difference between men and women in only one (i.e., nonroutine physician visits) of six measures addressing healthcare utilization and general health status. Upon analysis of the effect of the potential mediating variables of education and income it was found that these had substantially more impact on the likelihood of women having more nonroutine physician visit than did the role of gender differences.
Race
Similar case control designs employing matched groups of Caucasians vs. African Americans from the US Model Systems database have also been employed to examine race effects on rehabilitation outcomes. Putzke et al. (2002) matched race groups according to age, education, gender, occupational status, impairment level, etiology, primary sponsor of care and geographic region whereas Meade et al. (2004) matched according to level of injury, AIS, age and primary sponsor of care. By controlling for all these variables, these authors were able to establish that race acts more as a proxy variable than a predictor of outcomes (Putzke et al. 2002). For example, differences did exist in a wide variety of demographic, rehabilitation outcomes and medical complications for African Americans vs. Caucasians but these were generally accounted for by socio-demographic and etiological differences associated with these groups (Putzke et al. 2002; Meade et al. 2004). For example, African Americans were significantly more likely to be injured as the result of violence and have 11th grade education or less while Caucasians were more likely injured as a result of motor vehicle crashes and had high school education or more (Putzke et al. 2002; Meade et al. 2004). It is likely that these etiological and socio-demographic variations have far more to do with differences seen in rehabilitation outcomes than race.
Similarly, Krause et al (2006) observed that, post-discharge, African Americans in a Southeastern US SCI population reported a greater number of poor health days, more hospitalizations, and a greater number of days hospitalized. However, by conducting an analysis of the effect of the potential mediating variables of education and income it was found that these had substantially more impact on these findings than did the effect of race.
Donovan et al. (1984) contend that best practice for SCI care consists of a situation in which every individual sustaining a SCI is admitted to an integrated, comprehensive system where expertise, facilities and equipment are focused on optimal patient care and cost effectiveness. At the other extreme is the situation condemned by Bedbrook and Sedgley (1980), of piecemeal care for those with SCI characterized by “the occasional patient being treated by the occasional doctor”. In practice, care provided by most SCI centers likely falls somewhere in between these extremes of specialized vs. general care. The present section outlines the studies that are focused on examining the hypothesis that care provided through specialized SCI centers is more efficient and effective than that delivered at general centers.
The reader should note that while the majority of these studies were conducted from rehabilitation centers, the experimental manipulation of interest concerns the degree to which specialist care is delivered during the acute care period.
Table 10 Individual Studies – Specialized vs General SCI Units
The majority of the studies examining the effect of specialist vs. general SCI care settings focused on this issue during the acute period of care only, with the primary outcome measures being taken at admission to rehabilitation and no follow-up after this point. Of the five studies reviewed, two investigated the results associated with a specialized, integrated unit comprised of both acute and rehabilitation services (Donovan et al. 1984; Smith 2002). Donovan et al. (1984) noted rates of six of seven different medical secondary complications typically encountered by individuals with SCI were lowest for the cohort admitted initially (i.e., typically within 48 hours post-injury) to the specialist SCI centre. This cohort was analyzed retrospectively with complication rates determined at various times throughout rehabilitation (i.e., 1-15, 16-30, 31-45, 46-60 days) and compared with those being admitted to specialist SCI centers from more general care settings at similar time periods. Most striking was the absence of decubitis ulcers during any time period for those under more specialized care vs. a progressively greater incidence for those with greater time spent in general care. No statistical analysis was conducted for this study. Smith (2002) conducted a postal survey (i.e., observational study) of 800 persons who had received care through either a specialist spinal injury unit (n=701) or in a general setting (n=99) within the UK. This cross-sectional sample reported significantly improved outcomes for 10 of 18 health outcomes, 16 of 18 functional outcomes and 5 of 10 social outcomes for those who had received care from the specialist vs non-specialist setting. Notable findings included reduced pressure sores (p=0.048), and a lower level of required assistance for the group who had received specialist care, and there was a trend but no statistically significant difference noted between the groups for life satisfaction (p=0.07).
In the remaining 3 studies all comparisons were limited to specialized vs. general acute care and were retrospective in nature. Two of these studies compared subjects as they were being admitted for comprehensive rehabilitation (Yarkony et al. 1985; Heinemann et al. 1989). In both studies, patients were transferred significantly faster to comprehensive inpatient rehabilitation from more specialized acute care settings than from general hospital settings. In the remaining study by Tator et al. (1995), the same issue was investigated by examining outcomes associated with a seven year experience of a newly developed specialist SCI unit as compared to historical data culled from pre-existing trauma units reflecting more general settings (Tator et al. 1995). In this study, subjects were also transferred to rehabilitation faster from the specialist SCI unit resulting in a reduced length of stay (LOS) in acute care.
In general, all of these studies demonstrated improved medical outcomes associated with more specialized care. In addition to the reduced complication rates noted above by Donovan et al. (1984) and Smith (2002), others have noted that more specialized acute care resulted in less spine instability (Heinemann et al. 1989) and significantly improved joint motion with reduced incidence of contractures (Yarkony et al. 1985) upon admission to a comprehensive rehabilitation program. In addition, reduced mortality and improved neurological recovery (as demonstrated by higher scores on the Cord Injury Neurological Recovery Index) were seen in the newly developed specialist SCI unit as compared to the data from pre-existing general trauma units (Tator et al. 1995). It should be noted that a gradual reduction of mortality was seen over the entire study period and that reductions attributed to the specialist unit might also be due to many general gradual improvements in medical care, especially as a historical control was used as the primary basis for comparison.
Only one study has examined the functional benefits realized during rehabilitation associated with SCI-specific acute care vs. that delivered in more general settings. Heinemann et al. (1989) used the Modified Barthel Index to show that those individuals receiving more specialist care made functional gains during subsequent rehabilitation with significantly greater efficiency (i.e., functional change/LOS) than those referred from general settings. No statistically significant differences were seen between the specialist vs. general groups for either admission or discharge functional levels nor were significant differences seen with LOS. There was, however, a significant reduction in the time from injury to rehabilitation admission for those receiving care in the specialist SCI unit. This implies an overall reduced length of total hospitalization for this group, although this data was not reported. Functional benefits associated with early admission and reduced LOS will be reviewed in the next section.
A primary limitation of all studies reported here was the use of retrospective data collection methods and in the case of Tator et al. (1995), the use of historical controls. Another important limitation of some of these studies is the failure to control for (or at least adequately describe) the time to admission to initial care following injury, especially with respect to control subjects (e.g., Donovan et al. 1984; Yarkony et al. 1985; Heinemann et al. 1989). This is an important confounding variable as early admission to a specialized system of care is likely associated with better outcomes as demonstrated in the following section. Therefore, the present conclusions are limited to a Grade 3 level of evidence and some findings have been reduced to Grade 4 if not corroborated and involving inadequate controls. While more carefully controlled prospective studies would be difficult to implement, they would be required to strengthen the evidence in this area.
As noted by others and in the previous section, earlier as opposed to delayed admission to interdisciplinary, specialized SCI units has been associated with a variety of beneficial outcomes (DeVivo et al., 1990). The question of whether earlier admission to an organized system leads to enhanced outcomes is inexorably linked to the question of specialist vs general care for individuals with SCI. In all studies in this and the preceding section the authors framed their studies as addressing either the question of delay or the question of interdisciplinary, specialist care yet similar designs were employed for each (i.e., retrospective case control). For those subjects experiencing a delay to admission to a specialized SCI unit, it was either presumed or established that preceding acute care was conducted at a general hospital unit. The author simply chose to characterize this as either a delay or more general care. For the present review we have maintained this distinction as originally intended by each author, especially, as in some cases, there is little or no verification of the general nature of the pre-admission care or the time of first admission, respectively. However, the reader is advised that the specific findings and conclusions reached in both sections are most likely associated with a delay to an interdisciplinary, specialized acute or rehabilitation SCI unit with prior care delivered at a general hospital facility.
In addition, much variation exists in the literature that addresses the question of delayed admission. There is no uniform or accepted definition of what constitutes a delay and this varies depending on the context of the study, most notably whether it is conducted from an acute vs rehabilitation perspective. For the present review, all studies which examine this question by comparing 2 or more groups within the first week post-injury have been examined separately from those with an initial time period greater than 1 week post-injury. These have been termed 1) Acute and 2) Post-acute studies, respectively.
Table 11 Individual Studies – Early vs Delayed Admission (Acute Studies)
Table 12 Individual Studies – Early vs Delayed Admission (Post-Acute Studies)
The present section describes a series of studies in which investigators examined the effect of delayed admission to a specialist SCI unit. However, there is not a common definition of what constitutes a “delayed” admission. Therefore, to assist the reader in summarizing these delays, the details of the various time frames under examination are outlined along with their respective results in Table 13.
Table 13 Studies Examining Delayed Admission to SCI Unit (Comparison Studies Only)
Two acute studies were reviewed which each employed retrospective, 2 group (case control) designs with a definition of 24 hours as to what constituted an “early” vs a “delayed” admission (DeVivo et al. 1990; Dalyan et al. 1998). Each study examined a fairly large cohort admitted to a multidisciplinary, specialized SCI unit (i.e., US model system center) within 24 hours post-injury vs those admitted after 24 hours. Neither study reported the actual injury to admission times for the “delayed” admission group and both failed to provide information about the referral sources (e.g., specialist vs. general nature). DeVivo et al. (1990) noted that total hospital LOS (i.e., acute and rehabilitation) was reduced for all patient groups except for those with complete tetraplegia when admission was not delayed. Mean hospital charges were also reduced for early admission subjects except those with complete paraplegia and there were some reductions in the incidence of specific medical complications with early admission for some patient groups, most notably a trend for a reduction in pressure sores for all but those with incomplete paraplegia. In addition these authors also reported a trend for increased neurologic recovery and reduced mortality with earlier admission, although they also noted methodological concerns associated with the actual measures employed. Dalyan et al. (1998), in a study focusing on the development of contractures, noted a reduced incidence of contractures for those admitted within 24 hours to a specialized unit.
Of the studies examining time periods longer than one week (i.e., post-acute), five studies have been reviewed (Oakes et al. 1990; Aung & el Masry 1997; Sumida et al. 2001; Amin et al. 2005; Scivoletto et al. 2005). The initial admission delays examined ranged from 1 week (Aung & el Masry 1997) to 1 month (Scivoletto et al. 2005). All studies employed retrospective case control designs and all examined LOS for the entire period of initial hospitalization as a primary outcome measure. In all cases, those admitted earlier had reduced LOS, regardless of the considerable variation between studies in the definition of what constituted a delay in admission. It should be noted that this difference to LOS was statistically significant for all studies but one; for which it was reported as a trend (p=0.15). This study examined the longest delay of 1 month (Scivoletto et al. 2005).
Functional benefits were also demonstrated for individuals admitted earlier. Scivoletto et al. (2005) reported that those admitted earlier than 1 month had significantly greater gains and greater efficiency associated with the Barthel Index (BI) as well as greater mobility gains and efficiency as measured by the Rivermead Mobility Index (RMI) but there was no difference with respect to walking as measured by the Walking Index for SCI (WISCI). Similarly, Sumida et al. (2001) reported increased Functional Independence Measure (FIM) gains and efficiencies for those admitted earlier than 2 weeks post-injury as compared to those admitted later. Interestingly, these investigators also showed that for a majority of the various patient groups tested (i.e., paraplegia and tetraplegia, early and late), significant associations were seen between a measure of function (i.e., FIM) and a measure of impairment (i.e., ASIA motor scores). However, Scivoletto et al. (2005) found no effect of early vs. late admission on AIS motor scores. A follow-up study conducted by Scivoletto et al. (2006) reported significant improvements in all measures employed in their prior study (i.e., BI, RMI, WISCI, ASIA motor scores) as assessed between admission to discharge even in those subjects that were admitted at ≥90 days post-injury – although there was no control condition reported to confirm that these improvements were different than might have been seen with earlier admission. Taken together, these studies suggest better outcomes are seen with earlier admission, although improvements are still possible even if rehabilitation onset is delayed for several months.
Other investigators examined the role of early vs late admission on the incidence of secondary medical complications. Oakes et al. (1990) reported that earlier admissions were associated with a reduced incidence of secondary medical complications in those with tetraplegia and Aung and el Masry (1997) noted a reduction in the number of pressure sores for all subjects with earlier admission.
Despite the apparent benefits of earlier admission to a multidisciplinary, specialized integrated SCI unit, there are significant issues which serve to constrain the strength of evidence in this area. First and foremost is the retrospective nature of all studies conducted to date. It is difficult to ascertain how comparable the “early” vs “later” groups truly are with respect to potential confounding variables. In particular, there is a paucity of information on the pre-admission level of care and medical status, especially for the delayed admission groups. In addition, it is difficult to discern the potential role that medical status or the presence of secondary medical complications may have played in admission delays. The retrospective nature of the studies outlined in this and the previous section makes it difficult to determine if individuals prone to complications and with poorer medical status would have naturally comprised a greater proportion of the delayed admission groups. Therefore, as noted earlier, more carefully controlled prospective studies would be required to strengthen the evidence in this area.
Various authors have noted the importance of providing continued, regular, specialized follow-up care following discharge from rehabilitation (Ernst et al. 1998; Cox et al. 2001; Dryden et al., 2004). In a recent review, Bloemen-Vrencken et al. (2005) described various follow-up programmes for persons with SCI. These authors noted that the vast majority of the papers in this area offered little more than a description of the program with 5 of these being identified as either experimental or quasi-experimental in nature. Of these, 2 studies examined the effect of various models of care associated with routine after-care (Dinsdale et al. 1981; Dunn et al. 2000), while the remaining 3 studies focused on evaluations of telehealth applications (specifically telemedicine) or nursing education for the prevention of pressure sores or UTIs (Barber et al. 1999; Phillips et al. 1999; Phillips et al., 2001). The present section describes the literature examining different approaches to the provision of follow-up care, recognizing that several of these involve the investigation of the role of telehealth applications.
Cox et al. (2001) performed a needs assessment of 54 community-dwelling individuals with SCI using structured telephone interviews and reported a perceived high need for a specialist, multidisciplinary SCI outreach service. Some of the issues identified as the greatest areas of need included dealing with physical changes, transportation, work issues, ongoing education and pain management. The primary barriers to needs being met were overwhelmingly related to limitations of local expert knowledge but also included inadequate funding, complicated processes or service fragmentation and not knowing where to go for help. Preferred service delivery options in order of preference included telephone advice, home visits, SCI outpatient clinics, community-based service and regional hospital clinics (Cox et al. 2001). Similar suggestions have been provided by clinicians, especially as they observe the consequences of inadequate care received by some individuals upon discharge from inpatient rehabilitation programmes (Vaidyanathan et al. 2004). Despite these reports, little direct evidence has been established for the effectiveness of different methods of providing follow-up care.
Table 14 Outpatient and Follow-up Care
Dunn et al. (2000) performed an exploratory study of the value of receiving regular, comprehensive outpatient health care follow-up as compared to those who were deemed to have no access to these services. Although this investigation was limited by a poor description of the specific services offered to both the experimental and control groups, there were significant differences in the perceived health, independence, and absence of depression in those seen regularly in outpatient clinics. In addition, this group had significantly less frequent occurrences of specific secondary conditions and also rated the severity of these conditions as less than those having no access to these clinics (Dunn et al. 2000). Although this trial was prospective in nature and attempted a quasi-experimental controlled methodology, the potential confounds (i.e., gender, completeness, race, age, veteran status) varied greatly between the experimental and control groups. In addition, it was uncertain if selection bias may also have been an issue, as the authors did not specify what percentage of individuals within their own service provision cohort refused or did not receive regular outpatient care. These limitations resulted in this study being assessed as having a Level 4 level of evidence.
Similarly, Bloemen-Vrencken et al. (2007) conducted a large scale investigation comparing the utility of a transmural nurse to liase between community-based patients and health care professionals as compared to routine outpatient care as characterized by periodic visits to a rehabilitation doctor or centre, but results were limited by methodological problems. No differences were seen between a matched sample (n=31 in each group) in terms of the prevalence of secondary complications (i.e., notably pressure sores or UTIs) or associated healthcare utilization over the first year post-discharge. The authors noted several limitations with this study, in addition to recruitment issues that resulted in a sample that was half the intended size. Most notably, the implementation of the transmural nurse program was deemed inadequate with nurses making less home visits than was intended. In addition, centres participating in the control condition enhanced their outpatient program mid-study and it was also felt that the follow-up period of one year was too short given the observation that many patients are more consistent in attending follow-up visits during the early post-discharge period but then gradually may lose contact with the rehabilitation centre.
Due to financial constraints in the developing country of Columbia, Lugo et al (2007; N=42) reported on prospectively planned FIM and ASIA outcomes resulting from an interdisciplinary outpatient program of rehabilitation for individuals with SCI. An average 13.5 day in-patient rehabilitation program was augmented with 18 months of follow-up (at 1, 3, 6, 12 & 18 month time points). Although there was a lack of accessibility to continuous therapy, some functional goals were achieved over the 18 month treatment period. In the absence of protocolized SCI care in developing countries, regular interdisciplinary follow-up and low-cost outpatient service delivery can be effective in achieving functional rehabilitation goals provided that provisions are made for program accessibility (i.e. transportation).
Telehealth applications seem especially amenable to the provision of follow-up care given the typical care model of specialized health care services centralized in large urban centres that must continue to meet the needs of patients as they return to their disparate communities and as they link with primary care practitioners, who often lack specialized knowledge about optimal SCI management. Dallolio et al. (2008) conducted a multi-centre RCT (n=127) across 3 centres in Italy, Belgium and the UK that employed a series of telemedicine videoconferences that served to assess the risk of secondary complication development in informing prevention and treatment recommendations and also to address issues that would enhance function. Overall, patients that received the telemedicine sessions did not show significant increases in FIM or SCIM II gains, nor reductions in secondary complication development as compared to those who underwent routine follow-up visits. However, site by site analysis demonstrated that patients participating in the telemedicine intervention at the largest site (Italy, n = 59 of 127) did show significantly increased functional benefits. In addition, when considering participants across all 3 sites, patients were generally more satisfied with their care when receiving telemedicine visits as an adjunct to their regular care.
Earlier studies have also suggested that telehealth has promise in delivering education directed towards preventing secondary complications – most notably pertaining to pressure sore management. Vesmarovich (1999) and colleagues published 2 separate reports noting the potential of a telehealth application (i.e., Picasso Still-Image Videophone) in managing and preventing further pressure sores (Phillips et al. 1999; Vesmarovich et al. 1999). In an exploratory pilot study using a pre-post study design (n=8), Vesmarovich et al. (1999) reported that this approach facilitated education, allowing it to be provided at the point of need, thereby reinforcing previous inpatient rehabilitation education. Phillips et al. (1999) compared the same videophone technology to telephone-only consultation or standard care in a prospective controlled trial (n=37) investigating participants newly discharged from inpatient rehabilitation to home. Standard care consisted of access to a helpline which offered free information and counselling over the study period. The videophone group received weekly counselling sessions focusing on self-checking for pressure ulcers and other related education via videophone for 6-8 weeks followed by weekly telephone counselling for 4-6 weeks. Similar activities were conducted with the telephone group for 10 weeks following discharge. No significant differences were reported across the 3 groups with respect to doctor/hospital/ER visits, calls to helpline, pressure sore occurrences/characteristics or employment status. The videophone group reported the highest number of ulcers over a variable follow-up period of 7 ± 2 months but this was attributed to more stage I and II ulcers being identified using this approach. In addition, participants in the videophone group had the highest rate of return to work. The authors did note that this study was severely limited by inadequate sample size, inability to control for confounding variables and non-randomized design and therefore the level of evidence assigned to this article has been downgraded to Level 4. Power calculations assuming 80% power revealed that a sample size of 120 would have been required to detect an effect of the intervention in increasing post-injury employment by 5%.
Persons with SCI are at greater risk for numerous secondary health complications than the general population and therefore are at far greater likelihood of being admitted to hospital or seeking medical care for one reason or another. At least some of the causes for these admissions or other forms of healthcare utilization have been deemed as preventable (e.g., pressure sores, UTIs) and therefore there has been much interest in understanding the patterns and antecedents for rehospitalization/healthcare utilization so as to inform effective preventative strategies.
Table 15 Individual Studies – Rehospitalization and Healthcare Utilization
Rehospitalization
Of the nine papers reviewed across six distinct jurisdictions (i.e. Australia, Canada, Italy, Turkey, UK, USA), differences in methods of calculating readmission rates and specific inclusion criteria made comparisons tenuous at best. Regardless, it is apparent that hospital re-admission is a very significant issue across all regions with universally high re-admission rates (Savic et al. 2000; Cardenas et al. 2004; Charlifue et al. 2004; Dryden et al. 2004; Franceschini et al. 2003; Jaglal et al. 2009; Middleton et al. 2004; Paker et al. 2006; Dorsett and Geraghty 2008). Cardenas et al. noted an average rehospitalization rate of 55% (defined as the number of patients rehospitalized within a particular anniversary of injury year) for the first year post injury and then rates of 36-38% for subsequent anniversary years from 5-20 years post injury. This analysis was conducted on the large multi-centre US model systems dataset (n=8668) between 1995-2002. This was very similar to the rates reported by Charlifue et al. (2004) which was not surprising as she had examined the same database, albeit, over different years (1973-1998).
The only other high-quality, population-based data on which to base a comparison exists for the jurisdiction of Ontario, Canada. Jaglal et al. (2009) defined rehospitalizations over the first year after initial rehabilitation discharge, thereby circumventing the primary limitation of most other studies associated with a variable follow-up period. Multiple administrative healthcare databases were linked to overcome the other common limitation inherent in several other studies, that being the variances which may occur with participant self-report. These authors reported a rehospitalization rate of 27.5% - approximately half that reported in the US. This appears to be similar to the rates reported over a somewhat similar time period in Queensland, Australia (n=46) by Dorsett and Geraghty (2008) as participants reported rehospitalization rates of ~18% from 0-6 months post-discharge (estimated from graph), ~25% from 6-12 months, ~31% for year 2, ~18% for year 3 and ~38% for year 10. Overall cumulative rehospitalization rates were reported at 32.6% over the first 2 years and 52% by the 10th year. Middleton et al. (2004) reported slightly higher 10 year (i.e., cumulative) rehospitalization rates for the jurisdiction of New South Wales, Australia (n=432) with 58.6% of persons with SCI being rehospitalized due to a SCI-related issue and an additional 10.8% being admitted to hospital for a non-SCI-related issue. Another report indicated an overall re-admission rate of 64% over 6 years involving 3 longitudinal interviews of community dwelling persons (n=198) with a mean of 33 years injury duration associated with two large SCI specialist centres in the UK (Savic et al. 2000).
One trend that can be gleaned from these reports is that the rehospitalization rates generally decline following the initial year or two post-discharge (Cardenas et al. 2004; Charlifue et al. 2004; Middleton et al. 2004). Regardless, in the context of informing initial rehabilitation practice, rehospitalization rates in the first year post-discharge are of particular importance and the data associated with the largest and highest-quality studies demonstrate a higher rate in the US versus other jurisdictions (i.e., Australia, Canada). It is difficult to speculate on why this may be the case given the variation between these countries in terms of health care and social systems although one suggestion has been that the high rehospitalization rate may be linked to a shortened rehabilitation stay, especially present in the US (Cardenas et al. 2004). It is certainly the case that the US has the shortest rehabilitation LOS than any other jurisdiction reporting data (See Section 4.2).
There is reasonable agreement for the primary reasons for hospital readmission following initial SCI inpatient rehabilitation across most studies (Cardenas et al. 2004; Dorsett and Geraghty 2008; Dryden et al. 2004; Franceschini et al. 2003; Jaglal et al. 2009; Middleton et al. 2004; Paker et al. 2006; Savic et al. 2000). All reports included issues associated with skin (e.g., pressure ulcers) and the genitourinary system (e.g., UTIs and to a lesser extent complications of the upper urinary tract) as among the highest reasons for readmission. Other issues that were associated with significant rates of readmission included diseases of the respiratory system (e.g., infections, especially in persons with tetraplegia), musculoskeletal complaints (e.g., spasticity, pain) and digestive system problems (e.g., bowel). Of note, musculoskeletal issues were found to be most prominent as a cause of readmission in the report by Jaglal et al. (2009) than any other issue. It should be noted that although readmission rates were significant due to pressure ulcers, when considering the subsequent length of stay often associated with this specific complication, the impact of pressure ulcers are even more consequential (Savic et al. 2000; Middleton et al. 2004).
Cardenas et al. (2004) conducted multivariate logistic regression on the large US Model Systems dataset and determined that motor FIM™ scores at discharge and the payer were the two most significant predictors of rehospitalization within the first year (i.e., those with lower motor score state or federal funded persons vs those with private insurance were more likely to be hospitalized). Payer, motor FIM™ and race were also noted as predictors of readmission at later points in time. A similar analysis was conducted by Jaglal et al. (2009) and the factors most significantly associated with rehospitalization in the first year were longer length of rehabilitation stay, rural residence, ≥50 outpatient physician visits and ≥50 specialist visits following the initial admission. Odds ratios for individual factors associated with the highest likelihood of being rehospitalized included: Total physician visits ≥ 50 (OR=3.69), Total specialist visits ≥ 50 (OR=2.95), rural residence (OR=1.94), presence of comorbidities with Charlson score ≥ 3 (OR=2.08), >70 years old (OR=1.72). Charlifue et al. (2004) noted that both the number and length of rehospitalizations were predicted by being older at injury, being unmarried, having an indwelling catheter, having a more severe SCI and having been hospitalized 5 years earlier.
Healthcare Utilization
Similar to that evident with hospital readmissions, it is apparent that persons with SCI utilize other aspects of the healthcare system more frequently than most other persons, especially in the first year following rehabilitation discharge. Three Canadian studies from two separate jurisdictions (i.e., provinces of Alberta and Ontario) determined the rates of physician contacts for persons returning to the community following initial rehabilitation. Guilcher et al. (2010) and Munce et al. (2009) examined the linked results from several province-wide (Ontario) administrative healthcare databases to investigate differences in the number of physician contacts in the first year following rehabilitation associated with etiology (i.e., nontrauma / trauma) or gender respectively. There were no significant differences due to etiology with similar numbers of overall physician visits for those with nontraumatic vs traumatic SCI (31.2 vs 29.7 respectively), however there were differences in the types of physicians seen between the 2 groups (Guilcher et al. 2010). Women with SCI had significantly more physician visits than men in the first year following discharge (37.0 vs 30.0) although they were more likely to visit their family physician, whereas men had significantly more visits to their physiatrist (Munce et al. 2009). Some of the individual factors associated with a greater likelihood of having more physician visits included age, lower function (i..e., lower FIM scores), direct discharge to a chronic care / other rehabilitation facility, urban vs rural residence or the presence of comorbidities / prior (in-hospital) complications (Munce et al. 2009; Guilcher et al. 2010). Dryden et al. (2004) used similar methodologies in another Canadian province (i.e., Alberta) and found a median number of physician contacts of 22.0 in the first year and this declined dramatically to 8.0 visits by year 2 and to 4.0 visits by year 6. In all cases, control subjects identified in the overall health registry and matched by age, gender and geographic region had significantly fewer physician contacts for each year (median = 3.0 visits).
Rehabilitation Length of Stay
Neurological and Functional Status
Effect of Intensity on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Effect of Age on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Differences in Traumatic vs Non-Traumatic SCI Rehabilitation Outcomes
Effect of Gender and Race on Rehabilitation Outcomes
Outpatient and Follow-up Care
Rehospitalization and Healthcare Utilization after Initial Rehabilitation in SCI
Table 16 Individual Studies Describing SCI Rehabilitation Outcomes